Verallia Deutschland AG

Bad Wurzach

Befreiender Konzernabschluss zum Geschäftsjahr vom 01.01.2022 bis zum 31.12.2022

VERALLIA SA

Courbevoie/​Frankreich

1 THE GROUP AND ITS OPERATIONS

1.1. Glass packaging market

The Group operates in the food and beverage glass packaging market where it is, in terms of revenue, the third largest producer in the world and the leading producer in Europe 1. In terms of volumes sold, it is the second largest producer in Latin America 2.

1.1.1. Trends in the glass packaging market

1.1.1.1. General trends

The glass packaging market benefits from favourable trends, mainly fuelled by the increasing appreciation of glass by consumers 3. It is thus fuelled by the shift away from alternative materials, in particular plastic, and the choice for glass, because of its environmental qualities, its ability to be fully recycled and its inert properties (no risk of migration of chemical products, such as Bisphenol-A, which is a health hazard), and its ability to protect flavours.

Glass is the preferred choice for upmarket products because of its inherent premium image, particularly for sparkling wines, spirits and still wines, products in which the Group has a strong presence. Specialty beers are also turning to glass to emphasise their premium positioning.

Following a strong upturn in activity in 2021 (with volumes sold by the Group returning to their 2019 level as soon as the third quarter), demand for the Group's products remained strong in 2022 across its end markets.

Volumes sold by the Group have remained stable overall between 2021 and 2022 due to capacity constraints (with a greater number of furnaces repaired in 2022 compared to 2021 and the new Jacutinga furnace in Brazil coming on stream only at the end of the year). Volumes have gone up in premium segments (notably sparkling wines and spirits), where demand growth proved very strong.

The sustained demand for the Group's products has however enabled it to pass the sharp increase in costs (especially energy and raw materials) to its customers and to record 26.5% of organic growth (22.4% excluding Argentina) in 2022. The acquisition of Allied Glass, the UK's leading producer of premium bottles notably for premium spirits has enable the Group to strengthen its exposure to the premium segment and to the fast-growing high end gin and whisky markets.

The Group addresses a wide variety of end markets, ranging from bottles for still and sparkling wines to containers for spirits, bottles for beer, and jars and bottles for food and soft drinks. The Group's revenue 4 for the year ended 31 December 2022 was as follows:

1 On the basis of the revenue earned in 2021 by market players in Europe (as defined by these players), as extracted from publicly available information (annual reports and press releases in particular) and on the basis of Company estimates.
2 Based on volumes sold in 2021 in Argentina, Brazil and Chile.
3 Source: Verallia (2021 Capital Markets Day), McKinsey Packaging Survey (December 2020), the European Container Glass Federation (FEVE) (InSites Consulting "Packaging & Recycling" independent consumer survey (2020)).
4 Based on revenue exclusively earned from the sale of jars and bottles, which represented 97% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the financial year ended 31 December 2022.

Distribution of revenue by end market
Financial year ended 31 December 2022

Still and sparkling wines

The still and sparkling wine bottle market is the Group's largest market, which represented 47% of its consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022. It is driven by consumer habits in traditional wine consuming countries, such as France, Spain and Italy, and by the consumption modes of new consumers, such as in the United States, the United Kingdom and emerging markets (mainly Brazil and China). These trends impact exports from historical producing countries such as France, Spain and Italy, the world's three largest producers, as well as from the producers of the "New Winemaking World", such as Argentina, Chile, Australia and South Africa.

The still and sparkling wine bottle market, impacted in 2020 by the first Covid-19 pandemic wave, is mainly driven by exports.

The Group's operations in the still and sparkling wine market are more particularly exposed to the exports made by its winemaking customers. The three most significant countries for the Group in terms of revenue, namely France, Spain and Italy, are the main exporters of still and sparkling wines in the world. After a difficult environment in 2020, the Group's operations in these markets benefited in 2021 both from a recovery in the hotel and catering sector with the mitigation of the Covid-19 pandemic, but also from a suspension of trade barriers imposed by the United States on certain exporting countries of still and/​or sparkling wines. This trend continued into 2022, notably in the high end wines segment, albeit in a less pronounced manner due to the impact of a strong inflation and difficult geopolitical environment.

Glass is the preferred material for packaging still wines and even more so sparkling wines, because of the product's image, wine-making processes, requirements for pressure resistance and its exceptional organoleptic qualities. Substitution by other packaging materials is also limited due to consumers' preference for glass and the image of quality associated with this packaging, the existence of glass bottling infrastructure and the existence of pressure resistance requirements for sparkling wines. The Group nevertheless competes with alternative types of packaging, such as the bag-in-box format in still wines, mostly for down-market wines, and brick pack containers, especially in certain geographic areas such as Argentina, Spain and Portugal, and, to a lesser extent, bottles made from polyethylene terephthalate (PET). After developing strongly in 2020 and retreating sharply in 2021, in France in particular, the bag-in-box format for still wines has overall stabilized in 2022.

Containers for spirits

Containers for spirits represented 13% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022.

Growth in the spirits market is mostly driven by exports intended primarily for the United States and Asia. Cognac, brandies and gin have found valuable export niches (in neat form and in cocktails). This market is characterised by a sharp increase in upscale packaging, similar to that seen in the perfume market. In terms of customers, the sector is highly consolidated, with the major global trademarks in spirits owned by a limited number of companies. In each region, however, a large number of local spirit trademarks remain independent and active in the market.

The global spirits market rebounded sharply in 2021, after 2020 was impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic and temporary closures in the hotel and catering sector. Demand significantly picked up in several countries and regions, especially in China, while the consumption of premium spirits appeared to experience structural growth in most parts of the world and in the United States. This trend has broadly continued into 2022, another year of strong growth.

The risk of substitution for packaging other than glass is very limited in the spirits segment, mostly because of producers' desire to use glass bottles (often customised) to maintain the image and recognition of their trademarks. However, certain containers (other than the litre, pocket flasks or miniatures) may be packaged in PET, marginally and in low-end segments, and mostly in the United States.

Beer

Beer bottles represented 13% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022.

The highly concentrated beer market, considered a "mass market", is growing, particularly in emerging markets. Glass packaging is particularly favoured by certain brewers to provide up-market appeal, especially in developed countries, to create value in a market that has historically had little differentiation.

However, certain customers may periodically or permanently substitute traditional glass packaging, which has a premium positioning, for other packaging in metal cans. This change may be brought about for sales and marketing reasons, to control costs in view of the economic context, or due to changes in strategy. In the beer packaging market, glass remains the preferred packaging for brewers in the premium beer growth segment seeking to make their products stand out from the competition with an up-market image designed to highlight the distinctive taste of their beers. This is especially true for local or craft brewers. This market faces competition from other modes of consumption, particularly the mini-barrel and draught beer. Plastic is more marginal, except for specific uses (during sports events, for example) and for large containers, particularly in the Russian and Ukrainian markets. In Latin America, the traditional returnable beer bottle is progressively being replaced with single-use aluminium or glass packaging. This trend is expected to continue in the future, particularly in Brazil, and to contribute strongly to fuelling demand for glass packaging.

Bottles for soft drinks

Bottles for soft drinks represented 11% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022.

In this market, packaging in materials other than glass have already largely replaced glass packaging. Substitution may still occur in the fruit juice segment, where glass is nevertheless well positioned in small containers, particularly for restaurants and cafés and upmarket products. High value-added niches have also developed in recent years, for which glass is particularly well positioned, such as table waters, energy drinks and certain sodas. The Group's activity in this end market remained contrasted in 2022.

Jars and bottles for food

Jars and bottles for food represented 16% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022.

The food jar and bottle market consists of a very large number of niche markets, including traditional jams and yogurts, baby food, certain types of sauces and jarred food, and even soluble products that vary depending on the eating habits of each country. Overall, glass occupies relatively stable positions compared with other materials. The growth of this market primarily tracks the growth in household consumption. The intrinsic, technical qualities of glass - particularly the possibilities for sterilisation and high-temperature cooking, as well as the innovation potential it offers - allow for a diverse range of food products to be packaged in glass compared with products packaged in other materials.

In the food packaging market, substitution mainly occurs in jars and bottles for condiments, sauces and dairy products, where consumers are more indifferent to the use of PET. However, the favourable positioning of glass for small containers, the unsuitability of plastic for certain techniques in the food industry (such as sterilisation and high-temperature cooking), and the development of niche markets where the use of glass is associated with the perceived qualities of the product or when it is the preferred medium for innovation (such as packaging for spreads), allow glass to maintain, and even increase, its market share. In featured or premium segments, glass is often used as a substitute for other types of packaging. Consolidation of the customer base in this market is moderate.

The Group's operations in the segment of food jars and bottles, which were particularly high in 2020 before shrinking in 2021, evolved positively in 2022. Nevertheless, the Group believe that its operations in this segment continue to benefit from a favorable trend regarding glass compared to other packaging.

1.1.2. Overview of the geographic markets

In terms of revenue, the Group is the third largest producer in the world and the leading producer in Europe of glass packaging. In addition, in terms of volumes sold, it is the second largest producer in Latin America.

The Group conducts its operations in the following geographic markets, which make up its three operating segments: (i) Southern and Western Europe, consisting of the production sites located in France, Italy, Spain and Portugal, which represented 67% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022; (ii) Northern and Eastern Europe, consisting of the production sites located in Germany, Russia, Ukraine, Poland and now the UK, which represented 21% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022; and (iii) Latin America, consisting of the production sites located in Brazil, Argentina and Chile, which represented 13% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022.

Due to the local nature of the markets, companies in this sector establish their production sites near food and beverage production and packaging sites (such as in wine-making regions or near large breweries).

These geographic markets reflect the trends common to the entire glass packaging market described in Section 1.3.3 below, as well as their own specific trends.

1.1.2.1. Southern and Western Europe

Southern and Western Europe accounted for 67% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022.

In terms of volumes sold, the Group is the largest producer of glass packaging in Southern and Western Europe.

In 2022, the main end markets in Southern and Western Europe in terms of bottled volumes were still- and sparkling-wine bottles and containers for spirits.

In 2022, sales in the region increased compared to the previous year in all market segments despite overall stable volumes compared to 2021, with the Group's production sites currently running at fully capacity. In terms of demand, it is worth noting that premium markets have performed very well, notably in the sparkling wine and spirits segments.

1.1.2.2. Northern and Eastern Europe

Northern and Eastern Europe accounted for 21% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022.

In terms of volumes sold, the Group is the second largest producer of glass packaging in Northern and Eastern Europe.

Bottles for beer and jars and bottles for food were the largest end markets in Northern and Eastern Europe in 2022. In 2023, spirits' share will increase through the integration of Allied Glass, which the Group acquire in November 2022 and of which spirits are the main end market.

In 2022, volumes went up slightly except in Ukraine, where activity was affected by the war with Russia and the idling of one of the two furnaces on the Group's Zorya site.

1.1.2.3. Latin America

Latin American accounted for 13% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022.

In terms of volumes sold, the Group is the second largest producer of glass packaging in Latin America.

Bottled beer is now the largest end market in Latin America, notably in Brazil. This end market is currently experiencing sustained growth that is set to intensify, driven in particular by craft and premium beers, as well as the development of single-use bottles in Brazil.

Bottles for still wines are the second largest end market in Latin America, particularly in Argentina and Chile, driven by exports which continued to grow in 2022, although the increase in volumes sold by the Group in these two countries remains limited overall as the Group's production sites currently run at full capacity.

1.2. The Group's strategy and competitive advantages

1.2.1. The Group's strengths and competitive advantages

1.2.1.1. Glass packaging, a market supported by favourable global trends and benefiting from attractive dynamics in the Group's end markets

Global trends favouring the use of glass

The glass packaging market is driven by favourable trends, mainly fuelled by the growing use of glass by consumers. According to a study conducted for the FEVE in 2020 by the Friends of Glass organisation, more than half of European consumers indicated that they increased their consumption of glass packaging in the last three years (2016-19) and 91% of them recommended glass as the best packaging material to their family or friends (11% more than in 2016).

Glass is the preferred choice for upmarket products because of its inherent premium image, particularly for spirits (nearly 100% penetration 5 in 2021) and wine (around 90% penetration in 2021), product markets in which the Group has a strong presence. Glass is also used to package beer, but to a lesser extent (70% of penetration in 2021 for the "beer and cider" category).

A European market that has been significantly consolidated and benefits from a dynamic offer and favourable demand

The European glass packaging market has seen significant consolidation in the last 20 years. The top five market players, including the Group, represented almost 70% of market shares in Europe in 2021 6.

Furthermore, the Group believes that the overall production capacity utilisation ratio in the glass packaging market during the year ended 31 December 2022 was particularly high in most geographic areas where it carries out its business operations. In Southern and Western Europe and Northern and Eastern Europe 7 , the Group estimates that the internal demand for glass packaging increased more than production capacities during the 2016-2022 period, despite a momentary drop in demand in 2020 due to the health crisis.

A market characterised by strong technical, logistical and capital constraints

Glass packaging production operations require a command of complex technologies and know-how, as well as the investment of significant amounts of capital.

The Group's operations require a command of industrial processes with a strong technical component, in order to guarantee the safety, quality and durability of products for consumers, as well as the use of qualified labour and a first-class procurement policy. Furthermore, the geographical proximity to customers is a key factor in glass production operations, due to the significant impact of transportation costs, the need to be responsive in terms of services, and the Group's and its customers' determination to reduce the carbon footprint of their activities.

In order to maintain a high level of technical expertise, the Group uses a qualified and experienced labour force (furnace operators, a highly technical profession, have on average 20 years of experience) and has put in place significant employee training plans, such as talent development programmes, online training and the creation of glass manufacturing schools. The Group also relies on the density of its industrial facility network, the local establishment of its production sites and its first-class logistics processes to maintain geographic proximity with its customers.

Glass production operations also require the investment of significant amounts of capital. In particular, the cost of building an entire plant with a single furnace (and its associated facilities, such as mixing equipment, a distribution channel, feeders, blowing machines, annealing lehrs and inspection and palletisation equipment) represents more than €100 million for one site with an annual production capacity of around 100,000 tonnes, according to Group estimates. Furthermore, the commissioning of a new production site takes a relatively long amount of time, in most cases two years for production to begin after the start of construction. Lastly, plants have to be operated around the clock and at high capacity to ensure the profitability of invested capital, requiring the precise planning of production capacities.

In addition, profitability is linked to achieving significant minimum production volumes, given the large fixed cost base and high level of initial investment inherent in the glass production sector. Achieving these minimum production volumes requires having an established customer base and a strong local presence.

The Group believes that these characteristics of the glass production sector give it a significant competitive advantage, due to its size, the density and strong local presence of its industrial facilities, combined with its cutting-edge technical expertise derived from its extensive sector-based experience.

5 The penetration rates presented correspond to the portion represented by glass (in terms of volumes), over a scope of 23 European country members of FEVE in 2020; source: Vivid Economics 2020 "Food & beverage container glass market statistics 2020" study.
6 Based on revenue generated in 2021 by market players in the EU 28 countries and in Switzerland, Ukraine, Turkey and Russia, as extracted from publicly available information (annual reports and press releases in particular).
7 Excluding Poland

Positioning at the heart of a circular economy

The Group's activities are part of a circular economy approach, in which glass, which can be recycled an infinite number of times, without alteration regardless of how many times it is recycled, fits in naturally, with recycled bottles and jars becoming new packaging. In this context, cullet (used glass from selective sorting) is a key link in the circular chain (see the Chapter 2 of this Universal Registration Document).

1.2.1.2. A differentiated positioning with a strong value proposal for the Group's customers

A solid competitive positioning in the global glass packaging market's main geographic areas

The Group is the world's third-largest producer and Europe's largest producer 8 of glass packaging for food and beverages in terms of revenue for 2022. The Group considers itself in particular to be a co-leader in the European markets for still wines and sparkling wines and spirits - a market that is mainly driven by exports. The Group also enjoys strong positioning in all other markets (beers, soft drinks and food products).

Additionally, in terms of volumes sold, the Group is the second largest producer in Latin America (13% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022). In this region, it leads the still and sparkling wine market, historically the largest market in Argentina and Chile, where it is mainly driven by exports. The Brazilian beer bottle market is both significant and fast-growing, fuelled by the increase in demand for beer and by a shift towards the use of single-use bottles.

A mix of attractive end markets

The Group serves a large, diversified range of end markets, broken down into bottles for still wine (35% of the Group's revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022), bottles for sparkling wine (12% of the Group's revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022), containers for spirits (13% of the Group's revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022), bottles for beer (13% of the Group's revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022), jars and bottles for the food market (16% of the Group's revenue 9 for the year ended 31 December 2022) and bottles for soft drinks (11% of the Group's revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022).

The Group considers itself to be the world co-leader (in terms of revenue) in the still wine and sparkling wine markets, and also has a significant presence in the spirits market. These markets offer numerous competitive advantages due to the low concentration of customers and the structural trend for premium products, and also accounted for 60% of the Group's revenue in the year ended 31 December 2022. This presence has been reinforced with the acquisition, in November 2022, of Allied Glass, the UK's leader on the premium segment and mainly present in spirits.

The markets for still wines and sparkling wines are characterised by a fragmented customer base, composed of a large number of local and regional wine producers, thus reducing the Group's dependency on a single customer or a small number of significant customers. On the other hand, the beer market is much more concentrated, in particular in the United States, where the Group is not present. Sales of beer bottles, representing a significant portion of the revenue generated by certain major players in the glass packaging market, accounted for only 13% of the Group's revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022.

8 On the basis of the revenue earned in 2021 by market players in Europe (as defined by these players), as extracted from publicly available information (annual reports and press releases in particular) and on the basis of Company estimates.
9 Based on revenue exclusively earned from the sale of jars and bottles, which represented 97% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the financial year ended 31 December 2022.

Strong presence on premium products

A significant portion of the Group's revenue (60% for the year ended 31 December 2022) comes from the sale of bottles for still wines, bottles for sparkling wines and containers for spirits.

The Group has a particularly strong presence in countries that produce premium wines and spirits, such as France, Italy, Spain and Portugal.

The Group has developed strong exposure to premium products: firstly by relying on its dense industrial network, which allows it to forge long-term relationships with locally established champagne and cognac producers; and secondly by offering a diverse range of products, including its Selective Line trademark, which allows it to provide customised packaging solutions for premium products in particular. The Group's customer base includes leading premium trademarks. The Group has expanded its portfolio of premium customers, particularly in whisky and gin, and increased its exposure to this segment with the acquisition, in November 2022 of Allied Glass, the UK's leader on the premium segment, with a very high exposure to the upmarket spirits segment.

Premium products are characterised in particular by lower sensitivity to price fluctuations compared to other more standardised products. This is because the customisation and high quality of these products are strong factors in the purchasing decisions of this customer segment, for whom the cost of glass packaging, even for premium products, remains marginal compared to the total cost and sales margin of the final product.

A large range of products and flexible production facilities to address a significant and diversified customer base

Packaging is a major component of the marketing strategy of the Group's food and beverage producing customers, which it supports throughout the glass packaging creation process.

To meet the needs of its customers, the Group designs and manufactures a large range of products covering the entire spectrum of the food and beverage glass packaging end market, with the ability to propose each product in a range of colours, shapes, sizes and styles.

The Group also stands out for its proven capacity to improve its standard products, allowing for even more customisation. In 2022, 95% of the revenue earned by the Group in Southern and Western Europe and in Northern and Eastern Europe (excluding Ukraine and Russia) was generated by the sale of 54% of the items in its product range. The sale of the remaining 46% of items represented 5% of revenue for the same period. The margin earned on the sale of the 46% of items representing 5% of revenue is, on average, more than 8 percentage points higher than the margin earned on the sale of the remaining 54% of items.

In order to offer differentiated products, the Group mainly relies on its decoration operations, run by its Saga Décor and Société Charentaise de Décor subsidiaries in France and Verallia Polska in Poland. These subsidiaries specialise in bottle finishing, utilising glass decoration techniques such as satin-finishing, lacquering, screen-printing, decal transfers and hot marking. Allied Glass, which has been part of the Group since November 2022, also has a decoration business, which is widely used in the premium spirits segment on which it is focused.

On the strength of the Group's innovative capabilities and technical expertise, it has repeatedly won prestigious design awards. In 2022, the "Flute Gothic" bottle won the Packaging Oscar in Paris and the Formes de Luxe Prize at the Luxepack trade fair in Monaco. Produced by Verallia France, this bottle was selected thanks to its astute balance of innovation and eco-responsibility - an eco-design that perfectly epitomises the rural luxury image sought by our customer Domaines Paul Mas.

In 2020, the Group also won the Emballages Magazine's Packaging Oscar for the Manon rosé bottle (designed for Ravoire et Fils in France), the international ARCA 2020 drink packaging design award in Spain for the bottle designed for Font Major (Grupo Damm), and the Good Design Award for the Prosecco Zonin 1861 bottle. In 2019, the Group won the A'Design Award and the Italian Packaging Institute's Packaging Oscar (Quality Design category) for the Estathé glass bottle (used for Ferrero's iced tea, which is one of the Group's flagship products in Italy).

In order to best respond to the marketing expectations and economic needs of its customers, as well as to the growing trend in the glass packaging market towards upmarket products and customisation, the Group also offers a range of high value-added services.

The Group thus offers a joint development service, in which it designs unique models (specialty products) with its customers at 12 product development centres located in each country where the Group operates. Thanks to their technical knowhow, the teams at these centres rework the customer's projects to ensure the industrial feasibility of the bottle or jar.

Furthermore, in order to respond to the growing demand for upmarket glass bottles from its most demanding international customers in still and sparkling wines, spirits, beers and mineral water, the Group has developed the Selective Line, which became a registered trademark in 2008 and offers an upmarket catalogue of models.

In order to address the desire of some of its customers to offer products that are attractive to the consumer while guaranteeing reduced environmental impact over their entire life cycle, the Group offers a range of eco-designed products, ECOVA.

More recently, the Group launched a series of digital applications for its customers in order to support them in the context of joint development operations (see Section 1.3.2.2 "Services" - "Digital applications" of this Universal Registration Document).

Lastly, each year, the Group organises design competitions in several countries. Known as the "Verallia Design Awards", these competitions bring together hundreds of participants from the best design and packaging schools, invited to propose projects for bottles and jars, thus paving the way for future developments in glass packaging and making it possible to offer customers a portfolio of innovative designs that are ready to be developed (see Section 1.3.2.2 "Services - Joint development" of this Universal Registration Document).

Furthermore, the Group applies significant industrial resources to offer its customers products that meet the highest market standards for quality. In this way, the Group endeavours to constantly improve the quality of its products through cutting-edge quality control systems, a comprehensive employee training programme and a very rigorous control of production processes. The Group's historic presence in the glass packaging market and the quality and reliability of its products underpin its status as a glass packaging producer with recognised expertise.

The Group's strong historic presence in the glass packaging market has also enabled it to forge strong, long-term relationships with more than 10,000 customers 10 , including both locally based small companies (such as regional wine producers or local breweries) and leading multinationals (such as Pernod Ricard, LVMH, Heineken, Andros and Nestlé). In order to develop long-term relationships and retain the loyalty of its customers, the Group relies on its strong local presence, and on the strength of its sales and marketing teams of more than 330 people.

The Group's customer base is not very concentrated, with its top ten customers representing 17.5% of consolidated revenue and the Group's most significant customer representing approximately 5% of consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022. The concentration of customers varies depending on the markets concerned.

The customer base for still and sparkling wine bottles - the Group's largest end market in terms of revenue (47% of the Group's revenue for the year ended 31 December 2022 11 ) - is highly fragmented and locally based. In order to forge long-term relationships with wine producers, the Group relies on its strong local presence in wine-growing regions and its capacity to offer products and services that are tailored to the needs of its customers.

The customer base for beer bottles, bottles for soft drinks and containers for spirits (respectively 13%, 11% and 13% of the Group's revenue for each of these market segments for the year ended 31 December 2022) is concentrated and represented mainly by a limited number of leading global players, although a number of local players exist in the spirits market. The concentration of customers for jars and bottles for the food market (16% of the Group's revenue 12 for the year ended 31 December 2022) is moderate, with a number of local players existing alongside a limited number of leading global players.

10 Customers who placed at least one order during the 2020-2022 period.
11 Based on revenue exclusively earned from the sale of jars and bottles, which represented 97% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the financial year ended 31 December 2022.
12 Based on revenue exclusively earned from the sale of jars and bottles, which represented 97% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the financial year ended 31 December 2022.

1.2.1.3. Operational excellence initiatives to support increased profitability

The implementation of a performance action plan (PAP) to support robust financial performance

The Group makes significant efforts to achieve a high level of operational excellence, relying in particular on cutting-edge industrial facilities and solid procurement organisation in each geographic area and country. The Group also benefits from the support of an integrated network of industrial experts, capable of assisting the Group's management and operational teams in all of its investments and projects.

The Group's industrial policy is based in particular on regular audits of production sites and the constant upgrading and adaptation of its industrial facilities, in order to meet the needs of the Group's customers and changing regulations in each of the countries where it operates.

The Group also continuously implements measures to improve the operational efficiency of its production sites. As part of its industrial strategy, the Group has implemented an operational excellence program over the past few years. This has been significantly enhanced since the beginning of the 2018 financial year with the roll-out of the Verallia Industrial Management (VIM) 2.0 initiative, focused on safety, quality, industrial performance and reducing manufacturing costs, thanks in particular to a performance action plan (PAP) and the management of team skills.

By way of example, under this plan, more than 900 projects managed by 300 managers at the production site level are continuously being deployed by the Group, with the goal of systematically reducing cash production costs 13 by 2% per year. This objective was reaffirmed during the Group's Capital Markets Day on 7 October 2021. The Group applies costs optimisation measures inspired by World Class Manufacturing to all its production sites, based mainly on cost deployment 14 , and has developed more generally an in-depth industrial methodology based on root cause analysis 15 with its employees and within its sites, in order to optimise its costs while improving the quality of its products. The Group also implements measures to optimise inventory management and improve the flexibility of its production lines, with the introduction of new scheduling processes and tools (weekly production plans and monthly industrial and commercial plans). Furthermore, the Group continuously improves its logistics processes to ensure on-time delivery to its customers. Lastly, the Group conducts in-depth comparative analyses on its production sites in order to align its industrial processes with best practices.

The PAP implemented by the Group has led to an increase in its production capacities and improved the effectiveness of its production sites, while improving product quality all for a relatively limited level of investment. This had a positive impact on the Group's net income over the 2017-2022 period. As such, the Group has increased its production capacities 16 over the last three years while improving the yield of its production sites, and has significantly reduced the rate of customer claims. In 2022, the Group continued to implement these initiatives and reduced its cash production costs 17 , with an impact, net of industrial gaps, of €33.9 million on the Group's adjusted EBITDA in 2022, i.e. 2.1% of its cash production costs.

In addition to improving the Group's industrial and financial performance, the roll-out of the Group's operational excellence goal is also reflected through its sustainable development policy (see the Chapter 2 of this Universal Registration Document).

Investments that have supported the development of a dense and flexible industrial base and top-notch technical expertise

The Group develops, produces and sells a large range of products, designed to address the specific needs of the local markets in which it operates. The performance of the Group's production sites and their ability to adapt to different markets are essential in light of the high investment costs required by glass packaging production. To achieve this objective, the Group has developed an operational model known as "Glo-Cal", based on the combination of the strength of its international network - illustrated by an industrial presence in 12 countries, with 34 glass production sites comprising, as at 31 December 2022, 63 operational furnaces, 5 decoration plants, 5 technical centres, 12 product development centres and 12 cullet treatment centres (4 of which are part of a joint venture) - and the close relationship maintained with its customers by more than 10,000 employees, including sales and marketing teams with more than 330 employees.

The development of a flexible and standardised industrial base allows the Group to optimise its production and logistics costs and to temporarily transfer production from one site to another, within the same geographic area, in case furnaces or other equipment need to be repaired or a one-off increase in demand at the local level.

In order to maintain leading industrial facilities, the Group makes significant investments, based on strict commitment criteria. Thus, during the year ended 31 December 2022, the Group incurred capital expenditure 18 totalling €367.0 million.

Most of the Group's capital expenditure is made up of so-called recurring investments, the main ones being furnace rebuilding and IS machines heavy maintenance operations. The Group's recurring investments amounted to €269.6 million for the year ended 31 December 2022. The Group's investment strategy in recent years has been more particularly focused on standardising and streamlining its industrial facilities, as well as on research and development programmes mainly aimed at spurring the innovation of the production process and reducing the environmental impact (reduction of carbon dioxide emissions in particular) of the Group's operations.

The Group regularly repairs or rebuilds its furnaces in order to maintain efficient and fully operational industrial facilities, thus maximising the use of its production capacities. A complete reconstruction of a furnace is generally required after a production period of twelve years, for an amount generally around €10 to €20 million.

Repairing and rebuilding furnaces can also be the opportunity for the Group to make changes in its equipment, in order to improve productivity. For example, during the year ended 31 December 2022, the Company notably invested €17 million to rebuild the furnace on the Montblanc site (Spain), €17 million to rebuild one of the furnaces on the Châlon-sur-Saône site (France), €17 million to rebuild one of the furnaces on the Bad Wurzach site (Germany), and €15 million to rebuild one of the furnaces on the Lonigo site (Italy). The Company has also announced that, in 2023, it will invest considerable amounts in similar project for rebuilding furnaces and modernising facilities, mainly in France, Italy, Germany, Portugal and Brazil.

Apart from these recurring investments, the Group also made a number of strategic investments, which include, since 1 January 2021, the majority of those made in the context of its CO 2 emissions reduction plan. At the presentation of its CSR roadmap in January 2021, these investments were estimated at approximately €200 million and classified as strategic investments.

The Group's strategic investments totalled €97.4 million for the year ended 31 December 2022. 22.8 million of these investments were in CO 2 , €8.0 million in equipment for a sand quarry in Italy, €48.4 million in the last stages of the construction of the new furnace in Jacutinga (Brazil), commissioned in Q4 2022 to increase the Group's production capacities in response to increased demand on the Brazilian market, and €17.0 million in the first investment tranches on the Campo Bom site in Brazil (start-up scheduled for early 2024) and the Pescia plan in Italy (start-up scheduled for Q2 2024).

For a more detailed presentation of the Group's investments, see Section 5.3 "Capital expenditure" of this Universal Registration Document.

13 Production costs excluding commercial, general and administrative costs, transport costs, depreciation and amortisation and provisions for claims.
14 World Class Manufacturing is based on 10 pillars, one of the most fundamental of which is cost deployment, which consists in associating a cost with the different problems identified and, accordingly, taking precise measures to mitigate them.
15 This method involves addressing the causes of a problem, rather than treating its immediate symptoms.
16 Measured by the ratio of saleable glass tonnage to ton of pulled glass. One packed glass tonnage corresponds to one tonne of pulled glass measured straight out of the furnace and taking into account production losses linked in particular to shutdowns of the furnace or other equipment for maintenance or quality issues.
17 Production costs excluding commercial, general and administrative costs, transport costs, depreciation and amortisation and provisions for claims.
18 The Group's capital expenditure (Capex) represents acquisitions of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets necessary to (i) maintain the value of an asset and/​or adapt to market demands and to environmental, health and safety requirements (together, "Recurring Capex"), or (ii) increase the Group's capacities. The acquisition of securities is excluded from this category.

1.2.1.4. An attractive and resilient financial profile generating continuous growth of the Group's profitability and cash flow

The Group has demonstrated its capacity to grow its business consistently, while significantly improving its margins and profitability.

The 2016-2022 period was marked by a significant improvement in the Group's financial performance. This performance, which was particularly pronounced from 2017 onwards, was driven by: (i) the growth in sales volumes; (ii) a pricing policy that allowed it to absorb the increase in production costs and generate, from 2018 onwards, a positive spread 19 on its sales; (iii) the significant improvement in the Group's operational efficiency, chiefly as a result of the implementation of the PAP as part of the roll-out of the Verallia Industrial Management (VIM) 2.0 initiative. This improvement, which was particularly strong in 2018 and 2019, continued to a lesser degree in 2020 before picking up again in 2021 and gaining traction in 2022, thanks to the gradual improvement in the health context.

19 The spread corresponds to the difference between (i) the increase in selling prices and the mix applied by the Group after passing any increase in production costs onto these selling prices and (ii) the increase in production costs. The spread is positive when the increase in sales prices applied by the Group is greater than the increase in its production costs. The increase in production costs is recorded by the Group at constant production volumes and before any production gap and the impact of the Performance Action Plan (PAP).

Trend in 2019-2022 consolidated revenue (in EUR million) and sales volumes (in kt)

The Group's adjusted EBITDA also recorded steady growth, with a CAGR of 12.1% over the 2019-2022 period, representing an improvement of 203 basis points in the adjusted EBITDA margin 20.

Trend in 2019-2022 adjusted EBITDA (in EUR million)

Trend in adjusted EBITDA for the last 12 months over the 2019-2022 period (in EUR million)21

20 The adjusted EBITDA margin corresponds to the amount of adjusted EBITDA relative to revenue
21 Including the positive impact of IFRS 16 on adjusted EBITDA as of 1 January 2019.

In addition, the Group's level of capital expenditure, combined with financial and operational discipline focused on project profitability and a reduction in working capital requirements (see Section 5.2.6.1 of this Universal Registration Document), has enabled it to generate strong cash flows and significantly increase its cash flows and cash conversion 22 23 over the 20192022 period. This cash flow generation has enabled the Group to record a continuous reduction in its net financial debt and its net financial debt/​adjusted EBITDA ratio.

Cash flows and cash conversion (in EUR million and as a % of adjusted EBITDA)

Ratio of net external financial debt to adjusted EBITDA (in EUR million)23

The Group's steady cash flow generation has permitted an active capital allocation strategy. The Group therefore intends to use its disposable cash as follows: (i) repayment of its financial debt; (ii) strategic projects such as the construction of new production sites (greenfield projects), new furnaces for its existing sites (brownfield projects), projects related to its CO 2 emissions reduction plan or value-creating external growth transactions, such as the recent acquisition of Allied Glass; and (iii) operations to return surplus cash to shareholders, particularly through the payment of dividends as well as share buybacks such as those which took place in 2021, notably along with the sale of securities by Horizon Investment Holding.

22 Cash conversion is defined as the ratio between cash flows and adjusted EBITDA: cash flows correspond to adjusted EBITDA minus capex. A reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA and cash conversion to the Group's accounting aggregates is presented in Section 5.2.2 of this Universal Registration Document.
23 Net financial debt contracted with third parties.

1.2.1.5. An experienced management team with solid industrial experience

The Group's development is led by a management team organised around Patrice Lucas, Chief Executive Officer of the Company since May 2022, and Michel Giannuzzi, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer up until May 2022 and now Chairman of the Board of Directors following this Board's decision to separate the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (see chapter 3.2 of this Universal Registration Document).

Patrice Lucas benefits from 30 years of experience in the automotive sector, having held various managerial positions in the Valeo, PSA and, more recently, Stellantis groups, both in France and internationally (Europe and Latin America in particular). Before joining Verallia, Patrice Lucas was Deputy Chief Engineering Officer of the Stellantis group, having been PSA's Executive Vice President and member of the Executive Committee in charge of the Plan, Programmes and Strategy, before taking the helm of the Latin America region.

Michel Giannuzzi also benefits from a solid industrial background gained from his previous position as Chairman of the Management Board of Tarkett from 2007 to 2017, where he successfully completed its IPO on the regulated market of Euronext Paris in 2013. He was previously in charge of various profit centres in the automotive market with parts makers Valeo and Michelin, in both France and abroad.

Many of the members of the Group's management team also have extensive backgrounds in the glass packaging and automotive production sector.

The Group has a decentralised organisation, ideal for ensuring quick response times and close relationships with its customers. The CEOs of each of the geographic areas are independent and free to implement the Group's strategy as they see fit. Furthermore, a large number of the Group's key operations, such as marketing, sales and production, are carried out and managed locally, under the functional supervision of the Group's central divisions. The Group's international customer base is monitored by experienced country managers who work closely with the local Sales and Marketing Directors of the customer's other countries.

1.2.2. The Group's strategy

The Group strives to be the preferred glass packaging supplier to the food and beverage manufacturing sector, building on its leading industrial performance and strong financial performance, while developing the diversity and talent of its teams and actively contributing to preserving environmental and community development.

To back this ambition, the Group has built its strategy on the four main pillars below, which it reasserted and clarified at its Capital Markets Day on 7 October 2021, presenting its new roadmap:

1.2.2.1. Pursue disciplined growth

This development pillar is built around three key principles: improve customer experience to develop the Group's operation; generate a positive inflation spread; and proactively seek value-creating acquisitions or new greenfield/​brownfield organic growth projects.

Accordingly, the Group intends to continue growing its operations while improving its customer satisfaction rate, in order to enhance customer loyalty and generate recurring income, and continue to improve the efficiency of its logistics processes. Improving logistics, reliability and delivery lead times is a major objective for the Group, which has invested significantly in planning and product portfolio management tools. In addition, the Group seeks to better identify the needs of its customers that have not yet been addressed; in this respect, the Group's ambition is to develop its continuous customer experience improvement programme, using the NPS (Net Promoter Score, indicating customer recommendation intentions) as a monitoring tool, which is currently being selectively rolled out within the Group.

The Group also intends to continue its disciplined pricing policy in order to offset the impact of growing production costs, in particular the cost of energy, and thus maintain its margins - a particularly acute issue in the current inflationary context. The Group also aims to implement a pricing policy based on the added value of its products and reflecting the specificities of its different customer segments. The Group has also set a target of increasing the margin generated on its products by relying on software with an AI-based price optimisation model, and will continue to optimise its product portfolio.

To generate additional revenue growth, the Group plans to pursue its value-creating acquisitions strategy. In this regard, the acquisition of Allied Glass in the United Kingdom was a founding step at the end of 2022. Moreover, in January 2023, the Group announced the opening of two new furnaces between 2025 and 2026, on top of the two furnaces that will be commissioned between now and 2024, and the second furnace in Jacutinga (Brazil), which was commissioned at the end of 2022. Five furnaces will thus go into operation in the space of five years in regions where demand is strongest (two in Brazil, two in Italy and one in Spain). These investments represent a total amount of more than €500 million.

1.2.2.2. Increase operational excellence

This development pillar is built around three main principles: reach "zero accidents" at the workplace with a special focus on dangerous behaviours; pursue the implementation of performance action plans in all the Group's countries to achieve a reduction of more than 2% in cash production costs; and roll out the Verallia Industrial Management (VIM 2.0) system.

First of all, the Group intends to speed up the Verallia Industrial Management (VIM) 2.0 initiative, by focusing more particularly on the elimination of unsafe practices in order to reach "zero accidents" and improving working conditions in order to position the Group's work environment as one of the safest in the sector. As part of VIM 2.0, the Group intends to further improve its industrial performance based on root cause analysis in order to increase the number of issues solved and by getting more managers and all employees involved. Lastly, the Group will continue to implement measures to improve the daily management of its production sites, standardising management processes at the plant level and implementing Shop Floor Management routines 24.

In addition, the Group continues its efforts to improve the quality of its products, improving the ratio of products that are compliant on the first attempt (through increased responsiveness of production teams in the decision-making process).

Furthermore, the Group intends to continue improving the overall equipment effectiveness (OEE) of its sites, by minimising capacity bottlenecks and optimising potentially under-utilised furnaces, and seeks to increase the output of its IS machines in order to improve its yields.

The Group will also continue to rigorously implement targeted action plans as part of its industrial performance action plan (PAP), notably by intensifying its comparative analysis efforts for its 34 glass production sites and by systematically implementing a cost deployment method across all of its production sites, with the goal of systematically reducing cash production costs 25 by 2% a year. To this end, more than 900 projects involving approximately 300 managers are continually being rolled out and monthly reviews have been implemented to ensure that goals are achieved.

Furthermore, the Group continues to implement its projects initiated at the end of 2018 aimed at improving the performance of its logistics chain, in particular to improve the rate of on-time delivery to customers, and intends to strengthen its measures to reduce storage and transport costs.

The Group also continues to rigorously manage its working capital, having eliminated excess inventory prior to 2020, and is now focused on maintaining a level of inventory consistent with an optimal level of service to its customers, while keeping the value of finished goods, moulds and spare parts inventories under control.

1.2.2.3. Invest wisely for a sustainable future

This development pillar is built around three key principles: improving work conditions; reducing CO 2 emissions and energy consumption; and intensifying the control of manufacturing processes by relying on data analytics and artificial intelligence.

The Group intends to optimise the allocation of its capital expenditure, by pursuing a disciplined investment policy aimed at maintaining total annual investments (recurring and strategic) at around 10% of consolidated revenue (excluding capitalisation of the right to use an asset as required by the application of IFRS 16), in order to maintain the operational excellence of its production facilities and a solid return on invested capital.

The Group continues its research and development programmes focused on innovation in industrial processes and on its sustainable development strategy. The Group thus intends to build on its strong industrial expertise and innovation capacity in order to reduce carbon dioxide emissions and energy consumption (see the Extra-Financial Performance Statement appended in Annex II to this Universal Registration Document).

The Group also intends to rely on the development of Industry 4.0, and in particular on data analytics and artificial intelligence. As part of its research and development activities, the Group is considering an IA-based software that will be ultimately applied to the entire production process and will specifically enable the optimisation of furnace combustion settings at the glass melting stage, the optimisation of IS machine settings when transitioning to the "hot end" sector, and the improvement of control processes, including through improved use of information supplied by the control machines that detect defects. In September 2020, the Group won the Trophée Intelligence Artificielle et Entreprise awarded by the RH&M Group, intended to highlight the transformative role of artificial intelligence in organisations.

24 Lean management method specific to production workshops, that involves the development of overall workshop management, including with respect to inventory, equipment, operations, manufacturing and treatment, and based on direct cooperation between employees and managers in order to resolve issues directly on-site and continuously improve the production process.
25 Production costs excluding commercial, general and administrative costs, transport costs, depreciation and amortisation and provisions for claims.

1.2.2.4. Develop a strong entrepreneurial culture

This development pillar is built around five key principles: anchoring a strong entrepreneurial culture; consolidating the Group's purpose and values; increasing sense of responsibility, speed and agility; improving learning capacities and strengthening talents; and promoting diversity.

The glass production sector requires permanent commitment and advanced technical skills. That is why the Group's human resources are essential for its development and the pursuit of profitable growth. The Group considers the safety of its employees as a key priority, and is committed to supporting them in their professional development in order to develop a strong entrepreneurial culture.

To back this ambition, the Group intends to further strengthen the application of its values within the Group, including (i) customer care, (ii) respect for individuals, laws and the environment, (iii) empowerment and accountability and (iv) teamwork.

The Group also strives to encourage its teams to take responsibility, take quick action and be responsive, including by helping production site managers to become genuine business leaders, and by developing communication within the teams through cross-functional workshops, established to reflect specific goals and based on advanced comparative analyses.

The Group also wishes to continue its training efforts, relying in particular on sharing the know-how of its most experienced technicians, in order to improve the learning capacity of its teams and train them more specifically in project management. Lastly, the Group may use external talent in order to further enhance its know-how and the diversity of its teams, and has set ambitious goals in terms of gender equality. Indeed, Verallia aims to increase the gender equality index by 15 points by 2025 in all countries where the Group is present, so as to reach 75 points.

A dynamic employee share ownership policy is a strategic initiative to share the Group's profitable growth, by involving all employees in the Company's development. In this respect, as a result of the Group's seven operations launched between 2016 and 2022, more than 3,200 employees have become shareholders of the Company through FCPE Verallia (see Section 7.2.5.2.3 "Employee savings plans, similar plans and employee share ownership" in this Universal Registration Document) and, as such, hold 3.8% of Verallia's share capital. In addition, the Group should launch a share capital increase in the next few months for employees who are members of a Group corporate savings plan. The Company thus plans to actively continue its employee share-ownership development policy, with the goal of increasing the equity stake of the Group's employees in its share capital by around 5% by 2025.

1.3. The Group's main operations

The Group is the third largest producer in the world and the leading European producer 26 (based on revenue) of glass packaging for food and beverages. In terms of volumes sold, it is the second largest producer in Latin America 27. The Group offers innovative, customised and environmentally friendly solutions to more than 10,000 28 customers worldwide.

In the financial year ended 31 December 2022, the Group produced approximately 17 billion glass bottles and jars (pro forma of the acquisition of Allied Glass) to meet the needs of a diversified customer base in the still wines, sparkling wines, spirits, food, beers and soft drinks markets and including both locally based small-sized companies, such as regional wine producers or local breweries, and leading multinationals, such as Pernod Ricard, LVMH, Heineken, Andros and Nestlé.

Breakdown of revenue29 by end market (year ended 31 December 2022)

26 On the basis of the revenue earned in 2021 by market players in Europe (as defined by these players), as extracted from publicly available information (annual reports and press releases in particular) and on the basis of Company estimates.
27 Based on volumes sold in 2022 in Argentina, Brazil and Chile.
28 Customers who placed at least one order during the 2020-2022 period.
29 Based on revenue earned exclusively from the sale of jars and bottles, which represented 97% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the financial year ended 31 December 2022.

Still wines and spirits

Packaging is a major component of the marketing strategy of the Group's food and beverage producing customers, which it supports throughout the glass packaging creation process.

To meet the needs of its customers, the Group designs and manufactures a broad range of standard products tailored to both local and international markets. The Group stands out from its competition both by the scope of its offering, which encompasses a large variety of shades, finishing and containers, and through its capacity to upgrade its standard products for enhanced customisation.

In addition to its glass packaging production operations, the Group also offers its customers a range of extended services tailored to their marketing and economic needs.

Lastly, the Group's desire to propose diversified, customised and high-end products has led to the creation of a global upmarket trademark known as the Selective Line with a dedicated marketing team. This line is designed to address the growing demand for upmarket glass bottles from Verallia's most demanding international customers in still and sparkling wines, spirits, beers and mineral water.

The Group's "Glo-Cal" business model is built on the strength of its international network - illustrated by an industrial presence in 12 countries, with 34 glass production sites comprising, as at 31 December 2022, 63 operational furnaces, 12 cullet treatment centres (4 of which are part of a joint venture), 5 decoration plants, 5 technical centres and 12 product development centres - combined with the close relationship maintained with its customers by more than 10,000 employees, including sales and marketing teams comprising more than 330 employees.

The Group's strong global presence enables it to meet the needs of its international customers, such as leading multinational companies, by implementing a global commercial approach, while ensuring that all countries in which it operates can benefit from its innovation capacities and leading technical expertise. Furthermore, the Group's international organisation allows it to establish the best industrial and commercial practices at Group level, which it then strives to share consistently across its different sites, and also provides the means to develop a global purchasing policy and obtain the best conditions for its procurement operations.

On the other hand, the local establishment of the Group's production sites, based on a decentralised organisation relying on local entities with a broad capacity for action, allows it to benefit from commercial and industrial flexibility, enabling it to adapt to the needs of its customers according to local specificities. Furthermore, in order to establish long term relationships with its customers, the Group relies on strong sales and marketing teams of more than 330 employees, based locally, and is able to propose co-development offerings to its customers while implementing flexible production facilities, adapted to the needs of its customers. Moreover, the Group tailors its offering to the specific features of each regional or local market by proposing a large portfolio of differentiated products according to the geographic area or country. Lastly, this densely woven geographic presence allows the Group to offer its customers premium-quality service while reducing delivery deadlines, transport costs, customs duties, working capital requirements and CO 2 emissions.

The Group's production facilities and sales presence

The Group's operations are organised into three segments:

scrollen

Southern and Western Europe, comprising production sites located in France, Italy, Spain and Portugal. Southern and Western Europe accounted for 67% of consolidated revenue and 64% of the Group's adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 31 December 2022. The Group's operations in Southern and Western Europe mainly involve bottles for still and sparkling wines and containers for spirits, which are export-driven market segments;

Northern and Eastern Europe, comprising production sites located in Germany, the United Kingdom, Poland, Ukraine and Russia. Northern and Eastern Europe accounted for 21% of consolidated revenue and 17% of the Group's adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 31 December 2022. The Group's operations in Northern and Eastern Europe mainly involve bottles for beer, particularly in Germany, and food jars and bottles, mostly for local markets. Since the acquisition of Allied Glass (renamed Verallia UK), operations in Northern and Eastern Europe have also been extended to the premium glass packaging market in spirits;

Latin America, comprising production sites located in Brazil, Argentina and Chile. Latin America accounted for 13% of consolidated revenue and 19% of the Group's adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 31 December 2022. The Group's operations in Latin America mainly involve bottles for still wines, an export-driven market segment, as well as bottles for beer in Brazil.

The Group's exposure to the end markets is thus differentiated according to geographical area. It adapts its offer to the local and regional specificities of the various markets in order to best meet its customers' needs. Its flexible industrial facilities, adapted to these specificities, also allow production to be temporarily transferred from one site to another in the event of repairs to furnaces or other equipment or the occasional spike in local demand.

Breakdown of revenue across the three operating segments
(year ended 31 December 2022)

Breakdown of adjusted EBITDA among the three operating segments
(financial year ended 31 December 2022)

1.3.1. Key factors impacting results

The main factors with an impact on the Group's operations are (i) changes in supply and demand for glass packaging; (ii) changes in raw materials and energy prices; (iii) changes in production costs and improved operational efficiency; (iv) optimal use of production capacity; and (v) investments.

1.3.1.1. Changes in the supply of and demand for glass packaging

The Group's results are mainly impacted by the volumes of products sold and their sale prices. These vary according to changes in the supply of and demand for glass packaging, which are themselves dependent on various factors.

The demand for glass packaging is affected by factors such as changes in consumer trends, which in turn are driven by changing lifestyles and food preferences, legislative and sociological developments, and public health and safety considerations. In recent years, the demand for glass packaging has been driven by favourable structural market trends. These include the growing demand for European wines and spirits in Asia and the United States, economic growth and its positive impact on consumption in general in Latin American countries, and the growing trend for replacing plastic with glass, largely due to the brand image of glass and the associated health and environmental benefits (see Section 1.1 of this Universal Registration Document). These trends have had a positive impact on the Group's revenue over the year.

Demand for glass packaging may also change due to the seasonal nature of some of the Group's products, or to weather and climate conditions.

In some cases, the glass packaging market may also experience a surge in demand for certain types of packaging, which cannot be fully met by suppliers due to insufficient production capacity. In the event of a structural increase in demand, the Group must create extra production capacity by expanding its production sites or commissioning new furnaces. These generally take 18 to 24 months to build, during which time the imbalance between supply and demand may continue.

Severe tensions observed in 2021 on available capacities in most of the Group's markets, particularly in Southern and Western Europe and in Latin America due to high demand, continued in 2022. In order to address changes in demand, the Group commissioned two new furnaces in 2021, one on the Azuqueca (Spain) site and the other on the Villa Poma (Italy) site. For the 2022-2024 period, three new furnace deployments have been announced, two of which in Brazil (on the Jacutinga and Campo Bom sites), and one in Italy on the Pescia site. At the end of 2022, the Jacutinga 2 furnace was successfully started. The Campo Bom 2 and Pescia 2 furnaces are scheduled to start operation in 2024; these two new furnaces will use the oxy-combustion technology, which serves to reduce CO 2 emissions by 18% compared with a traditional furnace. The Group also strives to maintain flexible, efficient production facilities, which allow it to rapidly adjust its production capacity whenever there is a change in demand.

Generally, the increase in demand for glass packaging, in particular when the demand exceeds supply, tends to promote the Group's operations and its capacity to pass on possible increases in costs to its customers through price increases. Conversely, a reduction in demand and/​or an oversupply of glass packaging - particularly in the event of excessive new production capacity in a regional market, particularly by the Group's competitors - could force the Group to lower its prices in order to maintain production volumes or cause it to stockpile unsold products, which could have a negative impact on its results.

However, the Group's flexible and standardised industrial facilities mean that if there is a surge in demand, it can temporarily transfer production between plants in the same region or, in the event of a drop in demand, to temporarily shut down lines.

1.3.1.2. Changes in raw material and energy prices

The Group's manufacturing operations use large amounts of raw materials for the production of glass. These raw materials include glass sand, limestone, natural and synthetic soda ash, and cullet (recycled glass), in variable proportions depending on the type of product that is being manufactured. The expenses associated with the purchase of raw materials are entirely variable. Raw material purchases accounted for 23% of the Group's cost of sales for the year ended 31 December 2022.

The purchase price of raw materials depends on market conditions, the location of the raw materials and the type of associated transport, relations with suppliers, purchasing volumes and purchasing terms negotiated with suppliers. The purchase price may vary significantly both over time and depending on the region concerned.

For example, the price of cullet, a raw material that accounted for approximately half of raw material purchases for the year ended 31 December 2022, varies widely from one region to the next, mainly because of regulatory and financial disparities concerning the collection and recycling of used glass, as well as the distance of cullet supply centres from production sites. As at 31 December 2022, the Group had no raw materials hedging instruments in place. To mitigate the impact of differences in the prices of raw materials, the Group seeks, wherever possible and by relying on its Purchasing Department, to negotiate the best price structure with its suppliers in view of expected changes in raw material costs (see Section 4.1.1.4 "Risks related to changes in the cost of raw materials and cullet shortages" of this Universal Registration Document). The Group also endeavours to pass on the increase in raw material costs to its selling prices, whether directly or indirectly. It does this in particular through price revision clauses included in some of its multi-year contracts with key customers or, in the majority of cases, through commercial negotiations with customers placing orders or renewing annual contracts.

The Group's manufacturing operations are also energy-intensive, particularly in natural gas, electricity and fuel oil, since the furnaces used for glass production must operate continuously at very high temperatures. For the year ended 31 December 2022, energy costs represented approximately 23% of the Group's cost of sales.

The purchase price of energy depends on market prices. Expenses relating to energy costs are partly fixed, because of the need to keep furnaces at a certain temperature so as not to damage them. The purchase price for energy also varies significantly both over time and depending on the region concerned, mainly due to regulatory differences and market structures between countries. In Germany and Italy, for example, energy costs are subsidised annually by the government, mainly in the form of lower energy taxes in those countries (see Section 1.5.3 "Regulatory environment" of this Universal Registration Document). Lastly, the Group's energy costs depend on the age of its furnaces (at comparable technology, an old furnace will need more energy to operate at an adequate level). In this respect, the Group carries out specific actions in its plants to reduce furnace consumption, such as improving seals and insulation, optimising the glass temperature and combustion settings, and adjusting the volumes of combustion air. In addition, other circular economy-based initiatives allow the energy consumed to be recovered by extracting the heat from furnaces and using it to heat buildings, as seen at the different sites. Finally, the Group seeks to use all the cullet at its disposal to optimise production costs, especially energy costs, since the lower melting point of cullet reduces energy consumption (on average, a 10 point increase in the use of cullet leads to a 2.5% reduction in energy consumption).

In the year ended 31 December 2022, the sharp increase in energy costs adversely affected the Group's cost of sales. However, the net impact of this increase was mitigated by the Group's energy cost hedging policy.

Most of the Group's sales contracts are entered into for one year and may be renewed with the agreement of both parties. These contracts do not include price adjustment clauses allowing a percentage of the increase or decrease in energy costs to be reflected automatically in selling prices. Passing on increases in the Group's production costs is therefore negotiated with customers when placing orders or renewing annual contracts, on the basis of recent and expected changes in these costs. However, there may be a time lag and the price increases may only be passed on partially. A minority of the Group's sales also pertain to contracts containing price revision clauses (generally multi-year and entered into with the Group's key customers). These take into account fluctuations in energy costs and inflation and provide the Group with a contractual basis for the annual renegotiation of its selling prices. Lastly, the Group hedges some of the risks relating to energy costs if contractual adjustment mechanisms are not in place (see Section 4.1.1.3 "Risks related to changes in the cost of energy" of this Universal Registration Document). Note that the unprecedented inflation in energy costs in 2022 as a result, among other things, of the conflict in Ukraine, led the Group to repeatedly renegotiate its selling prices in Europe in order to be able to pass on this significant inflation.

The Group was able to pass on changes in its production costs to its selling prices during the 2019 to 2022 financial years. This is due to its dynamic pricing policy, which enables it to generate a positive spread 30 on its sales, yielding an improvement in its profitability during the aforementioned financial years.

The positive spread generated since 2018 is mainly due to the introduction of a new pricing policy starting in 2018. Under this policy, the Group negotiates higher selling prices with its customers when they place orders or renew annual contracts at year-end, depending on production cost estimates. These estimates are based on prices negotiated with its suppliers for the coming year, or on the parameters of any derivative instrument put in place (in case of energy purchases, for example), thus giving it visibility over the impact of production costs for that year and allowing it to pass this on to its selling prices as much as possible (see Sections 4.1.1.3 "Risks related to energy shortages and costs" and 4.1.1.4 "Risks related to changes in the price and shortages of raw materials and cullet " of this Universal Registration Document).

Lastly, as a manufacturer of glass packaging, the Group is subject to the provisions of the EU Emissions Trading Scheme Directive (see Section 1.5.3 "Regulatory environment" of this Universal Registration Document).

Under Phase IV (2021-2030), as defined by the Emissions Trading Scheme Directive, emission projections were calculated based on the detailed estimates made periodically by the Group's industrial management. These calculations assess the use of the production facilities according to the markets and the improvements made to the production facilities. Under Phase IV, the Group already anticipates that the number allocated to it free of charge to be lower than under Phase III and that in any case, it believes it will probably not be allocated enough to meet its allowance return obligations in respect of its carbon dioxide emissions, which means it will have to continue purchasing large amounts of allowances on the market (see Section 4.1.3.1 "Risks related to environmental regulation, compliance and taxation" of this Universal Registration Document).

In order to secure the prices at which it will have to acquire allowances in 2022, the Group has made forward purchases of carbon dioxide allowances on the market.

30 The spread corresponds to the difference between (i) the increase in selling prices and the mix applied by the Group after passing any increase in production costs onto these selling prices and (ii) the increase in production costs. The spread is positive when the increase in sales prices applied by the Group is greater than the increase in its production costs. The increase in production costs is recorded by the Group at constant production volumes and before any production gap and the impact of the Performance Action Plan (PAP).

1.3.1.3. Change in production costs and improved operational efficiency

The Group's production costs include fixed costs and variable expenses, including: (1) raw material costs (23% of cost of sales for the year ended 31 December 2022), which are entirely variable; (2) energy costs (23% of cost of sales for the year ended 31 December 2022), partly fixed (due to the need to maintain furnaces at melting temperature) and partly variable (linked to production itself); (3) costs of purchasing carbon dioxide emissions allowances, which are mainly variable; (4) personnel expenses (19% of cost of sales for the year ended 31 December 2022), which are mainly fixed; (5) packaging materials (cardboard, pallets, plastic film) and freight costs (12% of cost of sales for the year ended 31 December 2022), which are mainly variable; and (6) plant depreciation and maintenance costs, which are mainly fixed. The most significant costs for the Group are raw material costs, energy costs and personnel expenses. Personnel expenses can vary considerably depending on the production region. This is particularly apparent between developed and emerging countries, where personnel expenses are lower, although the gap is closing. The cost of packaging materials, which is mainly variable, primarily includes the cost of pallets, dividers and plastic film. The Group's transport costs make up a significant portion of the cost of sales. Therefore, the Group's glass packaging production operations take place at the regional or local level so as to be as close as possible to its customers' production sites and thus reduce transport distances and the associated costs. As a rule, it is difficult to adjust fixed costs, for example in response to a drop in demand, and even if an adjustment is possible, it might involve a time lag. The Group's adjusted EBITDA margin therefore depends on the Group's ability to absorb fixed costs through its production volumes and to reduce the share of fixed costs in its overall cost of production for a given production level.

The Group also continuously implements measures to improve the operational efficiency of its production sites. As part of its industrial strategy, the Group has implemented an operational excellence programme for the past few years. In early 2018, this was ramped up with the launch of the Verallia Industrial Management (VIM) 2.0 initiative, which focuses on safety, quality, industrial performance, lower manufacturing costs - mainly through the implementation of the Performance Action Plan (PAP) - and team management (see Section 1.2.2 of this Universal Registration Document).

Under this programme, 887 projects at the production site level were rolled out by the Group in 2022. The Group applies costs optimisation measures inspired by World Class Manufacturing to all its production sites, based mainly on cost deployment 31 , and has developed more generally an in-depth industrial methodology based on root cause analysis 32 with its employees and within its sites, in order to optimise its costs while improving the quality of its products. The Group also implements measures to optimise inventory management and improve the flexibility of its production lines, with the introduction of weekly production plans and monthly industrial and commercial plans. In addition, the Group actively pursues the roll-out of continuous improvement initiatives in its logistics processes in order to ensure on-time delivery to its customers and reduce storage and transportation costs. Lastly, the Group conducts in-depth comparative analyses on its production sites in order to align its industrial processes with best practices. This plan has reduced production costs in various areas, such as raw materials, packaging, energy, wages and maintenance costs.

In return for a relatively small investment, this performance action plan has increased production capacity and boosted the efficiency of the Group's production sites while improving product quality for a level of investment in line with the medium-term plan (see Section 5.3.2 of this Universal Registration Document), positively impacting the Group's results between 2019 and 2022.

32 This method involves addressing the causes of a problem, rather than treating its immediate symptoms.

1.3.1.4. Optimal use of production capacity

The Group's results largely depend on optimal use of its production capacity, especially its furnaces, to maximise the performance of its industrial facilities.

Factors affecting the optimal use of furnaces are scheduled or unscheduled furnace repairs, the number of changes in glass colour and optimisation of the packaging mix on all lines, so as to make maximum use of the furnace draft. In addition, to minimise the time taken to change the glass colour or type of packaging on its production line, the Group develops production facilities offering the flexibility to quickly change the necessary tools.

Unscheduled furnace repairs or furnace incidents, such as the fire on the Mendoza site in Argentina in late 2021, could therefore affect the Group's results, reduce the production capacity utilisation rate, result in lower absorption of fixed costs such as wage costs, and increase other costs such as transport costs due to the additional imports required to make up for the production shortfall.

To optimise production capacity utilisation, the Group makes targeted investments (see Section 5.3 "Capital expenditure" of this Universal Registration Document) to ensure that its furnaces are operational and efficient (particularly in terms of energy consumption). It also seeks to adjust the size of its production facilities in line with expected changes in market supply and demand.

1.3.1.5. Seasonality

The Group's revenue may be affected by the seasonal nature of the products sold to its customers. For example, demand for glass packaging is typically higher in the first six months of the year, particularly in Europe. In practice, customers in this geographical region generally place their orders during this period in order to anticipate the increase in demand for their products, such as beer and rosé wine, experienced in summer. Higher temperatures can therefore have a positive effect on the Group's operations, as an increase in demand for products sold by its customers will result in them buying more glass packaging. Conversely, abnormally low temperatures during the summer may result in a drop in demand for certain beverages contained in packaging sold by the Group, resulting in a reduction in orders from its customers.

In addition, changes in the Group's working capital requirement during the year reflect the seasonality of its operations. The high working capital requirement, particularly from April to August, is due to the build-up of inventories and the increase in trade receivables ahead of significant deliveries that take place during the summer, as mentioned earlier. The working capital requirement gradually decreases in the second half of the year, generally reaching its lowest point in December.

In financial year 2022, ongoing sustained activity did not allow the Group to replenish its inventories to the planned extent following a significant de-stocking in the second half of 2020. Activity remained very upbeat in 2022, and the Group repaired nine furnaces in 2022 compared with six in 2021.

1.3.2. Overview of the Group's products and services

1.3.2.1. Bottles and jars

The Group offers a wide variety of products including both standard and speciality ranges, designed in collaboration with the Group's customers and meeting their specific needs (joint development).

Bottles for still wines

In order to meet market demands, the Group offers a wide range of bottles in various shapes and sizes adapted to the different regional markets, in order to address two powerful market trends: the growing appeal of premium products and the development of rosé wine, for which differentiation is mainly based on the packaging used.

The Group proposes a broad range of shades that allows its customers to customise their products. In addition to the "green" bottles, generally considered as a traditional shade, the Group has developed other colours adapted to its markets, such as the "tradiver" colour, a luxury dark green with a filter that protects the organoleptic properties of wine. More recently, the Group developed a new ebony shade in Chile, France and Spain: almost black and with a high density, it protects the contents against the effects of light and gives products a touch of class and refinement, ideal for meeting upmarket demands.

In addition to its wide range of shades, the Group also offers a large selection of bottle sizes that differ according to the market, including 18.5 cl ("aviation" sized), 37.5 cl, 50 cl and 75 cl, each with varying finishes. Following market trends, the Group gives its customers the ability to provide consumers with packaging that keeps up to date with changes in consumption and lifestyle. For example, the Group increasingly offers standard bottles equipped with screw-on tops to its customers, particularly for exports, considering the growing demand from consumers worldwide for this type of finishing.

In terroirs that lie at the foot of the Andes, Trivento is one of Argentina's most prominent wine-growing estates. This bottle, produced in our Mendoza plant, accentuates the singularity of this white Malbec wine.

Bottles for sparkling wines

The Group offers a wide range of standard products to bottle champagne, crémant, mousseux, cider and their foreign equivalents such as Sekt (Germany), Spumante (Italy), Prosecco (Italy) and Cava (Spain).

The Group produces packaging in various sizes according to each market, ranging from very small bottles (18.7 cl) to large capacity bottles such as the Magnum (1.5 litres), Jeroboam (3 litres), Methuselah (6 litres) and even the Nebuchadnezzar (15 litres). The majority of the Group's production, however, focuses on the 75 cl bottle which, in the majority of markets in which the Group is present, is the standard size for these beverages.

Depending on models and markets, the Group offers a broad range of standard products in different shapes and shades, allowing its customers to differentiate their products.

In addition to its standard products, the Group offers specialised packaging designed in collaboration with the customer, using embossing and/​or decorating techniques to better meet their marketing needs.

Lastly, certain bottles for upmarket sparkling wines are developed by the Group as part of its "Selective Line" trademark (see Section 1.3.2.3 "Selective Line" of this Universal Registration Document).

In collaboration with Codorniu, Verallia Espagne has launched the lightest Cava bottle on the market. Weighing 125 grammes lighter than traditional Cava bottles, this design guarantees the same strength, quality and elegance.

Containers for spirits

In this market, the Group offers a wide range of standard products to its customers. However, the majority of sales are high value-added customised products, particularly in terms of specific shapes and engravings.

Container sizes vary according to the market (between 5 cl and 4.5 litres), giving customers access to a wide range of products.

In addition to this diversified offer of different sized containers, the Group provides its customers, depending on the market, with several choices of shades (such as green, extra-white, cinnamon or ebony) and a large number of original shapes, drawing on its industrial expertise in light colouring, decoration and the creation of new shapes. This allows customers to adapt the image of their products.

A large volume of containers for upmarket spirits are developed by the Group under its Selective Line trademark (see Section 1.3.2.3 "Selective Line" of this Universal Registration Document).

The Henkell Freixenet group entrusted Verallia with the production of its Mangaroca Coco bottle, a spirit with a Brazilian flavour.

The ergonomically shaped bottle helps bartenders make the best cocktails.

Beer bottles

The Group produces a standard range of beer bottles in different sizes and shades.

In order to better meet the expectations of its customers, the Group offers a wide choice of finishes and closure systems, adapted to the different ways in which beer is consumed in different markets.

Moreover, as with its other products and to complement its standard range of bottles, the Group shares its innovative and creative skills with its customers in its joint-development of specific products, including highly personalised designs for the increasingly popular micro-breweries all over the world.

Verallia Italia and 32 Via dei Birrai joined forces to renew the image of this Venetian craft brewery.

The base of the new bottle is embossed with a distinctive sign that contains all the values of the glass used: the glass stamp, created in 2020 by FEVE, "Fédération Européenne du Verre d'Emballage" (European Federation of Packaging Glass).

Moreover, this elegant, minimalist bottle is inclusive with its Braille writing.

Bottles for soft drinks

The Group proposes a large standard range of bottles for soft drinks, such as syrups, fruit juice, lemonades, oils and mineral water.

The Group offers a range of colours, depending on the model and market, and several types of finishes, in order to meet the specific needs of its customers.

In partnership with Verallia France, Gobilab launched the "Gobi Indoor", the first glass water bottle 100% made in France. This eco-designed object is meant to replace disposable bottles and cups used in offices, sports and elsewhere.

For special occasions such as the holidays, anniversary editions and other events, the Group creates personalised ranges in collaboration with certain customers.

The Group also offers a standard range of glass packaging for oils, including round and square shapes in different sizes and colours. Some of its products, in particular bottles for mineral water, are also designed under the Group's Selective Line trademark (see Section 1.3.2.3 "Selective Line" of this Universal Registration Document).

Jars and bottles for the food market

The Group offers a wide range of standard jars and bottles for food, tailored to each market.

This range is highly diversified, especially in terms of shape, capacity and closing systems.

The Group is mainly present in the following markets:

scrollen

baby food;

dairy products;

solid food products;

jam, honey and spreads;

condiments, sauces and vinegars; and

vegetables, meat, seafood and soup ("preserves").

For example, in order to support its customers in the snack market, which continues to grow every year, the Group offers a range of heat-sealable jars, such as heat-sealable, sterilisable and pasteurisable glass jars or trays for ready meals, infant nutrition or sauces, or heat-sealable glass jars with transparent lids for yoghurts, cream desserts and other solubles, which were previously sealed with aluminium lids.

In this sector in particular, the Group complies with strict regulations in terms of food safety. Verallia therefore ensures that all of its teams comply with strict quality standards, such as Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP - see Section 1.5.3.1) and/​or ISO 22000. The Group also controls the quality of its products using visual, mechanical, video and light beam technology to check the corking, dimensions and glass thickness and appearance. Any container that does not comply with the Group's quality standards is automatically rejected and recycled.

1.3.2.2 Services

In addition to its core glass packaging production operations, Verallia offers customers a range of high value-added services tailored to their marketing and economic needs.

Joint-development

In addition to its standard offer, the Group co-develops unique speciality models with its customers. The Group has at least one product development centre in each country where it operates, with the expertise to ensure that a creative idea becomes an industrial reality. Thanks to their technical expertise, these 13 product development centres improve on customer proposals to ensure the industrial feasibility of the bottle or jar. Adjustments to the model are required to guarantee the best breakdown of the glass, its mechanical strength, its fitness for labelling, its stability on filling lines and the optimisation of palletisation. These centres also design the drawings for the moulds that will be used to manufacture the bottle.

To successfully complete these glass projects, the development centres provide the Group's customers with advanced tools such as computer-aided design (CAD), 3D printers, physical-realistic computer-generated images and methods for calculating mechanical strength by finite element. In this way, the Group allows its customers to participate interactively, directly or remotely, in the development of their model, using 3D visualisation, computer generated images or scale models, while ensuring the product's weight and mechanical performance are optimised.

Finally, each year, the Group organises design competitions in several countries, the "Verallia Design Awards", which bring together hundreds of participants from the best design and packaging schools. They are invited to propose bottle and jar designs, paving the way for future developments in glass packaging and providing customers with a portfolio of innovative, ready-to-be-developed designs.

A number of these projects have been industrially produced for the Group's customers. For example, the "Flute Gothic" bottle, winner of the 2020 French edition in the "Wines" category, designed by two young graduates in design, packaging and fine arts, was chosen by the Paul Mas estates for the marketing of white wines in France and abroad.

Glass packaging decoration

The Group's glass decoration operations are mainly carried out by its subsidiary Saga Décor and Société Charentaise de Décor, which are major players in glass bottle decoration in Southern and Western Europe, and through Verallia's Polish subsidiary Verallia Polska, which operates in the Northern and Eastern European spirits market.

Saga Décor, Société Charentaise de Décor and Verallia Polska are specialised in bottle finishing. They use glass decoration techniques such as satin-finishing, lacquering, screen-printing, decal transfer and hot marking. The Group continuously improves its finishing techniques and production processes through its research and development operations, in order to maintain its competitive advantage in the glass bottle and jar decoration sector. The Group adopts structural measures to minimise the impact of its decoration operations on the environment, such as by using lead-free enamels.

The ECOVA products range

The Group offers a range of eco-designed products, ECOVA, enabling the Group's customers to design products that are attractive to their consumers while guaranteeing a reduced environmental impact over the product's entire lifetime, essentially through a significant reduction in weight: from raw materials, to the end consumer (including selective sorting of packaging after use), and finally to recycling (see the Extra-Financial Performance Statement appended to this Universal Registration Document). The products in this range are aimed at the still and sparkling wine markets and the food market, and are adapted in each country by the Group's local sales and marketing teams to meet the needs of the local market.

This Cabernet Sauvignon is produced in the renowned Maipo Valley in Chile.

With its stony soils with very good drainage, combined with a Mediterranean-like climate influenced by the mountains, the result is a high quality wine with great structure and elegance.

Concha y Toro put their trust in Verallia to showcase this prestigious wine.

Mobile bottling

The Group has 15 mobile bottling units in France, run by its subsidiary Thierry Bergeon Embouteillage, allowing the wines to be bottled on the wine estate. Although this activity is not significant in relation to the Group's overall operations, it is part of the Group's strategy of proximity and service, particularly to the Bordeaux wine industry, among others.

Daily support for its customers

The Group strives to stay close to its customers and thus offers an extensive range of services to support them in their daily operations and in their development projects, such as digital apps, training programmes and studies on specific topics.

Digital apps

Virtual Glass

Initially developed in 2014 and proposed in 2019 in an enhanced version with hyper-realistic results, the "Virtual Glass" app seeks to allow the Group's customers to reduce the development time needed for new products by visualising different models of bottles and jars, labelled and capped, full or empty. The app continues to be updated, and 2022 saw the release of a new version.

Virtual tours

This app, used at trade shows, training courses and shop floor events, offers virtual tours of plants and cullet sorting centres. It also offers a series of images showing the different stages in the glass production process and in household glass sorting.

MyVerallia

This portal, rolled out in France, Spain, Germany, Italy, Brazil and Argentina, and also available on computers and tablets, offers the Group's customers access to catalogues where they can place and track their orders or use the Virtual Glass application. The Group's customers also have access to Verallia's news.

Glass School

Each year, the Group proposes several training cycles to its customers to increase their knowledge of the production process, to present the marketing trends and introduce them to the circular economy. In view of the Covid-19 global health crisis, this training has been provided electronically, particularly in Ukraine, in order to maintain the training link with the clients of the Group who chose this option.

Studies and Conferences

In France, the Group helps its wine-growing clients and traders better understand the challenges of the wine markets by commissioning in-depth studies to analyse and understand consumer perceptions of the wine and spirits markets. The results are shared at the "Vin & Sens" workshops. For example, in 2019 the Group presented two studies, one on the promotion of responsible wine practices among distributors and consumers, and the other on the impact of neuroscience in packaging. In Italy, the Group presented a study on Italian sparkling wines.

In 2020, the Group focused on the spirits market to better understand the attitudes and expectations of the French in terms of craft spirits, in order to help the new players in the French craft spirits market to position themselves well with their target audience.

An initial study, carried out on a representative sample of young French people (20-35 years old), highlighted the development potential of French whisky. The second study, performed in a laboratory setting using advanced neuroscience methods, demonstrated favourable thoughts and emotions triggered by whisky contained in the Arsène bottle - the new bottle with a rooster as a branding element, created this year by Verallia in partnership with micro-distillers.

1.3.2.3. Selective Line

Selective Line is Verallia's upmarket international trademark. With more than 300 standard references, the Selective Line collection responds to the premiumisation of the markets for still and sparkling wines, spirits and beers, offering one of the largest product catalogues on the market. Our customers can choose from the bottles available in our collection or develop custom bottles with the help of our design centres.

Selective Line relies on a dedicated marketing team at the Group level and on a network of local marketing teams and leading technical experts located in several glass production sites around the world, as well as two decoration units in France (Saga Décor and Société Charentaise de Décor), Verallia Polska in Poland and Verallia UK (see Section 1.3.2.2 "Services" - "Glass packaging decoration" of this Universal Registration Document). Our ambition is to support our customers in their premiumisation strategy to effectively enhance the perceived value of their products and brands. Selective Line promotes the Group's brand image.

1.3.2.4. Procurement and assembly of components and spare parts for industrial equipment

The Group's operations include the procurement, assembly, quality control and sale (mostly to Group companies but also to third parties) of components and spare parts for industrial equipment used in the composition of glass packaging, through a site located in Pune, India, run by Accuramech. This activity represented a very limited share of the Group's operations for the year ended 31 December 2022.

1.3.3. Operations by geographic area

1.3.3.1. The Group's operations in Southern and Western Europe

For the year ended 31 December 2022, the Group's operations in Southern and Western Europe generated revenue of €2,236 million 33 (67% of the Group's consolidated revenue) and adjusted EBITDA of €555 million (64% of the Group's consolidated adjusted EBITDA). The Group's total capital expenditure in Southern and Western Europe for the year ended 31 December 2022 amounted to €210 million (9.4% of revenue in this segment).

As at 31 December 2022, the Group had 5,382 employees in Southern and Western Europe and operated 20 production sites and 35 furnaces, as well as 7 cullet treatment centres (including two under joint venture) and 2 decoration plants. In the year ended 31 December 2022, the volume of jars and bottles sold by the Group in Southern and Western Europe totalled 3,789 kt.

33 Excluding inter-segment revenue.

Production facilities in Southern and Western Europe as at 31 December 2022

In Southern and Western Europe the Group is present in France, Spain, Portugal and Italy.

The Group's operations in Southern and Western Europe are primarily focused on bottles for still and sparkling wines and containers for spirits, products with relatively high margins for which the Group is a market leader.

The Group offers a broad range of products to the Southern and Western European markets tailored to the local needs of each country. Bottles for still and sparkling wines account for a significant portion of the Group's operations in France, Italy and Spain.

The Group's customer base in Southern and Western Europe in bottles for still wines is highly fragmented, mainly local and regional winegrowers, as well as leading wine merchants. Furthermore, the Group has a large number customers for sparkling wine bottles, including local or regional producers as well as a number of leading world-class players such as LVMH and Pernod Ricard, with certain prestigious brands, such as Dom Perignon and Ruinart for champagne.

In the food, spirits and beer market, the Group serves both international customers and local customers.

Lastly, the Group provides glass packaging to customers specialised in empty bottle retailing, which represents a limited portion of its revenue.

1.3.3.2. The Group's operations in Northern and Eastern Europe

For the year ended 31 December 2022, the Group's operations in Northern and Eastern Europe generated revenue of €695 million 34 (21% of the Group's consolidated revenue) and adjusted EBITDA of €147 million (17% of the Group's consolidated adjusted EBITDA). The Group's total capital expenditure in Northern and Eastern Europe for the year ended 31 December 2022 amounted to €73 million (10.5% of revenue in this segment).

As at 31 December 2022, the Group had 3,218 employees in Northern and Eastern Europe and operated 9 production sites and 21 furnaces, as well as 3 cullet treatment centres (including two under joint venture) and 2 decoration plants. In the year ended 31 December 2022, the volume of jars and bottles sold by the Group in Northern and Eastern Europe totalled 1,398 kt.

34 Excluding inter-segment revenue.

Production facilities in Northern and Eastern Europe as at 31 December 2022

In Northern and Eastern Europe, the Group is present in Germany, the United Kingdom, Poland, Ukraine and Russia. This region's largest geographical market in terms of revenue is Germany, where the Group operates through its subsidiary Verallia Deutschland AG and which represented 71% of the Group's revenue earned in Northern and Eastern Europe in the year ended 31 December 2022.

The most significant products in terms of revenue for the Group in Northern and Eastern Europe are bottles for beer, especially in Germany, jars and bottles for the food market and bottles for premium spirits in the United Kingdom.

In the beer, food and spirits market, the Group serves both international customers and local customers.

The Group's customers for still and sparkling wines, mainly in Germany, include local or regional wine producers and leading merchants for still wines.

1.3.3.3. The Group's operations in Latin America

For the year ended 31 December 2022, the Group's operations in Latin America generated revenue of €420 million 35 (13% of the Group's consolidated revenue) and adjusted EBITDA of €165 million (19% of the Group's consolidated adjusted EBITDA). The Group's total capital expenditure in Latin America for the year ended 31 December 2022 amounted to €84 million (20.0% of revenue in this segment).

As at 31 December 2022, the Group had 1,408 employees in Latin America and operated 5 production sites, 7 furnaces, 2 cullet treatment centres and 1 decoration plant. In the year ended 31 December 2022, the volume of jars and bottles sold by the Group in Latin America totalled 692 kt. Considering the topographical and geographic constraints in this area, and in order to facilitate the logistics process, in particular the transportation of goods, the Group has optimised its industrial location by setting up its production sites close to those of its customers, especially in wine-growing areas.

35 Excluding inter-segment revenue.

Production facilities in Latin America as at 31 December 2022

The Group has been present in Latin America since 1960s, when it began operations in Brazil through its subsidiary Verallia Brazil. In Latin America, the Group is present in Brazil, Argentina and Chile. The largest geographical market for the Group in terms of revenue is Brazil. In terms of volumes, the Group is the second largest producer on the glass packaging market in Latin America, with a strong competitive positioning for bottles for still wines and bottles for sparkling wines.

The Group's operations in Latin America are mainly oriented towards bottles for still wines, an export-driven market segment, as well as bottles for beer, in Brazil. The Group prioritises a strong industrial presence in wine-growing areas and a positioning tailored to local specific needs outside these areas, depending on the specific features of each country.

In the still wines, sparkling wines and food market, the Group serves both international customers and local customers.

1.4. Research and innovation

1.4.1. Innovation

Innovation is an ongoing challenge for all the Group's companies as part of its broader strategy to position its products at the top end of the market and to sell products and services using efficient and environmentally friendly production facilities with high added value.

Innovation within the Group takes place at three levels: product and service innovation, material innovation and process innovation, which are all areas of research and development.

The Group's innovation policy is based on:

scrollen

a multidisciplinary team of in-house researchers and engineers;

varied means of mathematical modelling of processes, an adapted design server, a laboratory for tests and expert appraisals; and

collaborations with external research laboratories.

The Group's research and development expenses for the year ended 31 December 2022 amounted to €6.1 million.

1.4.1.1. Innovation in products and services

The Group has 12 product development centres operating as a network, covering all of the regions in which it operates, based at the following sites: Albi (France), Chalon (France), Bad Wurzach (Germany), Dego (Italy), Gazzo Veronese (Italy), Kavminsteklo (Russia), Azuqueca (Spain), Figueira da Foz (Portugal), Normanton (United Kingdom), Zorya (Ukraine), São Paulo (Brazil) and Mendoza (Argentina).

These teams come up with new designs at the request of their customers and/​or marketing teams.

This work involves the transformation of innovative ideas into glass products that can be manufactured and marketed at a competitive price. This work is frequently based on a joint development approach with the Group's customers.

The Group is therefore able to offer its customers new product ranges on a fairly regular basis.

Selective Line is Verallia's top tier international trademark. With more than 300 standard references, the Selective Line collection represents the premiumisation of the markets for still and sparkling wines, spirits and beers, offering one of the largest product catalogues on the market. Our customers can choose from the bottles available in our collection or develop custom bottles with the help of our design centres. By analysing socio-economic trends, each year Selective Line proposes, in its trend book, innovative shapes to enhance its customers' products.

The second major concern is designing products that are environmentally friendly.

In this regard, the ECOVA range proposes "eco-designed" bottles and jars which are lighter and therefore more energy-efficient to produce than regular bottles, while retaining an elegant shape (see Section 1.3.2.2). With this range, the Group seeks to offer more environmentally friendly products while maintaining a high level of quality. For example, in 2022 Verallia launched the Cava Ecova Tradition bottle, the lightest Cava bottle in history (775gr).

In addition, the range of standard products and the significant number of specialised products developed by the Group are indicative of its capacity for flexibility and technical innovation.

Initially developed in 2014 and renewed in 2022 via an enhanced version with hyper-realistic results, the "Virtual Glass" app seeks to allow the Group's customers to reduce the development time needed for new products by visualising different models of bottles and jars, labelled and capped, full or empty.

Furthermore, certain additional designs requiring specific technical innovations are developed at the customer's request.

The Group also offers its customers new glass packaging possibilities through its pasteurisable and sterilisable heat-sealing innovation: this new feature allows them both to redesign their product ranges and to consider a change of packaging material to glass packaging.

Our customer focus is one of our values. Since 2019, Verallia has implemented a Net Promoter Score (NPS) programme to measure customer feedback at every step in their journey. Its purpose is to improve customer satisfaction. Through automated surveys, Verallia identifies weak points and defines improvement action plans to resolve them and increase customer satisfaction.

1.4.1.2. Innovation in materials

The Group works to develop the technical and economic performance and properties of glass as a packaging material for food and beverages. It relies on experienced chemical engineers who specialise in the study and analysis of glass composition.

1.4.1.3. Innovation in glass melting and forming processes

In addition to glass composition, the Group carries out research and development on strategic industrial processes such as melting and forming.

Using modelling tools, the Group seeks to optimise its "hot" and "cold" processes.

Research and development related to forming are aimed in particular at improving the operation of certain forming machines by optimising the heat exchanges that take place during forming operations; but also at reducing the lubrication of moulds or automating them, with the dual objective of protecting occupational health and the environment.

Research and development relating to glass melting operations aim to improve furnace performance, with the main goal of reducing greenhouse gas emissions and pollutants by optimising firing and reducing consumption.

One of the areas of focus is the use of renewable energy, which not only reduces the plants' carbon dioxide fossil fuel emissions, but also helps reduce the environmental impact in the geographic area in which they are located through waste recovery.

1.4.2. Trademarks, patents and licences

1.4.2.1. Patents

The Group has an industrial protection policy that protects its inventions and ideas using one of three possible solutions:

scrollen

applying for a patent, which presents advantages in terms of the legal protection afforded but exposes the Group to high costs, particularly when applying for international patent protection;

applying for a "Soleau envelope", which presents the advantages of low cost and a high level of confidentiality, but does not allow the Group to oppose the development of the same application by a rival; and

the sale of the invention or transfer of rights of use by a partner, in the case of equipment not expected to be subject to absolute exclusivity.

At the date of this Registration Document, the Group had approximately 36 patent families in effect or in process, most of which were obtained or applied for in a number of countries, representing a total of over 309 patents.

1.4.2.2. Trademarks

With the exception of the Verallia trademark, a central trademark for the Group's communication, and its punt marks, trademark protection does not represent a fundamental challenge for the Group because of the characteristics of the industry in which it operates: an expertise-based industry with business-to-business products targeted at industrial customers.

Trademarks are registered and used in countries where the Group has production facilities and in which it sells its products.

1.4.2.3. Design

The Group's policy for protecting intellectual property rights associated with the designs it uses depends on the type of design used:

scrollen

when the Group is the original creator of the design and believes that it is sufficiently original, an application can be made to protect the design. This is the case, for example, for standard designs that can be offered to all customers and developed by the Group for its own marketing needs;

when the Group is limited to using shapes designed by the customer, the intellectual property rights related to these shapes are generally owned by the customer.

1.4.2.4. Domain names

The Group has a policy of registering and obtaining licences to use and manage the domain names needed to conduct its operations. At the date of this Universal Registration Document, the Group owned or had a licence allowing it to use a broad portfolio of domain names, both active and inactive, enabling it to list its products and services and share its communications with a wide audience.

1.4.3. Dependency factors

Information on the Group's dependency factors is provided in Chapter 4 "Risk Factors" of this Universal Registration Document.

1.5. The industrial process

Simplified organisation chart of the Group as at 31 December 2022

The Group's organisation is decentralised and divided into three separate operating segments: Southern and Western Europe, Northern and Eastern Europe, and Latin America.

Certain functions, such as technology, industry, research and development, financing, purchasing and procurement, human resources, legal, marketing and communication are also managed at the Group level.

Other functions, particularly those linked to customer relationships and production activities, are only managed locally. The Group's local CEOs are independent and free to implement their local strategy. In addition to the local CEOs, the Group has sales and marketing teams in each of its operating segments. The local management teams work in close collaboration with local managers, thus allowing the Group to develop products tailored to the specific needs of its customers. Furthermore, thanks to the decentralisation of the Group's industrial processes, it is able to optimise the use of its local production capacities to quickly respond to the needs of its operations and optimise its production costs.

1.5.1. The manufacturing process

1.5.1.1. Purchases and supplies

The Group's main purchases and supplies are as follows:

scrollen

energy (gas, fuel oil, electricity);

raw materials (mainly, soda ash, glass sand and cullet);

transport of finished goods (mainly by road);

packaging (cardboard, plastic film, pallets, spacers);

industrial equipment; and

moulds.

The Group's purchases and supplies are under the responsibility of the Group's Purchasing Department, comprising a Director who coordinates the Group's entire purchasing function and assisted by buyers in charge of strategic families of purchasing, including purchases of investments. The Group's purchasing department is more generally in charge of carrying out or coordinating the purchases of the most strategic products.

The Group also has Purchasing Departments within its subsidiaries or in countries where the Group operates, which are generally responsible for operational purchases (such as transport or packaging). Some purchases are pooled regionally between different Group companies, generally under the responsibility of the Group's Purchasing Department (in particular energy and raw materials purchases, as well as investments).

Raw materials

Raw materials costs account for a significant portion of the Group's production costs.

Glass for packaging is composed (by volume), excluding cullet, of glass sand (between 60% and 70%), soda ash (between 10% and 20%), limestone (between 15% and 20%) and other substances, such as colourants (between 0.5% and 5%). This composition varies significantly depending on the colours. Cullet, either from waste from the glassmaking process or from cullet treatment centres, accounted for approximately half of the Group's raw material purchases for the year ended 31 December 2022. Cullet is used to optimise production costs, particularly as it reduces energy consumption due to its lower melting temperature (an increase in the use of cullet by 10 points reduces energy consumption by an average of 2.5%). The use of cullet significantly varies depending on the type of glass produced, and its utilisation rate can reach 95% for certain types of glass. The Group's goal is to use all the cullet at its disposal in order to reduce its energy consumption and its carbon dioxide emissions and thus improve the carbon footprint of the glass packaging that it produces. To this end, the Group has developed a wide range of initiatives, such as improving the collection of domestic glass, improving the quality of cullet during its treatment or increasing the use of cullet in glass production. Furthermore, to improve the cullet treatment process and increase recycling, the Group has made long-term investments in its 12 cullet treatment centres: 2 in France, operated through Everglass; 3 in Italy, 2 of which are operated through Ecoglass and one in partnership with Vetreco; 2 in Germany, operated through a joint venture known as Verre Recycling GmbH; and 2 in Spain, including a site operated in partnership with Calcin Iberico, allowing it to directly power its glass production sites located close by (see the Non-Financial Performance Statement appended in Annex II to this Universal Registration Document), 1 in Russia and 2 in Latin America. In the case of furnaces with intensive use of cullet, partial repairs at a cost of around €5 to €10 million must be planned after six to eight years of operation.

Most of the Group's soda ash and glass sand procurement contracts are signed for terms at least equal to one year. The limestone market is a local market; consequently, the Group signs a contract for each production site, generally for one year.

Although the Group inserts price adjustment clauses in its commercial contracts, which directly or indirectly reflect the changes in raw materials costs, most of its commercial contracts (signed for a period of one year and which can be renewed upon the agreement of parties) do not have such clauses.

Energy

The Group's main sources of energy are natural gas and, to a lesser extent, electricity and less and less fuel oil. As energy is mainly consumed during glass melting, each new furnace construction is an opportunity to improve the Group's performance in these areas. Throughout the service life of furnaces (from 10 to 12 years, sometimes 14 years), the Group makes improvements to them in order to reduce their consumption, particularly in terms of sealing and thermal insulation, optimising the temperature of the glass, adjusting combustion settings and adjusting combustion air volumes. Furthermore, to significantly reduce carbon dioxide emissions emitted when supplying power to its furnaces, the Group has decided to prioritise natural gas over fuel oil. Other initiatives modelled on the principles of the circular economy include using the heat recovered from furnace walls or smoke as a heating source for the Group's buildings or neighbouring towns. The Group has also invested in Industry 4.0 by introducing artificial intelligence into its plants (see the Extra-Financial Performance Statement appended in Annex II to this Universal Registration Document). Finally, as part of its policy to reduce CO 2 emissions, the Group intends to significantly increase the share of renewable energy in its consumption, in particular through increased purchases of green energy but also through the use of installations (such as photovoltaic panels) enabling it to produce its own green energy directly at certain Group sites.

Most of the Group's sales contracts are entered into for one year and may be renewed with the agreement of both parties, and do not include price adjustment clauses allowing a percentage of the increase or decrease in energy costs to be reflected automatically in selling prices. The passing on of increases in the Group's production costs is then negotiated with customers when orders are placed or at the annual renewal of contracts. Apart from purchases of energy at a fixed price that may be negotiated directly with suppliers by the Purchasing Department, the Group has set up transactions to hedge part of the risks linked to energy costs in situations where contractual adjustment mechanisms could not be provided. This applies to most of the sales contracts concluded by the Group (see Section 4.1.2.7 "Risks related to relations with certain strategic suppliers and subcontractors" of this Universal Registration Document).

1.5.1.2. Production

The manufacture of glass packaging requires the mastery of technically complex industrial processes requiring the use of heavy equipment. Hollow glass production essentially involves melting the various glass materials at extremely high temperatures into a liquid glass mixture, which can then be shaped by means of forming techniques (blown-blown/​pressedblown).

Thanks to its expertise in these fundamental skills of the glass production cycle and efficient industrial facilities, the Group was able to produce approximately 17 billion bottles and jars in the year ended 31 December 2022.

The glass production cycle of bottles and jars

The glass production cycle includes three essential phases:

The melting of raw materials and cullet:

Once mixed, the raw materials and cullet are melted in furnaces at a temperature of approximately 1 550°C. The time between the introduction of the composition and the removal of the molten glass from the furnace is approximately 24 hours. The extremely high temperatures reached involve continuous production. Consequently, these furnaces operate round the clock, 24/​7. In addition to safety issues, the extremely high temperatures are an environmental concern, given that the mass of molten glass releases large quantities of carbon dioxide and smoke. The carbon dioxide is evacuated through chimneys fitted with filters.

Transfer to the "hot end sector": forming and treatment of the glass:

The molten glass is then sent to the forming machine through distribution channels at a temperature ranging between 1,100°C and 1,550°C. Forming consists of shaping a compact mass of hollow glass through pressing (using a metal plunger) then blowing (with blown air). The mass of glass enters the forming machine in the form of a drop, known as "gob", the weight, shape and temperature of which are precisely controlled. This gob is then blown in two stages (blown-blown process), in a "blank mould" first of all, where the material is transformed into an interim shaped hollow pocket, then in a "finishing mould", which gives the product its final shape. This process only lasts a few seconds, at the end of which the temperature of the bottles and jars reach nearly 600°C. To guarantee the strength of glass packaging, the latter are then "refired", through gradual reheating and cooling in "annealing lehrs" for 50 minutes to two hours. The surfaces are also treated to protect the glass packaging against scratches: first, the surfaces receive a hot treatment, which consists of applying a thin layer of tin oxide to the surface of the glass; afterwards, the surfaces are sprayed with cold wax. The products used in the treatment are safe for use on glass designed for use as food packaging.

Transfer to the "cold end sector": inspection and packaging of the glass:

The Group uses various processes to inspect the quality of its products depending on the markets and products. These include visual, mechanical, video or light beam inspections to check the capping, size and thickness of the glass and the design of the packaging. Any container that does not comply with the Group's quality standards is removed from the production line and used as cullet. The products are packaged in pallets when they leave the manufacturing line

Production facilities and industrial processes for the manufacture of bottles and jars

The Group's industrial facilities include 34 glass production sites mainly located close to packaging areas and its main customers, equipped with 63 glass furnaces that operate continuously. The efficiency of the facilities is based on the optimal use of equipment, meeting the highest standards in the markets in which it operates.

The strong performance of these production facilities and their ability to adapt to different markets is essential considering the high investment costs for equipment used in the industry.

The efficiency of the equipment used is measured with respect to its productivity, flexibility and its capability in terms of production requirements. Heavy machinery has been standardised, which gives the Group the freedom to shift the production of a range of products from one production line to another and even from one site to another. On certain production lines, known as "flex lines", the use of versatile machinery means that between two and four different types of items can be produced on the same production line. The Group takes advantage of the flexibility of its production facilities to optimise its responsiveness and accordingly reduce the storage of finished goods. Standardising equipment by product family fosters the development of technical synergies (such as the transfer of best practices and know-how from one site to another).

The efficiency of the Group's industrial processes also lies in its capacity to maintain a high utilisation rate of its equipment, in particular its furnaces. Factors affecting the utilisation rate of furnaces mainly include the number of changes to the colour of the glass and the optimisation of the packaging mix on all lines, in order to maximise utilisation of the furnace draught. The possibility of producing a high number of bottles of the same colour at the same time and the flexibility of production lines provide opportunities for the Group to obtain maximum advantage from the utilisation capacity of a furnace.

Furthermore, the Group strives to have powerful and effective furnaces, in terms of energy consumption and life span. The Group's industrial and commercial location can allow it to temporarily transfer production from one site to another in order to meet a specific demand or limit the impact of certain industrial constraints, such as a furnace under repair. Finally, in order to respond to changing demand, in 2021 the Group undertook the construction of a new furnace in Azuqueca, Spain, another in Villa Poma, Italy, and another in Jacutinga (Brazil) in 2022 (see Sections 4.1.1.1 "Risks related to changes in demand for glass packaging" and 5.3 "Capital expenditure" of this Universal Registration Document). Furthermore, the Group plans to open two new furnaces in 2024: in Brazil (Campo Bom) and in Italy (Pescia); then another in Spain in 2025, and another in Italy in 2026, each on existing sites.

The Group's quality, environment, health and safety certification policy

In all the territories where it operates, the Group sets standards in terms of quality, logistics, customer satisfaction management and environmental performance.

The Group has long been committed to ensuring that all of its teams are involved in a quality approach, which specifically includes the existence of common written procedures that can be shared, as well as the traceability of their modification if necessary. As such, the Group performs different audits every year to ensure that the quality and standards with respect to the environment, hygiene and safety are complied with.

The main standards and methods in force in the Group refer to the following standards:

scrollen

ISO 14001: This standard specifies the requirements for an environmental management system (EMS) to formulate a policy and objectives that take into account legislative requirements and disclosures of significant environmental impacts;

ISO 9001: This standard specifies the organisational requirements for a quality management system that consistently delivers a product that complies with customer and applicable regulatory requirements and implements continuous improvement processes;

ISO 22000: This standard guarantees that food risk for consumers is taken into account during the entire production process. In concrete terms, this standard specifies the requirements for a food safety management system (FSMS), which is a coherent set of processes designed to enable the Company's management to ensure the efficient and effective application of its policy for controlling food safety hazards and the constant improvement of its objectives, in order to provide safe products that will meet customer and regulatory requirements;

HACCP (Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point): This system identifies, assesses and controls significant dangers with respect to food safety. There is no "HACCP certification" properly speaking, because it is a process that is part of the ISO 22000 standard;

OHSAS 18001 (Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Systems): This occupational health and safety management system model aims to reduce risks in terms of health and safety in the work environment.

At the date of this Universal Registration Document, all of the Group's glass production sites had obtained ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certification. 30 of the Group's 32 glass production sites are certified ISO 22000 (before Allied Glass' acquisition). The Group's plants in France were the first glass packaging production sites for the food industry to obtain ISO 22000 certification in Europe.

1.5.2. Main industrial facilities and plants

Information about the main glass production industrial facilities and plants run by the Group as at 31 December 2022 is provided in the table below.

scrollen
Country City/​Region/​State Operations Furnaces Occupancy status
France Albi Bottle production 2 Owner
Chalon-sur-Saône Bottle production 3 Owner
Cognac Bottle production 2 Owner
Lagnieu Jar production 2 Owner
Oiry Bottle production 1 Owner
Saint-Romain Bottle production 2 Owner
Vauxrot Bottle production 1 Owner
Total France 13
Spain Azuqueca Bottle and jar production 2 Owner
Burgos Bottle production 2 Owner
Montblanc Bottle production 1 Owner
Seville Bottle and jar production 1 Owner
Zaragoza Bottle production 2 Owner
Telde (Canaries) Bottle production 1 Owner
Total Spain 9
Portugal Figueira da Foz Bottle and jar production 2 Owner
Total Portugal 2
Italy Carcare Bottle production 1 Owner
Dego Bottle and jar production 3 Owner
Gazzo Veronese Bottle and jar production 2 Owner
Lonigo Bottle production 2 Owner
Pescia Bottle and jar production 1 Owner
Villa Poma Bottle production 2 Owner
Total Italy 11
Germany Bad Wurzach Bottle production 3 Owner
Essen Bottle production 3 Owner
Neuburg Bottle and jar production 2 Owner
Wirges Bottle production 2 Owner
Total Germany 10
United Kingdom Leads Bottle production 2 Owner
Knottingley Bottle production 2 Owner
Total United Kingdom 4
Russia Mineral'Nie Vody (KMS) Bottle and jar production 2 - land: part owner and part holder of a perpetual right of use; buildings: owner *
Kamyshin Bottle and jar production 3 Owner
Total Russia 5 Perpetual right to use the land and owner of the buildings
Ukraine Rivne Bottle and jar production 2
Total Ukraine 2
Brazil Jacutinga Bottle production 2 Owner
Campo Bom Bottle production 1 Owner
Porto Ferreira Bottle and jar production 1 Owner
Total Brazil 4
Argentina Mendoza Bottle production 2 Owner
Total Argentina 2
Chile Rosario Bottle production 1 Owner
Total Chile 1
Group Total - . 63 -

During the Soviet era, this right was equivalent to a right of ownership as regards use of the land. These rights of use are still recognised at the date of this Universal Registration Document.

In 2019, the Group closed and left the site of the Agua Branca plant, located in the São Paulo metropolitan area (Brazil).

In 2020, the Group decided not to rebuild one of the three furnaces at its French site in Cognac. In addition, in 2020 the Group completed the construction of a new furnace in Azuqueca (Spain) and a new furnace in Villa Poma (Italy), which entered into service in the first quarter of 2021. Initially scheduled for 2020, these start-ups were postponed due to the Covid-19 pandemic. At the end of 2022, the Jacutinga plant's second furnace went into operation. Thus, as at 31 December 2022, there were 63 furnaces in service.

The Group also operates five bottle decoration centres and 12 cullet treatment centres, four of which are in partnership through the companies Ecoglass, Vetreco, Calcin Iberico and Verre Recycling GmbH.

1.5.3. Regulatory environment

1.5.3.1. Legislation and regulations in European Union Member States

1.5.3.1.1. Regulations for packaging products

Health regulations

The Group, as a manufacturer of packaging for food and beverages, is subject to European regulations aimed at protecting consumer health.

Contact with food

EC Regulation No. 1935/​2004 dated 27 October 2004 governing the materials and items that come into contact with liquid and solid foodstuffs is intended to ensure a high level of protection of human health and consumer interests.

This regulation covers materials and items destined to come into contact with food or which are already in contact with food. This regulation is therefore particularly aimed at packaging and containers like those produced by the Group.

This regulation states that packaging must be sufficiently inert. Thus materials and items must be manufactured in line with good manufacturing practices so that, under normal or foreseeable conditions of use, they are not transferred to food in quantities large enough to endanger human health, to bring about an unacceptable change in the composition of the food, or cause a deterioration in its organoleptic properties. In terms of migration limits, glass in certain countries is subject to the directive on ceramic articles, in particular Directive 84/​500/​EEC, which was modified by Directive 2005/​31/​EC, which sets forth migration limits for lead and cadmium.

The commercialisation of packaging destined to come into contact with food that does not abide with these regulations is prohibited.

For glass packaging producers, the traceability of labelled packaging is ensured when products are stored on pallets. This makes the inspection of products and the removal of defective items easier.

Packaging hygiene

The Group is also subject to European regulations regarding packaging hygiene. EC Regulation No. 852/​2004 dated 29 April 2004 stipulates general hygiene rules that apply to all food, and requires that packaging and container materials must not be a source of chemical, bacterial or physical contamination of food.

The regulation also stresses that every food business operator along the food chain should ensure that food safety is not compromised. This includes the storage of packaging and the process of packaging food.

To ensure that each of the Group's companies complies with these requirements, a Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) methodology has been implemented, which includes documentation that identifies and evaluates significant food risk factors. Some of these companies have voluntarily had their internal procedures certified to ISO 22000, FSSC 22000 or BRC standards covering food safety requirements. 34 production sites of the Group are certified.

Environmental regulations

In its role as a producer of packaging, the Group is subject to regulations governing packaging and packaging waste enacted with the aim of protecting the environment.

Directive 94/​62/​EC of 20 December 1994 on packaging and packaging waste (the "Packaging and Packaging Waste Directive"), transposed in France in Articles R. 543-42 to R. 543-52 of the Environmental Code, and in all the European countries in which the Group has industrial facilities, aims to harmonise national legislation governing packaging and packaging waste in order to decrease their impact on the environment.

To do so, the Packaging and Packaging Waste Directive sets out guidelines for the prevention of packaging waste, its reuse, recycling and recoverability. These requirements apply to the production and composition of the packaging as well as its reusable or recoverable features.

The Group must notably keep the mass and volume of its packaging to the minimum possible within safety and hygiene standards, while maintaining the needed functionality and respecting customers' expectations in terms of quality. The Group must also produce packaging in such a way that it can be reused or recovered, including recycled.

This recovery and recycling of packaging is carried out through glass packaging collection schemes that vary from one country to another. The main collection and recycling schemes in force in the Member States of the European Union where the Group has production facilities are described below.

France

The Packaging and Packaging Waste Directive, and its application orders codified in the Environmental Code, favour recycling and packaging recoverability.

The schemes in place distinguish between household and non-household waste.

In cases where the end users are households, the scheme is the one that had been established, even before the Packaging and Packaging Waste Directive, by Act No. 75-633 of 15 July 1975, as amended, on waste disposal and materials recovery and its implementing decree No. 92-377 of 1 April 1992 (incorporated into the Environmental Code in Articles R. 543-53 et seq.). This law requires all producers that package their products (either directly or through a third party) for sale on the national market to provide waste-disposal schemes to households for this packaging. The producer can delegate the provision of this scheme to a company authorised by the public authorities in exchange for financial payment. In return, the two authorised companies in France (Citeo and Adelphe) provide financial assistance to local authorities for the implementation of selective household packaging waste collection.

The authorised companies coordinate between the companies marketing packaged products, the local authorities that are in charge of establishing waste collection and treatment schemes, and the recycling professionals.

The Chambre syndicale des verreries mécaniques de France (CSVMF), the French glass industry federation, undertakes to take charge of all the glass packaging waste collected by local authorities pursuant to a framework agreement with the authorised companies. The CSVMF designates glass producers to recover the glass according to on their collection zones.

The glass makers execute the commitment made by the CSVMF by signing a recovery guarantee contract with local authorities. They recover the glass packaging collected by the local authorities, transport it and transform it into cullet via cullet treatment centres.

The collection and recycling scheme for non-household waste is outlined in Directive No. 94-609 of 13 July 1994 (included in the Environmental Code under Articles R. 543-66 et seq.). Under this scheme, the Group has three options for recovering its waste: recover the waste itself at an authorised facility; transfer the waste to an operator of an authorised facility; or transfer the waste to an authorised third party.

Germany

Since 1 January 2019, the packaging law (Verpackungsgesetz) has replaced the regulations that entered into force in 1991 (Verpackungsverordnung). In particular, this law requires glass producers to participate in a German eco-organisation for the collection and recycling of packaging waste. One of the largest collective recycling companies in Germany is DSD (Duales System Deutschland GmbH). Glass producers obtain cullet from these recycling companies.

Spain

Spain's recycling system is governed by law No. 11/​1997 of 24 April 1997 on packaging and packaging waste. It includes an integrated glass bottle collection system. The entity in charge of glass collection and recycling is the non-profit organisation Ecovidrio.

Portugal

Portugal has also enforced a glass collection and recycling scheme. Under the terms of Legislative Decree No. 152-D/​2017 of 11 December 2017, food and beverage producers are responsible for recycling. Glass packaging producers must, therefore, in cooperation with food and beverage producers and packaged product importers, work to incorporate secondary raw materials from the recycling of packaging waste in their production process.

Glass packaging producers are required to recycle at least 60% of the glass packaging used within the country. The objective is to reach a recycling rate of 70% by 2025 and 75% by 2030.

In order to comply with these obligations, food and beverage producers and importers may subcontract the management of their packaging and waste.

Italy

In Italy, Legislative Decree No. 22/​97 dictates obligations in terms of glass collection and recycling. Based on this decree, "Co.Re.Ve" (the glass recovery consortium) was created in October 1997 and is tasked with collecting and recycling used glass.

1.5.3.1.2. Regulations for the glass making industry

The Group is also subject to regulations aimed at managing the emissions of pollutants, which have increased in recent years.

Pursuant to European Council Directive 96/​61 EC of 24 September 1996 on the prevention and integrated reduction of pollutants (the "IPPC Directive"), for an operating permit to be granted, the Group's facilities had to be operated such that all of the "best available techniques" were implemented to prevent pollution. Directive 2010/​75/​EU, the Industrial Emissions Directive (IED), replaced and reinforced the IPPC Directive. Thus, for an operating permit to be granted, the emissions from the Group's facilities must not exceed certain limits, the value of which is established based on the "best available techniques" as defined in the European Commission's enforcement decision establishing conclusions on the best available techniques for the production of glass under the IED of 28 February 2012. The IED was adapted in France within the framework of the Regulation on Classified Facilities, in Articles L. 515-28 et seq. of the French Environmental Code.

In addition, Directive 2003/​87/​EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 October 2003 establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas emission allowance trading within the Community, known as the "ETS Directive", introduced a system of greenhouse gas emission allowances for carbon dioxide only in the European Union.

The ETS Directive is designed to reduce emissions of gas pollutants into the air by creating an EU-wide greenhouse gas emissions trading scheme. The European glass industry to which the Group belongs is covered in Annex I of this Directive.

The ETS Directive requires the development of a national allocation plan (NAP), setting out the total quantity of allowances allocated for a given period (first period: 2005-2007; second period: 2008-2012; third period: 2013-2020) and the breakdown of this allowance by site.

The ETS Directive thus allows Member States to impose a cap on the greenhouse gas emissions of the facilities concerned, and then to freely allocate them the allowances corresponding to this cap. The companies covered by the directive also have the option to trade allowances on the ETS. Thus, a facility that emits more than its allocation must purchase the missing allowances, i.e. the "polluter pays" principle, and conversely, a facility that emits less than its allocation can sell its unused allowances and thus benefit from income.

The ETS Directive was transposed to French law by Decree No. 2004-832 of 19 August 2004, as amended by Decree No. 2019-190 of 14 March 2019, now codified in Articles R. 229-5 et seq. of the Environmental Code; the distribution of allowances by operator was set for the 2013-2020 period by an order of 24 January 2014, as amended.

For the period between 2013 and 2020 (Phase III), the ETS was amended by Directive 29/​2009/​EC, which provides for a gradual reduction in the number of allowances placed on the market and revises the free allowance allocation system by introducing a European system based on product benchmarks. It also stipulates special provisions for industrial sectors that are considered to be exposed to "carbon leakages" 36. The hollow glass sector, in which the Group operates, meets the criteria set out by the European Commission to be considered as an exposed sector, and is therefore eligible for free carbon credits, the total volume of which may not exceed the benchmark calculated on the basis of the average performance of the most efficient installations in the European Union. European Commission Regulation 1031/​2010 of 12 November 2010 on the auctioning of greenhouse gas emission allowances for the 2013-2020 period completes this Regulation.

For the period from 2021 to 2030 (Phase IV), Directive 2018/​410/​EU of 14 March 2018 on enhancing cost-effective emission reductions and low-carbon investments, particularly provides for an acceleration of the annual decrease in the total number of allowances in circulation, in order to increase the pace of emission reductions. The Group's policy in this area and the expected impact on its business is described in more detail in Section 1.3.1.2 "Changes in raw material and energy prices".

The Group's operations are also subject to the requirements of air quality directives, such as Directive 2008/​50/​EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2008 on ambient air quality and cleaner air for Europe, as amended, which merged most of the existing air quality directives and which imposes, among other things, emission limits for certain substances such as sulphur dioxide. Furthermore, operations must comply with the requirements of the Water Framework Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council 2000/​60/​EC adopted on 23 October 2000, aimed in particular at preventing and reducing water pollution. The Group must also comply with the national regulations that transpose Directive 2002/​49/​EC of the European Parliament and Council of 25 June 2002 on the assessment and management of environmental noise.

The Group is also subject to Directive 2004/​35/​EC of the European Parliament and Council dated 21 April 2004 on environmental liability with regard to the prevention and remedying of environmental damage, based on the "polluter pays" principle. In addition, national regulations generally impose decontamination obligations on present and past owners, operators or users of contaminated sites, as applicable.

Finally, some countries in which the Group is present (notably Germany and Italy) have established subsidies tied to the cost of energy. In Germany, the Group, as a high energy-consumption company, thus benefits from an exemption or reductions in some taxes applied to electricity prices. In Italy, a scheme introduced in 2005, from which the Group benefits, provides for the allocation of energy saving certificates (Certificati Bianchi), in the event of the implementation of energy efficiency improvement measures; these certificates can be traded on a regulated market and sold to electricity distributors. In addition, since the second half of 2013, the Group has benefited in Italy from subsidies on certain items included in the prices of its electricity consumption. Until 31 December 2017, these subsidies were in the form of reimbursements; as of 1 January 2018, they result in a reduction in the cost of its power consumption.

36 A "carbon leak" is a situation in which a company, in order to escape the costs related to climate policies, moves its production to another country that applies less stringent rules for limiting emissions.

1.5.3.1.3. Regulations regarding chemical substances

Regulation (EC) No. 1907/​2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 on the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals ("REACH Regulation") imposes a series of obligations on all industrial sectors, including the glass industry, regarding the registration, use and restriction of chemical substances used in production processes. As such, the Group is subject to an obligation to provide information on the risks of the substances used: for example, it must provide information to users directly down the supply chain, such as the declaration that the substance is not subject to authorisation or the imposition of a possible restriction. Moreover, although glass is exempt from the registration obligation as a downstream user of substances, the Group must communicate its uses of substances to suppliers so that they are covered in their registration files.

The Group keeps a close eye on changes to the list of substances that are subject to authorisation or restrictions in order to fulfil, where necessary, its obligation to communicate with its customers.

1.5.3.2. Legislative and regulatory environment in Latin America

In Latin America, the Group is also subject, particularly in Brazil and Argentina, to a legislative and regulatory environment similar to the one described above, particularly for the protection of consumer health and protection of the environment.

Brazil

Federal law No. 6. 938/​1981 stipulates that industrial operations that use environmental resources and are considered to be potentially polluting, or that can cause environmental damage, are subject to environmental authorisation. Industrial operations, like those of the Group's Brazilian subsidiary, must comply with the parameters for atmospheric emissions defined by the national air quality monitoring programme established by Resolution No. 05/​89. In addition, in accordance with the national policy on solid waste (Federal Law No. 12.305/​2010), the producer is responsible for the elimination of the hazardous and non-hazardous waste that it produces. Moreover, packaging materials that are in contact with liquid and solid food must comply with the rules stipulated by the Brazilian National Health Monitoring Agency. Finally, since 2018, Brazil has been studying the introduction of a regulation to control the use of chemical substances, inspired by European Directives (like REACH). The draft of the regulation is being prepared by the authorities.

Argentina

Law No. 24.051, the "Hazardous Waste Law", promulgated in 1992 (the "HWL"), and Decree No. 831/​93 govern the production, transport, treatment and elimination of hazardous waste. The HWL defines hazardous waste as waste that could harm humans, flora or fauna, or pollute the soil, water, or the environment in general. All companies involved in the production, transport, treatment and elimination of hazardous waste, like the Group's Argentine subsidiary, must be registered in the register of producers and users of hazardous waste, which is kept by the Office of Natural Resources and the Environment, the governmental organisation responsible for applying the law. This organisation issues environmental certificates authorising the production, transport, treatment and elimination of hazardous waste, subject to compliance with certain requirements of the HWL. In addition, the National Food Code stipulates that packaging products that come in contact with liquid and solid food must first be authorised by the competent government authority. This obligation applies to packaging products manufactured in Argentina and to products imported from a third country.

1.5.4. Sales and marketing policy

The Group's main operations are centred on the development, production and sale of glass packaging for the food and beverage industries.

In terms of marketing, and in general, all of the Group's companies must be able to offer customers services tailored to their local market. This requires efficient tools that are compliant with local standards.

These policies are aligned as closely as possible with the history, trends and sensitivity of each of the regional markets. The marketing and product development organisation of each of the Group's companies has been developed accordingly. The Group also relies on its sales and marketing teams comprising more than 330 locally based employees, who work in close collaboration with customers.

The Group believes that its understanding of local markets, customer expectations and the competition allow it to better adapt its pricing, product and service policy to obtain the best performance. This policy is mainly reflected in an extended and scalable offering in terms of products and services (see Section 1.3.2 "Overview of the Group's products and services" in this Universal Registration Document).

2 OUR APPROACH FOR A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE

Our CSR strategy: re-imagine glass for a sustainable future

Edito by Patrice Lucas, CEO of Verallia

At Verallia, we want our commitments to become practical realities, not to remain mere declarations of intent.

That is why we have made social and environmental responsibility central to our strategy, through the pillar "investing wisely for a sustainable future".

Our CSR * ambition is based on three pillars: in addition to our ambitious roadmap on decarbonising our activities, as glass experts we must go beyond the infinite recyclability of our material to strengthen its circularity. Recyclability is obviously an excellent starting point for our industry, but it is the reuse of glass that makes it a truly sustainable product. That is why we issued a white paper devoted to reuse in 2022.

We are also working in the field of eco-design, notably by making bottles lighter. Thanks to the collective work of our R&D, production, sales and marketing teams, we were able to achieve some great successes in 2022.

Our CSR strategy also means guaranteeing a safe and inclusive work environment for all Verallia employees. This means safety above all, and 2022 was marked by a significant drop in accidents, the result of collective work and daily vigilance.

But it also concerns the quality of our products and compliance, two key factors on which the company's long-term future will be built. So our responsibility is therefore to adapt our behaviour on a day-to-day basis.

The validation in 2022 of our CO 2 emission reduction targets by SBTi, a world first for a company producing glass packaging for the food market, and the award of the EcoVadis platinum medal, which places us among the world's most virtuous companies in terms of social and environmental responsibility, are perfect illustrations of our commitment.

* Corporate social responsibility

Risk identification methodology

Carried out in 2018, the materiality analysis enabled us to cross-reference the internal vision of the importance of CSR issues with the expectations of stakeholders. The analysis was updated in 2022 to take into account evolutions in CSR issues (in particular global warming, scarcity of resources, biodiversity) and changes in the expectations of our stakeholders, who are increasingly experienced and interested. The analysis has enabled us to fuel:

scrollen

the Group's strategy;

the vision of the Group's non-financial risks in relation to the work carried out by Verallia's financial risk compliance management.

The materiality analysis was conducted in three steps:

scrollen

identifying priority issues based on analysis of available documentation and interviews with key stakeholders of the Group (analysis of the Group's activities and environment), supplemented by an industry benchmark carried out by a consulting firm, sectoral risk databases (MSCI and SASB) and working with Risk Management at Verallia Group level;

sharing these issues with key stakeholders;

prioritising issues by comparing the expectations of stakeholders and the vision of the Group's management. The rating scale was defined liaising with the Risk Management Department, and by criterion. Different components have been taken into account to determine priority risks and opportunities. The impact on people, operations, the environment, and the image/​ reputation of the Group was discussed and incorporated. A consensus was reached using an electronic vote carried out during a joint workshop guided by a consulting firm, in which the members of the Group's Executive Committee, the main support functions and operational staff of the French and Spanish entities participated.

The materiality matrix is thus a reflection of the Group's identity. It compiles the specific issues relating to our activities (glass, decoration, cullet treatment) and to our local presence. It also highlights, within the priority issues, the seven main CSR risks and opportunities for the Group. Monitoring indicators have been defined for each of these risks with associated objectives. Each year, the Non-Financial Performance Statement is where changes in these different indicators are communicated, just like achievement of the objectives set.

scrollen
Non-financial risks and opportunities Definitions of risks Definitions of opportunities Correspondence to major risks Cross-reference with the chapter from the Consolidated Non-Financial Performance Statement (DPEF)
Integrating the circular economy into the manufacturing of our products and the value chain Risks for our businesses: Opportunities for our businesses:
- The Group and its customers are subject to different regulations related to the circular economy depending on the countries in which they operate. - Improving operational processes and diversifying raw materials can reduce costs. 4.1.1.4 Risks related to changes in prices of raw materials and cullet, and shortages 2.1.1 Be a major player in the circular economy
- The promotion of circularity in product manufacture and the value chain may entail investment costs (new equipment, innovation, establishment of collection channels, etc.), which Verallia must keep under control. - Improving product circularity and above all using cullet (which is recyclable) can have a positive impact on stakeholders, especially customers. 4.1.3.3 Risks related to substantial investments and their financing 2.1.2 Develop eco-design for responsible products
- The Group may be confronted with market tension stemming from changes in raw material costs or shortages of raw materials (particularly cullet). - Developing the circular economy at Verallia could facilitate access to investment schemes if it is reflected in a good non-financial rating and the consideration of investors' expectations.
Negative impacts on people and the environment: Positive impacts on people and the environment:
- The use of finite resources for glass production may have a negative impact on the environment, either directly (especially in relation to the Group's activities) or indirectly (on all stakeholders in the value chain). - The integration of circularity in product manufacturing and the value chain allows the Group to have a positive impact on recycling through a bottle-to-bottle approach, as well as through the reuse of glass, and as such to lessen the use of finite natural resources.
scrollen
Non-financial risks and opportunities Definitions of risks Definitions of opportunities Correspondence to major risks Cross-reference with the chapter from the Consolidated Non-Financial Performance Statement (DPEF)
Optimising water use and reducing wastes and discharges into water, air and soil Risks for our businesses: Risks for our businesses:
- The Group is subject to different regulations relating to waste management, water (quality and quantity of withdrawals and discharges), air emissions and soil discharges depending on the countries in which it operates. - Verallia could enjoy potential financial gains from the optimisation of water resources (treatment of wastewater, etc.) and good waste management (reduced treatment costs). 4.1.2.1 Risks related to operating industrial sites 2.1.3 Optimise water use and reduce our waste
- Verallia may face reputational risks, financial risks or business continuity risks following complaints from neighbouring residents in the event of poor management of discharges and nuisances, and difficulties that may receive media coverage. Nevertheless, this risk is deemed relatively immaterial and vary considerably depending on the site. 4.1.3.1 Risks related to environmental regulations
- Verallia may face a risk related to the cost of investments in infrastructure and equipment for managing effluents or air emissions, as well as their maintenance (employee training, technology monitoring, etc.).
Negative impacts on people and the environment: Positive impacts on people and the environment:
- The production of toxic aqueous, solid or gaseous effluents (chemicals, fumes, VOCs, oils, etc.) can have a negative impact on the environment and human health. Although no toxic materials (products subject to the REACH regulation) are used in the manufacture of glass, products considered potentially hazardous under regulations in force may be used in plants. - Making glass from products that do not have an impact on human health or biodiversity, or which help preserve natural resources or reduce waste and discharges can have positive impacts on people and the environment.
scrollen
Non-financial risks and opportunities Definitions of risks Definitions of opportunities Correspondence to major risks Cross-reference with the chapter from the Consolidated Non-Financial Performance Statement (DPEF)
Energy efficiency and carbon footprint of our operations Risks for our businesses: Opportunities for our businesses:
- The Group may be subject to climatic impacts on some of its sites due to a higher frequency of certain extreme events (e.g. storms, earthquakes, floods) or local climatic conditions impacted more durably (water stress, more frequent droughts). - Improving energy efficiency and diversifying energy sources in a context of heightened tension in the energy market could represent a financial opportunity. 4.1.1.2 Risks related to competition from manufacturers of other types of packaging and to potential substitution of glass packaging by other materials
- The Group is subject to various environmental regulations, e.g. compliance with GHG emission thresholds, mainly in Europe (although legal obligations in this area are mounting worldwide). - Improving the energy efficiency and carbon footprint of our operations could facilitate access to investment schemes if that is reflected in a good non-financial rating and the consideration of stakeholders' expectations on climate challenges (e.g. TCFD, EU Green Taxonomy). 4.1.1.3 Risks related to energy shortages and costs
- There is a risk linked to the cost of investments to improve energy performance and implement the GHG emission reduction trajectory (new equipment, innovation, development of the use of low-carbon energy, etc.). It should be noted that at this stage, the price of a tonne of CO 2 has little impact for Verallia. 4.1.3.1 Risks related to environmental regulations
- There is a financial risk the event of a pronounced dependence on energy sources whose price is volatile or liable to increase significantly. 4.1.3.2 Risks related to the energy transition (CO 2 emissions reduction)
- Verallia may be subject to the competitive risk of alternative food packaging that is more energy efficient or has a smaller carbon footprint.
Negative impacts on people and the environment:
- The extraction of natural resources for the production of energy and the emission of greenhouse gases, whether directly (linked to activities) or indirectly (in the value chain), may have negative impacts on the environment.
scrollen
Non-financial risks and opportunities Definitions of risks Definitions of opportunities Correspondence to major risks Cross-reference with the chapter from the Consolidated Non-Financial Performance Statement (DPEF)
Occupational health and safety Risks for our businesses: Opportunities for our businesses:
- Verallia may face risks of cost overruns related to business continuity in the event of a major impact from accidents on production (insufficient staff, disorganisation of production lines, or protest movements leading to a stop in work). - Verallia's employer image with stakeholders and especially with employees could be strengthened by a focus on OHS challenges within the Group (e.g. ergonomics, ongoing projects to improve employees' occupational health), as this is a differentiating factor within the sector and in heavy industry. 4.1.2.3 Risks related to implementing an operational excellence programme within the Group 2.3.1 Ensure the health and safety of everyone
- Financial, legal and/​or reputational risks related to non-compliance with Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) regulations and, beyond that, the guarantee of safe working conditions for employees could impact the Group. 4.1.2.6 Risks related to occupational health and safety
- Investors or other stakeholders could pull out in the event of an increase in accidents on Verallia sites. 4.1.5.3 Risks related to litigation and ongoing investigations, particularly in relation to occupational diseases
Negative impacts on people and the environment: Positive impacts on people and the environment:
- Insufficient measures to protect the health and safety of employees, subcontractors and temporary workers could have negative impacts. - The provision by the Group of effective health and safety protection measures for employees, subcontractors and temporary workers could have a positive impact on people, both internally and externally.
Employee engagement, inclusion, and social dialogue Risks for our businesses: Opportunities for our businesses:
- Verallia may face financial, legal and reputational risks in the event of non-compliance with regulations, in particular regarding non-discrimination within the Group. - Employee engagement, inclusion and social dialogue can be a source of opportunity by improving the company's attractiveness and helping retain employees through the promotion of inclusion and the diversification of recruitment pools, as well as through the rollout of measures aimed at fostering employee engagement (wages, wellbeing at work, etc.). 4.1.2.8 Risks related to social relations and human resources 2.3.2 Promote diversity and inclusion
- There are risks related to good operational management of operations (cost overruns, delays, even threats to business continuity) in the event of difficulties in recruiting, or high turnover or absenteeism. 2.3.3 Support employee skills development
2.3.4 Other social information
Negative impacts on people and the environment: Positive impacts on people and the environment:
- There may be negative impacts on people in the event of noncompliance with employee rights regarding non-discrimination, wellbeing in the workplace, etc. - There may be positive impacts on employees if the Group demonstrates a strong commitment to non-discrimination, well-being at work, etc.
scrollen
Non-financial risks and opportunities Definitions of risks Definitions of opportunities Correspondence to major risks Cross-reference with the chapter from the Consolidated Non-Financial Performance Statement (DPEF)
Social and environmental risks in the subcontracting chain Risks for our businesses: Opportunities for our businesses:
- Verallia may face business discontinuity and the associated financial impacts if strategic suppliers and subcontractors mismanage their social and environmental impacts, causing them to cease their operations. - Creating partnerships or joint ventures with suppliers can make it possible to secure supplies, including in times of crisis, create synergies on shared challenges (joint innovation), improve the Group's image, etc. 4.1.2.7 Risks related to relations with certain strategic suppliers and subcontractors 2.4.2 Build engaging and respectful relationships with our suppliers
- The Group may face risks relating to the tightening of regulations extending responsibility over the entire value chain. Likewise, its reputation may be impacted in the event of major incidents at the sites of subcontractors or suppliers directly associated with Verallia.
Negative impacts on people and the environment: Positive impacts on people and the environment:
- The Group may face negative impacts in the event of a failure to ensure the health and safety of people working within the subcontracting chain, respect for people's rights, and protection of the environment within the upstream subcontracting chain. - There may be positive impacts if health and safety protection, respect for people's rights, and environmental protection are ensured in the upstream subcontracting chain.
scrollen
Non-financial risks and opportunities Definitions of risks Definitions of opportunities Correspondence to major risks Cross-reference with the chapter from the Consolidated Non-Financial Performance Statement (DPEF)
Compliance with applicable regulations, fight against corruption, personal data protection Risks for our businesses: Opportunities for our businesses:
- The Group may be exposed to legal, financial and image risks in the event of non-compliance with local, national or international regulations in force (anti-corruption, competition law, intellectual property, tax evasion, GDPR, etc.). Exposure to risks related to personal data protection are also intensifying due to the tightening of regulations on data protection. - Recognition of the quality of the Group's ethical practices could have a positive impact on the reputation of the brand in a broader sense. 4.1.2.3 Risks related to geopolitics and the Group's international business 2.4.1 Complying with key legislation (corruption, competition, embargoes, personal data, information security)
- The Group's image may be exposed to risks in the event of poor management of business ethics, which may give rise to impacts on relationships with key stakeholders (business partners, institutions, suppliers, etc.), as well as to financial impacts. 4.1.5.1 Risks related to compliance
- There may be a risk of investor disengagement in relation to noncompliance with regulations or the existence of proven issues in respect of business ethics or data management. 4.1.5.2 Risks related to taxation and customs barriers
Negative impacts on people and the environment:
- Non-compliance with social, environmental or human rights laws (e.g. failure to protect personal data) may have a negative impact on the Group.
scrollen
Non-financial risks and opportunities Definitions of risks Definitions of opportunities Correspondence to major risks Cross-reference with the chapter from the Consolidated Non-Financial Performance Statement (DPEF)
Cybersecurity * Risks for our businesses:
- The Group may be vulnerable to significant business continuity risk in the event of a major cyberattack impacting one or more of Verallia's key sites, potentially causing significant financial and image impacts. Exposure to risk in respect of digitalisation is becoming increasingly significant. 4.1.2.2 Risks related to information systems 2.4.1 Complying with key legislation (corruption, competition, embargoes, personal data, information security)
- There may also be risks related to the protection of personal data, as described above under "Compliance with applicable regulations, fight against corruption, personal data protection".
Negative impacts on people and the environment:
- Cyberattack could result in negative social and environmental impacts.
Quality of our products Risks for our businesses: Opportunities for our businesses:
- The Group could face critical business continuity risks in the event of non-compliance with regulations, norms and standards on the packaging of food products intended for consumption (presence of toxic substances, preservation requirements, etc.). - The Group could improve its image if the quality of the products meets stakeholders' requirements, as this can be a differentiating criterion 4.1.2.10 Risks related to defective products 2.4.3 Guarantee product quality and safety in support of customer satisfaction
- Verallia could face additional costs related to product quality incidents (recalls, penalties, resumption of production, treatment of non-compliant products, etc.).
- Customers may be dissatisfied in the event of non-compliance with production specifications, causing financial impacts or damage to the Group's reputation.
Negative impacts on people and the environment:
- A quality issue affecting one of our products could have negative impacts on the health and safety of end consumers and on their confidence in Verallia products.

* The "Cybersecurity" risk is less significant for the Group and stems directly from the main risk "Compliance with applicable regulations, fight against corruption and protection of personal data".

RSE Governance

scrollen
Roles Name of body Main areas of work in 2022
Approval of strategy and control Board of Directors Reviews and monitors CSR KPIs, the Consolidated Non-Financial Performance Statement (Chapter 2, URD), the 2021 CSR Report, and the factoring contract which includes a CSR clause. Number of meetings: 7
(94% participation)
Coordination and follow-up Sustainable Development Committee (1) Examines the Consolidated Non-Financial Performance Statement, objectives and associated KPIs, reviews the "Reuse Lab" Forum and outlook, the "Ambition for Climate" initiative with AFEP, donations and the state of non-financial ratings, approval of the concept for an employee training plan on CSR. Number of meetings: 4
Strategy definition and implementation Executive Committee Follows up on the CSR roadmap, organises "Compliance Week," revises the materiality analysis, readjusts the short- term energy mix in view of the ongoing crisis in 2022. Number of meetings: 10
Implementation in all entities CSR Department and network * The Group CSR Department is in contact with regional CSR correspondents (2) about the CSR strategy, changes to it, and local actions. Regional correspondents are responsible for deploying Group strategy, monitoring local initiatives, and sharing "Good CSR Practices." Number of meetings: 4
Ownership Employees Participate in "Verallia Days" on various CSR topics: diversity & inclusion, health & safety, environment, quality, compliance. For the first time in 2022, the Group also organised an onboarding seminar for 23 international directors who had recently joined the company. During this seminar, the Group's CSR strategy was presented and brought to life through hands-on activities. Number of events: 6

(1) 5, including 1 independent member: Virginie Helias, Chairwoman of the Committee and Independent Director, Michel Giannuzzi, Chairman of the Board of Directors, Sébastien Moynot, representative from Bpifrance lnvestissement, Xavier Massol, Employee Representative Director, Beatriz Peinado Vallejo, Employee Shareholder Representative Director.
(2) The diversity of the positions and skills of these local correspondents (HR, EHS, Marketing, Communications) makes it possible to address all sustainable development issues. There is at least one Sustainable Development correspondent per region.

It should be noted that sustainable development topics are systematically addressed in all committees.

* Since 2022, the Group CSR Department is no longer within the scope of the Group HR Department. It is now placed under the responsibility of the CSR and legal departments.

Sustainable development as a compensation criterion

The vast majority of the employees working in plants receive compensation that includes a variable component. 64% of employees whose compensation includes a variable component (individual or collective) including one or more CSR criteria, which pertains to nearly all employees (all categories) in France, Germany, Italy and Ukraine and all managers throughout the Group.

For all management-level employees (support, industrial and commercial functions), the bonus system or variable component is the same for everyone. Two main CSR criteria are involved:

scrollen

safety (TF2) 37

the external cullet rate

Finally, criteria that are guidelines for awarding complimentary shares under the "Long Term Incentive Programme" also include CSR objectives:

1. Reducing CO 2 emissions.

2. Occupational gender equality index. This criterion evolved in 2022, in favour of the percentage of female managers.

37 TF2 = Frequency rate 2 = Accidents (with and without work stoppages) per million hours worked.

These schemes testify to the Group's desire to increase each person's awareness of their individual impact on reaching common goals.

Sustainable development dashboard

scrollen
Sustainable development strategy pillars Commitments Objective Performance indicators Reference year results 2022 Results 2025 Target
Enhancing the circularity of glass packaging Maximise use of cullet in our products Reach a rate of 59% in the use of external cullet in our production by 2025 and 66% by 2030 Rate of external cullet use in our glass production 49% 55.7% 59%
in 2019
Develop glass reuse Test at least one pilot reuse project in France by 2025. Number of pilot projects 0 0 1
in 2020
Develop eco-design Reduce the weight of our standard and non-returnable bottles and jars by 3% by 2025 compared to 2019. Alpha coefficient 16 15.9 15.5
in 2019
Optimise water use Reach 0.4 m3/​tpg water consumption in glass plants by 2025 Cubic metres of water consumed per tonne of packed glass (tpg) 0.58 0.47 0.4
in 2020
Reduce waste Reach a 75% waste recycling rate by 2025 Waste recycling rate 65.5% 75% 75%
in 2020
Decarbonising our activities Reduce CO 2 emissions from our sites (Scopes 1 & 2) Reduce our CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 & 2) by 46% in absolute terms by 2030 compared to 2019 Scopes 1 & 2 CO 2 emissions (kilotonnes CO 2 ) 3,090 kto 2,756 kto CO 2 2,625 kto CO 2
CO 2 in 2019
CO 2 emissions reduction in % (Scopes 1 & 2) vs. 2019 2019 -10.8% -15%
Reduce Scope 3 CO 2 emissions Maintain our Scope 3 CO 2 emissions below 40% of the Group's total emissions Scope 3 CO 2 emissions (kilotonnes CO 2 ) 1,810 kto 1,634 kto CO 2 en 2021 < 1,751 kto CO 2
CO 2 in 2019
Share of Scope 3 emissions in the Group's total emissions, in % 37% 37% in 2021 <40%
in 2019
Develop renewable or low-carbon energies Reach 60% certified renewable or low-carbon electricity by 2025 Share of certified renewable or low-carbon electricity in total electricity consumed 34% 50% 60%
in 2019
Contribute to soil regeneration Plant at least 100,000 trees per year from 2019-2025 Number of trees planted since 2019 100,000 413000 700,000
in 2019
Ensuring a safe and inclusive place to work Ensure the health and safety of everyone Aim for zero accidents and achieve TF2 < 1.5 by 2025 Accident frequency rate (with or without lost time) (TF2): 5.5 3.6 <1.5
in 2019
Promote diversity and inclusion Reach 35% female managers at the Group level by 2025 Share of female managers 29% 31.3% 35%
in 2019
Reach 4.5% employment of people with disabilities by 2025 Share of employees with disabilities 3% 3.3% 4.5%
in 2019
Support employee skills development Double employee share ownership by 2025 compared to 2019 Capital held by employees 2.6% 3.8% >5%
in 2019
Complying with our ethical principles with our suppliers, clients and employees. Comply with key regulations Ensure that there are 0 convictions and fines in relation to key regulations Number of convictions and fines 0 0 0
in 2019
Build engaging and respectful relationships with our suppliers Reach the rate of 90% of purchases covered by the Supplier Charter by 2025 % of purchases covered by the Supplier Charter 73% 88% 90%
in 2020
Ensure product quality and safety for customer satisfaction Reduce the rate of customer claims by 35% by 2025 as compared to 2020 % decrease in customer claims vs. 2020 Reference -43% -35%
year 2020
scrollen
Sustainable development strategy pillars Commitments Objective Performance indicators 2030 Target
Enhancing the circularity of glass packaging Maximise use of cullet in our products Reach a rate of 59% in the use of external cullet in our production by 2025 and 66% by 2030 Rate of external cullet use in our glass production 66%
Develop glass reuse Test at least one pilot reuse project in France by 2025. Number of pilot projects
Develop eco-design Reduce the weight of our standard and non-returnable bottles and jars by 3% by 2025 compared to 2019. Alpha coefficient
Optimise water use Reach 0.4 m3/​tpg water consumption in glass plants by 2025 Cubic metres of water consumed per tonne of packed glass (tpg)
Reduce waste Reach a 75% waste recycling rate by 2025 Waste recycling rate
Decarbonising our activities Reduce CO 2 emissions from our sites (Scopes 1 & 2) Reduce our CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 & 2) by 46% in absolute terms by 2030 compared to 2019 Scopes 1 & 2 CO 2 emissions (kilotonnes CO 2 ) 1,669 kto CO 2
CO 2 emissions reduction in % (Scopes 1 & 2) vs. 2019 -46%
Reduce Scope 3 CO 2 emissions Maintain our Scope 3 CO 2 emissions below 40% of the Group's total emissions Scope 3 CO 2 emissions (kilotonnes CO 2 ) < 1,112 kto CO 2
Share of Scope 3 emissions in the Group's total emissions, in % <40%
Develop renewable or low-carbon energies Reach 60% certified renewable or low-carbon electricity by 2025 Share of certified renewable or low-carbon electricity in total electricity consumed 90% in 2040
Contribute to soil regeneration Plant at least 100,000 trees per year from 2019-2025 Number of trees planted since 2019
Ensuring a safe and inclusive place to work Ensure the health and safety of everyone Aim for zero accidents and achieve TF2 < 1.5 by 2025 Accident frequency rate (with or without lost time) (TF2):
Promote diversity and inclusion Reach 35% female managers at the Group level by 2025 Share of female managers
Reach 4.5% employment of people with disabilities by 2025 Share of employees with disabilities
Support employee skills development Double employee share ownership by 2025 compared to 2019 Capital held by employees
Complying with our ethical principles with our suppliers, clients and employees. Comply with key regulations Ensure that there are 0 convictions and fines in relation to key regulations Number of convictions and fines
Build engaging and respectful relationships with our suppliers Reach the rate of 90% of purchases covered by the Supplier Charter by 2025 % of purchases covered by the Supplier Charter
Ensure product quality and safety for customer satisfaction Reduce the rate of customer claims by 35% by 2025 as compared to 2020 % decrease in customer claims vs. 2020

Verallia's application of the Taxonomy

I. Integration of the Taxonomy into the Group's CSR strategy

Although the glass industry is not currently part of the eligibility benchmark, the intrinsically sustainable nature of this safe and recyclable material makes the Verallia Group a major player in sustainable development and in efforts to tackle climate change.

The Group is indeed making a major contribution to the European objectives set by the Green Deal, namely to reduce GHG emissions by 55% by 2030 and achieve carbon neutrality by 2050. Verallia has aligned itself with this level of ambition, placing these objectives at the heart of its environmental strategy and action plan. For many years, the Verallia Group has made substantial and growing investments to decarbonise glass manufacturing and ensure its circularity.

In 2022, Verallia signed an amendment to its pan-European factoring agreement to include various environmental criteria (see Section 6.14.4 "Factoring"). Verallia is, moreover, the first company in the sector in Europe to have issued two Sustainability Linked Bonds, thus confirming the level of its commitment to sustainable development matters. The proceeds from these bond issues have been used to finance investments in low-carbon industrial assets (e.g. activity 3.6 of the Taxonomy). They amount to €1 billion and relate directly to the Group's ESG strategy, which it published in January 2021. They are indexed to the achievement of the following two objectives: an annual reduction in CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 and 2) to 2,625 kt by 2025 (a reduction of 15% compared to 2019) and an external cullet utilisation rate of 59% by 2025 (an increase of 10 points compared to 2019). These ambitious and binding objectives were validated by the SBTi in March 2022 and are fully in line with the Group's strategy to reduce its CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 and 2) by 2030 and increase its external cullet utilisation (see URD sections 2.1. "Enhancing the circularity of glass packaging" and 2.2. "Decarbonising our activities").

Verallia considers the new Taxonomy regulation an opportunity to highlight the sustainability of its activities and, in particular, the investments it has made in recent years. This will be done by publishing the proportion of its eligible and, subsequently, aligned turnover, capital expenditure (CapEx) and operating expenditure (OpEx) derived from products and/​or services associated with economic activities that qualify as environmentally sustainable.

II. Methodological assessment

II.1. Organisational approach

The Group has put together a project team made up of members of its Financial, Strategic and M&A, CSR, Technical, Legal, Tax and Human Resources departments. This committee has worked to assess the eligibility and alignment of the Group's activities on the basis of financial information extracted from the Group's information systems (investment monitoring, consolidation data) at the annual closing date, said information having been jointly analysed and checked by local and central teams to ensure consistency with consolidated turnover, OpEx and CapEx in 2022.

N.B. The Allied company was excluded from the analysis of the CapEx numerator on account of its integration date (consolidated on 08/​11/​2022) and difficulties in obtaining information during the integration and annual closing processes. The CapEx corresponding to this company was included in the denominator.

II.2. Approach taken to identify financial indicators

II.2.1. Definitions of alignment indicators (KPIs)

The indicators reported by the Group (Turnover KPI, CapEx KPI, OpEx KPI) for the purposes of the European Taxonomy are strictly based on the definitions provided by the Taxonomy regulation, particularly in the delegated act referred to in Article 8 specifying the information to be disclosed by undertakings subject to the Taxonomy.

II.2.2. Determination of financial flows at Verallia (reconciliation with Taxonomy KPIs)

Turnover KPI

The Taxonomy does not yet cover glass manufacturing, so the Group has not identified any Taxonomy-eligible or Taxonomy-aligned turnover. The numerator of the Turnover KPI is zero.

Account reconciliation: the denominator of the Turnover KPI corresponds to the Group's consolidated turnover, i.e. €3,351.5 million (see section 6.1 of the current universal registration document).

KPI CapEx

In Verallia's case, certain investments are aimed at reducing the company's GHG emissions as part of its decarbonisation plan. They may be included in the categories of Taxonomy-eligible activities (see Table 1) provided in the annexes to the Climate delegated act as individual measures. The denominator for the CapEx KPI corresponds to the sum of increases in property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and rights-of-use (IFRS 16) during the period under review presented in the tables of changes (see Notes 10 and 11 of the section 6.1 of the current universal registration document), i.e. €477.7 million.

Account reconciliation: the numerator is established on the basis of financial information extracted from the Group's information systems (investment monitoring, consolidation data) at the annual closing date. This information was jointly analysed and checked by local and central teams to ensure consistency with CapEx at end-2022. In addition, the underlying of each investment line was identified and checked. There is therefore very little risk of doublecounting.

KPI OpEx

Non-materiality: as was the case for financial year 2021, the Group's OpEx analysis resulted in the amount of operating expenditure (within the meaning of the Taxonomy) being identified as non-material in relation to the Group's total expenditure over the year, as its share was equal to 4.6%.

The OpEx identified mainly concerns servicing and maintenance costs and R&D costs, in small amounts compared to the Group's OpEx base in 2022.

As recommended by the European Commission, the three regulatory tables will be presented in the appendices. The tables corresponding to turnover and OpEx will be presented with an indicator based on a numerator equal to zero.

II.2.3. Methodology for assessing activities according to technical screening criteria

The Taxonomy sets out various stages for assessing the alignment of economic activities. Once eligibility has been established based on the activities described in the Climate delegated acts, each activity is then assessed based on substantial contribution and DNSH criteria. The company must also adhere to minimum social safeguards. The alignment of Verallia's investments is analysed by assessing substantial contribution according to the climate change mitigation objective and DNSH according to the other 5 objectives.

Taxonomy eligibility

Taxonomy-eligible activities only concern investments (CapEx) assessed as individual measures, as mentioned in paragraph II.2.2.

Below is a list of the different activities identified as being Taxonomy-eligible based on the descriptions provided in the Climate delegated act.

Table 1: Verallia's Taxonomy-eligible investments

scrollen
Taxonomy-eligible activity (according to the Climate delegated act) Types of Verallia CapEx recognised by the Taxonomy
3.6. Manufacture of other low carbon technologies Investments in furnaces, annealing lehrs and cullet to reduce CO 2 emissions Compressors
4.24. Production of heat/​cool from bioenergy Equipment to incorporate biofuels as energy to operate furnaces
4.25. Production of heat/​cool using waste heat Recovery of waste heat from furnaces and annealing lehrs
6.5. Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles Vehicle fleet under long-term leases in Germany
6.15. Infrastructures enabling low-carbon road transport and public transport Charging stations for electric vehicles in parking spaces
7.3. Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment Installation of LED lighting Replacement of windows Replacement of heating systems
7.5. Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulating and controlling energy performance of buildings Installation of energy meters
7.6. Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies Installation of photovoltaic panels
8.2. Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions Investments in low-CO 2 data solutions (ESIII, PDH, Energy data systems, etc.)

A. Analysis of substantial contribution and specific DNSH criteria

3.6. Manufacture of other low carbon technologies

For capital expenditure on various manufacturing processes (e.g. furnaces, compressors, etc.), the substantial contribution criterion stipulates that:

scrollen

the activity must be aimed at and demonstrate substantial life-cycle GHG emission savings compared to the best performing alternative technology/​product/​ solution available on the market;

life-cycle GHG emission savings are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/​179/​EU or, alternatively, ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018, and

quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified by an independent third party.

Although investments have been made in decarbonisation, not all the conditions have been met to achieve compliance with Taxonomy requirements. There is still work to be carried out in order to (i) identify the best comparable alternative ("the best performing alternative technology/​product/​solution available on the market"); and (ii) establish a comparative life-cycle assessment of carbon footprints (primarily Scope 3) and get it validated by a third party.

Consequently, only an eligibility analysis will be carried out on investments in low-carbon industrial and technological solutions for the financial year ended 31 December 2022. An examination of the alignment of these investments - in accordance with the corresponding financial flows during this period - will be carried out starting from financial year 2023.

4.24. Production of heat/​cool from bioenergy

Verallia has invested in the equipment needed to use biofuel as an energy for operating furnaces at some of its sites.

The substantial contribution criteria for such equipment are as follows:

1. Agricultural biomass used in the activity for the production of heat and cool complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/​2001. Forest biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 to 7, of that Directive;

2. The greenhouse gas emission savings from the use of biomass are at least 80% in relation to the GHG saving methodology and the relative fossil fuel comparator set out in Annex VI to Directive (EU) 2018/​2001.

As is the case for activities corresponding to "3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon technologies", investments in 4.24 activities are examined based on the eligibility analysis for financial year 2022. The corresponding investments will be examined based on the alignment criteria for financial year 2023. This is because these investments require appropriate carbon footprinting.

4.25. Production of heat/​cool using waste heat

Substantial contribution

Verallia has invested in waste heat recovery and recycling systems (either through direct recycling at the process level or through recycling at the building level). Such industrial equipment meets the following criterion: "the activity produces heat/​cool from waste heat".

Such investments, by definition, therefore qualify as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation.

Adaptation, Water and Biodiversity DNSH: see Section B "Generic criteria for DNSH".

scrollen

Circular economy

The equipment involved in the glass manufacturing process forms part of the procedures introduced by Verallia to promote a circular economy. End-of-life equipment is disassembled and recycled as far as possible. Durability and recyclability of equipment (made up essentially of steel, copper and cast iron) are among Verallia's acquisition criteria. On reaching its end-of-life, this equipment is dealt with through contracts with companies that specialise in managing this type of waste and that are under the obligation to recycle or reuse the material.

Eco-design and the circular economy form an important part of Verallia's strategy (see URD Section 2.1.1 "Be a major player in the circular economy").

scrollen

Pollution

This equipment is not covered by the energy efficiency and eco-design requirements set out under current European regulations:

When it comes to eco-design and energy labelling, the pumps and other equipment involved in recovering industrial heat from glass manufacturing processes are not included in the European registry (EPREL) listing all the products subject to energy labelling. The European Commission's action plan (2022-2024) could eventually cover such equipment.

Equipment for recovering and recycling waste heat directly is integral to the thermal processes applied and directly combined with the furnaces. It was not possible to establish an energy classification system applying to such equipment individually (pumps, pipes, engines, etc.).

More broadly, Verallia's plants apply the best available techniques (BAT) recommended for the glass sector.

6.15. Infrastructures enabling low-carbon road transport and public transport

Substantial contribution

Verallia has invested in charging stations for electric vehicles.

a) the infrastructure is dedicated to the operation of vehicles with zero tailpipe CO 2 emissions: electric charging points, electricity grid connection upgrades, hydrogen refuelling stations or electric road systems;

Adaptation and Water DNSH: see Section B "Generic criteria for DNSH".

scrollen

Circular economy

Charging stations have been installed and required minor works. Almost all the waste - essentially inert waste - derived from the works was recycled and reused.

scrollen

Pollution

Charging stations have already been installed and the works carried out were minor. Noise pollution was minimised during the construction phase and remains very low during utilisation.

scrollen

Biodiversity

These activities were carried out in compliance with diversity requirements (see Section B "Generic criteria for DNSH"). The charging stations are located within plant premises, so the risk of a collision with wild animals is very low or even non-existent.

7.3. Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment

Substantial contribution

Verallia has invested in various types of equipment (lighting, windows, piping, etc.). Of the abovementioned equipment, the investments made in lighting - consisting essentially of highly energy-efficient lamps and other lighting equipment (e.g. LED) - meet the substantial contribution criterion:

(d) installation and replacement of energy efficient light sources;

and comply with minimum requirements set for individual components and systems in the applicable national measures implementing Directive 2010/​31/​EU and, where applicable, are rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/​1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation.

DNSH

scrollen

Adaptation

See Section B "Generic criteria for DNSH".

scrollen

Pollution

The organic substances referred to in Appendix C of the Climate delegated act (POPs, CFCs, etc.) and substances banned under the REACH regulation are not used in Verallia's glass manufacturing plants as the process it applies is essentially thermal and involves a mineral material (cullet). Verallia has adopted a supplier risk mapping tool that was developed by AFNOR, tested in 2019 and then rolled out in all of the Group's countries in 2020. Verallia's supplies covered by the regulation are REACH compliant. Verallia has drafted procedures for monitoring chemical substances at all its sites and in its value chain. The identification and management of chemicals are integral to the Group's environmental procedures. (See "Risk mapping" in Section 2 of the URD).

DNSH not applicable:

Water, Circular economy and Biodiversity.

7.5. Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulating and controlling energy performance of buildings

Substantial contribution

Verallia has invested in various types of equipment (energy meters, heating meters, etc.) that adhere to the following criterion:

(a) Installation, maintenance and repair of smart meters for gas, heat, cool and electricity;

DNSH

scrollen

Adaptation

See Section B "Generic criteria for DNSH".

DNSH not applicable:

Water, Circular economy, Pollution and Biodiversity.

7.6 Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies

Substantial contribution

Verallia has invested in photovoltaic systems to meet its buildings' electricity needs. This renewable energy equipment complies with the following criterion:

(a) Installation, maintenance and repair of solar photovoltaic systems and the ancillary technical equipment;

DNSH

scrollen

Adaptation

See Section B "Generic criteria for DNSH".

DNSH not applicable:

Water, Circular economy, Pollution and Biodiversity.

8.2. Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions

Substantial contribution

At several of its sites, Verallia has invested in technological tools for gathering and analysing its energy consumption data with the aim of optimising management of the energy used by its industrial processes. They include sensors as well as monitoring, data management and automation tools, among others. The substantial contribution criteria applicable to such equipment are as follows:

1. The Information and Communication Technology (ICT) solutions are predominantly used for the provision of data and analytics enabling GHG emission reductions.

2. Where an alternative solution/​technology is already available on the market, the ICT solution demonstrates substantial life-cycle GHG emission savings compared to the best performing alternative solution/​technology.

Life-cycle GHG emissions and net emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/​179/​EU or, alternatively, using ETSI ES 203.199, ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-2:2019. Quantified life-cycle GHG emission reductions are verified by an independent third party which transparently assesses how the standard criteria, including those for critical review, have been followed when the value was derived.

As is the case for activities corresponding to "3.6. Manufacture of other low carbon technologies", work is underway to carry out appropriate life-cycle assessments and get the results verified by an independent third party. Consequently, investments in 8.2 activities will only be recognised for eligibility in 2022 and the alignment of the corresponding investments will be examined for financial year 2023.

B. Generic criteria for DNSH

Biodiversity DNSH (applicable to all activities)

Impact studies of the highest standards (Directive 2011/​92/​ EU, IFC Performance Standard 1 and local regulations) have been carried out at all of Verallia's industrial sites. The Group has the appropriate permits/​authorisations from the relevant authorities, and the regulatory environment procedures at all its sites are compliant. None of its sites are located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas. The Group plans to incorporate biodiversity risk mitigation measures into its environmental management system and implement them where necessary.

Water DNSH (applicable to all activities)

Verallia is continually rolling out its strategy for preserving water resources and managing waste, a strategy that forms part of its overall EHS policy and concerns all its glass manufacturing plants (other than Verallia UK (ex-Allied UK), as the figures for Verallia UK are not included in Chapter 2 of the URD) (see Section 2.1.3 "Optimise the use of water and packaging, and reduce our waste" of the URD). This strategy seeks to:

scrollen

reduce consumption;

avoid pollution caused by spills;

comply with emission limits.

A water management system enables Verallia to comply with applicable regulations at all its manufacturing sites. Verallia's water extraction and waste water are controlled internally and externally and are compliant with water quality regulations.

Adaptation DNSH (applicable to all activities)

Verallia has reviewed and mapped the climate risks at each of its industrial sites, the main risks identified being flooding, earthquake and water resource risks. The probability of the main identified climate-related hazards occurring is deemed low or very low. The Group has set up an insurance programme covering all natural risks at each Verallia site and is continually rolling out risk mitigation measures in accordance with the recommendations issued by experts and its insurer. In addition, Verallia has launched a "risk mitigation and business continuity plan" for each site. Last of all, work is underway to officially incorporate the IPCC's scenarios into Verallia's climate-related risk analysis procedures.

C. Minimum social safeguards

For its activities to qualify as Taxonomy-aligned, an undertaking must implement procedures "to ensure the alignment with the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and the UN Guiding Principle on Business and Human Rights, including the principles and rights set out in the eight fundamental conventions identified in the Declaration of the International Labour Organisation on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work and the International Bill of Human Rights" (Article 18 of the Taxonomy regulation). Verallia has rolled out a series of procedures to adhere to these guiding principles. Below is a list of all the procedures and policies in place:

Table 2: Analysis of Minimum Safeguards

scrollen
Theme Criteria Examples of Verallia's policies and procedures URD sections
Due diligence on human rights Verallia has set up an appropriate due diligence process to ensure respect for human rights. All policies relating to human rights: 2.3.1 - Ensure the health and safety of everyone
• Group Code of Conduct/​Ethics 2.3.2 - Promote diversity and inclusion
• Whistleblowing procedure (no alerts in 2022) 2.3.3 - Support our employees
• Suppliers Charter 2.3.4 - Other social information
• Sustainable Purchasing Policy
• EHS Policy
• Human Resources Policy
• ...
Anti-corruption procedures Verallia has set up anti-corruption processes. • Group Code of Conduct/​Ethics 2.3.5 - Create partnerships with our communities
• Supplier Code of Conduct and Sustainable Purchasing Policy 2.4.1 - Complying with key regulations (corruption, competition, embargoes, personal data, information security)
• Anti-corruption and influence peddling policy
• Other procedures to comply with the Sapin II law (gift policy, conflicts of interest, etc.)
Tax governance Tax governance and compliance are considered important aspects of supervision, and appropriate tax risk management strategies and processes are in place. • Group tax policy and procedures 2.4.2 - Build engaging and respectful relationships with our suppliers
• Declaration of tax compliance and observance of economic sanctions in the URD
Free competition procedures Verallia keeps its employees informed of the importance of complying with all applicable competition laws and regulations. • Guidelines for complying with competition law and Professional Associations policy 2.4.3 - Ensure product quality and safety for customer satisfaction

In addition, neither Verallia nor its management (see Section 3.1.2) have to date ever been charged for violating business ethics, taxation or human rights regulations.

Verallia now has over 10,000 employees, since acquiring Verallia UK in November 2022, and began work in late 2022 to apply the Due Diligence regulation. This work will help to standardise and reinforce its procedures governing social and employee-related matters.

III. Results

III.1. Eligibility and alignment results for financial year 2022

CA

scrollen
In thousands of euros Substantial contribution
Economic activities (1) Code(s) (2) Total turnover (3) % of turnover (4) Climate change mitigation (5) Climate change adaptation (6) Water and marine resources (7)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
Turnover derived from environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A 0 0% N/​A N/​A N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
Turnover derived from activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.) N/​A 0 0%
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.) N/​A 0 0%
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Turnover derived from non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.) N/​A 3.351.497 100%
TOTAL (A. + B.) N/​A 3.351.497 100%
scrollen
In thousands of euros Substantial contribution DNSH
Economic activities (1) Circular economy (8) Pollution (9) Biodiversity and ecosystems (10) Climate change mitigation (11) Climate change adaptation (12) Water and marine resources (13)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
Turnover derived from environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
Turnover derived from activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.)
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.)
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Turnover derived from non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.)
TOTAL (A. + B.)
scrollen
In thousands of euros DNSH
Economic activities (1) Circular economy (14) Pollution (15) Biodiversity and ecosystems (16) Minimum safeguards (17) Proportion of aligned turnover in year N (18) Proportion of aligned turnover in year N-1 (19)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
Turnover derived from environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A 0% N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
Turnover derived from activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.) 0% N/​A
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.) 0% N/​A
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Turnover derived from non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.)
TOTAL (A. + B.)
scrollen
In thousands of euros
Economic activities (1) Category (enabling activity) (20) Category (transitional activity) (21)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
Turnover derived from environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
Turnover derived from activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.) N/​A N/​A
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.) N/​A N/​A
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Turnover derived from non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.)
TOTAL (A. + B.)

CapEx

scrollen
In thousands of euros Substantial contribution
Economic activities (1) Code (2) Total capital expenditure (3) % of capital expenditure (4) Climate change mitigation (5) Climate change adaptation (6) Water and marine resources (7)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
4.25 Production of heat/​ cool using waste heat 4.25 5.714 1,2% 100% N/​A N/​A
6.15 Infrastructure enabling low-carbon road transport and public transport 6.15 141 0,0% 100% N/​A N/​A
7.3 Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment 7.3 1.122 0,2% 100% N/​A N/​A
7.5 Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulating and controlling energy performance of buildings 7.5 23 0,0% 100% N/​A N/​A
7.6 Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies 7.6 5 0,0% 100% N/​A N/​A
Capital expenditure on environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A 7.006 1,5% 100% N/​A N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon technologies 3.6 19.095 4,0%
4.24 Production of heat/​ cool from bioenergy 4.24 80 0,0%
6.5 Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles 6.5 363 0,1%
7.3 Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment 7.3 490 0,1%
8.2 Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions 8.2 1.458 0,3%
Capital expenditure on activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.) N/​A 21.486 4,5%
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.) N/​A 28.492 6,0%
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditure on non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.) N/​A 449.208 94,0%
TOTAL (A. + B.) N/​A 477.700 100,0%
scrollen
In thousands of euros Substantial contribution DNSH
Economic activities (1) Circular economy (8) Pollution (9) Biodiversity and ecosystems (10) Climate change mitigation (11) Climate change adaptation (12) Water and marine resources (13)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
4.25 Production of heat/​ cool using waste heat N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A YES N/​A
6.15 Infrastructure enabling low-carbon road transport and public transport N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A YES YES
7.3 Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A YES N/​A
7.5 Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulating and controlling energy performance of buildings N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A YES N/​A
7.6 Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A YES N/​A
Capital expenditure on environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon technologies
4.24 Production of heat/​ cool from bioenergy
6.5 Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles
7.3 Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment
8.2 Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions
Capital expenditure on activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.)
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.)
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditure on non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.)
TOTAL (A. + B.)
scrollen
In thousands of euros DNSH
Economic activities (1) Circular economy (14) Pollution (15) Biodiversity and ecosystems (16) Minimum safeguards (17) Proportion of aligned capital expenditure in year N (18) Proportion of aligned capital expenditure in year N-1 (19)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
4.25 Production of heat/​ cool using waste heat YES YES YES YES 1,2% N/​A
6.15 Infrastructure enabling low-carbon road transport and public transport YES YES YES YES 0,0% N/​A
7.3 Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment N/​A YES N/​A YES 0,2% N/​A
7.5 Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulating and controlling energy performance of buildings N/​A N/​A N/​A YES 0,0% N/​A
7.6 Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies N/​A N/​A N/​A YES 0,0% N/​A
Capital expenditure on environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A 1,5% N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon technologies 0,0% N/​A
4.24 Production of heat/​ cool from bioenergy 0,0% N/​A
6.5 Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles 0,0% N/​A
7.3 Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment 0,0% N/​A
8.2 Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions 0,0% N/​A
Capital expenditure on activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.) 0,0% N/​A
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.)
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditure on non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.)
TOTAL (A. + B.)
scrollen
In thousands of euros
Economic activities (1) Category (enabling activity) (20) Category (transitional activity) (21)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
4.25 Production of heat/​ cool using waste heat N/​A N/​A
6.15 Infrastructure enabling low-carbon road transport and public transport H N/​A
7.3 Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment H N/​A
7.5 Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulating and controlling energy performance of buildings H N/​A
7.6 Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies H N/​A
Capital expenditure on environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon technologies H N/​A
4.24 Production of heat/​ cool from bioenergy N/​A N/​A
6.5 Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles N/​A T
7.3 Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment H N/​A
8.2 Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions H N/​A
Capital expenditure on activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.) N/​A N/​A
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.)
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditure on non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.)
TOTAL (A. + B.)

OpEx

scrollen
In thousands of euros Substantial contribution
Economic activities (1) Code(s) (2) Total operating expenditure (3) % of operating expenditure (4) Climate change mitigation (5) Climate change adaptation (6) Water and marine resources (7)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
Operating expenditure on environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A 0 0% N/​A N/​A N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
Operating expenditure on activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.) N/​A 0 0%
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.) N/​A 0 0%
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Operating expenditure on non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.) N/​A 114.866 100%
TOTAL (A. + B.) N/​A 114.866 100%
scrollen
In thousands of euros Substantial contribution DNSH
Economic activities (1) Circular economy (8) Pollution (9) Biodiversity and ecosystems (10) Climate change mitigation (11) Climate change adaptation (12) Water and marine resources (13)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
Operating expenditure on environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
Operating expenditure on activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.)
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.)
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Operating expenditure on non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.)
TOTAL (A. + B.)
scrollen
In thousands of euros DNSH
Economic activities (1) Circular economy (14) Pollution (15) Biodiversity and ecosystems (16) Minimum safeguards (17) Proportion of aligned operating expenditure in year N (18) Proportion of aligned operating expenditure in year
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
Operating expenditure on environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A N/​A N/​A N/​A 0% N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
Operating expenditure on activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.) 0% N/​A
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.) 0% N/​A
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Operating expenditure on non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.)
TOTAL (A. + B.)
scrollen
In thousands of euros
Economic activities (1) Category (enabling activity) (20) Category (transitional activity) (21)
A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (aligned with the Taxonomy)
Operating expenditure on environmentally sustainable activities (aligned) (A.1.) N/​A N/​A
A.2. Activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned)
Operating expenditure on activities eligible for the Taxonomy but not environmentally sustainable (non-aligned) (A.2.) N/​A N/​A
TOTAL (A.1. + A.2.) N/​A N/​A
B. NON-TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
Operating expenditure on non-Taxonomy-eligible activities (B.)
TOTAL (A. + B.)

III.2. Changes from the previous year

Change in level of alignment and eligibility

This being the first year of alignment reporting, the changes essentially concern eligibility. The turnover and OpEx KPIs remained at zero due, respectively, to the Group's non-eligibility for the Taxonomy and non-materiality.

Investments in the eligible activities identified in 2021 were stepped up. In addition, certain activities were included in the 2022 eligibility base following a change to the methodology (3.6 activities, see paragraph below) or new investments (4.24 activities).

Change to the methodology

Verallia pursued its decarbonisation plan by investing in low-carbon industrial equipment, such as electric furnaces. These investments were not covered by the eligible proportion in 2021 but were included for financial year 2022. They qualified as eligible under Section "3.6. Manufacture of other low carbon technologies" for being individual measures enabling the targeted activities (downstream glass value chain) to become low carbon over their life-cycle or to achieve GHG emission reductions. They include compressors, furnaces and other equipment that could be associated with NACE codes C26, C27 or C28 referred to in the description of the activity provided in the Climate delegated act. This more in-depth analysis broadened the eligibility base of Verallia's investments.

IV. Outlook

Improvement in Taxonomy KPIs

In this paragraph we explore the issues raised by potential variations in Verallia's Turnover, CapEx and OpEx KPIs over the coming years.

The glass industry is not explicitly covered by the Climate delegated acts. Consequently, Verallia's turnover KPI is not expected to evolve at all over the coming years. A potential revision to the delegated acts in the medium term could enable this sector to assess and report on its climate-related performances within the meaning of the Taxonomy.

The figures obtained from the 2022 Taxonomy reporting process indicate that Verallia's CapEx, assessed as "individual measures", has potential for alignment. This includes, for example, investments in activities corresponding to "3.6. Manufacture of other low carbon technologies", "4.24. Production of heat/​cool from bioenergy" and "8.2. Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions" (corresponding to €20.6 million), which are already producing GHG reductions during the operational phase of Verallia's industrial processes. Initial analyses suggest that inclusion of the upstream and downstream phases (Scope 3) will not affect these results at all significantly. Ongoing work on the methodology should make it possible to validate the substantial contribution made by these investments to climate change mitigation - within the meaning of the Taxonomy -and improve Verallia's CapEx KPI score.

The turnover KPI is expected to remain at zero over the coming financial years, while the OpEx KPI is expected to remain non-material over the coming financial years. This assessment could change, however, if Verallia's core business were ever to become Taxonomy-eligible.

Improvements in the assessment methodology and in Taxonomy reporting

Verallia seeks to improve the integrated management of its investments and has therefore adopted a process that continually enhances governance of its non-financial data by adapting it to the criteria set out in the Taxonomy. This work will also help to improve its reporting process and consolidate the two sets of data - financial and non-financial - at appropriate degrees of granularity (e.g. industrial sites, equipment, buildings, vehicles, etc.).

Integration of the Taxonomy into the Group's strategy and performance

Verallia's strategy takes into account the orientations of the taxonomy. Although Verallia's main activity is not explicitly covered by the Taxonomy, Verallia is rolling out its decarbonisation plan by investing in each link of the chain that has the potential to reduce GHG emissions substantially (electric furnaces and hybrid furnaces, equipment for recycling/​reusing cullet, recovery and recycling of industrial heat, technologies for controlling and managing energy consumption, etc.). The Group makes use of Research and Development to develop the best techniques within the sector from an energy efficiency and decarbonisation perspective.

Finally, as part of its energy and climate management strategy, the Group is investing heavily in renewing its furnaces as well as in constructing new equipment that is more energy-efficient and therefore conducive to reducing greenhouse gas emissions, yet without being eligible for the European Taxonomy. These investments, amounting to an equivalent of €122.7 million (i.e. 26% of CapEx) in financial year 2022, have not been included in the amount of CapEx eligible for the European Taxonomy.

List of our site 3 8 certifications in 2022

(1) ISO 14001 defines the criteria of an efficient environmental management system.
(2) ISO 45001 replaced the OHSAS 18001 standard as of 2022. It specifies the requirements for establishing and using a high-performing occupational health and safety management system.
(3) ISO 90001 defines the criteria applicable to a quality management system.
(4) FSSC 2200 is based on the ISO 22000 standard. It combines the food safety requirements of both distributors and manufacturers. Our Chilian site of Rosario is certified RCGS Food (Brand Reputation through Compliance of Global Standards) is an Anglo-Saxon standard aimed at the integrity of food products, as recommended by the GFSI (Global Food Safety Initiative) identical to the FSSC22000 standard.
(5) ISO 50001 defines the practical procedures for reducing energy consumption through implementation of an energy management system.

Our 2022 CSR Ratings

Our memberships

38 Glass plants only.

2.1. Enhancing the circularity of glass packaging

"The first step in eco-design is thinking about the primary function of packaging - protecting the product it contains - in accordance with our customers' expectations on product safety, use and image, and meeting the needs of the end consumer.

At Verallia, we approach eco-design from all its facets. Lightweighting is the first driver that comes to mind. It calls upon our glassmaking expertise to guarantee the quality and safety of lighter packaging. Other drivers are examined, such as shape redesign, how to optimise palletising, pallet recycling, as well as recycled plastic film selection to protect packaging during transport, the choice of glass colour, and so forth. This work is often a process we undertake jointly with our customers."

Alessandro Bocchio, Group marketing director

"Today, cullet is our main raw material, with a 55.7% integration rate in our production in 2022. This significant increase is the result of our commitment across the entire value chain over the past several years. Verallia's cullet treatment centres are equipped with the best sorting technologies in order to optimise sorting by colour, particularly for white cullet, which is still rare in spite of the high demand for white glass. The latest investments in joint ventures in Germany and Portugal enable us to safeguard our procurements and to benefit from the expertise of our European partners. Finally, the outstanding work undertaken in Brazil to collect glass has produced very promising results in a country where the glass collection system is not yet mature."

Stéfano Cassano, Group cullet purchasing director

Key figures

scrollen
66% external cullet rate 3% lighter 0.4 m 3 /​tpg
Target 2030 Target 2025 Target 2025
Reach an external cullet rate of 66% in our glass production by 2030. Reduce the weight of our standard and non-returnable bottles and jars by 3% by 2025 compared to 2019. Achieve 0.4 m 3 water consumed per tonne of packed glass (tpg) in our glass plants by 2025.

Context and challenges

The circular economy represents a strategic focus for development at Verallia, both in terms of preserving resources and product innovation, and fighting climate change. This is why the actions detailed in this section pertain to all aspects of its production cycle: raw materials consumption, product eco-design, water and waste management, etc. The approach implemented fully aligns with our vision at the European level, which in France has been transposed into the AGEC (Anti-Waste for a Circular Economy) law.

Beyond any regulatory and environmental issues, the Group is duty-bound to optimise how it manages critical resources to ensure that business continues. For example, in 2022, the Group was confronted with some difficulty in procuring cullet. As a consequence of new players entering the market, availability of this resource decreased, while prices increased. Moreover, glass collection method heterogeneity between countries and even cities impacts the quality of collected glass. This is why Verallia works daily to bring together players within the sector and among the regions in order to ensure standardisation of collection processes, and in the long term, make a way to increase the quantity and quality of external cullet.

Key objectives and results

scrollen
Commitments Objective Performance indicators Reference year results 2022 Results Progress vs. 2021 2025 Target
Maximise use of cullet in our products Reach a rate of 59% in the use of external cullet in our production by 2025 and 66% by 2030 Rate of use of external cullet in glass production 49% in 2019 55.7% +0.7 points 59%
Develop glass reuse Test at least one pilot reuse project in France by 2025. Number of pilot projects 0 in 2020 0 Steady 1
Develop ecodesign Reduce the weight of our standard and non-returnable bottles and jars by 3% by 2025 compared to 2019. Alpha coefficient 16 in 2019 15.9 -0,6% 15.5
Optimise water use Reach 0.4 m3/​tpg * water consumption in glass plants by 2025 Cubic metres of water consumed per tonne of packed glass (tpg) 0.58 in 2020 0.47 -11% 0.4
Reduce waste Reach a 75% waste recycling rate by 2025 Waste recycling rate 65.5% in 2020 75% +7 points 75%
scrollen
Commitments 2030 Target
Maximise use of cullet in our products 66%
Develop glass reuse
Develop ecodesign
Optimise water use
Reduce waste

2022 Highlights

In 2022, Verallia endeavored to homogenize its waste processing practices at its sites across the world, in order to continue developing the circular aspect of its manufacturing. The Group carried out varied standardisation projects to improve the efficiency of waste management 39 and product end-of-life, thereby promoting reuse of recycled materials.

Various initiatives were rolled out, getting all countries involved in this circular approach to optimising resource management.

39 The data "Waste recycling rate" 2020 = 65.5% was not audited in the previous DPEF. The reclassification of waste in 2022 may have impacted the recycling rate

2.1.1. Be a major player in the circular economy

2.1.1.1. Governance

scrollen
Roles Name of body Main areas of work in 2022
Strategy definition Executive Committee Defines the cullet strategy, particularly pertaining to Verallia's priority areas (collection, processing, partnerships, etc.).
Industrial Department Defines investments pertaining to the cullet treatment centres.
Purchasing Department Creates a new line item for cullet, separate from the responsibility for purchasing other raw materials (sand, limestone, colouring oxides).
Quality standardisation Quality Department Rolls out a cullet standards specification to be used by all of the Group's entities and plants.
Network organisation Cullet committees In constant contact with Group (1) and local (2) teams. Number of meetings: 4. 1 per quarter, per entity.
and strategy steering
Support for strategy Collection committee Provides guidance in countries that do not yet have mature collection systems in place for cullet.
implementation Number of meetings: 2. 1 per semester, and whenever necessary according to strategic decisions
Ownership Employees In South America, the cullet correspondents approached local administrations to develop glass collection systems via
hundreds of containers installed and managed in large cities and tourist areas. At the same time, awareness-raising
actions about recycling were carried out.

(1) Operations Director and Technical, Quality, EHS, and Purchasing Departments
(2) Chief Executive Officer, Industrial, Quality, Purchasing Departments and Verallia cullet treatment centres

2.1.1.2. Policies & performance

The Verallia EHS policy incorporates a Chapter dedicated to the circular economy with the objective of reducing the Group's environmental footprint. This policy is structured around four pillars:

scrollen

produce packaging that is 100% recyclable and can be recycled ad infinitum;

promote glass recycling at every opportunity, both internally and externally;

protect natural resources;

improve our energy consumption and reduce emissions at all our production sites.

scrollen
Be a major player in the circular economy
Key commitments and objectives Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Maximise the use of cullet in our products
Objective: Reach a rate of 59% in the use of external cullet in our production by 2025 and 66% by 2030 (vs. 49% in 2019). Rate of use of external cullet in glass production 55.7% 55% 51.6%
Develop our capacity for reuse
Objective: Test at least one pilot reuse project in France by 2025. Number of pilot projects 0 0 0

With respect to the use of external cullet in our products, in 2022, Verallia achieved 55.7% of external cullet in its production, or around 1 point more compared to 2021 and 6.7 points compared to 2019 (reference year).

scrollen

In 2022, Verallia entities in Western Europe achieved 62.4% of external cullet in their manufacturing, as a result of ramped-up efforts to source cullet. A significant gap exists in collection system maturity depending on the country (79% of glass collected for recycling in Europe in 2020 vs. 25% in Brazil and 16% in Argentina). This difference naturally affects the quantity of cullet available in each country, and consequently the rate of integration of external cullet in local production.

The following should be noted when reading the 2022 results: 55.7% of external cullet (versus 55% in 2021). The competition for sourcing cullet today is fiercer at the global level due to new players entering the market. The 2022 results remain nonetheless very positive, confirming the efforts made by all teams to make the 2025 objective of a 59% integration rate for external cullet possible in our production.

As for reuse, since 2020, our objective has been to launch a pilot project for reuse in France by 2025. Arrangements for this pilot project render several intermediary steps necessary before an official launch can occur. Here are the steps that have been completed as of the end of 2022:

scrollen

In 2020: Verallia was one of the first glassmakers to take a stand on reuse, announcing its objective for 2025.

In 2021: Verallia has made this desire a reality, creating a new position in France for a Reuse Manager and filling this new role.

In 2022: Verallia organised its first forum dedicated to reuse, holding the "Re-use Lab" event in Paris and publishing an original white paper on the point of view of key players in reuse on the topic.

2.1.1.3. Action 1: Maximise the use of cullet in our products

Cullet to reduce our carbon footprint

Cullet reduces the consumption of natural raw materials such as sand, and synthetic materials like sodium carbonate. It has a direct impact on the conservation of natural resources, but also on the reduction of carbon dioxide emissions at two levels. On the one hand, it reduces the energy consumption necessary for melting and therefore the carbon dioxide linked to energy consumption. On the other hand, it reduces the use of raw materials that also emit carbon dioxide when melted. As a result, increasing the share of cullet in raw materials saves energy and raw materials, which are for the most part, natural. The use of cullet actually means a 2.5% reduction of a furnace energy consumption as well as 5% of carbon dioxide emissions for every 10 more points of cullet.

* Pressrelease from the European Container Glass Federation (FEVE) on 29/​10/​2019.

In 2022, we have worked especially on improving performance of our cullet treatment centres:

scrollen

Renovating a cullet treatment centre in Bad Wurzach, Germany.

Optimising production in the two cullet treatment centres in France (reducing waste, improving quality, and white cullet sorting).

Modernising the cullet treatment centre at Rosario, in Chile.

The increase in the external cullet rate between 2019 and 2022 (from 49% to 55.7%) reduced the use of virgin raw materials and reduced the energy consumption of our furnaces.

In 2022 we have integrated 393,000 tonnes of additional cullet compared to 2019, which is equivalent to 94,760 tonnes of CO 2 not emitted 40.

The percentages are given strictly for informational purposes and are subject to variation.

Invest in cullet treatment centres

Verallia is recognised for its expertise in household glass recycling. Today, the Group operates 12 cullet treatment centres, where glass coming from collection is transformed into cullet ready to furnace. Nine cullet treatment centres are located in Europe, while three others have been built inside glassmaking plants in Russia, Chile and Argentina.

Verallia has an eye to the long term when investing in its cullet treatment centers. This involves improving the cullet processing procedure (better quality, better yield, minimum waste) and therefore increasing cullet integration into production.

In 2021, the ninth European cullet treatment centre in Koblenz, Germany 41 is the fruit of the joint venture with Remondis, one of the major players on the European market. The joint venture also covers another cullet treatment center, located in Bad Wurzach, in southern Germany. In particular, this joint venture has helped safeguard exploitation of the deposits of cullet collected near Verallia plants. It has also served to create better synergy between the two partners.

In 2022, a complete overhaul took place at the Bad Wurzach center to increase its processing capacity and improve the quality of the cullet processed. A new glass sand production line now allows usage of finest fraction of collected glass, previously considered as waste. 42.

40 Calculation based on the assumption of 100% gas furnace operation. The CO 2 reduction results from the reduction of energy and the reduction of carbonaceous raw materials.
41 This existing centre was incorporated through the joint venture.
42 The ambition of achieving ever higher rates of cullet integration, and attentiveness to the quality of the cullet used have spurred Verallia entities on improving the efficiency of its processing lines, additionally reducing total waste from cullet treatment process by 50%.

12 CULLET TREATMENT CENTRES WORLDWIDE

Share good practices across sites.

In 2022, the Quality Department implemented a project to standardise cullet quality. This project enabled the Group to deploy standard specifications across all entities and within all plants. These specifications define the limits for accepting glass according to contaminant and per type of cullet (mixed, white, amber, glass sand, etc.). The limits set forth are applicable to all divisions worldwide, as are the control parameters and procedures, with one person responsible for controls in each plant.

→ Outlook

The Group is committed to continuous improvement and has identified several areas for improvement in the coming years:

scrollen

Start-up of a new cullet treatment center in the plant at Mondego, Portugal. This project is the vector for Verallia's aspirations to vertical integration, in order to better control cullet quality and secure procurement.

In 2023, Verallia will continue to invest in cullet collection, in line with the actions carried out in 2022. This will mean installing new glass collection containers, specifically in Brazil and in Chile.

Other investments are planned in all existing cullet treatment centers, to improve performance but also to take advantage of new processing technologies. Verallia plans to invest more than €12 million in 2023 and 2024 in this area.

2.1.1.4. Action 2: Develop glass reuse

Reuse of glass packaging is one of the levers of Verallia's CSR strategy. When the entire life cycle of glass is considered, reuse is a solution that offers great potential for reducing CO 2 emissions.

Insight on reuse:

Reusing glass packaging implies collection from end users in order to wash, then condition, it for use for the same purpose.

Glass, the perfect material for reuse:

Glass is particularly well-suited to reuse because it is inert, even after several cycles of conditioning, collection and washing. It is transparent and stiff, and lends itself to automatic, efficient inspections prior to re-entry on the market for reusable glass in compliance with the highest quality standards. These unique properties mean that reusable glass packaging can undergo several dozen cycles before recycling and processing into cullet. In Germany, some well-organised reuse markets reach around 30 cycles.

Reuse, state of affairs:

Historically, the reuse has been practiced in cafés, hotels and restaurants where glass bottles are often returned for refunds. This is already well-developed among end consumers in some of the Group's geographic markets, in particular Germany and Brazil.

Reuse is only a viable model when it is apprehended in a systematic way, which is what spurs us on to work in close collaboration with all players in the ecosystem.

Our actions taken for reuse in 2022:

Our 2022 Re-use Lab:

In March 2022, Verallia organised its first forum on reuse, called the Re-use Lab. This forum was held in Paris and online. It brought together 200 participants from many different backgrounds, namely, customers from numerous markets and of all sizes, but also reuse start-ups and experts. These players were united around a common ambition - that of making reuse an economically and ecologically viable solution that remains a simple one for consumers. The programme for this special reuse day was organised into conferences and workshops led by multiple stakeholders. 43

Our white paper:

For this event, Verallia published a white paper entitled "Re-imagining reuse for the circular economy of glass: Stakeholder Perspectives Series" 44. This synoptic document is a world first in the glass packaging industry. It puts reuse in the spotlight, viewing it from many different angles and providing a full range of perspectives, expert opinions and data. It identifies drivers for taking action to develop glass reuse and encouraging collaboration between various stakeholders.

Our first tool for comparing the environmental impact of reuse:

At first glance, glass reuse appears to be an intuitive way to reduce the environmental impact of packaging when compared to single-use packaging. However, reusable packaging, designed to be stronger and more resistant, is heavier than single-use packaging. Comparing the environmental impact of the two systems, reuse and single-use, is naturally a question posed by our customers.

In particular, the impacts of glass reuse compared to single-use packaging depend on:

scrollen

the difference in weight between the two;

the logistics model and the distance travelled by packaging in between two filling steps;

the rate of return of reusable packaging.

In 2022, Verallia France created a tool for its customers, enabling them to compare the CO 2 emissions associated with single-use and reusable glass packaging options, for a given product.

For example, according to the tool, a bottle manufactured by Verallia France, conditioned in France, in the context of consumption and local washing was considered for reuse. Findings demonstrated that reuse can slash the CO 2 emissions associated with glass packaging 45 fourfold. This tool will be rolled out in 2023.

Gobi reusable water bottles

In addition to its reusable bottles, Verallia France manufactures reusable portable water bottles in glass for our customer Gobi. They assemble then sell these water bottles to consumers and companies. According to Gobi, the simple fact of using this bottle to drink water while away from the home makes it possible to prevent around 3 kg of waste per year. The impacts associated with producing this water bottle are offset after three months of use. 46

→ Outlook

Verallia is already a part of the reuse system, as a manufacturer of reusable packaging. The Group intends to speed up glass reuse through at least one pilot project in France by 2025. For Verallia France, it's about making good use of its expertise as a glassmaker to develop an innovative, winning solution for reuse for the benefit of our customers and consumers.

In France, for example, Verallia wishes to see a new reusable reference for fruit juice and soup come into use in 2023: a reusable bottle that preserves the freshness of its contents.

The next edition of Verallia's Re-use Lab is organised in Italy on 16 March 2023.

43 Replay available on Verallia's website: https:/​/​re-uselab.com/​en/​live/​live-en/​1b485f58d6a2bfe4cca220c7b0ae7a75ad2de999/​vimeo/​
44 Available online on Verallia's website: https:/​/​www.verallia.com/​re-use/​en/​publication/​contents/​templates/​VERALLIA_​WHITE-BOOK_​EN.pdf
45 Calculated for beer bottles, with 20 cycles for reused bottles, a difference of 20% in weight between single-use and reusable bottles, and a beverages distribution distance of 100 kilometres.
46 Calculation performed by Gobi based on average use in France for drinking water away from the home (cups and single use water bottles, but also by taking into account previously-used recipients that are reusable).

2.1.1.5. Action 3 : Contribute to raising awareness on glass recycling and its development

Glass is a material that is 100% recyclable and can be recycled ad infinitum. The use of cullet in glass production makes it possible to limit the use of natural resources (virgin raw materials) and energy (melting down cullet demands less energy than what is needed for virgin raw materials). This sustainable circle is rooted firmly in the principles of a circular economy and also allows us to accelerate the process for decarbonising our activities. One of the fundamental links of this virtuous circle is glass collection and recycling.

Around the world, Verallia teams are mobilising to raise awareness and further develop glass recycling practices. Glass collection has reached varying stages of maturity depending on the country. In Europe, collection infrastructure is mature. Verallia is fully on board with awareness-raising projects, and partnerships with glassmaking associations in particular, to make headway on this topic. In South America, collection data are nearly a third lower. Verallia actively participates in setting up solutions for glass collection, and takes part in events that raise awareness of recycling.

Contribute to recycling household glass in Europe: A segmented approach and customer examples

In 2020, 79% of glass packaging was collected for recycling 47. In 2018, the collection rate was 76%, and 78% in 2019. The slight, but steady, increase demonstrates a certain inertia throughout the value chain.

"Close the Glass Loop," a multi-stakeholder partnership, aims for a collection rate for glass packaging postconsumption of 90% by 2030. As a reminder, "Close the Glass Loop" is a European project that brings together all players in the glass value chain with a view to increasing the glass collection rate.

To help reach this European objective, in 2022, Verallia carried out several actions to raise awareness among the various stakeholders in the recycling chain:

scrollen

Participation in the United Nation's International Year of Glass;

In its communications and at trade fairs throughout 2022;

Organisation of a Glass School to raise awareness among customers and partners of the importance of recycling glass. In October 2022, a Glass School dedicated to recycling was held. Dozens of employees from one of our customers attended a glass recycling training and took a tour of the cullet treatment center in Rozet-Saint-Albin.

Participation in local awareness-raising campaigns in elementary schools in order to reach children of younger ages;

Co-construction of communications tools with our customers to raise awareness of glass recycling. On its yellow glass tomato sauce jar, our customer Valfrutta, in partnership with Verallia Italy, communicated the percentage of recycled glass (external cullet 48 contained in the packaging. The CO 2 emissions saved as a result of integrating 86% cullet into glass production were also indicated.

47 Data published by the "Close the Glass Loop" initiative on 08 September 2022 in a press release. Data in Europe, average recycling rates for all European countries.
48 This is the average percentage of external cullet in yellow glass jars and bottles in Italy in 2020: 86%.

Contribute to the collection of household glass in Latin America

In Brazil, according to the national glass industries association (Abividro), only 25% of glass is recycled; 75% ends up in a landfill. Verallia's objective, in line with our purpose, is to develop new methods for glass collection in Brazil, and more broadly in the Latin American countries in which we operate, Argentina, Brazil and Chile. Alongside the excellent work already being done by cooperatives and their positive social impact, we developed the Vidro Vira Vidro program in partnership with Massfix, the Brazilian leader in glass packaging recycling. We reached the goal of installing 200 collection bins by the end of 2022. This success encourages us to aim for a bigger goal. We therefore plan to install between 500 and 700 glass collection bins by the end of 2023.

The café, hotel and restaurant sector has great potential for glass collection. We are therefore actively working on a new project for 2023 in partnership with Brazilian bars and restaurants. It aims to recover used bottles efficiently and enable them to be recycled or reused. We are also exploring innovative ideas on how to better provide support to the "Catadores," or informal bottle collectors.

We will then be in a position to propose a full array of glass cullet collection options adapted to each situation. Besides the various processes for glass collection, the accent is placed on recycling education through the large events. For example, we can mention the partnership with NGO Gerando Falcoes that brought together 1,500 children and their families in the region of São Paulo. Gerando Falcoes is an NGO whose objective is to eradicate poverty in the favelas. During the events, children spent a half-day in awareness-raising workshops on topics ranging widely from citizenship to the environment.

In Argentina, the Vidrio, una acción transparente programme installed 35 glass bins in Mendoza. Glass is collected throughout the year, and Verallia uses this cullet in local glass production. The program received special mention from the French-Argentine Chamber of Commerce and Industry at the "Award for Sustainability" prize ceremony. This competition rewards responsible and sustainable management initiatives.

In Chile, Verallia and its partner CV Green installed 20 collection points in the city of Rengo in 2021. This year, 165 glass bins were installed in several regions of the country. Bins were set up in public spaces, near schools, and glass was recovered regularly using geo-referencing. Verallia and CV Green also offer new collection models such as buses that pick up multiple types of materials (glass, cardboard, metal, etc.). In addition, we participate in periodic recycling events.

Partnership with glass associations

Verallia takes advantage of all events (trade fairs, launches, customer events and training, presentations in schools, packaging design competitions for student designers etc.) to encourage waste sorting and to recruit new recycling ambassadors.

Verallia works in partnership with glass associations (FEVE in Europe, ABIVIDRO in Brazil), local authorities, glass ecoorganisations (Citeo in France, Ecovidrio in Spain, COREVE in Italy etc.) and cullet treatment companies.

In 2022, Verallia worked in conjunction with the European Glass Packaging Federation (FEVE) on several projects:

scrollen

Stéfano Cassano, Verallia's cullet purchasing director, chairs FEVE's Circular Economy Committee. This committee focuses its attention on lobbying actions aiming to improve glass collection systems in Europe and to replicate existing good practices.

In view of the new European directive on packaging and waste, Verallia is working on the case for glass in order to put forth its strengths as a packaging material. Glass is endlessly recyclable and reusable, which aligns it with one of the major objectives of the European Commission: all packaging being recyclable and/​or reusable.

→ Outlook

Verallia has undertaken a continuous improvement approach:

scrollen

Each country will continue to work with local players to secure the supply of cullet and ensure the best glass recycling possible (quality and quantity);

Verallia will collaborate with local communities and customers to step up awareness-raising efforts on glass recycling and increase the collection rate in Europe and outside of Europe.

Verallia will continue to invest in its cullet treatment centers to take advantage of the best technologies available and, in this way, optimize the quantity and quality of cullet integrated into the Group's production.

2.1.2. Develop eco-design for responsible products

Glass packaging, which is safe and inert, is a model for the circular economy because it is 100% recyclable ad infinitum. When an eco-design approach is implemented, its environmental footprint and particularly its carbon impact, can be reduced. Verallia launched its approach 10 years ago with a lightweight, eco-designed product range, and went one step further to highlight this range through the Alpha project, which began in 2021.

2.1.2.1. Governance

scrollen
Roles Name of body Main areas of work in 2022
Performance review Members of the Executive Committee Participate in the half-yearly review and strategic steering of the project.
Group Marketing Department
Geographic area General Manager CEOs
Network organisation and strategy steering Group Marketing Department Holds marketing meetings with the countries to track progress on reducing the standard ranges, meeting Group objectives, and sharing good practices. Number of meetings: 3
Support for strategy implementation Group R&D Department Provides design tools tailored to eco-design concerns (e.g., strength simulations).
Regional roll-out Regional Directors (1) Steer local decisions for each business unit and continuously monitor performance.
Regional Project Managers Manage projects and communication with all internal stakeholders.
Technical teams and Design Centre Participate in group meetings and share good practices.
Support local project team from a technical standpoint to ensure excellent performance from the lightweight products.
Ownership Employees During the Environment Day on 21 September 2022, some plants held workshops and hosted presentations on ecodesign.

(1) 5 Regional Directors: France, Italy, Iberia, Northern and Central Europe and Latin America.

2.1.2.2. Policies & performance

In 2019, the Group set a goal of reducing the average weight of its non-returnable standard products (bottles and jars) by 3% by 2025. To track and reach this goal, several indicators were considered, the main one being the alpha 49 coefficient.

The Alpha coefficient is a reliable, standardised indicator that enables us to verify whether the bottle design has been optimised in terms of its weight. This indicator allows us to manage the lightweighting process for our non-returnable standard product ranges. Monitored at the global level, it also makes it possible to evaluate the weight/​capacity ratio of glass packaging.

To achieve this goal, each year the Group's roadmap consists of defining the number of products to be lightened, the associated target weight reduction percentage, and the target alpha coefficient.

The method proposed by the Group Marketing department, was validated by the Executive Committee in 2021, and carried on in 2022. Training sessions were also organised by Group Marketing to enable the regions to appropriate the method and use of tools in particular. Progress on this project is tracked during half-yearly reviews.

scrollen
Develop eco-design for responsible products
Key commitments and objectives Monitoring 2022 2021 2020
Develop eco-design
Objective: Reduce the weight of our standard and non-returnable bottles and jars by 3% compared to 2019 and thus achieve an Alpha coefficient of 15.5 in 2025 compared to 16 in 2019. Alpha coefficient 15,9 16 16

In 2021, the Alpha coefficient remained stable thanks to lightening of part of the range in order to meet increased demand for more responsible products. This higher demand was counterbalanced by the launch of "heavyweight" products to satisfy the demand for 2022 shows the actual impact of our actions, with a reduction of -0,6% with respect to 2019, which lines up with the objective of further reducing to reach 3% less in 2025 sparkling wine bottles.

To make this significant weight reducing task being done at the Group level even more tangible, it should be noted that 11% of all bottles (10% for bottles and jars) were lightened in 2022. For the 100 lighter bottles, this also represents a savings of 12,800 tonnes of glass.

2.1.2.3. Action 1: Roll out an eco-design approach to our products

Development of our eco-designed ranges:

The objective for reducing the weight of bottles has been approved at the Group level and then rolled out in the regions. Eco-design projects and the choice of which bottles or jars to lighten is managed by the regional and country marketing departments, in collaboration with the sales and R&D teams.

Verallia offers two eco-designed ranges, Ego in Chile, and Ecova in the other markets. Other lightweighting projects will appear according to market opportunities and codevelopment with customers.

49 The Alpha coefficient, as defined in the French standard H35-077 on the geometry of glass bottles, makes it possible to express the degree of lightness of a product by relating its weight to its capacity. It is calculated in the following way: weight/​volume ˆ0.8. The application of the 0.8 power allows the calculation to be standardised regardless of the capacity of the glass bottles.

Continue eco-design of sustainable products with our customers

Verallia's lightweighting records

In the world of Champagne, after first reducing weight on the Ecova I in 2009 (from 900g to 835g), another opportunity to further reduce the weight of the iconic bottle is in the process of being tested as of 2022. Verallia and its customer, the Maison Telmont launched tests to lighten the Champagne bottle from 835g to 800g, the greatest challenge being the pressure that this bottle has to withstand.

In the area of sparkling wines, Spain is continuing along its path to eco-design. In 2022, the lightest 75cl bottle of Cava ever created was launched, with a weight of 775 grammes - 125 grammes lighter than the previous version.

German beer bottles also got in on the action! In 2022, in Germany, Verallia created the lightest longneck (33 cl) bottle ever designed for the beer market for a total of 150 grammes. This is also in line with the sustainability trend for single-use bottles in markets other than Germany.

Verallia LATAM: Two eco-design successes

In Brazil, in the past we produced a bottle called Paraiba. Because of strong interest from customers and the shape of the bottle, we relaunched it in 2022 and included it in our lightweighting project line-up. The Brazilian technical team designed a version that is 25 grammes lighter (550g ->525g) with good industrial performance.

In Argentina, Verallia is also launching eco-designed wine bottles for the premium segment. The "Natasha" Bordeaux-style bottle is a reference to the queen of the harvest festival in Mendoza, one of the most famous festivals in the country. Designed within the scope of the Alpha project, it was added to the catalogue.

Other levers driving eco-design

Beyond lightweighting projects that Verallia is spearheading as a result of its glassmaking expertise, the Group is activating other levers to drive eco-design. These include optimising bottle shape and palletising, using more recycled materials to pack bottles and jars, and finally eliminating hindrances to recycling.

Verallia and eco-design: It's about more than just weight

To enhance the circularity of its operations, at all levels, and continue reducing CO 2 emissions, Verallia is working on the eco-design of its packing materials.

Italy has launched an optimisation project that consists in adding a layer for each pallet, where possible, by maximising lorry loads. The project began in September 2022 with three pilot articles. The complexity of the project required involvement from sales, industrial and technical teams from the supply chain. It also called upon high integration of customers in the project, particularly to validate aspects pertaining to safety, handling and storage, manual depalletising and adaptability of automatic machinery.

→ Outlook

Eco-design is a long-term approach. Here are the next steps in the process:

scrollen

Establishment of an annual seminar starting in 2023, with project teams from each country in attendance to discuss best practices, project monitoring, and generation of ideas that serve to develop an ecodesign culture for products.

Increased attention paid to customer service and developing eco-designed products in partnership with our strategic customers.

2.1.3. Optimise the use of water and packaging, and reduce our waste

2.13.1. Governance

Water and waste issues are managed by the Group's EHS (Environment, Health and Safety) managers. EHS managers are now working in collaboration with maintenance managers to reduce water consumption.

Senior management has decision-making authority for investments (see the simplified organisation chart of the EHS function in the Section entitled "Ensuring the health and safety of everyone").

2.1.3.2. Policies & performance

Verallia's strategy for preserving water resources and managing waste is part of a global EHS policy, which applies to all 32 glass production plants.

The water policy aims to act on both quantitative and qualitative aspects. In 2018, this policy was redefined, and has since enabled alignment of all Verallia site action plans around common objectives. It seeks to:

scrollen

reduce consumption;

avoid pollution caused by spills;

comply with emissions limits.

The water management system is based on the "Water Standard," which contains 17 golden rules for the preservation of water resources. These rules describe the way in which sites must reduce their consumption, in particular through:

scrollen

maintaining the condition of their network through accurate monitoring of monthly consumption, periodic inspections for leaks and connection problems, and annual checks of equipment such as plant water networks;

reducing losses and consumption by recovering rainwater from rooftops and reducing losses sustained in the water cooling circuits as well as by optimising production processes. Cooling the blades that cut the molten glass to create the glass drops that will become bottles has been optimised to reduce water consumption by 80%;

reuse, in particular of deconcentration water from cooling towers which is used to cool production waste.

The Group's waste management policy is rolled out in annual action plans with the aim of improving control (selective sorting) and reducing waste quantities. The goal is to meet environmental challenges while reducing the associated costs. The aim is to share best practices and to measure and understand the differences observed between sites. The analyses carried out will make it possible to build a joint action plan to reduce waste. Since 2018, the Group's objective is to reach a 75% waste recycling rate by 2025 for the scope of its 32 glass production plants.

In addition to these two policies, the Group monitors any potential deviations by asking its plants to draft "environmental alerts." These alerts are shared by e-mail with all Verallia plants using a specific form. Sharing of information compels each site to consider whether the problem could recur, and prompts implementation of preventive actions where necessary. This year, no alerts were issued regarding water consumption or abnormal conditions related to poor waste management.

scrollen
Optimise the use of water and reduce our waste
Commitments Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Optimise water use
Objective: Reach 0.4 m3/​tpg * water consumption in glass plants by 2025 Cubic metres of water consumed per tonne of packed glass (tpg) 0.47 0.53 0.58
Reduce waste
Objective: Reach a 75% waste recycling rate by 2025. Waste recycling rate 75% 68% (1) 65.5%

(1) Change in reporting period: In order to continue to use real data and to adapt to the operational realities of data reporting in a timeframe that has been brought forward compared with the previous year, it was decided that, from 2021 onwards and for subsequent financial years, the "Waste recycling rate" indicator for the period October N-1 to September N would be published. This sliding period of 12 months only affects the "Waste recycling rate" indicator.
tpg: tonnes of packed glass.Note: these indicators take into account all Verallia entities except for Verallia India, Verallia USA, Verallia Packaging and Verallia entities that do not produce glass packaging (decoration plants, cullet treatment centres, etc.).

Water: Thanks to the roll-out of the method implemented by Verallia, water consumption at the Group's sites has decreased since 2019, from 0.63 m3/​tpg to 0.47 m3/​tpg in 2022. At this time, in 2022, our water consumption equates to 1 glass of water on average for each bottle produced.

In this respect, the Group has redefined its objective for water reduction from 0.55 m3/​tpg to 0.4 m3/​tpg in 2025.

Waste: All actions related to optimising waste management have been put into practice in 2022. This has enabled us to improve the tracking indicator, increasing the waste recycling rate to 75% in 2022.

2.1.3.3. Action 1: Optimise our water use through circularity

To cool cullet or equipment and save water resources, Verallia's water circuits operate in semi-closed loops. In all of its plants, water is treated and then recycled to serve many cooling purposes. Part of the water used is evaporated, concentrating impurities. In order to guarantee a satisfactory level of quality in the glass produced, external water is required.

The largest use of water is for cooling unformed glass (production waste). Cooling water can be reused several times in the same way, provided that for every cycle, it has been rid of oil residue and particles and that external water is regularly introduced to limit the concentration.

The second largest use of water is for cooling machinery (e.g., compressors). These circuits operate in closed loops as a result of cooling towers. Another occasional use of water is for furnace reconstruction.

In order to control water consumption and prioritise action plans, the Group carries out internal benchmarks twice a year to assess the performance of all sites. The highest-consumption plants are and will be subject to an analysis defined in six steps:

1. Analysis of initial conditions;

2. Measurement of consumption in the plant;

3. Comparison of theoretical and measured values and analysis of problems;

4. Assessment of the optimal level of water consumption by establishing an action plan;

5. Implementation of the action plan and measurement of the gains;

6. Implementation of periodic verification of resolution plans (sustainability of the management system).

Today, seven of the Group's 32 plants have rolled out this method of analysis in order to identify the root cause of overconsumption.

This approach will have made it possible to identify three avenues toward general solutions:

scrollen

Eliminating leaks in the water networks that are mainly the result of network age and condition;

Rescaling the unformed glass cooling network;

Renovating equipment (e.g., compressors) to lower the need for cooling water.

Example from the Cognac plant (France):

In 2020, this plant was identified as the plant that consumed the most water within the Group.

The action plan kicked off in 2021 allowed a 52% reduction in water consumption between end of 2021 and October 2022. Actions included:

scrollen

Eliminating leaks in the firefighting network;

Replacing the membranes of the osmosis units (devices that remove impurities from water).

Other ideas are under consideration, in accordance with roll-out of the method of analysis.

Example from the Essen plant (Germany):

Using the same method for analysis, the Essen plant identified four levers for reducing its water consumption:

scrollen

Modifications to the plant's water network, in order to reduce the water used from aqueducts and reuse water from industrial processes;

Optimisation of process water pumps (water from cullet);

Reuse of cooling water from the internal circuits that initially was discharged into the wastewater networks;

Digitisation and tracking water meters for procurement.

These initiatives were finalized in 2022 and enabled a 33% reduction in water consumption.

→ Outlook

Following the same rationale as for safety and quality issues, the "Water Standard" and the method for analysis defined in 2022 will be rolled out site by site. Local teams will receive support in the form of coaching on this topic. Any major incident will be the subject of a root cause analysis, which will enable adjustments to be made to standards implementation, or even the standards themselves.

Furthermore, this will affect other plants in 2023 in order to reduce their water consumption using a method similar to the one applied in 2022. The choice to rescale water networks will take into account the water stress criteria (see table below updated in November 2022, source: Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas). This indicator corresponds to the ratio between total water samples taken and renewable procurements available from surface or underground water. Of all the 32 Verallia plants, 8 are located in "high" or "extremely high" water stress risk areas. These eight plants have already applied the measures defined to reduce their water consumption and five are already below the 2025 target of 0.4m3 of water consumed per tonne of glass packed. The three other plants concerned have as a priority to reduce their consumption from 2023 by applying the water standard.

Finally, additional avenues are being explored for 2023, including replacement of the cooling towers of the systems with adiabatic cooling towers. This would make it possible to reduce water consumption of a plant by 40% to 50%, while also reducing the risk of legionnaires' disease.

According to 2022 water consumption, some plants will be required to study the possibility of installing an adiabatic cooling tower.

scrollen
Low (<10%) Low-Medium (10-20%) Medium-High (20-40%) High (40-80%) Extremely high (>80%)
Chalon-sur-Saône Gazzo Villa Poma Wirges Essen Kamyshin Neuburg Zaragoza Jacuntinga Porto Ferreira Albi Lagnieu Lonigo Kavminsteklo Campo Bom Saint-Romain Oiry Carcare Dego Bad Wurzach Zorya Mondego Montblanc Mendoza Vauxrot Cognac Burgos Gran canaria Pescia Sevilla Azuqueca Rosario
= 31 % = 16% = 28 % = 12% = 12%

Additional avenues are being explored for 2023. In particular, replacing cooling towers of the systems with adiabatic cooling towers. Instead of a cooling system with high yield that leads to a lot of water evaporating, an adiabatic system removes heat by evaporating water in a stream of air. Ambient air is forced into a heat exchanger and suffices for cooling the water without it evaporating. Installing these types of systems would make it possible to reduce the water consumption of a plant by 40% to 50%, all while reducing the risk of Legionella pneumophila. However, the cost of these investments and the surface area that would be used are two to three times higher than for a closed loop cooling tower.

2.1.3.4. Action 2: Limit our discharges into water

The Group has set out its requirements for the protection of the natural environment in its "Water Standard." To avoid accidental pollution, the sites must ensure that:

scrollen

all product storage is properly labelled;

retention tanks are installed and condition checks are done;

run-off water is of suitable quality.

The quality of the discharges is ensured through the measurement of effluent quality by independent laboratories. The sites ensure that their monthly wastewater discharges comply with the regulatory limits defined by the prefectoral decrees.

In 2022, an accident linked to water discharges (minor environmental pollution handled immediately). Information was shared within the Group via our warning system. Our analysis method enabled us to identify malfunctions in the oil/​water separator. The cause of the problem was addressed by implementing periodic surveillance measures and by reconfiguring the internal filtering system.

In parallel, microbiological analyses are performed around the cooling towers on a monthly basis, which serve to confirm the absence of Legionella pneumophila. No incidents were discovered in 2022.

The Group will continue to comply with regulations in force in each country by taking periodic measurements.

2.1.3.5. Action 3: Reduce waste produced and optimise waste management

Glass plants generate waste at various stages of the production process, which the Group works to limit and recycle. Verallia's business generates two main types of waste: "normal" waste (metal production moulds, pallets, plastics etc.) and waste related to "plant furnace repairs".

Reduce waste

In 2021, Verallia initiated a project to reduce the volume of its waste by maximising its efforts on "usual" waste:

scrollen

collection of data to build a benchmark on the volume of waste per site and per category of waste. This benchmark is updated in March of each year;

prioritisation of sites according to the volume of waste generated;

roll-out of action plans by plant;

standardisation of recycling definitions.

Depending on the type of waste generated, action plans related to waste recycling are adapted. They vary by plant and region. For example:

scrollen

French plants fill salt mines with the dust from electrostatic precipitators (in the past, this dust was considered hazardous waste and buried).

German plants are generalising the use of centrifuges to recover used oil.

other entities are setting up a system to repair pallets in order to reuse them and limit the costs of associated with disposal.

Each site, under the impetus of the Group, has set up indicators and is working on local solutions to recover or reduce its waste.

This project, initiated in 2021, continued in 2022. Alongside it, the Group also kicked off a process for improving selective sorting in its production plants.

Recycle waste

In 2021, the Group reached an average recycling rate of 68% with strong heterogeneity from one plant to another, in particular due to a lack of control of selective sorting, awareness, or information provided to workers.

To better manage selective sorting, Verallia's environment network mapped out the streams of internal waste to identify them. The goal of this mapping tool is enable the waste and sorting management processes to be controlled before kicking off more ambitious initiatives. The tool involves:

scrollen

Identifying each type of waste generated;

Marking waste bins on a map of the plant in order to look at internal organisation from a wider point of view;

Plant management makes note of anomalies in selective sorting in the plant, and adds notes to the map. This process calls to mind the "Waste Gemba Tour" that began in 2021, during which operational deviations related to selective sorting are identified;

Calculating the failure rate in order to determine priority initiatives, which is the ratio between the number of bins poorly sorted and those that have been correctly managed.

Rollout of this tool is scheduled for 2023. Over time, the objectives will include setting up common management rules based on visual management, reorganisation of internal waste disposal areas, and sharing good practices between plants.

Finally, the Environment Day organised by Verallia on 21 September 2022 allowed existing initiatives for reducing waste and improving selective sorting to be shared. Workshops like "Selective Sorting Basketball" helped raise employee awareness of the importance of sorting waste.

"Verallia Days" events like Environment Day are key for sharing, training and raising awareness of a topic in general, and will continue in 2023.

Limit our discharges into the air

The emissions released into the air 50 by Verallia sites are monitored constantly. Each site is subject to maximum limits for emissions that are specific to it. These are defined by local legislation and site configuration, particularly the number of furnaces. Verallia's objective is to comply with these limits, no matter the operating conditions. The Group makes adjustments to technical equipment where necessary, in order to ensure compliance.

In the event that emissions thresholds are exceeded, the Group has set up a warning device to mobilise Verallia experts in order to re-establish compliance as quickly as possible (per the ISO 14001 standard method). In 2022, the Group recorded just one instance of exceeding the limit, which was resolved in 24 hours and in complete transparency with respect to local authorities.

→ Outlook

In 2023, Verallia will continue the actions initiated with the objective of rolling out a management system based on three pillars: "Reduce - sort - raise awareness." The Group will deploy the mapping tool in 2023 and continue the initiatives launched in 2022, in particular to:

scrollen

report discrepancies in selective sorting practices in the plant and resolve them immediately;

roll out a guide to good waste management practices;

run workshops during the next Environment Days event.

50 The primary molecules tracked are: CO 2 , NO2, SO2 and electrostatic precipitator dust.

2.2. Decarbonising our activities

"At Verallia, we have placed reducing our CO 2 emissions at the heart of our corporate social responsibility strategy, through our purpose to re-imagine glass for a sustainable future." This is why Verallia teams are innovating, developing and implementing solutions to reduce all sources of CO 2 related to our activities. This mobilisation is taking place at every level of the company, on every site where the Group operates - and has already enabled us to reduce the Group's emissions by 10.8% since 2019."

Romain Barral, Operations Director

Key figures

scrollen
- 46% CO 2 emissions, Scopes 1 & 2 60% certified renewable or low-carbon electricity Scope 3 < 40% total CO 2 emissions
Target 2030 Target 2025 Target 2030
Reduce our CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 & 2) by 46% in absolute terms by 2030 compared to 2019. Reach 60% certified renewable or low- carbon electricity by 2025 and 90% by 2040. Maintain our Scope 3 CO 2 emissions below 40% of the Group's total emissions.

Context and challenges

While a circular economy is at the heart of Verallia's activities, making it possible to take advantage of glass' infinite recyclability, recycled materials must still be melted in order to be converted into bottles or jars. Today, this operation remains a major source of CO 2 emissions for our business.

Verallia has embarked on an ambitious investment policy to transform the technologies, resources, and industrial equipment used on its sites, with the intent of drastically reducing its emissions. This desire has been acknowledged through the validation from SBTi (Science Based Target initiative) in March 2022 for the 1.5°C trajectory. In parallel, Verallia is pursuing soil regeneration projects by planting trees in collaboration with PUR Project (see Section 2.2.3) and Reforest'Action. The goal of all these actions is to enable Verallia to see its ambition of reaching Net Zero through by 2050.

In 2022, because of the geopolitical context and energy crisis, Verallia had to increase its consumption of fuel oil in Europe in order to limit the strain on gas procurement. This situation is expected to endure into 2023. In order to offset the negative impact of its CO 2 emissions, the Group will speed up its initiatives for reducing emissions wherever possible.

Key objectives and results

scrollen
Commitments Objectives Performance indicators Reference year results 2022 Results Progress vs. 2021 Objective 2025
Reduce CO 2 emissions from our sites (Scopes 1& 2) Reduce our CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 & 2) by 46% in absolute terms by 2030 compared to 2019 Scopes 1 & 2 CO 2 emissions (kilotonnes CO 2 ) 3,090 kto CO 2 in 2019 2,756 kto CO 2 -2.7% 2,625 kto CO 2
CO 2 emissions reduction (Scopes 1 & 2) vs. 2019 2019 -10.8% -2.5pts -15%
Reduce Scope 3 emissions Scope 3 CO 2 emissions (kilotonnes CO 2 ) 1,810 kto CO 2 in 2019 1,634 kto CO 2 in 2021 - < 1,751 kto CO 2
Maintain our Scope 3 CO 2 emissions below 40% of the Group's total emissions Share of Scope 3 emissions in the Group's total emissions, 37% in 2019 37% in 2021 - <40%
Develop renewable or low-carbon energies Reach 60% certified renewable or low-carbon electricity by 2025 Share of certified renewable or low-carbon electricity in total electricity consumed 34% in 2019 50% + 4pts 60%
Contribute to soil regeneration Plant at least 100,000 trees per year from 2019 to 2025 Number of trees planted since 2019 100,000 in 2019 413,000 + 100,000 trees 700,000
scrollen
Commitments Objectives Performance indicators Objective 2030
Reduce CO 2 emissions from our sites (Scopes 1& 2) Reduce our CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 & 2) by 46% in absolute terms by 2030 compared to 2019 Scopes 1 & 2 CO 2 emissions (kilotonnes CO 2 ) 1,669 kto CO 2
CO 2 emissions reduction (Scopes 1 & 2) vs. 2019 -46%
Reduce Scope 3 emissions Scope 3 CO 2 emissions (kilotonnes CO 2 ) < 1,112 kto CO 2
Maintain our Scope 3 CO 2 emissions below 40% of the Group's total emissions Share of Scope 3 emissions in the Group's total emissions, <40%
Develop renewable or low-carbon energies Reach 60% certified renewable or low-carbon electricity by 2025 Share of certified renewable or low-carbon electricity in total electricity consumed 90% in 2040
Contribute to soil regeneration Plant at least 100,000 trees per year from 2019 to 2025 Number of trees planted since 2019

2022 Highlights

In 2022, we continued efforts towards the various actions in place to leverage reductions in emissions, including:

scrollen

Implementing more reliable reporting for the highest emissions line items;

Switching to more efficient furnace technologies and shutting down a fuel oil furnace in Italy, kick-off of construction the first electric furnace in Cognac and first hybrid furnace 51 in Zaragoza;

Developing our use of renewable energies as a result of PPA 52 in Germany and in Chile;

Strengthening a sustainable logistics chain that relies on a return to multimodal 53 transport in Italy, opening of permanent rail links in Spain and in France, and joining local sectoral initiatives such as FRET21 in France.

51 Innovative technology. No hybrid furnaces exist today. The energy mix should reach 80% electricity, 20% gas. When powered by renewable or carbon-based electricity, a reduction of 50% of total CO 2 emissions per tonne is possible compared to standard furnaces. See paragraph 2.2.1.5 Action 3: Develop and invest in low-carbon furnaces.
52 PPA: Power Purchased Agreement = long-term renewable energy contract. See paragraph 2.1.1.6
53 Multimodal: a logistics solution that consists of using two modes of transport successively (road and rail for Verallia in the examples given). See paragraph 2.2.2.6 Action 4: Control our supply chains and reduce their CO 2 emissions.

scrollen
-46% <40% Net Zero
reduction in 2030 for Scope 1 & 2 emission en valeur absolue (année de reference 2019) + emissions Scope 3 below 40% of total emissions in 2030 + in 2050 for Scope 1 & 2 emissions

Our carbon footprint since 2019 (reference year)

* Estimate of Scope 3 2022 Still being calculated, therefore 2021 assumption is shown.

2.2.1. Reduce emissions from our sites (Scopes 1 & 2)

2.2.1.1. Governance

scrollen
Roles Name of body Main areas of work in 2022
Strategy definition Chief Executive Officer Pursues the hybrid furnace project internally in spite of FEVE project ending. Defines the energy strategy (accelerating use of PPAs, reintroducing fuel oil due to the energy crisis)
Strategy approval Board of Directors Approves the 2023 plan for reducing CO 2 , and related investments. Approves a framework agreement specific to PPAs to accelerate setting up these long-term contracts.
Coordination and follow-up CO 2 Steering Committee (2) Monitors progress of all projects under the CO 2 plan. Allocates resources and defines priorities. Approves technical solutions in different areas: low-carbon raw materials, furnace technologies. Steers implementation of the reporting system for Scope 3 emissions.
Rollout in all entities Geographic area managers and Plant coordinators Deploy the technologies associated with reducing CO 2 emissions. Implement the Energy strategy. Implement and monitor the Responsible Purchasing Policy. Set up local initiatives: Verallia France joining the FRET21 initiative.
Ownership Employees All employees get involved by participating in the various projects, as a result of heavy internal communications. In 2022, the first "Verallia Environment Day" was held dedicated entirely to presenting the Group's actions.

(1) Superboosted furnaces: validation of this technology is underway at two Verallia sites. It would make it possible to increase the share of electricity from 7% to around 25%. See paragraph 2.2.1.5 Action 3: Develop and invest in low-carbon furnaces.
(2) Members: Chief Executive Officer, Operations Director, Technical Director, Group Purchasing Director, Plan Director, Group Director in charge of CSR and legal, Sustainable Development Director, and six project managers responsible for the various action plans.

2.2.1.2. Policies & performance

Verallia has been committed to reducing its carbon footprint for several years now. Since 2021, the Group is aligned with a trajectory to maintain global warming to 1.5°C. To achieve this, the Group aims to reduce its direct CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 and 2) by 46% in 2030 compared to 2019, in other words reaching 1,668 kt of CO 2 versus 3,090 kt in 2019.

Two other firm commitments support this objective of reducing Scopes 1 & 2 emissions:

scrollen

maintain Scope 3 emissions below 40% of total emissions in 2030;

achieve carbon neutrality by 2050.

Verallia's plan to reduce CO 2 emissions is based on three main drivers:

1. raw materials: reduce emissions related to the raw materials used to make glass (see the actions developed in Pillar I of this report);

2. energy efficiency: improve the energy efficiency in industrial sites and develop new furnace technologies to reduce CO 2 emissions;

3. renewable energies: use energies that are renewable or emit low amounts of CO 2.

To achieve these objectives, Verallia estimated additional investments of €300M between 2019 and 2030, based on 2021 costs. This amount will be adjusted according to inflation over the given period.

scrollen
Reduce CO 2 emissions from our sites (Scopes 1& 2)
Key commitments and objectives Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Decarbonising our activities Objective: Reduce our CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 & 2) by 46% in absolute terms by 2030 compared to 2019 CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 & 2) (in kilotonnes CO 2 ) and CO 2 emissions reduction (Scopes 1 & 2) vs. 2019 2,756 -10.8% 2,833 - 8.3% 2,940 - 4.8%
Changes to Scope 1 emissions Scope 1 CO 2 emissions 2,286 2,347 2,378
Changes to Scope 2 emissions Scope 2 CO 2 emissions 471 486 562
Change in Scope 1 & 2 CO 2 emissions intensity per tonne of packed glass (tpg) tCO 2 Scopes 1 & 2 /​ Tonnes of packed glass (tpg *) 0.468 0.482 0.523
Develop renewable or low-carbon energies Objective: Reach 60% certified renewable or low-carbon electricity by 2025 and 90% by 2040 Share of certified renewable or low-carbon electricity in total electricity consumed 50% 46% 34%

tpg: tonnes of packed glass.

In 2022, Verallia continued drastically reducing its Scopes 1 and 2 CO 2 emissions, accumulating emissions of 2,756 kt across the Group, thus achieving a 10.8% reduction compared to its 2019 emissions. The two main elements that explain this excellent result are the increase in the external cullet rate (55.7% in 2022 compared to 55% in 2021 and 49% in reference year 2019) and the reduction in Scope 2 emissions, particularly in Spain, Portugal and Brazil. Finally, it should also be noted that this reduction was achieved while production levels in 2022 were equivalent to those in 2019. These are structural improvements in our CO 2 emissions, as demonstrated by the improvement in intensity (10.8% reduction between 2019 and 2022).

Note : Scope 1 emissions were reduced by 2.6% from 2,347 kt to 2,286 kt. These Scope 1 emissions were marginally affected by the use of fuel oil. Scope 2 emissions fell from 486 to 471 kt, a reduction of 3.1%. We have thus acted on both scopes.

CO 2 Emissions Scopes 1 & 2 evolution (kt/​year)

2.2.1.3. Action 1: Increase the share of decarbonised raw materials

Calcium carbonate (limestone) and sodium carbonate, two of the main raw materials used in glass manufacture, release CO 2 when they are melted. These emissions accounted for around 20% of the Group's Scope 1 & 2 emissions in 2019. In order to reduce these emissions, it is necessary to substitute these raw materials with alternative materials that release no or less CO 2. The most obvious, easiest solution is to use cullet, which does not emit CO 2 because the CO 2 contained in the glass has already been emitted during the initial melting of the raw materials.

Integrating cullet into our bottles allows us to reduce the use of virgin raw materials and in particular, carbonated raw materials.

Increased use of external cullet

As explained in Pillar I on circularity, the Group first focused its efforts on increasing the rate of external cullet used in its furnaces. In 2022, Verallia therefore consumed 3,275 kt of cullet compared to 2,881 kt in 2019, which equates to an 14% increase in volume. This has enabled the Group to reach an external cullet use rate of 55.7%, an increase compared to 2021. The increase in use of cullet made a reduction in direct emissions of 94,760 tonnes over 2022, while the share of raw materials in the Group's total emissions dropped 54 from 20% in 2019 to 16% in 2022.

It should be noted, however, that used glass collection is what limits cullet integration for Verallia and the entire industry at this time. The Group will therefore continue supporting initiatives that make it possible to increase collection either indirectly (specifically in Europe) - through communications campaigns or sectoral actions (FEVE) - and directly as in Brazil or Chile, where the Group is rolling out glass collection containers and associated logistics in partnership with local players.

Finally, it should be noted that the CO 2 emissions related to collection or processing recycled glass are integrated into the Group's Scope 3 emissions estimates.

Identification of alternative decarbonised raw materials

As explained above, calcium carbonate and sodium carbonate are major elements used to make glass, but it's the properties of sodium and calcium that are necessary for glass chemistry. The Group's R&D teams have therefore launched a vast project to assess available sources of decarbonised calcium and sodium that are compatible with the way these elements are used in glass furnaces. Since September 2022, wide-scale approval for an alternative raw material was launched at one of the Group's sites. If the expected advantages are confirmed, it will pursue roll-out in 2023.

→ Outlook

The Group will continue to bear down on all levers that make it possible to increase the use of cullet in Verallia's furnaces, with the goal of reaching 59% use by 2025 and 66% in 2030 (see Focus 1).

Moreover, the Group's short-term objective is to approve a second alternative raw material in 2023 and to set up the logistics chain to use it in production as early as possible.

54 Calculation based on the assumption of 100% gas furnace operation. The CO 2 reduction comes from the reduction of energy and the reduction of carbonaceous raw materials.

2.2.1.4. Action 2: Optimise the energy consumption of our industrial facilities

As part of the continuous improvement logic in place through the Verallia Industrial Management (VIM) system, many projects are underway to reduce energy consumption and CO 2 emissions at the Company's sites. For example, regular monitoring of results and application of best practices across the board, an approach based primarily on the operational management of CO 2 emissions. The introduction of a monthly energy consumption reporting system in 2021 supports operational management. This system allows teams in each country, site and region to monitor the effectiveness of their actions and to develop new ones. It currently concerns the Scope 1 & 2 emissions at each site. The same approach is being rolled out for Scope 3 and will be operational at the start of 2023.

Reducing melting emissions by lowering fuel oil consumption

Historically, glassmaking furnaces burnt fuel oil to heat and melt the glass components. In recent years, natural gas has gradually replaced fuel oil, thus allowing a reduction in CO 2 for the same amount of energy but requiring changes to how furnaces are controlled.

In 2021, the Group continued to reduce the share of fuel oil to power the melting process, and fuel oil accounted for around 7% in energies used for melting, against 10% in 2020. However, the Group decided to increase consumption of fuel oil to reduce its gas consumption by the same amount, as a way to relieve pressure on gas availability subsequent to the war in Ukraine. The share of fuel oil thus increased to 9% of melting energy in 2022. This short-term decision does not in any way alter the Group's objectives to completely exclude fuel oil from its energy mix. To do so, in December 2022, the Group began converting one of the last of its two furnaces running entirely on fuel oil. The last one will be shut down in the spring of 2024.

For 2023, in the very specific context of the energy crisis that has resulted from the war in Ukraine, the Group will continue using fuel oil at its Western Europe sites to serve up to 20% of its energy needs. This temporary pivot aims to contribute to efforts to reduce natural gas consumption as requested by European authorities, while at the same time guaranteeing business continuity at the Group's plants. Plants will return to using natural gas in the spring of 2023. The CO 2 emissions associated with this change represent around 40,000 tonnes, and Verallia is working to offset this exceedance by speeding up its emissions-reducing actions.

Improve existing industrial facilities

Throughout the furnace lifespan (10 to 12 years, and in some cases 14 years), the Group makes improvements to reduce their energy consumption. For example, improvements are made regularly to sealing and thermal insulation, glass temperature optimisation, combustion settings and adjustments to combustion air volumes at the Group's sites with support from corporate R&D teams. It should be noted that the Group is managing this approach to controlling its energy consumption through an ISO 50001-certified management system for 23 group sites at the end of 2022. Certification efforts will carry on in 2023.

Eliminate energy losses

The Group has implemented a programme to thoroughly identify energy losses, using different types of tools (energy audit, equipment performance efficiency, leak detection etc.). This programme has made it possible to define loss eradication projects for each site, projects characterised by well-defined objectives, a dedicated team and work schedule, and monthly industrial performance indicators. Since each site is faced with the same objectives but different local issues, this approach provides an opportunity to address the specific characteristics of each site and to disseminate these actions more quickly. For example, in order to reduce the amount of cooling air entering its furnaces, Verallia has developed deflectors to protect the most sensitive areas of the furnaces from cold air, a key source of energy loss. This new equipment is installed on all of the Group's new furnaces and during repairs to existing furnaces.

Use Industry 4.0 tools to optimise energy consumption

As energy is mainly consumed during the melting phase, investment in Industry 4.0 tools represents a major lever to limit our impact on the environment. Verallia's plants are evolving by integrating augmented intelligence into their production tools in order to achieve industrial excellence, using the fewest resources possible while increasing customer satisfaction. Upgrading industrial facilities meets an overall objective of controlling the manufacturing process at every stage: productivity, energy savings, quality, maintenance and reduction of operational risks. It involves two major developments:

scrollen

digitisation of the Group's industrial facilities: installing connected instrumentation throughout the production chain enables real-time data collection in order to regulate, stabilise and improve its industrial processes automatically, improve the quality of its glass packaging and, above all, to optimise energy and raw material consumption;

furnace control assisted by augmented intelligence software: implemented at nearly all sites, this advanced control system is based on connected instrumentation, data analysis, machine learning and glassmaker experience for quasi-automatic control of the furnaces. The majority (77%) of furnaces are now equipped with such systems, and results can already be seen. For example, the first year of operation showed energy consumption gains of up to 2%.

Use flue gas heat

Re-using heat from combustion flue gas is a significant energy source at sites. For this reason, several projects have been deployed groupwide:

scrollen

In Burgos, Spain, Verallia is supplying steam to the nearby Group Mahou San Miguel brewery's neighbouring facility;

In Neuburg, Germany, a steam boiler powered by Verallia's flue gas supplies a heat source to the city used to heat public buildings;

In Lagnieu, France, an organic Rankine cycle (ORC) machine will be installed on site to use flue gas heat for producing electricity. It will be commissioned in 2024 and will produce 8,200 MWh annually on site, which equates to 10% of its annual needs.

2.2.1.5. Action 3 : Develop and invest in low-carbon furnaces

Glass melting accounts for around 73% of the energy consumed at the Group's sites. Supplied mainly by fossil fuel combustion (natural gas 84.6%, fuel oil 8.6% and electricity 6.8% in 2022 melting energy consumption), melting therefore generates 77% of Scope 1 & 2 CO 2 emissions. Developing the technologies used in the furnaces is therefore essential to integrating alternative energies. To this end, the Group has launched several projects.

CO 2 Emissions: scopes 1 and 2 details

Installation of electric furnaces at certain sites

Verallia has decided to replace one furnace at its Cognac site with two electric furnaces, a pioneering move for glass packaging. Today, electric furnace technology is being used for other types of glass (perfume bottles, for example), but not for the Group's products. The project aims to reduce CO 2 emissions at sites by 50%.

It should be noted, however, that 100% electric furnaces cannot accept more than 65% cullet integration in production. This means that 100% electric furnaces cannot be used for colored glass incorporating 80% or more cullet. This is why we are developing hybrid technology in parallel, which has no limit on cullet integration and can therefore be used for all glass colors.

Prioritise the shift to hybrid furnaces: target a 50% reduction in CO 2 emissions from glass packaging production, applicable to all sites

In 2019, Verallia joined forces with other European glass packaging manufacturers, within the framework of FEVE on a pilot project to build the first hybrid electric furnace. This high-capacity furnace would operate using 80% green electricity, which would enable a fifty percent reduction of the CO 2 emissions associated with glass packaging production. While the project had to be put on standby at the start of 2022 due to financing, Verallia decided to continue independently, firmly convinced of the importance of this technology.

The Group's pilot project will be installed in Zaragoza, Spain, at the end of 2024. The pilot will permit technical solutions for the design and operation of these types of hybrid furnaces before being rolled out more broadly as of 2026 in accordance with the furnace reconstruction schedule.

Transition technologies: "super-boosted" and oxy-combustion furnaces

One of the major constraints of Verallia's furnace technology development strategy is rebuilding furnaces over time. In fact, furnace lifespan is approximately 12 years. Furnace design must be defined approximately two years before it is rebuilt in order to allow plans to be developed and manufacturing of the components for these immense industrial installations. This means that the furnaces rebuilt between 2023 and 2027 will not benefit from hybrid technology because the pilot project was not finalised at the time when decisions to launch these rebuilding projects will be made.

To ensure that these furnaces begin to reduce CO 2 emissions, two improvements developed from existing technologies will be utilised: super-boosted and oxycombustion furnaces.

scrollen

Validation of super-boosted furnace technology is underway at two Verallia sites, which would make it possible to increase the share of electric power from 7% to around 25%. This technology will be the preferred option when rebuilding furnaces reaching end-of-life before 2027.

Oxy-combustion optimises combustion by injecting oxygen into the furnace, thereby reducing Scope 1 CO 2 emissions. This technology, which requires the installation of on-site oxygen generation equipment, will be implemented on new furnaces built in Brazil and Italy.

Both of these technologies must be coupled with decarbonised electricity to reduce CO 2 emissions as much as possible.

Comparison of CO 2 emissions from Melting Energy between different furnace technologies (in %) *

* Assuming 100% renewable or low carbon electricity and excluding raw material emissions.

→ Outlook

The vast majority of the work accomplished by Verallia's technical and R&D teams in 2023 will involve developing and validating new furnace technologies (electric and hybrid), alongside building super-boosted furnaces with and without oxy-combustion and in particular the electric furnace pilot project that will be commissioned at the end of 2023. These technological developments are at the heart of Verallia's commitment to reduce CO 2 emissions by 46% between 2019 and 2030 (Scopes 1 & 2).

2.2.1.6. Action 4 : Develop renewable or low-carbon energies

Ensuring the use of renewable or low-carbon energy is the final pillar of Verallia's strategy to reduce its Scopes 1 & 2 CO 2 emissions. While procurement of renewable electricity is a time-honoured within the Group, integration of new renewable energies is being studied.

Towards "greener" electricity

Electricity-related emissions account for approximately 17% of the Group's total footprint (Scope 2 in 2022). Sustainable access to competitive renewable energy sources represents a significant lever for achieving Verallia's CO 2 emissions reduction objective. The Group has therefore established a procurement strategy in 2020 that favours renewable electricity. Verallia's objective is to reach 60% certified renewable or low-carbon electricity in its overall mix by 2025. In 2022, the Group signed several Power Purchase Agreements (PPA) that will allow it to continue increasing the share of low carbon electricity in its energy mix. The Rosario plant in Chile has used 100% low carbon electricity since April 2022, while the first contract based on wind power was signed in Germany meeting up to 30% of supply needs at four of the Group's sites. This objective is all the more important as electric or hybrid furnaces lead to increased electrical consumption.

Power generation on our sites

Alongside this, the Group plans to equip some of its plants with solar panels to generate part of the electricity consumed by production activities. The Mondego site in Portugal began solar power production in the summer of 2022. Installation is underway at ten other sites (five in Spain and five in Italy), which will supply between 5% to 20% of sites' electricity needs once installation is complete in 2024 at all locations. Assessments continue at the other sites.

Prepare the way for green hydrogen

Hydrogen has been presented as a major component of the European Union's "Fit for 55" plan as an alternative to fossil fuels, when produced from renewable energy. The use of hydrogen as a primary fuel in glass furnaces is a new field, validating the conditions for implementing and using it is a necessary step. To do so, the Group is working in two main areas:

scrollen

Combustion testing, which aims to characterise the impact of using hydrogen on performance and emissions. The first series of tests will take place in 2023;

Additionally, to validate the impacts of using hydrogen over the long term, Verallia, with support from two partners, will power one of its sites in Germany using coke oven gas that contains up to 50% hydrogen. Verallia's technical teams will be able to validate the impact of using hydrogen on the management and sustainability of glass furnaces, thereby giving the Group comprehensive expertise for exploiting renewable hydrogen as soon as it becomes available. Once the operating conditions have been validated, this project will enable reduced natural gas consumption and 10% less CO 2 emissions at the chosen site.

Finally, the Group is also monitoring development of technologies for producing green hydrogen, and particularly their energy efficiency. The Group considers it important not to transfer Scope 1 emissions to Scope 3.

Biofuels as alternatives to natural gas

The natural gas burnt in furnaces remains the main source of CO 2 generated by Verallia plants, and replacing it with biofuels such as biomethane would make this combustion CO 2 neutral. Several projects seek to validate the technical and economic components of this type of fuel and are currently being studied in France, Germany, Spain and Brazil. Once validated, the use of biofuels will only be viable when they are produced close to the glassmaking sites. As a result, the entire supply chain will have to be systematically validated, since the aim is to implement an entire ecosystem, aligned and consistent with the Group's circular economy logic. The Zaragoza site in Spain was able to begin continuous use of biofuel oil for up to 15% of its needs in 2022, and the goal is to supply the equivalent of three furnaces with 100% biofuels by 2030.

2.2.2. Reducing Scope 3 emissions (transport, materials and packaging)

2.2.2.1. Governance

All issues related to Scope 3 emissions are managed by the Purchasing Department. The governance structure remains the same as that presented in Section 2.2.1.1.

2.2.2.2. Policies & performances

Since 2019, Verallia has carried out an annual assessment of its Scope 3 CO 2 emissions. On this basis, in October 2021 the Group established and communicated, its first Scope 3 emissions reduction target. It aims to keep Scope 3 emissions below 40% of the Group's total emissions in 2030, for total Scope 3 emissions of less than 1.1 million tonnes.

To achieve this objective, the first task involves setting up a more reliable monitoring and reporting system, so that the impact of the various action plans can be monitored more quickly and effectively. At the same time, action plans are being defined to tackle the three main sources of Scope 3 emissions: those linked to raw materials manufacturing (mainly soda ash), to raw materials and finished products transport, and to packaging manufacturing.

scrollen
Reduce Scope 3 CO 2 emissions
Key commitments and objectives Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Reduce Scope 3 CO 2 emissions Scope 3 CO 2 emissions in kt CO 2 - 1,634 1, 743
Objective: Maintain our Scope 3 CO 2 emissions below 40% of the Group's total emissions Share of Scope 3 emissions within the Group's total emissions, in % - 36.6% 37.2%
Reduce Scope 3 CO 2 emissions Scope 3 emissions from raw materials in kt CO 2 - 556 506
Reduce Scope 3 CO 2 emissions Scope 3 emissions from transport in kt CO 2 - 301 289
Reduce Scope 3 CO 2 emissions Scope 3 emissions from packaging in kt CO 2 - 129 173

Note: Scope 3 emissions for 2022 are not available at the time of publication of this report.

The significant reduction in Scope 3 emissions between 2020 and 2019 is linked to two main elements. Firstly, the Scope 3 assessment improved, in particular the raw material emission factors per supplier; secondly, reduced use of virgin raw materials. In fact, the increase in the external cullet rate achieved in 2021 has reduced the volume of virgin raw materials used. Since cullet has a much lower Scope 3 emission rate than virgin raw materials, Scope 3 emissions have been lowered.

Breakdown of Scope 3 CO 2 emissions by source in 2021 (in percentage)

2.2.2.3. Action 1 : Build a reliable Scope 3 emissions tracking system

Due to its complexity, the assessment of Verallia's Scope 3 emissions evaluation is recent. The annual assessment required a significant amount of work to consolidate existing but disparate data (volumes used, transport mileage, emission factors associated with the various suppliers, etc.) and estimates of unrecorded elements.

To truly manage activities to reduce these emissions, it was essential that the Group's teams be able to monitor the elements that make up the Scope 3 emissions on a more regular and more detailed basis. To this end, teams developed several reporting and simulation tools based on dynamic cross-referencing of sourcing data (Verallia site - Supplier site), emissions factors (transport and product), as well as the volumes involved. A specific tool related to transport is in the final phases of roll-out with the company Sightness. It covers emissions calculations for ground and maritime transport operations. In addition, a comprehensive database was developed to monitor Scope 3 actions and results over the last six months. These tools will be operational at the end of January 2023.

The systems will also make it possible to simulate the emissions trajectory integrating action plans and allowing adjustments to be made to ensure that the expected reductions are achieved.

2.2.2.4. Action 2 : Reduce CO 2 emissions from raw materials

The Scope 3 emissions associated with raw materials are linked to suppliers. To reduce these, Verallia must start by monitoring supplier emissions and actions implemented. In January 2022, the Group decided to integrate greenhouse gas emissions as one of the items systematically taken into account when evaluating the suppliers that are the largest contributors to GHG emissions. This takes the form of a detailed performance review of current and future plans to reduce emissions conducted during the supplier selection phases. Another important factor taken into consideration when choosing our suppliers is shortening the distance that materials have to travel. Preference is given to making procurements as closely as possible to our plants, as well as using alternatives to road transport. For example, the teams in Chile reduced CO 2 emissions related to procuring feldspar and cullet by 1,000 tonnes through choosing suppliers located near the Rosario plant. In addition, Verallia offers its support and expertise to its various suppliers to accelerate their plans to reduce CO 2 emissions.

2.2.2.5. Action 3 : Reduce our packaging-related CO 2 emissions

In order to strengthen the circularity of its activities at all levels and to help reduce its GHG emissions, Verallia is working on the eco-design, reuse and recycling of its packaging, which currently represents 8% of its Scope 3 emissions.

In the Group's plants, the bottles or jars manufactured are packaged on pallets of varying sizes depending on the design of each item and the needs of its customers. Some elements are standard, such as the pallet itself, the cardboard or plastic dividers, and the heat-shrink plastic film that ensures the watertightness and mechanical strength of the entire package.

The Group has developed a network of local subcontractors near its plants who repair damaged pallets for use an average of 25 times before being discarded as waste. In 2022, Verallia continued its efforts to increase the pallet life span by increasing the number of parts repaired on each one. The purchase of secondhand pallets was another avenue developed in 2022 in several countries. This affected over 4,000 tonnes of pallets in Western Europe, leading to dozens of tonnes of CO 2 avoided. This approach is strongly encouraged because it contributes to an ever-more circular local economy.

In addition, plastic interlayers are widely recycled and Verallia collects these packaging elements from its customers. The interlayers are recovered, washed and reintroduced into the production flow. On average, they are used 20 times before they become too damaged to reuse and are processed as waste.

With respect to plastic packing film, the Group is leading two initiatives with all teams in each country. The initiatives experienced their first successes in 2022:

scrollen

The technical and purchasing teams in the Group's various regions worked together to optimise the surface area and thickness of the film used according to need. In each country, strength tests during transport and under storage conditions were launched. The initial results in Argentina and in Germany showed reductions in CO 2 emissions thanks to a smaller surface area of film used per pallet.

The Group's Purchasing Department is working with various film suppliers to integrate a greater proportion of recycled plastic into the film composition. In 2022, this project made it possible to supply 100% of German purchasing in recycled film, thereby achieving a reduction of 260 tonnes of CO 2 annually. Strength tests conducted over the course of several months are underway in other European countries and in Brazil. Alongside these, local teams are focusing their efforts on securing procurements of recycled plastic from their suppliers.

→ Outlook

The Group's main areas of work to develop packaging circularity focuses on two objectives:

scrollen

Reducing plastic film thickness and surface area;

Using up to 25% of recycled plastic in packaging films in European divisions;

Increasing the percentage of substitution of new articles (pallets, interlayers) with recycled or secondhand articles.

2.2.2.6. Action 4 : Reduce transportation-related CO 2 emissions

With nearly 16 billion tonnes of bottles and jars delivered to its customers, and an equivalent volume of raw materials to be integrated into its furnaces, transport and associated emissions are major challenges for Verallia.

The Group intends to apply a policy that favours renewable energy solutions (particularly biofuels) as well as the alternative solutions to road transport, like rail.

The various departments are continuing to work with their main carriers to implement alternative solutions to the more traditional road transport. This translates to practical actions like:

scrollen

Using biofuels based on rapeseed oil in France in the Champagne region;

Setting up a partnership with our carrier TDLG to use natural gas vehicles (NGV) to transport from our plant in Burgos, Spain;

Purchasing two NGV carriers at our Italian subsidiary for regional distribution.

Replacing road transport with rail is an important matter for Verallia, particularly for its most regular routes. Several initiatives have made it possible to limit the carbon impact. Those with the greatest effect are detailed below:

scrollen

Using rail in Italy to link plants in the north-eastern part of the country with the region of Turin, located in northwestern Italy. This line is used in both directions, delivering bottles in one direction and bringing back raw materials in the other. This logistical synergy will make it possible to save around 3,000 tonnes of CO 2 per year. In addition to this, converting several client deliveries from road to a rail solution enables savings of over 800 tonnes of CO 2 per year.

Switching to multi-modal rail-road transport to haul export containers from our Spanish plants, which equates to a reduction of 800 tonnes of CO 2 per year.

French teams chose to join FRET21; their ambition is reducing CO 2 emissions by 3,500 tonnes by 2025 (see below).

Finally, the development of Ecova's lightweight ranges (see Pillar I - Develop eco-design) allows the number of bottles per pallet to be increased, thus reducing the need for transport and, by extension, CO 2 emissions.

→ Outlook

Transport is one of the main drivers that will enable Verallia to reach its goal of reducing Scope 3 CO 2 emissions. The projects that aim to reduce emissions related to transport are under the supervision of the Supply Chain Department, which organises ambitious action plans in every region that revolve around two main areas:

scrollen

Optimising customer sourcing. This means reducing the distance between the plant and the customer. This work relies in particular on using simulation tools such as Sightness, which is in the process of being deployed;

Developing multi-modal transport and alternative modes (electric, biogas, etc.), by setting up long-term collaborations with our carrier partners.

"Verallia France committed to the FRET21 55 approach in August 2022 to reduce the CO 2 related to transport. In the next three years, Verallia, with its carrier partners, strives to reduce its CO 2 emissions by 5% for the domestic transportation of its products. This would equate to over 3,500 tonnes of CO 2."

55 The purpose of FRET21 is to encourage companies who are customers of carriers to better integrate the impact of transport into their CSR strategy. Each company willing to get on board signs an agreement with ADEME specifying an objective for reducing CO 2 emissions and committing to implement actions towards achieving this goal.

2.2.3. Contribute to soil regeneration

scrollen
Contribute to soil regeneration
Key commitments and objectives Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Contribute to soil regeneration
Objective: Plant at least 100,000 trees per year from 2019 to 2025 Number of trees planted since 2019 413,000 313,000 200,000
Promote the integration of our sites into their ecosystem through a company-wide internal competition, Nature on Site
Objective: Select at least 2 winning sites for the Nature on Site competition every year until 2025 Number of winning sites per year 3 2 2

Beyond decarbonising its activities, Verallia contributes to the carbon balance of ecosystems by participating in reforestation and agroforestry projects, prioritising countries where the Group has its plants.

With support from its two partners, PUR and Reforest'Action, Verallia has already financed several reforestation and agroforestry projects. Since 2019, more than 400,000 trees have planted in a dozen countries through these projects.

Our historic partner since 2019, PUR is a "social business" that provides guidance to companies on integrating the climate issue into their value chain, making it possible to regenerate, reinvigorate and conserve ecosystems. PUR has been a pioneer of "insetting" 56 since 2008, and develops Nature-Based Solutions (NBS). They have worked with more than 150 companies in 40 countries to regenerate ecosystems and encourage local communities to embark on long-term socio-environmental projects.

Since 2021, a new partnership has begun with Reforest'Action, a French company pioneering reforestation since 2010. A certified B Corp, its mission is to preserve, restore and develop resilient forest ecosystems to respond to the climate emergency and the erosion of biodiversity. To do so, Reforest'Action selects and supports forestry projects, ensuring their quality in order to develop multifunctionality over time. Reforest'Action has funded over 25 million trees in 43 countries.

Restoring ecosystems through reforestation and agroforestry projects

Since 2019, with PUR, Verallia has participated in certified afforestation projects in Latin America. The Nordesta project in Minas Gerais, Brazil, contributes actively to protecting biodiversity and promoting native plants. As a result of this initiative, a total of 151 different varieties are being planted. The heart of this project is its nursery, where the seeds collected are extracted, prepared for storage, and cultivated to seedling stage before being planted by farmers.

Verallia has financed seven reforestation and agroforestry projects in six countries. These projects, implemented in partnership with local communities, are designed to have a significant social and environmental impact. Through them, over 300,000 trees were planted between 2019 and 2021, supporting 260 farmers and impacting 255 hectares directly.

Implementing projects nearby our plants

Since 2021, Verallia has been working with Reforest'Action to contribute to reforestation projects implemented near the Group's plants. A total of 113,000 trees have been planted in seven countries where our plants are located. Reforest'Action is also working to raise awareness of all the benefits of reforestation. The Reforest'Action website features an interactive map and a description of each project: https:/​/​www.reforestaction.com/​verallia.

For each tree planted, Reforest'Action estimates the positive impact on the climate, biodiversity, health and employment 57. These indicators are not certified, but are useful for materialising the impact in a more tangible way rather than the number of trees planted.

For example, the 113,000 trees planted contribute an average of 19,200 tonnes of stored CO 2 per year, provide 384,000 shelters for animals, generate 512,000 months of oxygen and create 128,000 hours of work.

Projects implemented at our plants, spearheaded by our employees: Nature on Site

Carried out in partnership with PUR since 2019, Nature on Site 58 is a company-wide annual competition that rewards environmental and social projects at our production sites. The concept: employees at our plants volunteer to work on projects that will be evaluated through three criteria (environmental benefits, social benefits, and team motivation). Each year, the two prize-winning projects are allocated a budget of 50,000 euros.

In 2022, as recognition of the exceptional quality of the applications submitted, the jury awarded prizes to three projects.

The project in Mendoza, Argentina, will create a "wall" of trees that acts as a barrier, to help regulate temperature, and block wind and noise. A botanical garden will inform the public on local plant varieties.

The project in Jacutinga, Brazil, plants trees around water storage pools to help eliminate odours.

The project in Gniezno, Poland will trap pollutants in the air through an "anti-smog" green wall with prairie flowers.

Each of these projects also includes specially-landscaped spaces for employees to enjoy.

56 "Insetting" means assessing, reducing and offsetting a company's climate and environmental footprint by developing projects that have a socioenvironmental impact within its value chain, to enhance the value of them and build a sustainable society..
57 What are the benefits of trees on the climate, biodiversity, health and employment? https:/​/​www.reforestaction.com/​en/​frequently-asked-questions
58 Formerly known as the "Integration Program," the competition got a makeover for 2023 and a new name: "Nature on Site." While integration made reference to how the site integrated into its ecosystem, the new name "Nature on Site" places emphasis on nature-based solutions that are initiated sites, a more accurate description for communicating about the competition.

2.3. Ensuring a safe and inclusive work environment for all

"At Verallia, developing and ensuring a safe and inclusive work environment for all of our employees is at the heart of our preoccupations. First and foremost, this means safety is our first priority. The glassmaking profession is a demanding one. It is our duty to ensure that our 10,000 employees are safe.

This focus also includes promoting inclusion and diversity across all entities. Workstation adaptation and inclusion of women are issues that we have addressed in our overall strategy through quantifiable objectives. Every day, we strive to improve in these areas.

Finally, we are conscious that the development of our people - and their well-being - over the course of their journey at our company are key factors for our performance. Therefore, our 2023 ambition to develop and deploy our company brand, as well as the various local programmes contributing to quality of life at work, are a testament to this."

Mathilde Joannard, Group Human Resources Director, Head of Communication

Key figures

scrollen
TF2 < 1.5 35% women managers Employee share ownership > 5%
Target 2025 Target 2025 Target 2025
Achieve an accident frequency rate TF2 < 1.5 by 2025. Reach 35% women in management at the Group level in 2025. Double employee share ownership by 2025 compared to 2019.

Context and challenges

With 32 glassmaking production sites, Verallia's industrial activity presents risks to health and safety, which must be prevented and controlled. By joining the Group, the 10,000 or so employees have come on board a company that has made a strong commitment to ensuring that each person returns home in good health after a day's work.

Another major challenge for Verallia is developing an inclusive workplace in an industrial context that can create barriers to hiring because of difficult job conditions. For example, positions in the plant have historically attracted less women. They have also been less accessible to people with disabilities, for whom specific adjustments must be made in order to allow them to meet demanding physical requirements. To respond to these constraints, Verallia endeavours to include candidates with a variety of backgrounds in its recruitment process and to guarantee diversity and accessibility in its professions.

Finally, as a responsible employer, Verallia offers sustainable employment with career growth prospects. The Group contributes to the economic development in the local communities where its plants operate. Situated for the most part in rural areas, the company offers its employees the opportunity to acquire skills and unique glassmaking know-how.

Key objectives and results

scrollen
Commitments Objectives Performance indicators Reference year results 2022 Results Progress vs. 2021 2025 Target
Guarantee health and safety for all Aim for zero accidents and achieve TF2 < 1.5 by 2025 Accident frequency rate (with or without lost 5.5 in 2019 3.6 -32% <1.5
Promote diversity and inclusion Reach 35% female managers at the Group level by 2025 Share of female managers 29% in 2019 31.3 +0.9 point 35%
Reach 4.5% employment of people with disabilities by 2025 Share of employees with disabilities 3% in 2019 3.3% -0.1 point 4.5%
Support employee skills development Double employee share ownership by 2025 compared to 2019 Capital held by employees 2.6% in 2019 3.8% +0.3 point >5%
scrollen
Commitments 2030 Target
Guarantee health and safety for all
Promote diversity and inclusion
Support employee skills development

2022 Highlights

In 2022, tangible actions were taken to enhance training development, better identify risks, and communicate effectively.

These actions have produced meaningful results, in particular, a decrease in the number of accidents in the plants. Two highlights of the year include a global H&S day focused on ergonomics, and the first edition of Diversity Day. Through a showcase for health and safety, the Group confirmed its commitment to preserving the health of all its employees - whether they work at a plant or in an office. The event dedicated to diversity reflected Verallia's desire to cultivate a diverse, inclusive workplace.

Once again, the new shareholder offering reserved for employees carried out in 2022 proved popular among employees. As a result, the capital increase reserved for employees reached the cap authorised by the Board of Directors, i.e. 0.5% of the share capital, and increased the share of capital owned by employees to over 4% on completion of the 2022 transaction, which places Verallia among the top 10 companies on the SBF120 in terms of employee shareholding. As of December 31, 2022, employees held 3.8% of the capital.

2.3.1. Guarantee health and safety for all

23.1.1. HSE Governance

scrollen
Roles Name of body Main areas of work in 2022
Performance review • Chief Executive Officer Review and monitor HSE KPIs, define the year's strategic orientations, and approve financing plans. Number of meetings: 12
• Operations Director - Member of the Executive Committee
• Geographic area Industrial Directors
• Geographic area CEOs
Network organisation and strategy steering EHS Director Define two new EHS standards and update the three existing ones, organise the EHS Excellence Centre Number of meetings: 12
Coordination at all levels (well-being) Human Resources Director Provide guidance to departments on project implementation
Regional roll-out Geographic area EHS managers Conduct site inspections and define budget targets according to needs by region: ergonomics plan roll-out, ongoing crystalline silica action plan, etc. Number of meetings: 12
Rollout in all entities Site EHS manager Organise Global H&S Day focused on ergonomics
ApproOwnershippriation Employees Develop the Safety Gemba Walk (managerial routine), participate in H&S Day

"We began rolling out our pillar, or the H&S "bottle" in 2020. The results in 2022 are positive, since we reduced the number of accidents by at least 30%, which is very encouraging. Our objective remains, however, reaching the zero accident level. Managers were more present in the field, and their observations and responsiveness were amplified. Finally, sharing experience across sites has now become systematic. The message is clear: "Let's keep our eyes open."

Karim BEN M'RAD, EHS Director, in charge of the operational experience

2.3.1.2. Policies & performance

Verallia's EHS policy aims for "zero accidents" and is fully in line with the Group's industrial excellence programme, Verallia Industrial Management (VIM).

This policy applies to all of the Group's sites and people working with Verallia, whether employees, temporary workers, or subcontractors. It comprises 22 EHS standards: 18 safety standards, 1 health standard, and 3 environmental standards (including 1 on waste management, new for 2022). These standards are reviewed on average every three years, or when necessary, in response to an incident. In 2022, three standards were updated following accidents that occurred in relation to loading lorries. In particular, these standards cover machine safety, employees' on-site movements, maintenance interventions and risk management. To facilitate roll-out, they are translated into all languages spoken within the Group.

scrollen
Level 4 Interdependent Safety culture
Sustainable Employees perform self initiated H&S activities and are taking care of all their colleagues
Level 3 Managers are Safety agents and support employees to become safety agents as well:
Proactive SMAT is a management routine also practiced by employees
Level 2 We have rules and we know where risks are:
Preventive Cardinal Rules, Safety /​Health standards and SOP are implemented and visible. Risk assessment are performed.
Level 1 We know why and where we have accidents:
Reactive Structured analysis of accidents. Countermeasures developed and horizontal expansion done

The Group's Health and Safety policy is based on the H&S "bottle", a genuine roadmap launched in 2020. It gives details on the various tools (standards, risk analysis, cardinal rules) and the associated management system. In addition, it outlines the steps to fostering an everyday safety culture where each employee contributes to their own safety and that of their colleagues. The H&S "bottle" defines four levels of maturity with regard to safety (see illustration above): Reactive /​ Preventive /​ Proactive /​ Sustainable. Each site assesses its maturity level at least once a year in order to define an action plan for making progress.

In 2022, Verallia concentrated its H&S action plans on raising awareness, training managers and plant employees on the information in the 22 EHS standards, applying it, and targeted identification of specific actions to implement according to region and plant.

To encourage compliance with Group rules and mobilise all of its employees on this crucial issue, Verallia implemented a reward system for Safety performance at its 32 glass production plants in 2019. In 2022, the scope of this programme was widened to include non-glassmaking sites (decoration plants and cullet treatment centres).

There are two critical criteria for reaching a level of excellency in safety: zero accidents with or without lost time for more than 1 million hours worked or for more than 24 months.

To date, 10 sites (eight glassmaking sites and two non-glassmaking sites) have received this recognition and raised the "EHS Excellence Centre" flag at their plant.

scrollen
Ensure the health and safety of everyone
Key commitments and objectives Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Do what is necessary to move closer to the goal of zero accidents Objective: Achieve TF2 <1.5 by 2025 Frequency rate (with or without lost time) (TF2): 3.6 5.3 4.6
Do what is necessary to move closer to the goal of zero accidents Monitoring of the number of accidents with and without lost time 76 105 88
Do what is necessary to move closer to the goal of zero accidents Severity rate 0.25 0.29 /​

Verallia's actions pertaining to health and safety translate into a significant improvement in all monitoring indicators between 2021 and 2022. The number of accidents 59 decreased by 28% with respect to 2021 and the frequency rate (TF2) decreased by 32%. This is one of the best performances the Group has ever recorded.

Among other things, it is the result of actions implemented in France and in Germany, which are described in this section. In particular, a safety coordinator was recruited in France in January 2022 for non-glassmaking sites to respond to the specificities of this region (specifically the diversity of professions on the five French sites). This led to a decrease in the number of accidents with and without lost time (5 in 2022 vs. 18 in 2021). Such progress is to be viewed moderately in light of a degradation in results in Italy and Latin America, reminders of the importance of constantly reassessing each site and continual monitoring of action plans specific to each region.

59 The number of accidents (76 in 2022) includes subcontractors, as in 2021.

2.3.1.3. Action 1: Do what is necessary to move closer to the goal of zero accidents

The Group's safety policy is rolled out according to three key areas: risk assessments, awareness-raising among employees (including temporary workers and subcontractors) and compliance with cardinal rules.

1. Assess the risks specific to each of the Group's sites

A safety risk analysis is performed for each site, and is updated on a continual basis. It covers all tasks performed by employees and is based on three criteria. Frequency, severity and probability are assessed, allowing the associated level of risk to be defined (critical, moderate, low). According to the risk level identified, suitable action plans are rolled out at each plant.

Each accident is shared throughout the Group and then checks are performed at all plants in order to standardise the actions to be taken to resolve the issue. This procedure not only allows common risks to be identified and minimised, but also to refine the standards based on the feedback from each plant.

In addition to these risk analyses, the Group communicates widely on its slogan: 60 seconds to think before action. This "minute of thought" is a step taken by employees before beginning each task in order to account for the changing operational environment when identifying risks.

In 2022, risk prevention actions were carried out in particular in France and in Germany. Specifically, this involved generalised adoption of the Safety Gemba Walk 60 that makes it possible to detect hazardous situations and to implement preventive actions.

2. Raise awareness among all employees, temporary workers and subcontractors

The Group promotes the organisation of awareness-raising campaigns as close to the field as possible. This way, all sites raise employee awareness of the need to attend to their own safety and that of their colleagues. Employees are urged to report every H&S hazard and take action immediately in the event of any situation or behaviour that they consider dangerous.

In 2022, the Group continued the awareness-raising campaign it had launched in 2021 on the IS 61 machine, which generates 50% of the Group's accidents. The nine rules defined in 2021 were communicated to employees through awareness-raising videos translated into several languages, also made available on the intranet. On most sites, the nine safety rules were summarised in a leaflet, which was distributed and posted.

60 The Safety Gemba Walk: Gemba is a Japanese word that today signifies routine observation by management in the field.
61 IS machine. IS: Individual Section in English. This is the forming machine in which the molten glass is "formed" to produce two bottles.

Other major training and awareness-raising actions were carried out in 2022 in France and in Germany, in particular:

scrollen

Standardisation of the training process for temporary employees operating hot end 62 machines, and skills improvement before beginning in the position;

A comprehensive communications plan initiated two years ago, focuses on a better grasp of risks, using videos filmed at Verallia plants that present real-life situations.

3. Monitor compliance with the cardinal rules and support the progress made by our sites

Compliance with and application of the four cardinal rules are what makes it possible to limit the most common and the most severe accident risks identified by the Group. The rules are as follows:

scrollen

Do not neutralise or disable safety devices;

Always wear appropriate personal protective equipment;

Apply the Lock out, Tag out (LOTO) procedure for any intervention;

Do not misuse equipment or tools.

In 2022, Verallia continued communications to employees about these four cardinal rules.

4 CARDINAL RULES
STAYING ALIVE

In line with the continuous improvement logic of the Verallia production system, every accident occurring at a company site is analysed using the root cause analysis (RCA) methodology, whether it concerns an employee or a subcontractor. This eight-step analysis aims to eliminate any risk of further occurrence by addressing the root causes of the accident and identifying the reasons for failure to identify and manage the risk prior to the accident. These elements are incorporated into training plans for operators and subcontractors, as well as accident prevention and risk analysis plans. In 2022, the RCA was broadened to include first aid (TF3 63 ).

Internal self-evaluations are scheduled at least once a year by the Regional EHS Managers and conducted with the plant EHS managers. The purpose of these is to assess the application of Verallia rules and standards within sites through the Group EHS audit framework, and lead to the systematic implementation of an action plan.

In 2022, EHS managers travelled to all the plants in their regions in order to identify risks specific to each one and define budgets accordingly, adjusted to their needs per the seven risk categories.

62 A hot end machine is equipment that enables glass to be handled after melting at temperatures over 600°C.
63 TF3 = Frequency rate 3, accidents reported and minor accidents per million hours worked

Share of EHS investments Verallia

These investments have enabled the roll-out of technical solutions for reducing risks especially regarding three high-impact aspects:

scrollen

environment: measurements to ensure that the opacity of the smoke coming from mould greasing does not exceed the thresholds set;

crystalline silica: establishing technical action plans in each region in order to prevent and limit the dust generated as well as to collect it in a central location.

From a practical standpoint this means new tools (for example, a central vacuum system, or a cleaning booth for operators). It also means stricter rules (for example, access authorisations limited to trained personnel, limiting exposure time);

scrollen

safety: strengthening employee protections to prevent the risk of "glass-blower cataract" linked to the optic radiation emitted by hot glass, rendering it mandatory to wear tinted safety glasses.

→ Outlook

In 2023, Verallia will focus specifically on the following actions:

scrollen

simplify risk analyses in order to adjust them for everyday use in the field by managers;

a substantial increase in forming machine safety by rolling out a solution patented by Verallia at all its plants between now and 2025;

define groupwide practices to adopt for the 20 most "at risk" actions, identified in concert with all Verallia sites.

Organise a communications campaign about these standards, using video;

scrollen

continue to require wearing tinted safety glasses;

continue to provide coaching for managers so that they upskill in relation to job-specific risk analyses and problem solving;

develop communications on the regional level by empowering sites to choose the topics and for create the awareness-raising campaigns.

2.3.1.4. Action 2: Continuously improve the working conditions of our employees

Verallia has identified ergonomics as a crucial issue for workplace well-being. In a glass production plant, frequent handling of production tooling and moulds can result in MSDs (musculoskeletal disorders). In 2021, a tool for measuring ergonomics permitted each site to identify concerns specific to it. In 2022, action plans were established, combining general actions applicable to each plant and more targeted ones. From a general standpoint, the three main aspects addressed are:

scrollen

continuing to invest in tools that help carry loads (hoists, forklifts, clamps, etc.) and make equipment more adjustable;

upgrading tooling by evaluating and replacing them with more ergonomic versions, and sharing recommendations with all sites. In 2022, after collecting information on existing practices, we addressed the issue of manual clamping devices for bottles. We then made recommendations for standardising three possible models (to meet safety and ergonomic criteria);

calling upon our ergonomics specialist to intervene upstream of furnace reconstruction projects, or when setting up new machines. The idea is to take preventive action during the various phases of the project

Excerpts from the video message from K. Ben Mrad introducing the H&S 2022 Day on the topic of ergonomics "... Our production environments are constantly changing and therefore are not always well-suited to the task at hand.

Ergonomics takes a human approach to our work spaces and equipment. It's how space and production are organised; it's a way to improve productivity without the slightest restriction.

Ergonomics involves interaction, observation, and investigation, to find sustainable solutions together."

Alongside this, the Group has continued adding to the Blue Book, a real repository of good practices shared with the entire network after validation by an ergonomcst. In this way, the Blue Book facilitates rapid implementation of actions based on the experiences of other glassmaking plants. The Blue Book, and more broadly, our ergonomics tools, are meant to evolve. In the spirit of continuous improvement, the Group will re-evaluate contents of the Blue Book and the results of ergonomics assessments every two years in order to verify the efficiency of the actions implemented.

The "Zero handling by hand" project that began in 2021 under the supervision of the Group EHS Director made it possible to set up solutions for eliminating manual handling. It also paved the way for reaching a target fitment rate of 100% for equipping forming machines with hoists at every station (69% in 2021).

→ Outlook

The year 2023 will allow the Group to:

scrollen

Reassess the rate of hoist fitment to make progress towards the objective of 100%;

Reassess the results of ergonomics tools to re-identify new areas in which to take action.

2.3.2. Promote diversity and inclusion

2.3.2.1 Governance

scrollen
Roles Name of body Main areas of work in 2022
Strategy definition and implementations Human Resources and Communications department, CSR department (1) (2) Establish an HR dashboard to track the main indicators, including objectives; set forth plans for the first Diversity Day, a Careers Committee, a recruitment platform, an HR development roadmap , and the first session of Group Onboarding.
Regional roll-out Geographic area HR Directors (3) Roll out individual social responsibility reports (SRI), implement mandatory trainings via the digital platform and Diversity & Inclusion actions. Each region implemented and rolled out its awareness-raising programmes according to the needs of each entity.
Rollout in all entities Plant HR Managers (4) Inventory of the workstations that are most accessible to persons with disabilities
Ownership Employees Participate in awareness-raising workshops on diversity and inclusion in plants

(1) Member of the Executive Committee
(2) Includes the specific function of Human Resources Development Director.
(3) Five Regional HR Directors: France, Italy, Iberia, Northern and Central Europe, and Latin America
(4) 32 plants worldwide

Since 2022, the Group Sustainable Development Department is no longer within the scope of the Group HR Department. It is now placed under the responsibility of the CSR and legal departments.

2.3.2.2 Policies & performance

People are at the heart of Verallia's HR strategy. Its HR policy is laid out accordingly, to respect individuals and promote a diverse and inclusive environment. Through this policy, Verallia desires to promote a different form of cooperation with a variety of profiles and raise employee awareness of the richness and complementarity that comes with greater diversity within the company.

The HR policy also promotes gender equality in the workplace through the following areas:

1. ensuring that hiring decisions are made on the basis of skills alone, through the use of unbiased recruitment tools, clear and genderneutral job descriptions, and interviewing female and male candidates in the proportion to the applications received;

2. ensuring conditions for access to training determined by the job position, analysing needs based on skills matrices;

3. ensuring a fair Group compensation policy based on a rating system for each job position;

4. ensuring fairness in the promotion process by allowing women to apply for opportunities without self-censorship and encouraging female leadership;

5. Promoting work-life balance in professional, personal and family life;

Beyond gender diversity, Verallia commits to promoting and developing the diversity of their teams, their gender balance, and the accessibility of workstations. In particular, as an industrial group, Verallia's ability to accommodate people with disabilities in our plant jobs is crucial to the development of our inclusion policy.

In a more general way, the Group is attentive to creating - on all its sites - work environments that are free from discriminatory behaviour. This provides the opportunity for everyone to advance themselves into all company job areas, particularly those traditionally held by men or that are not very accessible.

scrollen
Promote diversity and inclusion
Commitments Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Promote and increase the share of women within the Company Gender Equality Index (1) 68 67 70
Objectives: 35% women executives at Group level by 2025.
female managers (2) 31.3% 30.4% 29.8%
women in the workforce 17.9% 17.2% 16.5%
Make diversity a precious asset % of people with disabilities 3.3% 3.4% 3.3%
Objective: reach 4.5% employment of people with disabilities by 2025.

(1) The gender equality index is calculated according to the method provided by French law, which applies to all French and foreign companies.
(2) The share of female managers and the ratio of women to managers at the end of the year, as explained in the table in appendix.

The gender equality index is improving in 2022 vs 2021, in particular due to the increase in the indicator in companies in the Europe zone.

The proportion of women and female managers continues to increase, due to the active policy on this subject.

Despite the number of disabled people recruited, the proportion of disabled workers in the group fell slightly.

2.3.2.3 Action 1: Make diversity a precious asset

In 2022, Verallia set out its approach to diversity at the Group level, which translated into establishing an action plan approved by the Board of Directors. This action plan is a roadmap that conveys Verallia's desire to place employee professional development and engagement at the heart of its strategy. In the years to come, it will be rolled out on an operational level. By affirming the strategic dimension of the issues revolving around diversity in this way, Verallia has crossed a milestone. These questions were previously dealt with at the local scale; now, they are monitored within the framework of shared Group orientations and objectives on diversity. Regions have the freedom to organise their own approaches.

Many actions were carried out in 2022 to raise awareness among employees of Verallia's inclusive values, and rally them around diversity issues.

At Group level, the first Diversity Day was organised on 08 March 2022 during Verallia Days. As the tangible manifestation of the kick-off of the Group's approach, this special day was the opportunity to raise awareness of all forms of diversity (gender, disability) and to promote mutual respect. Locally, awareness-raising initiatives continue to be adapted to each culture and rolled out as close to employees as possible, thus guaranteeing their success and garnering support. Finally, special workshops raising awareness of diversity were led specifically for the Group Executive Committee in 2022.

Engaging all employees on diversity and inclusion

In Spain, Verallia became a member of the CEO por la diversidad alliance, which brings together some 60 executives from large Spanish companies in 2021. In 2022, it pursued collaboration with the organisation supporting the project, Adecco Foundation. The purpose of the alliance is to build a common, innovative vision of diversity, equity and inclusion. At the same time, it encourages taking concrete, practical action on the subject.

In 2022, Verallia's actions in Spain focused on:

scrollen

awareness-raising campaigns on inclusion, designed for all members of executive management, plant managers, human resources managers and support staff;

an inclusive volunteer event during Environment Day, which was attended by over 100 employees and benefited the Adecco Foundation;

creation of a campaign encouraging people with disabilities to file a declaration with the company, thereby promoting better inclusion.

Diversos, an ambitious programme in Latin America that encourages discussion and opens up debate

Rolled out in the LATAM region, the Diversos programme promotes an environment for employees that is inclusive and free from prejudice or discrimination. It encourages everyone to be themselves and to show their full potential. Through this programme, management receives tools for training, internal communications, and recruitment that aim to develop diversity and inclusion in all these areas.

In 2022, the outcomes of the programme were as follows:

scrollen

over 40 hours of instruction provided in order to reconsider the recruitment process with an eye to diversity and inclusion;

over 1,500 hours of training on diversity and inclusion administered to around 150 participants;

three "Ask me Anything"-style gatherings, in which people outside the company were invited to share their experience and answer questions from attendees. This made it possible for 425 employees to discuss the challenges and issues encountered in the workplace regarding disabilities, backgrounds, and the role of women. The satisfaction rate for the turnout was nearly 90%, making the programme a resounding success with employees. Such enthusiasm can be explained mainly by the safe space afforded to all employees to speak freely, and without judgement.

In 2022, the impact of the Diversos programme materialised with the hiring of 86 women and 14 employees with disabilities in Latin America.

Facilitate awareness of biases in speech and empower employees to speak up

One of the actions under the Diversos programme in Brazil consisted in assembling all employees from the Porto Fereira plant for a session on bias. Each person was given a card with either "I have already said this" or "I have never said this" written on it. They also received cards with statements like: "This is not a job for a woman" or "You're blind, I thought you were normal!" Each person had to pick the card that matched their situation. By holding this workshop face-to-face with all employees in the plant, each person was able to recognise what may be perceived as hurtful or discriminatory, and to build a shared basis for expression.

This initiative, part of the Diversos programme, is called "Prejudices and words that don't fit anymore."

→ Outlook

In 2023, Verallia plans to:

scrollen

pursue organisation and roll-out of the Group Diversity approach, in particular by developing trainings on inclusion and recruitment biases on the digital platform;

expand "Ask me Anything" from the Diversos programme groupwide.

2.3.2.4. Action 2: Promote and increase the share of women within the Company

The inclusion of women in high-level governance bodies

In line with the ESG roadmap, Verallia applies the principles of its internal promotion policy at the highest level of the Company. In 2022, 27% of the Group's Executive Committee members were women (three total).

WoMen@Verallia, a mentoring programme that will be expanded to the country Management Committees

Since 2019, the Group has offered a mentoring programme intended for women throughout the company. Since its inception, 30 female employees have benefited from it, including 11 in 2022. This initiative addresses the following objectives:

scrollen

increasing the visibility of women with potential within the company;

creating favourable conditions for the personal and professional development of participants in the programme;

facilitating participants' career development;

changing the perceptions of mentees and mentors.

In order to provide better support for this programme, Verallia has put the following measures in place:

scrollen

a guide explaining the programme and its essential features, which is circulated among mentees and mentors and was updated in 2022;

a kick-off meeting held at the beginning of each session to define the principles of how the relationship works;

a wrap-up meeting held at the end of the programme to talk about the experience, share the strengths of the programme and avenues for improvement.

All participants recommended that the programme go on, finding it a motivating boost to their self-confidence.

Although this initiative is led by the Group, similar mentoring programs have been developed in the various subsidiaries in Italy, Spain and Germany. In all, 58 women from different subsidiaries have been mentored, a community that will surely grow each year as part of a continuous improvement dynamic. The programme exists in Spain and Germany and will be developed throughout the regions where the Group operates.

Raise employee awareness of inclusion and the professional development of women at industrial sites

In 2022, the plant in Dego, Italy, organised an event called Il Futuro in Rosa. The objective is to invite female employees to articulate a career goal and work practically towards it through workshops. This event was also the occasion to introduce the company and its governance, and to present career opportunities transparently. Female employees holding management positions were also asked to share their experiences and tell how their career has advanced in the time that they have worked for the company.

Following the event organised in 2021 attended by thirty-some employees, four reached their career goal.

In the long term, the objective is to open these events up to all employees - men included - then to duplicate the event on the regional level, in order to promote inclusion overall and to develop each person's potential.

→ Outlook

In 2023, initiatives for promoting diversity and inclusion will move ahead, in particular through:

scrollen

continuation of the mentoring program, whether at Executive Committee level or regional Management Committee level, with the creation and organisation of a network of mentees; a full line-up of conferences targeted especially for female employees;

regular monitoring of indicators related to gender diversity;

establishment of a day dedicated to developing Verallia's network of women.

2.3.2.5. Action 3: Ensure the continued employment of people with disabilities

The inclusion of people with disabilities is a constant concern in the Group's plants, reflected in the following commitments:

scrollen

ensuring access to a maximum number of positions, including those that would be difficult for someone who is not currently physically fit. On this point in particular, the Group is developing several tools to reduce the need to carry loads. The plans developed are mentioned in Section 2.3.1.4 of this document under the heading "Ensuring a safe and inclusive place to work";

maintaining employment of people with medical restrictions or occupational disabilities, to enable them to stay employed at the Company and in their job area.

In 2022, a certain number of actions were undertaken within the Group:

scrollen

In conjunction with industrial teams, the most accessible and the most adaptable job positions in the plant were listed. As a result, a comprehensive mapping was drawn up of the positions that can be offered in priority to people with disabilities;

raising employees' awareness about disabilities through Diversity Day and the inception of a newsletter;

monitoring of social commitments made by the Group and corresponding performance indicators by steering committees;

creation of a working group on disabilities in the workplace to develop new actions.

→ Outlook

In 2023, the Group will pursue its efforts to:

scrollen

raise awareness and create a climate of trust in order to make it easier for employees who would like to declare a disability to take those steps;

develop workstation ergonomics and tools to make them accessible for all;

develop trainings to fight recruitment-related bias.

2.3.3. Support employee skills development

2.3.3.1. Governance

All issues related to the professional development of employees and their well-being are managed by the Human Resources Department. The governance structure remains the same as that presented in Section 2.3.2.1.

2.3.3.2. Policies & performances

Verallia is rolling out policies regarding employee development via key areas which are training and employee engagement, compensation and employee share ownership, and workplace well-being.

In terms of training, each year, the Group defines the priority areas of its policy in line with operational objectives. The general trainings administered by the Group concern compliance, leadership, commitment to company values, specialised occupational training, and EHS. They aim to align all country structures with respect to regulations-related topics. Locally, training actions are defined in the context of specific training plans.

Fair pay is one of the pillars of Verallia's compensation policies. It is based on grading systems, which are supplemented by external benchmarks. The sharing of value is structured through individual and collective variable compensation schemes, according to employee categories.

In particular, the variable compensation policy is based on financial and non-financial criteria. This is to ensure consistency between the company's corporate interest and market and industry practices, and competitive compensation levels. Additionally, it ensures that a strong link to the Company's performance remains, and that a balance is struck between short, medium or long-term performance.

The key component of these schemes is the employee share ownership policy, a strategic pillar for involving employees in the long-term development and performance of the Group. It offers Verallia employees the opportunity to become a company shareholder under special conditions that are approved by the Board of Directors (maximum discount of 20% and a matching contribution scale favourable to even the most modest contributions) through FCPE, Verallia's employee investment fund or via direct share ownership.

scrollen
Support our employees in their professional development and value their involvement
Commitments Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Develop our employees' skills Average number of training hours per employee (fixed-term and permanent) 33h 31h 25h
Develop our employees' engagement Engagement index (every two years) NA 57% NA
2025 Objective: to achieve an employee engagement index of 70% by 2025.
Guarantee fair compensation and ensure the sharing of value Proportion of share capital held by employees 3.8% 3.5% 3.2%
Objective: to double employee share ownership between 2019 and 2025, to reach 5%.

The number of hours of training has increased significantly, especially in face-to-face training, with the end of the confinement periods.

The survey on the evaluation of the commitment is carried out every other year, and will take place in 2023.

The share of capital held by employees is increasing following the new offer reserved for employees in 2022.

scrollen
Evolution of employment and engagement
Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Percentage of permanent contracts 9.4% 7.1% 4.2%
Voluntary turnover (1) (resignations from permanent and fixed-term contract staff) 5.0% 4.6% 2.60%
Absenteeism rate 5.5% 5.0% 5.5%

(1) Voluntary turnover concerns all resignations (permanent and fixed-term contracts) from 2021 onwards. Only fixed-term resignations used to be counted

The increase in the permanent hiring rate is mainly due to the impact of recruitments in Brazil.

The turnover rate is stable.

Absenteeism, after a decline in 2021, is back to its 2020 level, with this trend affecting all regions.

2.3.3.3. Action 1: Develop our employees' skills

Implement plant self-assessments as part of the "People Development" bottle roll-out

Fully integrated to Verallia Industrial Management (VIM), the Group's operational excellence improvement strategy, the "People Development" working group is doing in-depth work on employee development. Using a model similar to the H&S policy, this approach is organised into several levels of maturity regarding projected management of jobs and career paths (see illustration below).

scrollen
Level 4 We have a strong pool of talents sustain operational excellence:
Sustainable The people development process supports strategic objectives and people show satisfaction about their own development.
Level 3 We anticipate the future needs of the LRP:
Proactive We reinforce people development to cope with the LRP changes. We initiate advanced and qualifying training programs.
Level 2 We raise a plan:
Preventive We define a Development plan by category of employees and start training according gaps and needs to cope with current challenges. We control the execution and efficiency of the plan.
Level 1 We recognise some gaps:
Reactive We get prepared by identifying immediate training needs, initiating transfer of skills and knowledge. HERCA process is implemented

By way of example, in 2021 these efforts enabled gaps to be identified in temporary worker and subcontractor training. In 2022, training plans were rolled out specifically for these categories of the workforce, thereby contributing to a significant reduction in the number of accidents. This system allows Verallia to project employee training needs (e.g., use of electric furnace technology at the Cognac plant).

Regional management training programmes launched to develop independence and an entrepreneurial spirit

In addition to the usual management training courses, programmes are implemented in the different regions to prepare potential young talents and/​or managers to assume managerial functions. These programmes are an opportunity for participants to create a professional network and to receive trainings aimed at personal development.

In 2022, these programmes were enhanced and developed -- particularly in Latin America, where the second session of the Leader's Path programme was held in Brazil. This initiative aims to empower future executives to reach the Group's goals through better management of potential, and a feeling of belonging. This year, 25 managers took part in the programme, of which 40% were women.

In Germany, the Verallia Deutschland Next Generation Leader programme began in September 2020 and finished in March 2022. It closed with a session for nine participants held at the Chalon (France) training centre. Each participant benefited from individual assessments of their potential and skills. They now have well-defined personal development plans. This programme is scheduled to return, with the 2022 class of Next Generation Leader participants ushered in. An ambassador network has emerged on the Group's social networks, promoting its corporate image and drawing new talents.

Anticipate employee advancement within the Group through talent reviews

An individual talent review is conducted twice a year for all country and/​or region managerial positions. For management teams in each region, it's the opportunity to share performance evaluations of staff members and to identify those who show potential for taking on management positions. It is also useful for planning and implementing the resources necessary for preparing tomorrow's leaders.

Through Careers Committee, all HR departments are informed of available jobs for key positions within the company and can present these opportunities to candidates who have been identified in their regions. The objective is to facilitate circulation of the information and to improve the visibility of jobs available within the group.

Foster recruitment of new talents by rolling out new tools and programmes

In Latin America, programmes are rolled out to foster recruitment and development of young future talents. In this way, in 2022, an apprenticeship programme was instrumental in training 24 young people on industrial and administrative professions by allowing them to alternate between practical experience on site or in Verallia plants, and technical education at partner schools. Seven women were hired at the conclusion of the apprenticeship programme.

Also in Latin America, another programme called "Trainee" was rolled out to offer internships to engineering students. The goal was to give these students training in the field over the course of a year by having them take part in strategic projects, for example reducing carbon emissions. Thirteen interns were recruited for the "Trainee" programme in March 2022, and may potentially hold key positions in the medium to long term.

In 2022, Verallia in Germany spearheaded several public relations actions about its business in the local communities near its plants. The idea was to boost its employer brand image among young people. Actions included sponsoring local sports teams, advertising in movie theatres or on taxis, visits to schools and trade fairs. It was also active online through social media, the company blog and career portal, where a promotional video was posted.

Finally, a Group project revolving around its employer brand was launched at the end of 2022. Its goal is to redefine the recruitment policy at the social level, in order to showcase career development at Verallia and promote its CSR ambitions. The first initiatives will get off the ground in 2023.

→ Outlook

The following priorities have been identified for 2023:

scrollen

Create a shared digital career development platform where technical trainings and other key topics for the Group are made available all in one place;

Review talent management processes and tools, and particularly identifying future skills needs linked to anticipated changes in job areas and future technological developments;

Give more visibility to job change possibilities and develop individual career plans, and specifically create a Group careers website;

Provide guidance to managers on how to develop their teams by fostering a culture of feedback, transparency and talent detection;

Implement the employer brand project

2.3.3.4. Action 2: Develop our employees' engagement

In 2022, the Group pursued development of the action plans defined following the 2021 edition of the biannual opinion survey. The aim is to reach the 2025 objective of achieving 70% employee engagement and thus surpass the reference rate of 62% for the industry. To this end, the Board of Directors approved a roadmap late 2022 that aims to improve employee engagement and the Group's attractiveness. The actions carried out in 2022 pertained primarily to developing Verallia's image through social network campaigns, HR roadshows, communications in the regions to promote the brand to employees, and organisation of Verallia Days groupwide. The promotional campaign on LinkedIn enabled an increase of 32% in the number of people following the Verallia page, positioning the Group as the second most followed company among players in the glassmaking industry. A Verallia Leaders community was also created in order to promote Group image to other employees. It comes together quarterly to develop and follow up on action plans.

→ Outlook

Verallia's key actions in 2023 will aim to:

scrollen

Roll out the Group roadmap on employee engagement;

Improve the employee experience in regions where the company operates, by developing onboarding processes for new hires and group sessions that started end of 2022;

Conduct a third employee engagement survey in order to update the results and show the impact of the various initiatives established since 2021.

2.3.3.5. Action 3: Guarantee fair compensation and ensure the sharing of value

The Group implements a compensation policy according to employee category. It consists of a basic salary and a variable annual component, which compensates individual and collective performance based on the achievement of ambitious objectives while at the same time being subject to a cap to avoid excessive risk-taking.

For managers, the variable compensation policy is rolled out according to the same structure in all countries. It is based on annual financial and non-financial criteria; related to Group, department or country, plant and sales force yearly targets; and includes safety, environment, financial and operational performance components and personal objectives. In 2022, Verallia rolled out an individual social responsibility report (SRI) in each of its regions that enables, among other things, to demonstrate more transparency regarding the levels of compensation.

In 2022, the variable component of the Chief Executive Officer's compensation related to CSR criteria amounted to 20%, and was based on the following annual criteria:

scrollen

Fifty percent of the criteria is related to safety, with improvement of the frequency rate of work-related accidents with or without lost time (known as TF2) to a level less than or equal to 2.3 for the Group (in the event of a fatal accident, the attainment rate for the objective linked to the safety criterion will be deemed to be zero);

Fifty percent of the criteria is linked to increasing the cullet utilisation rate to at least 56.6% for the Group.

In the same way, CSR criteria are taken into account for the variable share of Executive Committee member compensation for the equivalent of 20%. For other employees, it ranges between 10% and 40% according to category (sales, salaried support functions, managers in plants).

Moreover, every year since 2016, the Group has offered employees the chance to acquire company shares under preferential terms. In the space of seven years, these successive offers have been made in 8 countries (France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Portugal, Poland, Brazil and Chile). 41% of employees have become shareholders in the Group, and held 4% of its capital by the end of the 2022 operation. At December 31, 2022, employees held 3.8% of the capital.

In 2022, Verallia proposed:

scrollen

an offer reserved for its employees consisting of a maximum discount of 10% on the share price and an employer matching contribution for each participating employee.

a new free performance share plan for a targeted population of beneficiaries.

In the coming years, the Group will pursue this share offer policy reserved for employees with the target of achieving 5% employee ownership of Verallia's share capital by 2025.

Using schemes similar to the French model of incentive payments, collective compensation schemes linked to collective performance criteria have also been implemented in several countries (Germany, Italy, Spain and Chile). In France, in addition to incentive payments, collective performance compensation is supplemented by profit-sharing schemes, in the companies benefiting from this.

Finally, in addition to its compensation systems, the Group offers employees benefits according to the schemes provided in each country, particularly in relation to health and pension cover.

→ Outlook

In 2023, Verallia's desire is to improve the transparency of the compensation process for employees and managers. In this way, all management can gain a better understanding and be able to explain the compensation information to group employees.

Moreover, the group will refine the variable compensation system for managers by increasing the weight of targets related to safety and to reducing CO 2 emissions.

2.3.3.6. Action 4: Promote the well-being of our employees

The consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic continued to be felt in 2022. Telework was ongoing in particular to ensure everyone's safety and prevent the spread of disease. Group rules on telework have nevertheless stabilised according to geographic area and employee profile.

Agreements signed to find better ways of working together

The groupwide employee engagement survey conducted every two years includes questions specifically on workplace well-being and teleworking. The last survey conducted in 2021 revealed the following results:

scrollen

54% of employees consider that telework and the associated tools are suitable;

54% of employees consider that how the company accounts for their well-being and that their workload is positive;

67% of employees consider that their work-life balance is satisfactory.

These results will be updated after the next engagement survey which will take place in 2023.

Two training programmes have been established. One reminds team leaders of the applicable rules from labour law, and good practices for work organisation. The other reminds employees of their rights and obligations with regard to complying with working time policy.

In France, agreements on the right to disconnect and teleworking are in place for two of the Group's entities (Verallia France and Verallia Packaging, the holding company of the Group). The teleworking agreement specifies the conditions under which employees can and should work remotely from home, and guides managers in supervising this process. In particular, the agreement highlights the need to protect the balance between private and professional life for all employees.

In Latin America, the BEM-ESTAR programme launched in Brazil was rolled out in Chile and in Argentina in 2022. The purpose was to promote balance and harmony in a work environment that respects each person's quality of life and health. It is part of a preventive, awareness-raising approach, that seeks to empower employees and their managers to identify signs related to depression, anxiety and stress.

As part of this programme, employees benefited from 960 hours of counselling and 1,250 hours of training in a conference format. The seven conference themes were aimed at improving how everyday challenges are managed, as well as management of time and productivity, finances, and other topics like nutrition. Ninety-seven percent of conference participants felt that the topics covered were relevant.

Verallia also promotes employee fitness and sport. For example, warm-ups are organised every morning at the plants in Latin America. Verallia also sponsors gym memberships at preferential rates, as is the case in France.

→ Outlook

The initiatives related to workplace well-being will continue being developed in 2023. The Group employee engagement survey will be conducted in July 2023, and include questions specific to well-being, to permit practical actions to be implemented.

2.3.4. Other social information

2.3.4.1. Action 1: Promote social dialogue

Social dialogue has always been at the heart of Verallia's concerns. Discussions evolved in 2021 in response to the global pandemic and has been considerably strengthened since, particularly on issues related to safety and the implementation of preventive measures. Social relations are decentralised and conducted in each country in compliance with staff representation rules.

At the European level, the Group facilitates social dialogue through a European Works Council. In 2022, four meetings were held: Three select meetings and one plenary meeting. In addition, a day of training was offered to employee representatives. This year, an independent expert gave a keynote address at the plenary meeting, commenting on the action plans established by the Group to ensure lower CO 2 emissions.

scrollen
Promote social dialogue
Commitments Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Promote high-quality social dialogue Number of agreements signed or validated during the year 64 70 51

The social dialogue indicator has been redefined and now illustrates the number of social agreements signed or validated throughout the year within the Group.

In 2022, Verallia France led a "GEPP64," negotiation, for which discussions started in November 2021 were in the end suspended. Subsequently, four multifunctional working groups were formed to create the conditions favourable for signing comprehensive collective agreements.

These groups were made up of sales and marketing managers, industrial managers, plant HR managers, and three union organisations. Their work was based on specific, concrete situations they had experienced, drawing on the varied perspectives from different professions. The customer voice, like plant operation, were at the heart of discussions. Passion for their profession, expertise, pride in belonging to the company, and the desire to learn and pass on knowledge, all emerged as Verallia's main strengths. These discussions also served to provide a better understanding of each profession.

The work done here led to five collective agreements being signed unanimously. One of these was an innovative agreement on inflation and buying power paid out in real-time (+4.6% in July 2022 for non-managers), ahead of industrial action observed later on at the national level.

2.3.4.2. Action 2: Comply with the ILO's fundamental rules

In each of the countries where it operates, the Group is committed to complying with international labour standards and applying the statutory employee benefits in force. More broadly, the Group is committed to complying with the fundamental principles of the United Nations on human rights, the fundamental conventions of the International Labour Office (ILO) and the International Declaration of Human Rights. Its adherence to the United Nations Global Compact attests to this commitment.

2.3.5 Creating partnerships with our communities

2.3.5.1 Governance

Specific governance has been put into place for sponsorship actions, described below.

scrollen
Roles Name of body Main areas of work in 2022
Review actions annually Sustainable Development Committee Review projects in Cognac and Seville
Coordination and approval of local partnerships/​sponsorships and controls Group Committee (1) Harmonise the project selection process
Give approval for local partnerships/​sponsorships and controls Local Committee (2) Organise and follows up on local partnerships and sponsorship projects
Make proposals for local partnerships/​sponsorships and is responsible for organizing them CSR Department Preselect projects, making proposals for 12 projects in 2022

(1) Chief Executive Officer, General Counsel and CSR Director and Human Resources Director in charge of Communication
(2) Chief Executive Officer, General Counsel, and Chief Financial Officer country/​region

2.3.5.2. Policies & performance

Conscious that the impact of its activity is not limited to its production sites, Verallia incorporates the ecosystem concept into its strategy and action plans.

Sites are indeed located at the heart of a number of communities (employees, customers, local communities, neighbouring residents). The integration of production sites into their local ecosystem, particularly through landscape projects, contributes to the well-being of employees and the protection of the environment.

The sponsorship actions implemented are consistent with the Group's CSR roadmap. They are developed locally to allow local leaders to develop better knowledge of the region, its players and its concerns. Verallia, historically close to rural communities (given the location of its plants), is keen to contribute to the economic and social development of communities through sponsorship activities.

scrollen
Creating partnerships with our communities
Commitments Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Develop corporate and employee sponsorship activities Monetary contributions to communities and NGOs by the company each year €1.5 M €1.5 M €1.5 M

2.3.5.3. Action 1: The desire to strengthen the impact and consistency of our donations or sponsorship actions with Group values and our purpose

In 2022, the process for awarding donations was harmonised throughout the Group. Project selection is now done by a special committee that places projects with a clear link to Verallia's purpose in the spotlight.

In 2022, many actions were carried out by the regions to continue to raise awareness and help their community, on concerns central to the Group's values such as climate change, diversity and inclusion, and solidarity.

Verallia Italy has led a project to raise awareness of climate change among young people at the secondary schools located closest to the Carcare plant. It is called the "Purpose Contest," and was designed to present the challenges of the circular economy. The students had the opportunity to produce a video featuring their vision of sustainable development and the United Nation's sustainable development goals. Verallia Italy also contributes to the Progetto QUID, a project offering immigrant women with a difficult past a second chance to enter the workforce by creating products from unused textile materials.

Since 2021, Verallia France has developed a partnership with the Espérance Banlieues association to finance several half-sized classes. This supports educational models that prevent school dropout and favour social integration of young people. Since 2021, Verallia France has sponsored half-size classes in Reims and Saint-Étienne, and starting in 2022, in Angoulême and Toulouse65. These four half-classes enable us to invest in education, raise awareness of glass and recyclability among young people, and contribute to creating tomorrow's talents.

Finally, the Nature on Site projects (described in Section 2.2.3.) allow the winning sites to better integrate into their ecosystem and connect with communities. For example, in 2021, the Lonigo plant organised an event in partnership with the city and schools, inviting residents to plant 1,000 trees.

In 2022, 73% of the sponsorship budget was allocated to aid in Ukraine (sending trucks of food, clothing, medicine, and firefighting equipment). All divisions participated.

→ Outlook

In 2023, the Group will continue to support regional initiatives in line with its values and purpose. The Group will again develop internal and external communications on projects led and supported by the various subsidiaries, thereby encouraging employee engagement and giving visibility to the multitude of initiatives implemented.

2.4 Complying with our values and ethical principles with our suppliers, clients and employees

"CSR is at the very heart of what we do at Verallia, and absolutely central to our strategy. It includes compliance, which is a vital issue for the company, equally important as our financial results, and covers an extremely broad scope from respect for rules to a way of behaving. This is what gives it real added value for the company. Our four values accordingly include respect for people, laws and the environment. Failure to comply with these rules could jeopardise the company's future and reputation."

Wendy Kool-Foulon, Verallia Group CSR Director & General Counsel

Key figures

scrollen
0 90% of purchases covered by the Supplier Charter 35%
convictions or fines reduction in the customer complaint rate
Target 2025 Target 2025 Target 2025
Ensure zero convictions or fines in respect of our key regulations. Ensure that 90% of purchases remain covered by the Supplier Charter by 2025. Reduce quality claims by 35% between 2020 and 2025.

Context and challenges

At Verallia, business ethics, a prerequisite for any approach to social, societal and environmental responsibility, are based on strict compliance with regulations and rules on corruption, competition, embargoes, personal data, information security and the fight against tax evasion. The multiplicity of regions in which the Group operates, combined with rapid change in local and international regulatory frameworks, requires Verallia to monitor closely both its performance and that of its subsidiaries so as to ensure compliance by all employees in all countries.

Product quality is another of the Group's fundamental commitments. To be effective, Verallia's quality approach requires the full commitment of all stakeholders, as it aims to increase satisfaction right down to the end consumer by rigorously applying food safety requirements.

Lastly, with more than 10,000 suppliers located mainly in the countries where it operates, the Group also faces considerable accountability challenges in the value chain, and its Responsible Purchasing approach is strengthened year after year to meet increasingly demanding expectations in this area.

Key objectives and results

scrollen
Commitments Objectives Performance indicators Base year results 2022 results Progress vs 2021 2025 objective
Comply with key regulations Ensure zero convictions or fines in respect of our key regulations Number of convictions or fines 0 in 2019 0 stable 0
Build engaging and respectful relationships with our suppliers Ensure that 90% of purchases are covered by the Supplier Charter by 2025 % of purchases covered by the Supplier Charter 73% in 2020 88% +6 points 90%
Ensure product quality and safety for customer satisfaction Reduce quality claims by 35% between 2020 and 2025 % decrease in the customer complaint rate vs 2020 2020 -43% -30 points '-35%
scrollen
Commitments 2030 objective
Comply with key regulations
Build engaging and respectful relationships with our suppliers
Ensure product quality and safety for customer satisfaction

Highlights in 2022

In 2022, Verallia began revising its Code of Conduct to include social, societal and environmental dimensions and thus provide a framework for all Group policies. The revised version will be published in early 2023 as a code of ethics applicable across the entire Group.

In the same vein, many of the Group's policies and charters have been updated, notably in the fields of responsible purchasing, supplier relationships, internal whistleblowing procedures and professional associations. The overhaul of these documents and procedures provides a response both to regulatory changes and to the Group's heightened CSR requirements.

2.4.1. Complying with key regulations (corruption, competition, embargoes, personal data, information security)

The Group complies with the tax rules of the countries in which it operates and fulfils its reporting obligations within the required deadlines. Verallia does not use any complex financial arrangements to obtain tax advantages (see Chapter 4) and does not have any subsidiaries in countries on the European Union's "list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes".

2.4.1.1. Governance

scrollen
Role Name of body Main work in 2022
Policy definition and validation Group Legal Department Member of the Executive Committee Ongoing review of the Code of Conduct with a view to replacing it with a code of ethics; Adaptation of the internal whistleblowing procedure to the new European directive, review of the AFA (French anticorruption agency) questionnaire, review of Compliance Week.
Policy proposal and implementation Geographic area and country Legal Departments Active participation in the rollout of the Group's policies mentioned below and in the circulation of the tools and policies put forward during Compliance Week.
Policy monitoring and strategy validation Risk Committee, Group Audit and Compliance Committee (1) Analysis of use of gift declaration software; Finalisation and rollout throughout the Group of the procedure and software dedicated to third-party assessments; Initiation of the update of the corruption risk map; Organisation of Compliance Week; Update of the "Trade Associations" policy; New e-learning campaign on competition law; Cybersecurity review at each Audit Committee meeting; Group-wide compliance with the new EU sanctions in response to the conflict between Russia and Ukraine.
Review of policy implementation and employee training Audit, Risk and Internal Control Department Audits in the various countries to determine whether the internal whistleblowing platform is known to employees and used by them; Annual screening of all suppliers and customers (with the AEB tool).
Policy improvement proposals, coordination and assistance for compliance officers Regional and country compliance committees (2) Monitoring of the implementation of the 2022 actions and rollout of new procedures.
Implementation in the entities (dissemination, supervision and coordination) Compliance officers Implementation of the 2022 actions and monitoring of the rollout of new procedures.
Ownership Employees Participation in Compliance Week; Taking of Compliance trainings.

(1) Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Human Resources Director, Operations Director, General Counsel & CSR Director, Group Compliance Officer, Audit, Risk and Internal Control Director
(2) Chief Executive Officer of the company or geographical area, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Human Resources Director, Risk Manager, Audit and Internal Control Manager, Compliance Officer(s)

The management of information security forms an integral part of the missions of the Group's Information Systems Department, which reports to the Group's Administration and Finance Department.

The internal cybersecurity organisation consists of a central team under the responsibility of the Group's Head of Information Systems Security, covering the areas of industrial IT, applications and infrastructure. This team is supplemented by an international organisation of local points of contact for each of the Group's regions. To fulfil its cybersecurity missions, the Information Systems Department also relies on its partners who are recognised major players in these areas. Verallia has a Security Operation Centre (SOC) managed by one of its partners, a European leader in its field.

2.4.1.2. Policies & performance

The ethics and compliance policy is built on five pillars, described below, each associated with objectives presented at the end of the section in the table of indicators.

Each of these pillars is structured by specific and detailed policies, most of which are available on our website, and which are summarised below:

scrollen

Fighting corruption

The anti-corruption and anti-influence peddling policy (2018, translated into all of the Group's languages in 2019/​2020), supplemented by the conflicts of interest policy (last updated in 2018), the agents and intermediaries policy (last updated in 2021), the gifts and invitations policy (last updated in 2021, including the implementation in Q4 2021 of a gifts and invitations declaration system) and the donations and sponsoring policy (2021) are written and issued in French and English. They are given to all new hires and can be accessed by all employees on the intranet and on the Verallia website (https:/​/​www.verallia.com/​en/​our-commitments/​ethics-and-compliance-2/​). They are also made available to all employees on the Verallia Compliance internal platform. To facilitate access to these documents, regular emails are sent by the HR teams to remind employees where they can find them.

scrollen

Compliance with competition law

To manage risks related to competition, the Group has prepared a guide to compliance with competition law (last updated in 2021) and a Trade Associations policy (last updated in 2022). They are given to all new hires and can be accessed by all employees on the intranet and on the Verallia website (https:/​/​www.verallia.com/​ en/​our-commitments/​ethics-and-compliance-2/​). They are also made available to all employees on the Verallia Compliance internal platform, and regular reminders of their location are sent out by e-mail, in the same way as for all the anti-corruption policies.

scrollen

Compliance with rules on economic sanctions

A policy about compliance with rules on economic sanctions and embargoes was adopted in 2016 and updated in 2020. It is given to all new hires and can be accessed by all employees on the intranet and on the Verallia website (https:/​/​www.verallia.com/​en/​our-commitments/​ethics-and-compliance-2/​). It is also available to all employees on the Verallia Compliance internal platform.

scrollen

Ensuring compliant usage of data

The general personal data procedure (last updated in 2021), supplemented by the exercise of rights procedure (2021), the data breach notification procedure (2021), the signature by all Group legal entities of an intraGroup data transfer protocol (2021) as well as the preparation and circulation of Group models (e.g. information notices) and tools to help with decision-making (e.g. when to carry out an impact assessment and when to use an evaluation grid for an impact assessment).

All of these policies are written and issued in both French and English. These policies are made available to Data Protection Coordinators (DPC) and Data Processing Managers (DPM) throughout the Group on Verallia's internal Personal Data Protection SharePoint platform. To facilitate access to these documents, e-mail communications are sent out regularly by the Group compliance officer to remind DPCs and DPMs where they can find these policies.

scrollen

Protecting our data and information systems

Verallia's information security policy defines a framework based on best industry practices (ANSSI, NIST) for critical infrastructure and is applicable to the entire Group. An entirely new set of standards is currently being developed for the Group's industrial IT systems.

The key concept defining the global cybersecurity strategy for Verallia's Information Systems is resilience, which therefore implies extreme vigilance over the availability of the data and software, the segregation of environments, the ability to rapidly restore data and limit data losses, and the ability to rapidly detect intrusions and data leaks.

This policy is organised around five points:

implementation of fundamental controls;

security of applications, supervision for early detection of suspicious activities;

raising of users' awareness in order to make everyone a cybersecurity partner;

governance in order to control and monitor this policy;

conduct of cybersecurity projects and incident management.

Regarding governance, Verallia adopts a framework based on best market practices (notably: ANSSI, National Agency for Information Systems Security, and NIST, National Institute of Standards and Technology) for critical infrastructure, which is reflected in a policy applicable to the entire Group. An entirely new set of standards is currently being updated for the industrial IT systems that were recently added to the Group's ISSP (Information System Security Plan).

The creation and monitoring of operational security dashboards give a vision of the threats, the projects and the coverage of the security controls.

Verallia will continue to improve its preparedness for crisis management by planning and testing crisis scenarios and by developing business continuity plan scenarios for its basic infrastructure and industrial information systems.

scrollen
Complying with key legislation (corruption, competition, embargoes, personal data, information security)
Key commitments and objectives Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Comply with all key legislation Number of convictions or fines 0 0 0
Total number of alerts received (and % handled) 15 7
(87%) (4) (100%)
Number of ethical alerts received (and % handled) 0 (N/​A) 1
(100%)
Fight corruption % of the defined population trained in our anti-corruption programme (1) 97.5% 98.9% 98.7%
Objective: train 100% of new employees exposed to corruption risks in their first year with the Group in the anti-corruption programme by 2022.
Ensure compliance with competition law % of the defined population trained in our competition law programme 98.9% 98.8% 98.3%
Objective: train 100% of employees exposed to competition risks, in the competition law training programme by 2022.
Ensure compliance with rules on economic sanctions and embargoes % of the defined population trained on risks of violation of economic sanctions and embargoes 99.4% 94.8%
Objective: train 100% of employees exposed to risks of violation of economic sanctions and embargoes.
Protect personal data % of requests for the exercise of GDPR rights handled 100% 100%
Ensure the security of information Number of events collected for analysis, in billions (2) 81.9 25.8 22.2
Number of incidents with impacts (3) 2 1 1

(1) The population defined for each training module is described in the section below.
(2) Cybersecurity event: audit data relating to the execution of a process, whether or not initiated by a user, that may impact the information system.
(3) Cybersecurity incident: an event that adversely affects the availability, confidentiality or integrity of the information system.
(4) Total number of alerts received in 2022: the figure 15 includes 2 alerts received in end of December and which are being handled

The general audit program checks all compliance topics. 100% of our entities are audited over four years. In 2022, 29% of companies were audited, thereby completing the first full audit cycle on all companies.

Regarding the target population for compliance training programmes, it is important to note that Verallia trains all people likely to be exposed to:

scrollen

the risk of active/​passive corruption (anti-corruption training),

the risk of engaging in anti-competitive practices or violating embargo rules (competition training, e.g. exchanges of sensitive information and embargo/​ economic sanctions training).

In practice, the following functions are mainly (but not exclusively) targeted: General Management, Purchasing, Sales & Marketing, Customer Service, Human Resources, Legal, Finance, Internal Audit and Control. As Verallia is an industrial group, the population exposed to the risks mentioned above represents approximately 11% of all Group employees and approximately 30% of employees excluding blue collars. Moreover, control processes are included in the Group's Internal Control Manual. They are subject to an annual internal self-assessment by the Group's subsidiaries, leading to corrective action plans if necessary.

In 2022, ongoing awareness-raising efforts allowed Verallia to confirm its very good performance on these compliance indicators, demonstrating the key place that compliance with the law occupies among Verallia's values. However, given the numerous technical issues encountered with the training platform, the Group has decided to launch a call for tenders to change it in 2023, thereby demonstrating its commitment to continuous improvement, particularly in the field of compliance.

Regarding IT security, the Group has gradually extended the scope of trace collection 66 to cover Verallia business scenarios and associated risks. This approach will be continued in order to detect any attacks early. In 2022, Verallia more than tripled the volume of data collected (+217%), giving it more comprehensive visibility across all IT systems. This outcome is attributable chiefly to the modernisation of collection technologies and the extension of the collection scope finalised in 2021 for industrial systems and certain applications, as well as to the improved productivity of the internal organisation and that of its partners. Trace collection is the collection of system audit data from all servers and workstations using standard operating system tools, anti-virus software and an additional probe known as EDR to identify processes being run and internet access. Verallia collects and analyses the same data from application systems, such as SAP, for privileged accounts and access, as well as access to critical transactions. All the collected data is aggregated in the recently upgraded SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) system.

The main measures implemented within the framework of our Ethics and Compliance policy are summarised in the table below. Details of the measures specific to the various pillars are given in the following sections.

scrollen
Key measures Comprehensive rollout of "Ethics and Compliance" measures * Specific measures by pillar
Mapping of risks Risks related to corruption, competition, embargoes, personal data protection and cybersecurity are included in the Group's risk mapping (see Section 4.1.4.1 of the URD). Anti-corruption: a corruption risk map has been prepared, see the section on this pillar below.
Training Training is regularly offered to employees, where appropriate particularly targeting those employees deemed to be at risk. Training rates for the target populations are presented in the table of indicators above. See the sections below for details of the training offered to employees in respect of each pillar.
Internal control Control processes are incorporated in the Group's Internal Control Manual. They form the subject of an annual internal self-assessment by the Group's subsidiaries, giving rise to corrective action plans if necessary. Anti-corruption: specific controls related to the prevention of corruption are carried out, see the section dedicated to this pillar below.
Audits Internal audit programmes regularly incorporate a number of controls to ensure that the Group's processes and policies in the areas of anti-corruption, competition law, economic sanctions and embargoes, and personal data protection are properly implemented. Anti-corruption and competition law: specific audits related to these two pillars are carried out, see the dedicated sections below.
Control of third parties Applicable only to the "Anti-corruption" and "Economic sanctions and embargoes" pillars. See the sections dedicated to the "Anticorruption" and "Economic sanctions and embargoes" pillars in the sections below.
Whistleblowing platform A whistleblowing platform is accessible in all countries, in the local language, via the intranet and the external Verallia website. It allows any observed non-compliance to be reported. In May 2022, Verallia changed its whistleblowing platform (more accessible, more user-friendly and allowing the use of a hotline in all Group languages) and has updated the related documentation (policy, user guide, etc.). The whistleblower hotline can be used to report any ethical breach including cases of corruption or anti-competitive behaviour.

* Measures applicable unless otherwise stated to all pillars of the "Ethics and compliance" policy except for the Cybersecurity pillar, which is subject to specific adapted measures, presented in the dedicated section.

66 Our information system generates log files ("traces"), most of which are generated automatically by the computer systems used, and which provide a record of user activity. These traces are then stored and can be analysed automatically or manually as required to detect any abnormal or malicious behaviour.

2.4.1.3. Action 1 : Fight corruption

In addition to the general measures presented in the introduction to this section, Verallia applies the following specific anticorruption measures:

scrollen
Specific measures relating to the "Anti-corruption" pillar
Mapping of risks An initial mapping of corruption risks was performed in 2017. It was subsequently updated in 2018 and 2020, then consolidated at Group level and enriched in 2021, with the aid of a specialised external firm. Mapping is performed by means of interviews with key functions at the Group's headquarters and in subsidiaries (finance, accounting, sales, internal control, tax, risks, purchasing, IT) and via a questionnaire sent to all Group subsidiaries. Based on the results of anti-corruption mapping, action plans are drafted and implemented to improve the effectiveness of Verallia's anti-corruption system. The anti-corruption questionnaire was updated in 2022 and completed by all subsidiaries. A call for tenders has been issued to select the specialised external firm that will help Verallia update the corruption risk map in 2023.
Training Training courses are regularly offered to our employees. In 2020, a face-to-face training course was organised in all countries for employees exposed to corruption risks. In addition, an e-learning module has been offered to all exposed employees since 2017 (updated in 2020, and completely reworked with a significant expansion of the content in 2021) in all of the Group's languages via the UNIVERA training platform, which hosts all e-learning modules. This platform, open to all the Group's countries, makes it possible to monitor the percentage of registered employees who have actually followed the training course, as well as the success rate. After targeting all employees at risk of corruption in 2021, the training campaign targeted new hires in 2022.
Internal control Controls specifically related to the prevention of corruption were reviewed and updated in 2022. The reliability of these annual self-assessments is verified by internal auditors when performing their audit assignments in the subsidiaries. Verallia does not operate a certified anti-corruption management system at its operational sites.
Audits Specific audits are also performed. They covered compliance with the sales agents and intermediaries policy in 2019, and the sponsoring and patronage policy in 2020 (updated in Italy in 2021). Based on the results of these audits, action plans are put in place for the companies of the Group. In 2022, the internal auditors' review focused on the whistleblowing platform (awareness and perception).
Control of third parties The agents and intermediaries policy, in place since 2016 and strengthened in 2021, requires a thorough investigation, including via a detailed questionnaire that the third party must complete to be eligible to enter into a contractual relationship with Verallia. Supplier monitoring procedures were implemented by the Purchasing Department in the second half of 2020. They bear on supplier ethics, via questionnaires managed and evaluated by external service providers. Finally, following the outcome of the last risk mapping exercise, new software has recently been implemented to carry out corruption due diligence for the categories of third parties identified as being the riskiest. The new third party due diligence procedure, finalised and circulated in early 2022, is being rolled out across the Group; it requires enhanced controls of third parties identified as belonging to the riskiest categories.
Disciplinary rules Non-compliance with procedures may result in penalties, as provided for by the Internal Rules or the applicable collective agreement.

→ Key actions in 2022

Other than for the review of the anti-corruption Code of Conduct, which has been postponed until 2023 to coincide with the update of the corruption risk map, all actions planned were completed in 2022:

scrollen

adaptation of the internal whistleblowing procedure to bring it into line with the new EU directive aimed at improving the protection of whistleblowers and strengthening the role of the Defender of rights on whistleblowing. In a study conducted by Internal Audit, 92% of respondents (325 people) stated that they were aware of the platform's existence and that they had confidence in the guarantee of anonymity and in Verallia's management of alerts;

analysis of the use of the gift declaration software in 2021, which revealed no anomalies and confirmed that the reporting thresholds currently used are appropriate;

assessment of third parties: finalisation and rollout throughout the Group of the procedure and dedicated software;

initiation of the process of updating the corruption risk map for 2023 (updated corruption questionnaire; collection of responses from subsidiaries; call for tenders carried out for the choice of a partner);

e-learning training (for all new hires);

specific internal audit of the whistleblowing platform.

At the end of November, Verallia also held Compliance Week, a week-long campaign to raise awareness among all employees of the main compliance issues (Code of Conduct, anti-corruption, competition, GDPR). The week's aim is to reach out to as many employees as possible in order to develop the Group's DNA and create the right reflexes among employees.

→ 2023 outlook

Several actions will be implemented from 2023:

scrollen

update of the consolidated corruption risk map;

review of the anti-corruption Code of Conduct;

strengthening of the whistleblowing platform (implementation of the two Internal Audit recommendations);

third-party assessment: strengthening of the use of the dedicated software within the Group;

implementation of the law on the duty of care;

continuation of anti-corruption training for all populations concerned in line with the rollout of elearning.

2.4.1.4. Action 2: Ensure compliance with competition law

In addition to the general measures presented in the introduction to this section, Verallia applies the following specific measures in the area of competition law:

scrollen
Specific measures relating to the "Competition Law" pillar
Training Training courses are offered to all managerial staff, as well as to employees identified as belonging to a population exposed to this risk. The training programme on competition law therefore continues to be rolled out for this population in all Group languages via the UNIVERA training platform. The content was revised in 2021 to give it greater impact. In addition, a new training module covering the relationship of sales staff with their distribution channel (and agents) was developed in 2020 in all Group languages on the UNIVERA platform, and rolled out for sales forces in all countries, then extended in 2022 to buyers, lawyers, internal auditors and controllers, and chief financial officers. New tools were created and circulated during Compliance Week (a "dos and don'ts" flyer in French and English; cartoons depicting key messages translated into all Group languages).
Audits In 2021, Internal Audit conducted a specific audit on professional associations and employees' participation in those associations in all Group subsidiaries. External audits, along the lines of an inspection by an independent authority, are also conducted by specialist firms to ensure the implementation of these rules within Verallia.

→ Key actions in 2022

As announced, several actions were taken in 2022:

scrollen

update of the "Trade Associations" policy (clarification of the process, strengthening the monitoring of trade association registration, etc.);

new e-learning campaign (for 100% of the target population);

external audit by a specialised firm with a new subsidiary targeted.

→ 2023 outlook

Existing actions will be continued in 2023:

scrollen

new e-learning campaign (for all new hires);

external audit by a specialised firm along the lines of an inspection by a competent authority: a new subsidiary will be targeted.

2.4.1.5. Action 3: Ensure compliance with rules on economic sanctions and embargoes

In addition to the general measures presented in the introduction to this section, Verallia applies the following specific measures as regards compliance with the rules on economic sanctions and embargoes:

scrollen
Specific measures relating to the "Economic Sanctions and Embargo" pillar
Training Face-to-face training courses were organised in all countries for employees in previous years on the basis of training materials rolled out by Verallia. A new training module on compliance with the rules on economic sanctions and embargoes was offered on the UNIVERA platform in 2020. This was translated into all Group languages in order to facilitate its circulation in the various countries. In addition, a comprehensive training campaign aimed at all the most highly exposed functions (finance, accounting, sales, purchasing) was launched on 15 December 2020 and completed in February 2021. A further comprehensive training campaign was launched in September 2022 for employees working in the purchasing, sales and marketing, legal, audit and internal control functions, as well as the chief financial officers of the Group's legal entities.
Control of third parties In 2017, Verallia signed a contract with a service provider (AEB) that allows us to evaluate our third parties on our platform (focused on sanctions and embargoes); such assessments are prerequisites for the creation of any third party account in our system, which cannot be validated if the result is unfavourable. Since 2020, an annual mass check of all our suppliers and customers has also been organised via this platform, to be performed by all of the Group's subsidiaries. To comply with new sanctions (notably European) against Russia, mass checks of all our Russian subsidiaries' suppliers and customers were performed on a weekly basis until the summer, and then monthly.

→ Key actions in 2022 and 2023 outlook

Existing actions were continued in 2022. They mainly took the form of the screening (with our AEB tool) of all new customers/​ suppliers as well as the annual mass screening of all supplier and customer databases (weekly and then monthly for Russian suppliers and customers) as well as the screening of all Russian active customers and some Russian suppliers using the specific Altares software.

Existing actions will be continued in a similar manner in 2023.

2.4.1.6. Action 4: Protect personal data

In addition to the general measures presented in the introduction to this section, Verallia applies the following specific measures for the protection of personal data:

scrollen
Specific measures relating to the "Protection of Personal Data" pillar
Training Face-to-face training courses were organised in 2019 in all countries for Data Protection Coordinators (DPCs) and Data Processing Managers (DPMs) on the basis of training materials rolled out by Verallia in French and English (subsequently adapted and translated into the Group's languages). A new face-to-face training module was developed in 2021 in France (focus on HR at headquarters and in plants) and at the Group's headquarters (reworking of the 2019 module, aimed at DPMs; it was translated into English and circulated within the Group at the beginning of 2022). Two new face-to-face and distance learning DPM training sessions (beginner and advanced levels) were held at the Group's headquarters in October 2022. In conjunction with Compliance Week in November 2022, a flyer on the key GDPR compliance rules (in French and English) together with four GDPR awareness videos (translated into all Group languages) were developed and circulated within the Group.

→ Key actions in 2022 and 2023 outlook

In 2022, priority was given to the rollout of key procedures throughout the Group as well as to updating training in the regions and conducting impact assessments.

These actions will be continued and strengthened in 2023.

2.4.1.7. Action 5: Ensure the security of data and information systems

Dashboard and analysis of scenarios

Verallia is improving its preparation for crisis management by planning and testing crisis scenarios and by developing continuity scenarios for its basic infrastructure and industrial information systems.

Various actions carried out or underway are aimed at strengthening the security of IT infrastructure and hardware, particularly with regard to treasury and industrial systems, which in turn help limit the risk of internal fraud and external intrusion.

There is also centralised supervision allowing for detection, analysis and rapid reaction (Security Operation Centre), operated by a front-ranking partner.

Various other actions are carried out annually to raise employee awareness of cyber risks, particularly phishing and ransomware, for which exercises were held twice this year. Verallia also conducts regular attack simulations (redteam exercises) to test its entire strategy and processes (resilience, detection, reaction, compliance with basic procedures, awareness, etc.).

Verallia also has a disaster recovery plan that relies on a regularly tested backup, recovery and versioning policy for user data (PCs) and application data (servers), as well as on technological diversification and an architecture that reduces the risk of exposure to a systemic incident.

A GDPR and IT security questionnaire is used to create an inventory of the Group's private and sensitive data for each new project coordinated by the security team and the legal team..

Role segregation involves managing access rights to applications and reviewing privileges granted to ensure that only strictly necessary privileges are granted, and that incompatible rights are avoided.

Lastly, Verallia has taken out an insurance policy covering cyber risks.

→ Outlook

The strategy initiated in 2020 will be continued in 2023, with:

scrollen

regular employee awareness-raising using a variety of methods and tools, prioritising tools that allow greater interactivity. In this respect, simulation exercises will be more numerous than in 2022, and simulated scenarios will be diversified;;

extended supervision of compliance with basic requirements to all software components of the information system;

increased capacity for the collection of events and therefore capacity for detection. As such, we plan to continue our strategy of growing the collection of industrial and non-industrial IS traces and their analysis;

improvement of reaction processes by pursuing two objectives: greater reactivity and greater resilience. As such, we plan to continue testing and improving our crisis management scenarios.

2.4.2. Build engaging and respectful relationships with our suppliers

"The comprehensive purchasing policy includes CSR as a key pillar. CSR criteria are now an integral part of our purchasing practices. First, our suppliers must adhere to our values and sign our charter. Second, our purchasing strategy - and as such the choice of our main suppliers - takes into account CSR performance and capacity for action. We pay equally close attention to the results reported and to the associated objectives and roadmaps, particularly in terms of decarbonisation. Our SBTi target is ambitious, and we know we can achieve it thanks to the commitment of the entire value chain."

Jérôme Crest, Group Purchasing Director

Responsible purchasing management is a major challenge within Verallia. Purchases actually account for 60% of the Group's revenue, i.e. €2.1 billion. Verallia interacts with more than 10,000 suppliers located mainly in its countries of operation. Purchases of raw materials and energy account for 50% of spending. The other major purchasing segments are investment purchases, transport, production purchases (including consumables), packaging, general purchases and other small purchases.

With the exception of certain expenses such as soda ash and moulds, the vast majority of purchases are made from suppliers located in the same country as our respective sites. The Group only makes a small volume of purchases from low-cost countries. Less than 3% of purchases are made in Asia. In a particularly unstable environment, Verallia favours a commitment to its suppliers based on the development and respect of the Group's values in a sustainable manner.

2.4.2.1. Governance

scrollen
Roles Name of body Main work in 2022
Definition of the strategy Executive Committee Setting of annual targets.
Building of a structured approach, coordination of the Responsible Purchasing network and management of trainings Group Responsible Purchasing and Supplier Quality Manager Responsible Purchasing training built with EcoVadis in two sessions launched with 17 correspondents. Overhaul of the Responsible Purchasing Policy and Charter. Revision of the Supplier Charter and the Supplier Relationship Charter. Implementation of 25 action plans. Award of Responsible Purchasing prizes at country and Group level (Verallia Super Champion). Development of a reporting and simulation tool for the purchase of responsible materials and services.
Coordination and monitoring CSR Risk Management Committee (1) • Monitoring of the implementation of the responsible purchasing strategy (progress of evaluations, audits and action plans);
• Validation of operational guidelines (e.g. vigilance on cobalt and compliance with European sanctions against Russia);
• Delicate strategic trade-offs (strategic suppliers, recalcitrant to the CSR approach). Number of meetings: 2 (April and December 2022).
Contacts in the entities Network of correspondents Follow-up of the Responsible Purchasing training. Number of meetings: 12 meetings, plus regular workshops.
Ownership Employees Participation in Verallia Sustainable Purchasing Events.

(1) The CSR Risk Management Committee is made up of members of the Executive Committee, the Group Purchasing Director and the Group Responsible Purchasing Director. It meets twice a year to monitor developments in respect of CSR risks, including risks related to conflict minerals and cobalt in our supplier panel, to monitor progress on actions underway, and to make decisions related to the continuity of business in certain highly challenging situations. It may meet more often if urgent and important decisions are required.

2.4.2.2. Policies & performance

In 2018, Verallia established its Responsible Purchasing policy. It was completely rewritten in 2022 to make it consistent with our Purpose and more binding for Verallia. Aligned with Verallia's Code of Conduct and its commitment to the United Nations Global Compact, it is based on three fundamental principles:

1. ENSURE THAT INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL STAKEHOLDERS respect the Group's values in purchasing;

2. CO-CONSTRUCT SUSTAINABLE RELATIONSHIPS with our suppliers and foster innovation in support of the Group's CSR strategy;

3. MOBILISE AND DEVELOP INTERNAL STAKEHOLDERS in the purchasing process in a responsible purchasing approach.

Verallia's new Responsible Purchasing policy emphasises circularity in purchasing, eco-design and decarbonisation of its products.

A particular focus has been placed on the issues of decent remuneration for suppliers, diversity and inclusion, and respect for human rights.

It also lays down the roadmap related to the conflict minerals policy. This policy, which applies to the entire Group, is available on the Verallia website (https:/​/​ www.verallia.com/​wp-content/​uploads/​2022/​12/​Verallia_​politique_​achats_​responsables_​2022.pdf) and is also circulated by means of a "Teams" channel dedicated to responsible purchasing, reaching the responsible purchasing correspondents in each entity. A dedicated presentation was made to the entire network.

The purchasing teams have continued their efforts to apply the Responsible Purchasing policy in all of the countries where Verallia operates. This has resulted notably in an intensification of the assessments of priority risk suppliers and the implementation of action plans with our suppliers according to the SMETA (Sedex Members Ethical Trade Audit) standard.

In 2022, Verallia completed the evaluation of its most risky suppliers ("red flags" in our risk mapping). In total, more than 240 suppliers have entered into an evaluation process (EcoVadis), with audits systematically triggered for those with a score below 35/​100.

A special focus on sand

Sand is identified in our risk mapping as a "major risk". We pay particular attention to our sand suppliers, especially the quarries from which sand is extracted. Indeed, risk analysis reveals possible impacts on three fundamental aspects: fraud and corruption, depletion of natural resources, and health and safety at work. Aware of these issues, Verallia applies a very strict policy towards its sand extractors by conducting CSR audits at each source quarry. To date, 100% of our sand extractors have been audited on site by a SMETA 4-Pillar approved body 67.

More generally, Country Purchasing teams were called on intensively to support the most highly exposed suppliers in the implementation of corrective actions based on the recommendations of our audit body, QIMA (SMETA). Such actions were directed, for instance, towards improving compliance with safety standards, or working conditions and pay in certain countries (e.g. India). This year, 60 progress action plans were initiated by our suppliers; 20 were successfully completed.

Verallia continued major work to reduce its supplier base in order to improve control of its supply chain and ensure better monitoring of suppliers. Initiated in 2018, it has led to a 75% reduction in the number of suppliers. Work to maintain the supplier base at this level is a priority for 2023.

scrollen
Build engaging and respectful relationships with our suppliers
Quality commitments Monitoring indicators 2022 2021 2020
Engage our buyers and suppliers in a responsible purchasing approach Percentage of purchases covered by the Supplier Charter 88% 82% 73%
Objective: ensure that 90% of purchases remain covered by the Supplier Charter by 2025.
Evaluate the CSR performance of our suppliers Percentage of suppliers identified to date as priority risk according to the AFNOR matrix, that 99% (1) 89% 91%
Objective: Reach 100% of suppliers identified as Priority Risk assessed by EcoVadis by 2025. are in the process of or have completed an EcoVadis assessment or in the process or already CSR audited
Build lasting relationships with our suppliers Number of actions plans initiated as a result of supplier noncompliance 57 24 N/​A

(1) Due to the war in Ukraine, this year the figures for Ukraine have been excluded from the calculation.

As part of its referencing, each new supplier is required to sign our charter, improving the rate of coverage, year after year.

Of all our "red flags", excluding Ukraine from our scope, only 1 supplier did not enter our evaluation process.

Each year, on-site audits lead to concrete action plans. 57 were committed in 2022.

Signing the Supplier Charter is a mandatory step in the approval of any new supplier. Local teams have stepped up their efforts to get their suppliers to sign the charter and reached a level of 88%, corresponding to the percentage of our expenditure covered by suppliers that have signed our Supplier Charter.

In 2022, the Group decided to propose a new Charter to its suppliers (the first Charter was issued in 2018).

The new Supplier Charter reinforces the link between Verallia's expectations of its suppliers and its own Purpose, its Code of Conduct and its new CSR objectives. More detailed, it sets out Verallia's commitments to its suppliers and includes new subjects such as conflict minerals and the whistleblowing platform.

All suppliers are required to sign the new Charter, which commits them to adhering unreservedly to the following principles: respect for the right to development, respect for the rights of employees (the charter includes the promotion of and respect for the fundamental conventions of the International Labour Organization, such as the elimination of forced or compulsory labour and the effective abolition of child labour), respect for health and safety, commitment on environmental aspects and compliance with the law.

67 SMETA 4-Pillar: Sedex Member Ethical Trade Audit. This method was developed by Sedex, a global organisation of non-profits. SMETA aims to align social auditing standards and control practices).

2.4.2.3. Action 1: Engage our buyers and suppliers in a responsible purchasing approach

Buyer training

To ensure the proper rollout of the CSR risk management process, all Purchasing teams have been trained in the Group's subsidiaries via the network of Responsible Purchasing correspondents. The training focused on the approach and tools, i.e. the use of the AFNOR Risk Mapping Matrix and the use of the EcoVadis assessment platform and the QIMA CSR audit prescription platform. A shared document database gives buyers access to all supporting and reference documents regarding responsible purchasing. More broadly, 100% of buyers, new hires and employees exposed to supplier relationships are made aware of CSR challenges. In particular, they are required to complete a "Purchasing for all" training module with a CSR chapter and to sign the Supplier Relationship Charter at the end of the module. The charter also includes a chapter dedicated to CSR challenges. In 2022, we reinforced the training of our responsible purchasing correspondents. This resulted in a specific training module on responsible purchasing, co-constructed with EcoVadis, in two half-day sessions. This training enabled the teams to deepen their knowledge of the challenges, regulations and methods applicable to responsible purchasing..

Supplier awareness

In addition to the widespread signing of the Supplier Charter (detailed above), Verallia wishes to raise awareness among suppliers as early as the tender process. In fact, CSR criteria are included in the purchasing procedures relating to the conduct of tenders in order to take account of the CSR approach undertaken by suppliers in the selection process. These CSR criteria are subsequently formalised in CSR clauses in contracts signed with suppliers. For example, criteria for waste recycling and recovery are included in calls for tenders and contracts for the purchase of computer equipment.

→ 2023 outlook

Four actions are already planned to intensify the mobilisation of Verallia and its suppliers in 2023:

1) update our CSR risk mapping so as to better reflect local specificities;;

2) go further in training Responsible Purchasing correspondents so as to build greater Responsible Purchasing expertise within our subsidiaries;

3) roll out the Responsible Purchasing organisation and processes within our new British subsidiary, acquired in November 2022

4) continue to raise awareness among our suppliers with new Responsible Purchasing events in the countries and the awarding of a CSR Supplier Prize at Group level.

2.4.2.4. Action 2: Evaluate the CSR performance of our suppliers

To target and address the highest CSR risks of its existing suppliers, Verallia has structured a risk management process. It includes risk mapping, supplier assessment (EcoVadis), on-site external CSR audits based on the SMETA international system, action plans for proven noncompliance and a delisting process in the event of major non-compliance or non-compliance with corrective action plans.

Step 1: Mapping of purchasing risks

Verallia has adopted a supplier risk mapping tool developed by AFNOR, tested conclusively in 2019 and then rolled out in all of the Group's countries in 2020. It identifies a level of CSR risk by purchasing category and by country of location of suppliers, based on a matrix broken down into three areas, namely ethical, environmental and social.

This tool is available to the purchasing community and identifies suppliers for which a CSR performance assessment (possibly triggering an audit) is required. It thus focuses assessments on the most at-risk categories/​ countries, namely raw materials, chemicals and civil engineering/​building.

In 2023, this mapping will be renewed so as to update it in relation to the new risks identified and to better reflect local features.

Step 2: EcoVadis evaluation questionnaires

Our entire supplier base is checked through the mapping tool described above. Thus the level of CSR risk of new suppliers is determined on a regular basis. The results of this mapping are then used to more specifically target suppliers with a high risk and which require a CSR performance assessment. Assessments are calibrated based on the size of the targeted entities. Verallia now only uses the EcoVadis tool.

The Group strives to cover all of the highest risk suppliers ("red flags") with this process. By the end of 2022, 400 suppliers had been included in the evaluation process. For suppliers who do not achieve 35/​100 on the EcoVadis assessment, Verallia prescribes an on-site audit according to the SMETA 4-Pillar protocol (see below, "supplier audits" section).

Step 3: Supplier audits

Based on the results of the EcoVadis supplier assessments, Verallia initiates audits of the companies with the lowest scores. Verallia has commissioned QIMA to carry out onsite audits according to the SMETA 4-Pillar protocol. By the end of 2022, 90 audits had been performed. Each audit concludes with the publication of an audit report, including all the observations and controls carried out, according to the SMETA 4-Pillar Audit protocol, which includes the following measurement criteria:

scrollen

Ethical Trading Initiative (ETI) Code of Ethics based on the requirements of the International Labour Organization;

rights covered by the UN Guiding Principles;

management systems;

responsible recruitment;

right to work;

outsourcing and teleworking;

environmental assessment;

assessment of business ethics.

Step 4 involves implementing supplier action plans, the elements of which are set out below in Action 3 "Build sustainable relationships with our suppliers and develop their CSR performance".

→ 2023 outlook

In 2023, Verallia plans to continue its risk assessment programme by intensifying actions targeting the most highly exposed suppliers. The programme will be extended to the suppliers of Verallia's British subsidiary and will be aligned with the new risk mapping planned for 2023. To achieve a greater impact, Verallia will broaden its requirements for companies that fail to achieve the "bronze" score (47/​100). It will ask them to comply with the action plans recommended by EcoVadis with a view to reaching the "bronze" level in their next assessment.

2.4.2.5. Action 3: Build sustainable relationships with our suppliers and develop their CSR performance

Supplier action plans

Each on-site audit gives rise to a report proposing action plans corresponding to each instance of non-compliance identified. Instances of non-compliance are weighted by a criticality level ("critical", "major", "minor").

Based on this report, a corrective action plan is issued and communicated to the supplier, as well as to the Verallia teams. It documents the progress resulting from the overall and then detailed risk analysis of the supplier panel.

Verallia requires its suppliers to resolve "critical" and "major" instances of non-compliance within 6 months. The implementation of the action plans is monitored directly by the buyer responsible for the supplier and is audited by the CSR Supplier Audit Committee. This committee brings together the Group Purchasing Director and the Local Purchasing Director, in addition to the central responsible purchasing team. Items deemed critical and requiring a decision are referred to the CSR Risk Committee, involving Executive Committee members. In addition, to measure the volume of action plans undertaken and implemented, the central team has introduced an indicator to monitor the number of action plans opened and processed. In 2022, Verallia's purchasing teams monitored 60 action plans (i.e. 25% of red flag suppliers), 20 of which were successfully completed. Examples of measures covered by these action plans include the improvement of safety conditions (emergency exits, fire-fighting systems), working conditions or pay (payment of unpaid overtime), or environmental protection measures (storage of hazardous products).

Verallia organises events dedicated to its CSR policy. In 2022, for instance, events were organised in Argentina, Brazil, Spain, France and Portugal. The aim was to mobilise suppliers around CSR challenges by awarding a prize in the presence of a member of the country's Management Committee.

Ethical business relationships

Due to its strong and longstanding local and regional presence, Verallia has a significant number of SME suppliers located in the economic areas of its plants.

The Group's priority, through its purchasing policy, is to seek to preserve a balance between local sourcing and partnerships with international players offering economically efficient solutions, albeit often involving more distant sourcing. The dependency ratio of its suppliers is monitored individually and standardised at the country level. This reporting is consolidated at the central level and is subject to a monthly review. In most purchasing segments, Verallia has established long-term relationships with its strategic partners, by means of multi-year contracts, in the same way as for raw materials, energy or machinery purchases.

Raw materials, with the exception of soda ash for South American countries and alumina-bearing materials, are thus sourced locally. Packaging purchases are also domestic.

→ 2023 outlook

The Group's outlook is based on the following main lines:

scrollen

reinforced monitoring of supplier actions in order to respond to the ramp-up of action plans and the increasing involvement of Verallia with its suppliers;

definition of an indicator linked to the number of actions finalised within the timeframe, representing the level of the supplier's commitment and proactivity;

intensification of Responsible Purchasing communication with suppliers in the various countries, with the organisation of new, more substantial events geared towards a Group-level event.

2.4.2.6. Action 4: Develop purchases of responsible materials and services

Carbon footprint of purchases

Since 2020, Verallia has systematically calculated its Scope 3 CO 2 emissions on an annual basis in order to identify the segments and suppliers that contribute most. At the same time, three areas of work were established in 2021 and initiated in 2022 to improve the management of Scope 3 initiatives by purchasing teams :

scrollen

development of reporting and simulation tools: the development of tools related to the categories with the highest emissions is currently being finalised. The first results are expected by the end of January 2023;

management of a CO 2 reduction plan including the suppliers with the biggest emissions in the transport, raw materials (mainly sodium carbonate and cullet) and packaging categories: Verallia engages these suppliers in the implementation of actions to reduce their emissions (collection of the calculation of their emissions and their action plan to reduce them, in accordance with the Group's carbon roadmap) and establish practical reduction projects (see 2.2.2 Reducing Scope 3 emissions). This ambition is an integral part of the values shared through the new Responsible Purchasing policy and the Supplier Charter;

consideration of Scope 3 in sourcing decisions: our suppliers' CO 2 emission reduction roadmaps are deemed a differentiating factor.

Conflict minerals and cobalt

Verallia pays particular attention to suppliers linked to the conflict minerals regulatory system. In this regard, the supply of surface treatment solutions containing tin (glass container manufacturing process) or gold-based decoration solutions (bottle decorating process) is subject to special monitoring in accordance with good practices and existing regulations.

Likewise, Verallia is particularly vigilant regarding the supply chain for cobalt oxide, a material used in the manufacturing process of certain bottles. Specific actions have been taken in each country to direct cobalt oxide orders towards suppliers who can demonstrate a supply chain based on recycled cobalt or excluding the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC).

→ 2023 outlook

In 2023, purchasing teams will be called on to a great extent for the implementation of CO 2 emissions reduction projects with their suppliers, whether in the field of transport, packaging or raw materials. They will be able to use analysis and simulation tools for the categories with the highest levels of CO 2 emissions.

Verallia will continue its efforts to roll out these tools so as to ensure that its actions are consistent with its Scope 3 reduction challenges.

In 2023, Verallia plans to conduct an audit of its cobalt oxide suppliers in order to strengthen control of the supply chain and thus ensure sourcing outside the DRC.

From January 2023, Verallia will integrate its British subsidiary into its process of care with respect to conflict minerals and cobalt.

2.4.3. Ensure product quality and safety for customer satisfaction

At Verallia, we manufacture glass used in packaging for food and drinks. It is created for transport, protection, preservation and storage, and also as a vector of information (through decoration, engraving or the addition of a label). For us, the adoption of a quality approach represents a strong commitment that is part of a process of continuous improvement in the Company. It requires the full involvement of all stakeholders as it aims to increase customer satisfaction right up to the end consumer, by strictly applying food safety requirements. Food safety is an integral part of our quality management system and applies to all employees of the Group.

2.4.3.1. Governance

The Group Quality Department, which reports to the Director of Operations, implements and leads the quality process. The quality teams at country and site level are functionally attached to it.

scrollen
Roles Name of body Main work in 2022
Definition of the strategy Quality Department Group (1) Member of the Executive Committee Setting of annual targets and validation of the annual quality improvement plan.
Proposal and implementation of the Improvement Plan Group and Regional Quality Departments Active participation in the rollout of the Group's quality improvement plan and in the circulation of the related tools and quality procedures.
Monitoring of the Quality Improvement Plan Quality Committee Rollout and implementation of the Quality Improvement Plan at the regional level and on sites. Work on improving standards and coordination with business networks. Replication of lessons learned from quality complaints. Management and harmonisation of the "Quality Day" held on 10 November 2022.
Monitoring of developments on regulations and external standards Group and Regional Quality and Technical Departments Regulatory monitoring and monitoring of work carried out with local trade associations (CSVMF, FEVE, CETIE). Number of meetings: 2
Monitoring, circulation of expertise and provision of support to employees Food safety-specific trade network Constantly in monitoring mode, this network:
• questions, refreshes and enriches its expertise;
• makes its knowledge available (sharing, teaching, transmission);
• produces reliable studies to inform and secure decision-making;
• contributes to problem-solving through technical recommendations. 2022 achievement: definition and circulation of the health and safety rules applicable in our glass plants to mark "Food Safety Day" on 7 June 2022. Number of meetings: 6
Monitoring, circulation of expertise and provision of support to employees Business network specific to the Supplier Quality scope (3) Focused on cullet and glass sand, appointment of Supplier Development Quality Engineers in each region. Their job is to implement Product and Process Quality Assurance (PPQA) activities with our cullet suppliers. This network is run directly by the Group Quality Director in conjunction with the Group and Regional Purchasing and Glass Production Departments. Number of meetings: 2
Proposal for improvement, coordination and assistance to Site Quality Managers Regional Quality Departments Monitoring of the implementation of actions and the rollout of new procedures
Contacts in the entities Site Quality Manager Implementation of actions and rollout of new procedures and tools with the involvement of the technical networks.
Ownership Employees Participation in Food Safety Day on 7 June, Quality Day on 10 November 2022 and Onboarding Day on 13 December.

(1) Reporting to the Director of Operations
(2) Industrial Management and the General Management of each division
(3) Composed of 5 Supplier Development Quality Engineers (1 for each region)

2.4.3.2. Policies & performance

The Verallia quality strategy aims for "zero critical customer complaints". It is laid out in a quality improvement plan that is defined around three major areas:

scrollen

implementation of a quality culture;

regulatory compliance;

control of internal processes driven by the "first-time-right" mindset.

The Quality improvement plan is reassessed and readjusted every year regarding improvement subjects raised through the performance indicators, and the lessons learned. Its rollout is organised with all those involved in operational excellence and addresses the whole of the glass-making process from the suppliers to the customers of the Group.

scrollen
Ensure product quality and safety for customer satisfaction
Commitments Indicators 2022 2021 2020
Build a quality culture % of sites with at least 1 certified RCA coach (1) 100% 84% 47%
Observe the regulations in force Objective: ensure that 100% of sites maintain Food Safety certification until 2025. Number of sites covered by Food Safety certification 100% 94% 90%
Master and continuously improve quality in our production processes Objective: 35% reduction compared with 2020 by 2025. % decrease in the customer complaint rate (number of complaints per 1 billion containers sold) - 43% versus 2020 - 13% versus 2020 Baseline year * 68

(1) Certified RCA coach: coaches are Verallia employees (such as plant, quality or production managers) trained and recognised as contacts for promoting the root cause analysis (RCA) method, as well as the associated "attitudes" at all levels of the Group. They are a key element in the implementation of the quality culture and the approach to problem solving within Verallia.

To date, the results achieved by the Group are in line with the ambitions and areas of improvement of the established plan, meeting or exceeding the expectations of its external and internal customers (quality in our production processes). The continuous improvement process is particularly committed to the dual objective of strengthening and capitalising on knowledge and expertise, challenging its achievements in the quest for quality excellence.

2.4.3.3. Action 1: Build a quality culture

Root cause analysis (RCA) is more than a method for solving problems, it represents a real change of attitude. It builds on a structured and rational approach. RCA involves retracing the course of events at the time of the problem and identifying the potential cause(s) that resulted in a variation from the established standard. The key factors of an RCA are:

scrollen

the collection of reliable data and validated facts,

a rigorous approach to the analysis of potential causes of occurrence and non-detection,

the application of RCA attitudes.

68 By 2020, we had exceeded our target of a 50% reduction compared with 2017. 2020 outcome: -53%.

Attitudes RCA

scrollen
Go on the spot Examine & compare Speak with facts and data Act quickly Follow a logical thinking Coach on the field

In 2022, training was specifically aimed at logistics teams in each of our regions in order to support the improvement process initiated in this area. A roadmap is in place to facilitate the adoption of RCA. It describes the process of building skills from simple participation as a member of an RCA to the challenge of conducting an RCA.

scrollen
LEARN APPLY PILOT TRAIN/​SPONSOR COACH
I GET TRAINING IT CAN DO IT WITH SUPPORT I CAN DO IT I CAN TRAIN /​ I CAN SUPPORT I CAN TEACH OTHERS HOW

In 2022, some 30 new RCA coaches and as many sponsors were certified.

Lastly, to run this process and recognise our best RCA leaders, we set up our first Group-wide RCA competition in 2022. The aim is to select the Group's best RCA; the title will be awarded annually. The best RCA is selected on each site, with each site-level winner automatically becoming a finalist at the regional level. Similarly, each winner at the regional level becomes a finalist at the Group level. The panel of judges is chaired by the Chief Executive Officer.

2.4.3.4. Action 2: Observe the regulations in force

As a producer of food packaging, Verallia must comply with the regulations in force on foodstuffs. The existing control system allows all necessary safety measures to be applied for the certification of plants. In 2022, we met our target. All 32 of our glass plants now have recognised food safety certification.

More than three-quarters of glass sites have FSSC 22000 or BRC certification.

Food safety is everyone's business. So how can we ensure that everyone in the organisation understands the meaning of food safety and their role? To achieve that goal, the network of food safety experts has designed and implemented an e-learning programme accessible to all employees. It represents an initial level of awareness for all employees. In addition to the e-learning on food safety awareness that is now followed by every new employee in the Group, 2022 saw us harmonise our hygiene rules so as to ensure food safety in all our regions and sites.

Grouped around five themes, these rules are applicable to anyone entering one of our glass-making sites.

Breakdown of the type of food safety certification in our glass sites

2.4.3.5. Action 3: Master and continuously improve quality in our production processes

Detection of defects in finished products

To improve the detection of situations that may lead to manufacturing defects and poor quality of glass packaging, Verallia has upgraded its equipment to check the appearance of glass jars and bottles. In fact, these machines allow the quality of the products to be checked according to their technical specificities and the aesthetic demands of customers. The modernisation plan affects over 1,200 machines. Initiated in 2019, it has been reviewed following the re-assessment of quality risks and the validation of new detection solutions proposed by our suppliers. Its implementation, in line with what has been done to date, is prioritised depending on the types of defects to be covered and the equipment to be upgraded.

Auditing the production process

Anticipating glass defects involves working on production processes to make them more rapidly operational and stable, particularly following production changes. Verallia has therefore developed a software package capable of acting on production parameters so as to avoid the occurrence of any risks that may degrade the quality of products. This package configures the manufacturing process (sequencing of micro-operations during the forming of bottles and jars) before the start of production. It is then able to anticipate potential risks linked to the parameters entered and thus to correct and optimise these parameters before the start of production in order to avoid them. This software package is now used at all 32 glassmaking sites.

Control of the main raw materials of our glass packaging: cullet and glass sand

We are focusing our efforts on controlling the cullet and glass sand used in our bottles and jars. Poor quality cullet can have significant impacts, first for our customers, as its inclusion can lead to breakage, and second for our furnaces and their proper operation, particularly in terms of the color stability or density of the glass.

To roll out this quality approach, initially dedicated to cullet and glass sand, we had to adjust our Supplier Quality Assurance process.

Supplier Quality Assurance (SQA) is defined as an approach that ensures that the product or service delivered by a supplier complies with the customer's requirements. This collaborative approach aims to ensure that the supplier, with its resources, can meet its customer's requirements with a minimum of customer intervention.

THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SUPPLIER QUALITY ASSURANCE APPROACH IS CARRIED OUT IN 6 STAGES:

scrollen
STAGE 1 STAGE 2 STAGE 3 STAGE 4 STAGE 5 STAGE 6
Select supplier Define and accept Verallia specifications Validate production process Accept initial samples SOP and probationary period PQA management

Together with quality, glassmaking and cullet treatment experts, specific standards for the cullet and glass sand product/​ process have been created, the most important of which is our supplier process audit standard.

→ Outlook

The two main areas of work in the Group's roadmap will consist in:

scrollen

capitalising on lessons learned;

accelerating the replication of internal standards and best practices throughout the Group.

2.5. Annexes

Methodological note

1. Reference frameworks

The reporting of non-financial indicators is based on the GRI framework, the TCFD recommendations and the Sustainable Accounting Standards Board (SASB) standards for the "Containers & Packaging" sector.

2. Indicators

The indicators are provided in the Annexes in the table of non-financial indicators. They refer to consolidated data as of 31 December 2022 except for the "Waste recycling rate" indicator. It has been decided, from 2021 and for subsequent years, to publish a "Waste recycling rate" indicator for the period from October in the prior year to September in the year under review so as to continue being able to refer to real data and to adapt to the operational realities of data reporting in a timeframe that has been brought forward compared with the previous year.

3. Reporting scope

The reporting scope for non-financial information corresponds to the Group's financial consolidation scope within the meaning of Article L. 233-16 of the French Commercial Code. It covers controlled entities and companies, with the exception of Verallia India, Verallia USA and Verallia UK (the new name of Allied Glass, acquired in November 2022) for all indicators, and Verallia Packaging for indicators related to water, waste and CO 2 emissions.

The health and safety indicators cover all glass and non-glass plants and headquarters, unless otherwise stated.

The environmental indicators relate only to the glass plants, unless otherwise stated.

The scope has not changed compared with the previous year. Where scope limitations exist on certain indicators, they are specified in section 4. "Methodological clarifications and limitations relating to the indicators".

In the event of an acquisition during the year under review, the non-financial data of the acquired entity is included in the reporting scope from 1 January of the subsequent year.

Acquisition during the year

Verallia acquired Allied Glass on 2 November 2022.

This established player in the UK glass packaging industry operates two glass plants, each with two furnaces, and a decoration site in the Leeds area. It employs more than 600 people across all three sites. Verallia UK (the new name of Allied Glass) specialises in high-end bottles for the spirits segment, particularly Scotch Whisky and Gin.

In terms of environmental performance, Verallia UK has focused on the exclusive use of low-carbon electricity, allowing it to post Scope 2 emissions of zero. Another focus is the use of cullet.

4. Methodological clarifications and limitations relating to the indicators

Social, and health and safety indicators

Total workforce

The total workforce is the number of employees present in the company on 31 December of the year under review. It includes both permanent and fixed-term employees, whether full-time or part-time. Work-study contracts (apprenticeship contracts and professional training contracts) are counted in the workforce unless otherwise stated. Trainees, temporary workers and subcontractors are not included in this indicator.

Frequency rate 1 (TF1)

Number of lost-time accidents per million hours worked.

Frequency rate (with and without lost time) (TF2)

Number of accidents, with and without lost time, per million hours worked.

Severity rate

Number of days lost as a result of an accident x 1000 /​ Number of hours worked annually.

We count days of absence as from confirmation from the doctor, i.e. in line with details provided in the medical leave notice following the accident. Days are counted in calendar days. Days off work for relapses are only taken into account 7 days after the resumption of normal activity.

Number of accidents with and without lost time

Unit number of accidents with and without lost time. Accidents are counted once in the year in which they occur.

Subcontractors working on site are included in the calculation. Commuting accidents are not taken into account.

Gender equality index

The index corresponds to the average of index scores computed for each entity of the Group and adjusted by the workforce of the entity which is taken into account as calculation. For the French entities, the legal forms are applied. For foreign entities, the form for companies with more than 250 employees is applied for all entities regardless of the number of employees. It includes both permanent and fixed-term employees who were with the company for more than 6 months between 1 January and 31 December of the year under review. It reflects the level of salary, pay increases, promotion, pay increases upon return from maternity leave and the comparison with the 10 highest salaries.

Share of women managers

The share of female managers corresponds to the number of female managers in relation to the total number of managers, according to the definition of the category used in each country over the period from 1 January to 31 December of the year under review for permanent and fixed-term employees.

Total hours of training completed

(Total number of employees trained) /​ (Number of employees as of 31 December of the year under review)

Training courses include face-to-face training and elearning. Travel time to and from training is excluded. The reference period for learner registrations is from November in the prior year to November in the year under review. A course is deemed validated if the learner completes at least 90% of the module.

Engagement index

This index is the result of an opinion survey, consisting of about 50 questions, carried out every two years. It is intended for the entire workforce present at the time of the survey (permanent, fixed-term, apprentices). The questionnaire must be completed in full to be taken into account. It is conducted by an independent firm.

Absenteeism rate

(Number of hours of absence) /​ (Number of theoretical hours worked)

Here, the number of hours of absence excludes sick leave, time off work for more than 6 months due to accidents at work, legal or trade union absences, absences for unpaid leave, absences for strike or disciplinary reasons.

The number of theoretical hours worked is equal to the number of hours worked excluding paid holidays plus hours of absence.

The indicator covers permanent and fixed-term contracts, including contracts suspended for parental leave, sabbatical leave or leave to start a business.

Share of capital held by employees

(Number of employees having subscribed to the Group Savings Plan (PEG) or International Group Savings Plan (PEGI) in the year under review) /​ (Number of employees eligible for PEG or PEGI in the year under review).

The share of capital held by employees takes into account the total number of shares held in the Verallia employee investment fund to which is added the number of shares directly held, in registered form, by the employees who have invested in employee-only offers.

Environmental indicators

Rate of use of external cullet in production

Volume of external cullet divided by the volume of packed glass produced during the year.

Scope 1, 2 & 3 GHG emissions in ktCO 2 e

Scopes 1 and 2:

Scope 1 covers "direct emissions", i.e. CO 2 emissions linked to the physical scope of the plant, i.e. carbonated raw materials, heavy and domestic fuel oil, natural gas (melting and non-melting).

Scope 2 covers "indirect energy emissions", i.e. emissions related to the consumption of electricity required for the operation of the plant. Data collection is carried out within each of the various entities; the data is reported in the "BFC-SAP CONSO" financial consolidation software. Greenhouse gas emissions are calculated by multiplying energy and material consumption data by the associated emission factors. Emissions from office buildings, decoration plants and cullet treatment centres are excluded from Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions, in accordance with the GHG Protocol and its emission categories, as they represent, according to our estimates and benchmark calculations, less than 1% of total Scope 1 and 2 emissions.

The emission factors used were obtained from the AIB database (https:/​/​www.aib-net.org/​facts/​european-residual-mix).

Scopes 1 and 2 are calculated according to an international methodology defined by the GHG Protocol.

Scope 3:

Scope 3 covers "other indirect emissions", i.e. all other greenhouse gas emissions that are not directly linked to the operation of the plant, but to all other stages of the product's life cycle. In line with the completeness requirements of the GHG Protocol, only insignificant sources were excluded (application of the < 1% threshold).

Scope 3 is calculated according to an international methodology defined by the GHG Protocol. The calculation is based on the collection of primary data (mileage, tonnage, etc.) and the use of secondary data (emission factors from ADEME databases, emission factors obtained directly from suppliers, etc.).

Tonne of CO 2 (Scopes 1 and 2) per tonne of glass packed

This indicator corresponds to the quantity in tonnes of Scope 1 and 2 CO 2 emitted in proportion to the total tonnes of glass packed. The quantity of glass packed is the quantity deemed fit for sale of all glass produced.

% of renewable or low-carbon electricity

Share of renewable or low-carbon electricity consumption (in MWh) out of total electricity consumption (in MWh) for Verallia's activities.

The following sources are considered low-carbon: wind, solar, hydraulic, bio-mass and nuclear. The assessment includes contracts signed by Verallia and certified by the producers, and the assessment of the share of the grid excluding certificates of origin (market-based approach).

Total energy consumption in MWh

Total on-site energy consumption related to Verallia's activities. Gas consumption is reported in PCI.

Alpha coefficient

The Alpha coefficient, as defined in the French standard H35-077 on the geometry of glass bottles, serves to express the degree of lightness of a product by determining the ratio of its weight to its capacity. It is calculated as follows: weight /​ volume ˆ0.8. The application of the 0.8 power allows the calculation to be standardised regardless of the capacity of the glass bottles.

Percentage of suppliers identified to date as priority risk according to the AFNOR matrix that are in the process of or have completed an EcoVadis assessment (initiated or completed)

Based on the risk mapping carried out with AFNOR, categories of goods have been identified as being more or less subject to risk. These categories have been grouped into Group-wide typologies ("red flags", "orange flags"). The supplier's status is then assigned according to the category of goods it supplies. The suppliers identified as priority risk are those supplying one of the five to six commodity groups identified as "red" (Quarrying, Buildings & Civil Work, etc.). In addition, our Chinese and Indian suppliers are included among red flags, regardless of their supply family.

Water consumption in m3 per tonne of glass packed (TGP)

This indicator corresponds to the ratio of water consumed to total tonnes of glass packed. The quantity of glass packed is the quantity deemed fit for sale of all glass produced.

Only fixed-term and permanent contracts are included in the calculation of this indicator.

Waste recycling rate

Share of recycled waste in the total weight of waste produced (%)

In calculating the recycling rate, we refer to the definitions of the European Union Directive 2008/​98/​EC (Waste Framework Directive).

The calculation of this indicator is confined to glass plants.

Ethical indicators

Number of convictions or fines

Number of convictions or fines during the year in the areas of compliance (competition law, anti-corruption, embargoes and economic sanctions, personal data protection). No data escalation threshold is applied.

Number of ethics alerts received (and % handled)

An ethics alert is an alert reporting a violation or an attempted violation of laws relating to areas of compliance (see above) or any information relating to a crime or offence, a threat or a prejudice to the public interest, a violation or an attempt to conceal a violation of an international commitment regularly ratified or approved by France or another country whose laws applies to Verallia, a unilateral act of an international organisation taken on the basis of such a commitment, European Union law, a law or regulation, or a threat or harm to the public interest.

An ethics alert is deemed to have been handled when it is closed in our professional alert management platform.

% of the defined population trained in our anti-corruption programme

The population defined is similar to employees who may be exposed to the risk of active/​passive corruption. Passive corruption involves asking for or accepting any advantage, for oneself or for others, in exchange for the performance or non-performance of an act relating to a person's office or facilitated by a person's office. Active corruption involves offering any advantage to a person in a position of public authority in exchange for the performance or non-performance of an act elating to a person's office or facilitated by a person's office.

The population defined at Group level includes at least the employees most exposed to the risk of active or passive corruption, i.e. all employees in each entity working in the areas of finance, HR, legal, general management, R&D, CSR, purchasing, communication, sales and marketing, and customer service.

They must complete the anti-corruption training programme in their first year of employment with the Group and repeat it every two years.

% of the defined population trained in our competition law programme

The population defined at Group level includes at least the employees most exposed to competition risk, i.e. all employees in each entity working in the areas of finance, HR, legal, general management, R&D, CSR, purchasing, communication, sales and marketing and customer services.

They must complete the competition training programme in their first year of employment with the Group and repeat it every two years.

% of the defined population trained on risks of violation of economic sanctions and embargoes

The population defined at Group level includes at least the employees most exposed to the risk of violating economic sanctions and embargoes, i.e. over the last two years, all employees of each entity working in the areas of purchasing, sales and marketing, legal, audit and internal control, and communication, as well as the Chief Financial Officer.

These e-learning courses are recorded from November N-1 to November N.

% decrease in the customer complaint rate (number of complaints per 1 billion containers sold)

This indicator serves to measure the quality performance (product and service) of our glassmaking sites. It aims to measure the trend in the total number of industrial complaints received by our sites between 1 January and 31 December of the year under review, where the glass plant is responsible for the defect, in proportion to the number of glass containers produced and sold over the same period.

% of sites with at least 1 certified RCA coach

RCA coaches are Verallia employees (such as plant, quality or production managers) trained and recognised as contacts for promoting the root cause analysis (RCA) method, as well as the associated "attitudes" at all levels of the Group. They are a key element in the implementation of the quality culture and the approach to problem solving within Verallia.

5. Regulatory aspects not dealt with

In view of the nature of its activities, Verallia considers that the following issues do not constitute major CSR risks and do not warrant development in this report: the fight against food insecurity, respect for animal welfare, responsible, fair and sustainable food.

Table of non-financial performance indicators

scrollen
Indicator 2022 2021 2020
ENVIRONMENT
General
% of operational sites for which an environmental risk assessment has been performed 100% 100% 100%
% of the total workforce in all sites that received training (internal or external) on environmental issues 100% 100% 100%
Energy and fuels
Total energy consumption in MWh 10,708,709 10,810,763 10,644,562
Fossil fuel consumption (fuel oil, gas) in MWh PCI 8,743,156 8,859,621 8,788,556
Electricity consumption in MWh PCI 1,965,553 1,951,142 1,856,006
Consumption of certified renewable electricity in MWh 575,224 522,045 /​
% of renewable or low-carbon electricity out of total electricity consumed 50% 46% 34%
Total energy cost (in € million) 586.961 364.512 332.071
Fuel consumption costs (in € million) 357.158 227.423 204,481
Scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions
Scope 1 GHG emissions in ktCO 2 e 2,286 2,347 2,378
Scope 2 GHG emissions in ktCO 2 e 471 486 562
Scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions in ktCO 2 e 2,756 2,833 2,940
Scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions /​ revenue (tCO 2 e /​ € million) 0.81 1.05 1.16
Scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions in tCO 2 e per TPG 0.468 0.482 0.523
Scope 3 GHG emissions
Scope 3 GHG emissions in ktCO 2 e Not yet available 1,634 1,743
% of Scope 3 within the Group's total emissions 36.6% 37.2%
Scope 3 emissions from raw materials in kt CO 2 - 556 506
Scope 3 emissions from transport in kt CO 2 - 301 289
Scope 3 emissions from packaging in kt CO 2 - 129 173
Upstream Scope 3 emissions in kt CO 2 - 1,380 1,398
Downstream Scope 3 emissions in kt CO 2 - 254 345
Soil regeneration
Number of trees planted since 2019 413,000 313,000 200,000
Number of winning sites in the Nature on Site internal competition since 2019 9 6 4
Certified GHG emission offsets in tCO 2 e 20,000 30,000 30,910
Water
Total water consumption in m3 2,758,494 3,108,599 3,273,730
Water consumption in m3 per tonne of packed glass (TPG) 0.47 0.53 0.58
Waste
Waste recycling rate 75% 68% 65.5%
Weight of waste generated in plants (tonnes) 76,918 65,188 64,975
Weight of hazardous waste (tonnes) 17,515 9,167 14,450
Weight of waste sent to landfill (tonnes) 11,345 13,230 17,944
Weight of non-hazardous waste (tonnes) 59,061 56,021 50,525
Weight of waste recycled or reused (tonnes) 61,894 45,816 45,557
Sustainable materials and products
% of cullet recycled in the production of new glass (external cullet ratio) 55.7% 55% 51.6%
Alpha coefficient 15.9 16 16
SOCIAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY
General
Total workforce 10,008 9,758 9,553
Percentage of employees by region:
Europe (including France) 87% 87% 87%
(25%) (25%) (26%)
Latin America 13% 13% 13%
Workforce by geographic area:
Northern and Eastern Europe 3,218 3,153 3,122
Southern and Western Europe 5,382 5,286 5,184
Latin America 1,408 1,291 1,247
Breakdown of workforce by type of employment contract
Permanent 90% 90% 90%
Fixed term 5% 5% 4%
Temporary staff 5% 5% 6%
Breakdown of workforce by SPC:
Managers 1,065 1,014 993
Employees, technicians and supervisors 2,458 2,308 2,230
Manual workers 6,485 6,436 6,330
Sales workforce 310 318 280
Company total payroll in millions of euros (the sum of all gross wages and salaries and employers' social security contributions, as well as employee profit-sharing and incentives and other personnel expenses recorded each financial year). 567.4 524.5 501
Change in employment
Change in employment within the Group over the last three years:
Total turnover (all departures combined) 11.9% 11.2% 9.4%
Voluntary turnover (resignations only) 5.0% 4.6% 2.60%
Recruitment rate 14.3% 12.0% 7.60%
Hiring rate on permanent contracts 9.4% 7.1% 4.20%
Health and safety
Number of accidents (with or without lost time) 76 (1) 105 88
Accident frequency rate (TF1) 3.5 5 4.4
Frequency rate (with and without lost time) (TF2): Number of work-related accidents with or without lost time per million of worked hours 3.6 5.3 4.6
Severity rate 0.25 0.29 -
Number of fatal workplace accidents 0 0 0
% of the total workforce on all sites represented in a joint occupational Health and Safety Committee 100% 100% 100%
% of operational sites for which an occupational health and safety risk assessment has been performed 100% 100% 100%
% of employees covered by a mandatory health care expense scheme 90% 91% nd
% of employees covered by a health care expense scheme voluntarily proposed by Verallia 57% 57% nd
% of employees covered by a health care expense scheme (mandatory or voluntary) 100% 100% nd
Diversity & Inclusion
Percentage of women employed 17.9 17.2% 16.5%
Percentage of women in senior management positions (Executive Committee) 30% 33% 20%
Share of female managers 31.3% 30.4% 29,8%
Female hiring rate 28.3% 28.8% 20.7%
Gender equality index 68 67 70
Percentage of people with disabilities/​average workforce 3.3% 3.4% 3.3%
Hiring rate of people with disabilities 1.4% 1.5% nd
Number of nationalities of employees present in the Group 68 63 nd
Professional development
Number of hours of total training completed 327,520 304,902
Percentage of workforce trained 85.2% 78.8% 77%
Number of training hours per person (h/​person) 33 31 25
Proportion of managers and non-managers trained:
Managers 91.7% 93.3% 63%
Senior technicians and supervisors 91% 74.7% 64%
Manual workers, administrative staff and technicians 82.1% 70.9% 56%
Percentage per type of training:
Technical 52% 61% 50%
Environment, Health, Safety 58% 54% 17%
Management 32% 29% 9%
Language 4% 4% 5%
Other 25% 24% 11%
Employee engagement
Number of agreements signed or approved with staff representatives during the year 64 70 51
Engagement index (every two years) nd 57.0% nd
Absenteeism rate 5.5% 5.0% 5.5%
Capital held by employees
Proportion of share capital held by employees 3.8% 3.5% 3.2%
Proportion of employee shareholders 41% 45% 37%
Number of employee shareholders 4,132 4,367 3,491
ETHICS
General
Number of convictions or fines 0 0 0
Total number of alerts received (and % handled) 15 7
(87%) (100%)
Number of ethical alerts received (and % handled) 0 1
(N/​A) (100%)
Percentage of all operational sites for which an internal audit/​ethics risk assessment has been conducted 100% 100% 100%
Corruption
% of the defined population trained in our anti-corruption program (target: persons likely to be at risk of active/​passive corruption) 97.5% 98.9% 98.7%
Number of confirmed corruption incidents 0 0 0
Competition & embargo
% of the defined population trained in our competition program 98.9% 98.8% 98.3%
% of defined population trained in risks of violation of economic sanctions and embargoes 99.4% 94.8%
Personal data
% of requests for the exercise of GDPR rights handled 100% 100%
Sécurité de l'information
Number of information security incidents confirmed
Number of IT security events collected in billions for analysis 81.9 25.8 22.2
Number of incidents with impacts 2 1 1
Suppliers
Group purchases (in € million) 2.18 1.6 1.6
Number of suppliers 12,800 10,250 8,000
▪ % of suppliers in number for the energy purchase category 1% 1% 5%
▪ % of suppliers in number for the raw materials purchase category 8% 8% 5%
▪ % of suppliers in number for the investment purchase category 17% 21% 14%
▪ % of suppliers in number for the transport purchase category 13% 10% 7%
▪ % of suppliers in number for the production purchase category 26% 28% 19%
▪ % of suppliers in number for the packaging purchase category 5% 6% 16%
▪ % of suppliers in number for the general and other purchase category 30% 26% 34%
Percentage of the amount of purchases covered by the Suppliers Charter 88% 82% 73
Percentage of suppliers identified to date as priority risk according to the AFNOR matrix that are in the process of or have completed an EcoVadis or ACESIA assessment 99% 89% 91%
Total number of CSR physical inspections of supplier facilities 24 78 8
Percentage of targeted suppliers that have been subject to an on-site CSR audit 37% 30% 3%
Number of actions plans initiated as a result of supplier non- compliance 57 24 N/​A
Percentage of buyers from all sites who have received responsible purchasing training 100% 100% 100%
Percentage of suppliers for which information about conflict minerals is available 100% 100% 100%
Product safety and customer satisfaction
% of sites with at least 1 certified RCA coach * 100% 84% 47%
Number of sites covered by Food Safety certification 100% 94% 90%
% decrease in customer complaint rate (number of complaints per 100 million containers sold) -43% vs 2020 -13% vs 2020 -53% vs 2017
Communities
Monetary contributions to communities, NGOs made by the company per year €1.5million €1.5 million €1.5 million
Governance
Number of members on your Board (Board of Directors or Supervisory Board or equivalent) as of 31 December 13 10 13
Percentage of Directors present (in person, by teleconference or by proxy) at Board meetings held during the reporting period 96% 94% 88%
Total number of regular and special meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company held during the reporting period 6 7 7
Percentage of independent members on the Board of Directors or Supervisory Board as at 31 December. A Director is independent when he or she does not have any relationship of any kind with the Company, its Group or its management, which may compromise the exercise of his or her freedom of judgement. 50% 50% 40%
Percentage of women on the Board of Directors or Supervisory Board 40% 44% 40%
Percentage of women on the Management Committee 27% 30% 20%

(1) The subcontractors being included in this number as for 2021

GRI correspondence tables

The Group has chosen to comply with the essential level of the GRI framework and as such presents a table of correspondence with the general elements and the specific elements related to its most material issues.

scrollen
GRI source Disclosure Correspondence
102-1 to 102-8, 102-10 Vision and business model of the Group Section "Our Business model"
102-9 Value chain information 2.1; 2.4
102-11 Precautionary principle
102-12 Charters, principles and other external initiatives 2.3; 2.4; 4.1.2.9; 4.1.2.10
102-13 Membership of national or international associations 2.1; 2.3; 2.4
102-14 Statement by the highest decision-maker on the relevance of sustainable development to the organisation and its strategy Section "Message from
CEO and our purpose"
102-16 Organisational values, principles, standards and rules such as codes of conduct and codes of ethics 2.4; 3.1.1.1
102-18 The structure of the governance of the organisation, including the committees of the senior governance body. 3.1.1.2
102-40 List of stakeholder groups with which the organisation has established a dialogue 2.1; 2.4
102-41 Percentage of all employees covered by a collective agreement
102-42 Criteria selected for the identification and selection of stakeholders with which to establish a dialogue 2.4
102-43 Stakeholder involvement approach 2.4
102-44 Major issues and concerns raised 1.2.2; 1.3.1; 2
Methodology and assurance report
102-45 Entities included in financial consolidation: including reasons for exclusion 6.1
102-46 Definition of content of the report and scope of the issues Section "General remarks"
102-47 List of relevant issues 1.2.2; 1.3.1; 2
102-48 Reaffirmation of information 9.1.2
102-49 Reporting changes
102-50 Reporting period 2.6; 6.2; 6.5
102-51 Date of last published report, if applicable N/​A
102-52 Reporting cycle
102-53 Contact person for questions about the report or its contents 9.1.1
102-54 "Compliance" option chosen by the Organisation and content Index 2.6; 6.2; 6.5
102-55 GRI correspondence table 2.5; 9.4
102-56 External verification of the report 2.6; 6.2; 6.5
scrollen
GRI source Publication Correspondence
Economic
203 - Indirect economic impacts
203-1 Development and impact of investment in infrastructure and support for services 1.2.1.3
203-2 Significant indirect impacts 1.2.1.2
205 - Anti-corruption
205-1 Activities assessed in terms of corruption risk 1.2.1.3
205-2 Communication and training on anti-corruption policies and procedures 1.2.1.2
205-3 Demonstrated cases of corruption and actions taken N/​A
206 - Anti-competitive practices
206-1 Legal action against anti-competitive behaviour and anti-trust practices N/​A
Environment
301 - Materials
301-1 Materials used by weight or by volume 1.5.1.1
301-2 Recycled materials used 1.5.1.1
301-3 Recycled products and packaging materials 2; 2.1; 2.5
302 - Energy
302-1 Energy consumption within the organisation 2.5
302-2 Energy consumption outside the organisation N/​A
302-3 Energy intensity
302-4 Reduced energy consumption 2.5
303 - Water and effluents
303-1 Total volume of water extracted by source 2.1; 2.5
303-2 Water supply sources heavily affected by extractions
303-3 Percentage and total volume of water recycled and reused
305 - Emissions
305-1 Direct greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 1) 2.2; 2.5
305-2 Indirect greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 2) related to energy 2.2; 2.5
305-3 Other indirect greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 3) 2.2; 2.5
305-4 Intensity of greenhouse gas emissions 2.2
305-5 Reduction of greenhouse gas emissions 2.2
305-6 Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) emissions
305-7 NOX, SOX, and other substantial atmospheric emissions
306 - Effluents and waste
306-1 Total water discharges by type and destination 2.5
306-2 Total weight of waste, by type and by treatment method 2.5
306-3 Number and total volume of substantial spills N/​A
306-4 Transport of hazardous waste
306-5 Bodies of water affected by spills or run-off
307 - Environmental compliance
307-1 Non-compliance with legislation and environmental regulations N/​A
Social
403 - Occupational Health and Safety
403-1 Representation of workers in official Health and Safety Committees involving workers and management 2.5
403-2 Rates and types of work-related accidents, occupational illness, absenteeism, lost workdays and number of work-related deaths 2.3; 2.5
403-3 Employees who are directly and frequently exposed to illnesses related to their professional activity 4.1.2.8; 4.1.4.2
403-4 Health and safety issues covered by formal agreements with trade unions 2.3
404 - Training and education
404-1 Average number of training hours per year, by employee, gender and occupational category 2.5
404-2 Employee skills upgrade and transition assistance programmes 2.3
404-3 Percentage of employees receiving periodic assessment and career development interviews, by gender and occupational category
405 - Diversity and equal opportunities
405-1 Diversity of governance bodies and employees 2.5; 3.1.1.2
405-2 Ratio of basic salary to earnings of women and men
406 - Non-discrimination
406-1 Cases of discrimination and corrective measures taken
410 - Security Practices
410-1 Training of security personnel in human rights policies and procedures
416 - Health and safety of consumers
416-1 Assessment of the impact of products and services on consumer health and safety 2.4
416-2 Cases of non-compliance regarding the health and safety impacts of products and services 5.7
419 - Socio-economic compliance
419-1 Non-compliance with social and economic legislation and regulations 5.7

Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) correspondence tables

Given the specificity of our activities and the circular economy model, the Group has chosen the following as the most representative sector of the Sustainable Accounting Standards Board (SASB): "Containers & Packaging" (in "Resource Transformation").

The correspondence table is as follows:

scrollen
TOPIC ACCOUNTING METRIC CATEGORY
Greenhouse Gas Emissions Gross global Scope 1 emissions, percentage covered under emissions-limiting regulations Quantitative
Discussion of long-term and short-term strategy or plan to manage Scope 1 emissions, emissions reduction targets, and an analysis of performance against those targets Discussion and Analysis
Air Quality Air emissions of the following pollutants : (1) NOx (excluding N2O), (2) SOx, (3) volatile organic compounds (VOCs), and (4) particulate matter (PM) Quantitative
Energy Management Water Management (1) Total energy consumed, (2) percentage grid electricity, (3) percentage renewable, (4) total self-generated energy (1) Total water withdrawn, (2) total water consumed, percentage of each in regions with High or Extremely High Baseline Water Stress Quantitative Quantitative
Description of water management risks and discussion of strategies and practices to mitigate those risks Quantitative
Number of incidents of non-compliance associated with water quality permits, standards, and regulations Quantitative
Waste Management Amount of hazardous waste generated, percentage recycled Quantitative
Product Safety Number of recalls issued, total units recalled Quantitative
Discussion of process to identify and manage emerging materials and chemicals of concern Discussion and Analysis
Product Lifecycle Management Percentage of raw materials from: (1) recycled content, (2) renewable resources, and (3) renewable and recycled content Quantitative
Revenue from products that are reusable, recyclable, and/​or compostable Quantitative
Discussion of strategies to reduce the environmental impact of packaging throughout its lifecycle Discussion and Analysis
Supply Chain Management Total wood fibre procured, percentage from certified sources Quantitative
Total aluminium purchased, percentage from certified sources Quantitative
Amount of production, by substrate Quantitative
Percentage of production as : (1) paper/​ wood, (2) glass, (3) metal, and (4) plastic Quantitative
Number of employees Quantitative
scrollen
TOPIC UNIT OF MEASURE CODE REFERENCE
Greenhouse Gas Emissions Metric tons (t) CO 2 e RT- CP-110a.1 2 ; 2.2 ; 2.5
Percentage (%)
N/​A RT- CP-110a.2 2 ; 2.2
Air Quality Metric tons (t) RT- CP-120a.1
Energy Management Water Management Gigajoules (GJ), Percentage (%) Thousand cubic meters (m 3 ), Percentage (%) RT- CP-130a.1 RT- CP-140a.1 2.5
2.5
Number RT- CP-140a.2 2.1
Number RT- CP-140a.3 N.A.
Waste Management Metric tons (t), Percentage (%) RT- CP-150a.1 2.1 ; 2.5
Product Safety Number RT-CP-250a.1
N/​A RT-CP-250a.2
Product Lifecycle Management Percentage (%) by weight RT-CP-410a.1 2.1 ; 2.5
Reporting currency RT-CP-410a.2
N/​A RT-CP-410a.3 2.1
Supply Chain Management Metric tons (t), Percentage (%) RT-CP-430a.1 N.A.
Metric tons (t), Percentage (%) RT-CP-430a.2 N.A.
Metric tons (t) RT-CP-000.A
Percentage (%) by revenue RT-CP-000.B N.A.
Number RT-CP-000.C 2.5

TCFD (Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures) cross-reference table

The cross-reference table with the TCFD recommendations is presented below.

The Verallia Group's response to the CDP also includes more details on certain matters.

scrollen
Alignment with the 11 recommendations of the TCFD Correspondence
Governance Control exercised by Board of Directors over climate-related risks and opportunities 2.2; 3.1.5.5
Management's role in the assessment and management of climate-related risks and opportunities 2.2; 4.2.1.1
Strategy Description of the short, medium and long term climate risks and opportunities 2.2; 4.1.2.4; 4.1.2.12
Description of the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the investment strategy 2.2
Presentation of the resilience of the investment strategy, considering different climatic scenarios, including a scenario of 2°C or below
Risk management Description of risk management processes to identify, assess and manage climate-related risks 4.1.2.4; 4.1.2.12
Description of climate risk management processes 4.1.2.4; 4.1.2.12
Description of how climate-related risks are integrated into risk management processes
Indicators and objectives Presentation of information on the indicators used to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in the context of the investment strategy and risk management process 2.2
Presentation of information on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and related risks under Scopes 1 and 2, and where applicable, Scope 3 2.2
Presentation of the objectives set to manage the risks and opportunities related to the climate, as well as the results achieved in the pursuit of these objectives 2.2

2.6. Report by the Statutory Auditors on the non-financial statement included in the management report

Report of one of the Statutory Auditors, appointed as independent third party, on the verification of the consolidated non-financial statement

For the year ended December 31, 2022

To the shareholders of Verallia,

VERALLIA

Tour Carpe Diem

31, Place des Corolles - Esplanade Nord

92400 Courbevoie

In our capacity as Statutory Auditor of the company Verallia (hereinafter the "Entity")], appointed as independent third party ("third party") and accredited by the French Accreditation Committee (Cofrac), (Cofrac Inspection Accreditation, n °3-1862,scope available at www.cofrac.fr)), we have undertaken a limited assurance engagement on the historical information (observed or extrapolated) in the consolidated non-financial statement, prepared in accordance with the Entity's procedures (hereinafter the "Guidelines"), for the year ended December 31, 2022 (hereinafter the "Information" and the "Statement", respectively), presented in the group management report pursuant to the legal and regulatory provisions of Articles L. 225-102-1, R. 225-105 and R. 225-105-1 of the French Commercial Code (code de commerce).

Conclusion

Based on the procedures we have performed as described under the "Nature and scope of procedures" and the evidence we have obtained, nothing has come to our attention that cause us to believe that the consolidated non-financial statement is not prepared in accordance with the applicable regulatory provisions and that the Information, taken as a whole, is not presented fairly in accordance with the Guidelines.

Preparation of the non-financial performance statement

The absence of a commonly used generally accepted reporting framework or a significant body of established practice on which to draw to evaluate and measure the Information allows for different, but acceptable, measurement techniques that can affect comparability between entities and over time.

Consequently, the Information needs to be read and understood together with the Guidelines, whose key elements are available on request from the company's head office.

Inherent Limitations in preparing the Information

The Information may be subject to uncertainty inherent to the state of scientific and economic knowledge and the quality of external data used. Some information is sensitive to the choice of methodology and the assumptions or estimates used for its preparation and presented in the Statement.

Responsibility of the Entity

Management is responsible for:

scrollen

selecting or establishing suitable criteria for preparing the Information;

preparing a Statement pursuant to legal and regulatory provisions, including a presentation of the business model, a description of the main non-financial risks, a presentation of the policies implemented considering those risks and the outcomes of said policies, including key performance indicators and the information set-out in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/​852 (Green taxonomy);

preparing the Statement by applying the Entity's "Guidelines" as referred above; and

implementing internal control over information relevant to the preparation of the Information that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

The Statement has been prepared by the Board of Directors.

Responsibility of the Statutory Auditor appointed as independent third party

Based on our work, our responsibility is to express a limited assurance conclusion on:

scrollen

the compliance of the Statement with the requirements of Article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code;

the fairness of the information provided pursuant to part 3 of sections I and II of Article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code, i.e. the outcomes of policies, including key performance indicators, and measures relating to the main risks, hereinafter the "Information."

As we are engaged to form an independent conclusion on the Information as prepared by management, we are not permitted to be involved in the preparation of the Information as doing so may compromise our independence.

It is not our responsibility to report on:

scrollen

the Entity's compliance with other applicable legal and regulatory provisions (particularly with regard to the information set-out in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/​852 (Green taxonomy), the French duty of care law and against corruption and tax evasion);

the fairness of information set-out in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/​852 (Green taxonomy)

the compliance of products and services with the applicable regulations.

Applicable regulatory provisions and professional guidance

We performed the work described below in accordance with Articles A. 225-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, the professional guidance issued by the French Institute of Statutory Auditors (Compagnie Nationale des Commissaires aux Comptes) applicable to such engagement, in particular the professional guidance issued by the Compagnie Nationale des Commissaires aux Comptes, Intervention du commissaire aux comptes - Intervention de l'OTI - déclaration de performance extra-financière, and acting as the verification programme and with the international standard ISAE 3000 (revised) -Assurance engagements other than audits or reviews of historical financial information.

Independence and quality control

Our independence is defined by the provisions of Article L. 822-11 of the French Commercial Code and French Code of Ethics for Statutory Auditors (Code de déontologie) of our profession. In addition, we have implemented a system of quality control including documented policies and procedures aimed at ensuring compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, ethical requirements and the professional guidance issued by the French Institute of Statutory Auditors (Compagnie Nationale des Commissaires aux Comptes) relating to this engagement.

Means and resources

Our work engaged the skills of 6 people between November 2022 and February 2023 and took a total of 9 weeks.

We were assisted in our work by our specialists in sustainable development and corporate social responsibility. We conducted 16 interviews with people responsible for preparing the Statement, representing in particular of the following Directions: Human Resources, Purchasing, CSR, Legal, HSE, Marketing, Quality and Logistics and Glass Recycling.

Nature and scope of procedures

We are required to plan and perform our work to address the areas where we have identified that a material misstatement of the Information is likely to arise.

The procedures we performed were based on our professional judgment. In carrying out our limited assurance engagement on the Information, we:

scrollen

obtained an understanding of all the consolidated entities' activities and the description of the main risks associated;

scrollen

assessed the suitability of the criteria of the Guidelines with respect to their relevance, completeness, reliability, neutrality and understandability, taking into account, where appropriate, best practices within the sector;

verified that the Statement includes each category of social and environmental information set out in article L. 225 102 1 III as well as information regarding compliance with human rights and anti corruption and tax avoidance legislation;

verified that the Statement provides the information required under Article R. 225-105 II of the French Commercial Code where relevant with respect to the main risks, and includes, where applicable, an explanation for the absence of the information required under Article L. 225-102-1 III, paragraph 2 of the French Commercial Code;

verified that the Statement includes a clear presentation of the business model and a description of the principal business risks of all entities included in the scope of consolidation, including, where relevant and proportionate, the risks created by its business relationships, products, or services as well as policies, actions and results, including key performance indicators relating to the main risks.

referred to documentary sources and conducted interviews to:

assess the process used to identify and confirm the main risks as well as the consistency of the outcomes, including the key performance indicators used, with respect to the main risks and the policies presented, and

corroborate the qualitative information (measures and outcomes) that we considered to be the most important presented in Appendix 1; concerning certain risks (integration of the circular economy in product manufacturing and the value chain, social and environmental risks in the subcontracting chain, compliance with applicable regulations, anti-corruption and personal data protection and product quality) our work was carried out at the level of the consolidated entity and in selected entities Albi (France), Azuqueca (Spain), Bad Wurzach (Germany), Burgos (Spain), Pescia (Italy), Porto Ferreira (Brazil), Vauxrot (France);

verified that the Statement covers the consolidated scope, i.e. all the entities within the consolidation scope in accordance with Article L. 233-16 of the French Commercial Code within the limitations set out in the Statement;

obtained an understanding of internal control and risk management procedures the Entity has implemented and assessed the data collection process aimed at ensuring the completeness and fairness of the Information;

for the key performance indicators and other quantitative outcomes that we considered to be the most important presented in Appendix, implemented:

analytical procedures to verify the proper consolidation of the data collected and the consistency of any changes in those data;

tests of details, using sampling techniques, in order to verify the proper application of definitions and procedures and reconcile the data with supporting documents. This work was carried out on a selection of contributing sites: Albi (France), Azuqueca (Spain), Bad Wurzach (Germany), Burgos (Spain), Pescia (Italy), Porto Ferreira (Brazil), Vauxrot (France) and covers between 20% and 73% of the consolidated data relating to the key performance indicators and outcomes selected for these tests;

assessed the overall consistency of the Statement in relation to our knowledge of all the consolidated entities

The procedures performed in a limited assurance review are less in extent than for a reasonable assurance opinion in accordance with the professional guidelines of the French National Institute of Statutory Auditors (Compagnie Nationale des Commissaires aux Comptes); a higher level of assurance would have required us to carry out more extensive procedures.

 

Neuilly-sur-Seine, 15 February 2023

One of the Statutory Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

Nicolas Brunetaud, Partner

Emilie Bobin Sustainable, Development Partner

Appendix: List of the information we considered most important

scrollen
Main risks identified and other commitments Sections of the management report dealing with policies, actions and related results reviewed as part of our work
Integrating the circular economy into our value chain 2.1.1 Be a major player in the circular economy
Including the following qualitative information:
• EHS policy
• Specifications
• Comparator of environmental impact of reuse
• Training program for customers on recycling glas
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• Rate of use of external cullet in production
• Tons of CO 2 avoided with cullet
2.1.2 Develop eco-design for responsible products
Including the following qualitative information:
• Alpha coefficient simulation and projection tool
• Tool user guide
• Product reduction project carried out in 2022
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• Alpha coefficient
Optimisation of water use and reduction of waste and discharges to water, air and soil 2.1.3 Optimise the use of water, packaging and reduce our waste
Including the following qualitative information:
• EHS policy
• Water policy
• Waste management policy
• Internal benchmarking tool
• Waste reduction action plan
• Identification mapping of internal waste streams created in 2022
(2023 deployment)
• Alert system: RCA Guide
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• Total water consumption
• Tons of packed glass
• Water consumption (m3/​ton of packed glass)
Share of (non-glass) recycled waste in glass plants
Energy efficiency and carbon footprint of our operations 2.2.1 Reduce emissions from our sites (Scope 1 and 2)
Including the following qualitative information:
• SBTi trajectory and public commitments to reduce CO 2 emissions
• Waste reduction action plan
• Projects to reduce scopes 1 and 2 emissions carried out in 2022
• Scope 3 procedure
• Renewable electricity certifications
• Soil regeneration program 2022
• Adherence of Verallia France to the Fret21 initiative
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• Energy consumption
• % of ISO 50001 and ISO 14001 certified sites
• Direct CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 and 2) (including % reduction in direct CO 2 emissions compared to 2019)
• tCO 2 emitted/​tons of packed glass (Scopes 1 and 2)
Occupational health and safety 2.3.1 Ensure the health and safety of everyone
Including the following qualitative information:
• EHS policy
• EHS Standards
• Safety Gamba Tour process and RCA alert process
• Action plans related to ergonomics
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• % of sites certified ISO 45001
• Number of accidents (with or without work interruption)
• Frequency rate 1
• Frequency rate 2
• Severity rate
Employee engagement and inclusion and social dialogue 2.3.2 Promote diversity and inclusion
Including the following qualitative information:
• HR roadmap
• Diversity Day
• Workshops and programs for diversity and inclusion
• Mentoring guide (new version 2022)
• Working group on disability set up in 2022
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• Share of employees with disabilities
• Share of women in the workforce
• Share of women managers
• Gender Equality Index
2.3.3 Support our employees in their professional development and value their involvement
Including the following qualitative information:
• 2022 roadmap on employee engagement
• Training plans
• Individualized social assessment
• Program for the well-being of employees
• Donation allocation process
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• Average training hours per person (permanent and temporary contracts)
• 2021 Engagement index
• Share of capital held by employees
• Number of employees holding FCPE shares and direct shareholding
• % of hiring in permanent contracts
• Voluntary turnover - resignations from permanent and temporary staff
• Absenteeism rate (permanent and temporary staff)
2.3.4 Other social information
Including the following qualitative information:
• Collective agreements
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• Number of agreements signed or validated during the year
Social and environmental risks in the subcontracting chain 2.4.2 Build engaging and respectful relationships with our suppliers
Including the following qualitative information:
• Supplier Charter (new version 2022)
• Responsible Purchasing Policy (new version 2022)
• Supplier Relations Charter
• Supplier audit reports and action plans
• CSR Prize 2022
• EcoVadis responsible purchasing training module
• Responsible purchasing shared document base
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• % of ISO 22000 certified sites
• % of purchases covered by the signature of the Suppliers Charter
• % of suppliers identified to date as having a priority risk according to the AFNOR matrix that are in the ECOVADIS or ACESIA assessment process (initiated or completed)
• Number of action plans initiated following supplier non-compliance
Comply with applicable regulations and fight against corruption and for personal data protection 2.4.1 Complying with key legislation (corruption, competition, embargoes, personal data, information security)
Including cybersecurity-related risk
Including the following qualitative information:
• Code of Conduct
• Anti-corruption policy
• "Third party due diligence" procedure
• Whistleblowing system policy
• "Professional associations" policy
• Awareness actions (Compliance Week, communications internal, training)
• RTD training
• Phishing and ransomware awareness actions
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• % of defined population trained in our anti-corruption program
• % of defined population trained in our competition program
• % of defined population trained in risks of violation of economic sanctions and embargo
Quality of our products 2.4.3 Ensure product quality and safety for customer satisfaction
Including the following qualitative information:
• 2022 Quality Improvement Plan
• Product quality and safety training
• Food safety certificates
• Tool for detecting risky situations
Including the following results and key performance indicators:
• Number of sites covered by Food Safety certification
• % decrease in customer complaint rate (number of complaints per 100 million containers sold)

3 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Report on Corporate Governance under Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code has been prepared on the basis of contributions from several of the Company's corporate functional divisions, including in particular the Legal, Financial and Human Resources Departments. The Report on Corporate Governance was also submitted to the Nomination Committee and the Compensation Committee for their review. It was approved by the Board of Directors during its meeting on 15 February 2023.

3.1. Composition and operation of the Board of Directors

3.1.1. Composition of the Board of Directors

3.1.1.1. Corporate Governance Code

In accordance with Article L. 22-10-10 of the French Commercial Code, the Company refers to and, subject to what is set out below, complies with the Corporate Governance Code of listed companies developed by the Association française des entreprises privées (the "AFEP") and the Mouvement des Entreprises de France (the "MEDEF") in its version updated in December 2022 (the "AFEP-MEDEF Code").

The AFEP-MEDEF Code is available online at: http:/​/​www.medef.com.

The Company comply with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, except for the following recommendation:

scrollen
Recommendation of the AFEP-MEDEF Code Comment from the Company
Recommendation 15.2 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code "Terms of office should be staggered so as to avoid replacement of the entire body and to favour a smooth replacement of Directors." As at the date of the Universal Registration Document, the terms of office of most Directors of the Company will expire at the end of the General Shareholders' Meeting convened to approve the financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2022, as many Directors were appointed simultaneously, on the occasion of the initial public offering of the Company or, as the case may be, co-opted to replace a resigning Director for a period not exceeding the term of office of the resigning Director. The staggering of terms of office is therefore not compliant with recommendation 15.2 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code which recommends to avoid the replacing of the entire body of Directors. As a result, the Combined General Meeting due to take place on 25 April 2023 will be asked to renew the term of offices of Marie-José Donsion, Virginie Hélias, Cécile Tandeau de Marsac, Michel Giannuzzi, Pierre Vareille, BWGI, BWSA and Bpifrance Investissement for differing terms, in accordance with Article 3 of the Articles of Association, to allow the staggering of terms of office.

3.1.1.2. Operation of the Board of Directors

(a) Composition: members of the Board of Directors as at 31 December 2022

The table below sets out the composition of the Board of Directors of the Company as at 31 December 2022:

scrollen
PROFILE POSITION
DIRECTORS AGE SEX NATIONALITY NUMBER OF SHARES HELD DATE OF APPOINTMENT END OF TERM OF OFFICE
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Michel Giannuzzi 58 M French 1,021,228 20.09.2019 GM 2023
Patrice Lucas 56 M French 2,000 11.05.2022 GM 2026
DIRECTORS REPRESENTING COMPANIES
Marcia Freitas Représentant BWSA 56 F Brazilian N/​A 03.10.2019 GM 2023
João Salles Représentant BWGI 41 M Brazilian N/​A 20.09.2019 GM 2023
Sébastien Moynot Représentant Bpifrance Investissement 50 M French N/​A 03.10.2019 GM 2023
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Marie-José Donsion 51 F French and Spanish 1,000 20.09.2019 GM 2023
Virginie Hélias 57 F French and Swiss 1,000 20.09.2019 GM 2023
Cécile Tandeau de Marsac 59 F French 1,000 20.09.2019 GM 2023
Pierre Vareille 65 M French 20,000 20.09.2019 GM 2023
Didier Debrosse 66 M French 2,000 11.05.2022 GM 2026
EMPLOYEE REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTORS
Dieter Müller 64 M German N/​A 23.01.2020 GM 2024
Xavier Massol 49 M French N/​A 10.01.2022 GM 2026
EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTORS
Beatriz Peinado Vallejo 52 F Spanish N/​A 11.05.2022 GM 2026
scrollen
POSITION BOARD COMMITTEE
DIRECTORS OTHER OFFICES IN LISTED COMPANIES 69 AUDIT NOMINATION COMPENSATION SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIC
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Michel Giannuzzi 2
Patrice Lucas 0
DIRECTORS REPRESENTING COMPANIES
Marcia Freitas Représentant BWSA 0
João Salles Représentant BWGI 2
Sébastien Moynot Représentant Bpifrance Investissement 2
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Marie-José Donsion 0
Virginie Hélias 0
Cécile Tandeau de Marsac 2
Pierre Vareille 1
Didier Debrosse 1
EMPLOYEE REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTORS
Dieter Müller 0
Xavier Massol 0
EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTORS
Beatriz Peinado Vallejo 0
scrollen
VERALLIA'S GOVERNANCE IN A FEW FIGURES
56 years old 46% 40% 50% 96%
AVERAGE AGE FOREIGN NATIONALITIES PERCENTAGE OF WOMEN OF INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS ATTENDANCE RATE

Key: ◊ Chair ● Member

69 Number of offices held in listed companies outside of the Group, including foreign companies, in accordance with the article 20 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code

The composition of the Board is thus consistent with the recommendation of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, which recommends that independent Directors should account for half the members of the Board in widely held corporations without controlling shareholders. The composition of the Board of Directors is also compliant with the recommendation of the French Financial Markets Authority on the diversification of Directors in terms of international experience: close to half of the Directors are foreign nationals (Brazilian, German, Spanish and Swiss), as at the date of the Universal Registration Document.

Pursuant to Article L. 225-27-1 of the French Commercial Code, and insofar as the Board of Directors is made up of more than eight Directors, the Board of Directors includes, at 31 December 2022, two employee representative Directors: Dieter Müller, appointed by the Group's European Works Council in January 2020, and Xavier Massol, appointed in January 2022 following an election organised by the Company on the conditions set by Article L. 225-28 of the French Commercial Code.

In accordance with Article L. 225-23 of the French Commercial Code, as at 31 December 2022 the Board of Directors also comprises an employee shareholder representative Director, Beatriz Peinado Vallejo, following her appointment by the seventh resolution of the General Meeting of 11 May 2022.

Changes to the composition of the Board of Directors from 1 January 2023 to the date of this Universal Registration Document

There has been no change to the composition of the Board of Directors since 1 January 2023.

Planned changes to the composition of the Board of Directors following the General Shareholders' Meeting due to take place on 25 April 2023

The terms of office of BWSA, BWGI, Bpifrance Investissement, Marie-José Donsion, Virginie Hélias, Cécile Tandeau de Marsac, Michel Giannuzzi and Pierre Vareille come to an end at the end of the General Meeting due to take place on 25 April 2023.

Accordingly, the shareholders will be asked, on the recommendation of the Nomination Committee, to:

scrollen

Renew the terms of office of Michel Giannuzzi, BWGI and Virginie Hélias for a period of four year, i.e. until the end of the general meeting due to take place in 2027.

Renew the terms of office of BWSA, Bpifrance Investissement and Cécile Tandeau de Marsac for a period of two years, i.e. until the end of the General Meeting due to take place in 2025;

Renew the terms of office of Marie-José Donsion and Pierre Vareille for a period of one year, i.e. until the end of the General Meeting due to take place in 2024.

These renewals for different periods will therefore allow the staggering of terms of office, in accordance with Article 3 of the Company's Articles of Association and recommendation 15.2 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

(b) Personal information and the list of other offices of members of the Board of Directors as at 31 December 2022

Michel GIANNUZZI
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

scrollen
Age: 58 years old
Nationality: French
Number of shares held: 1,021,228
Date of first appointment: 20 September 2019
Date term of office expires: GSM 2023
Committee: Chairman - Strategic Member - Sustainable Development
Attendance rate: 100%

Michel Giannuzzi was Verallia's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from September 2017 until May 2022. Thanks to the successful implementation of a value creation strategy, he successfully led Verallia's initial public offering on the Euronext Paris market in October 2019.

Previously, from 2007 to 2017, he served as Chairman of the Management Board of Tarkett, a world leader in innovative solutions for floor coverings and sports surfaces. During his term of office, he implemented a profitable and sustainable growth strategy, leading to Tarkett's initial public offering on the Euronext Paris market in 2013.

Prior to that, Michel Giannuzzi held a series of executive positions at the Valeo and Michelin groups in France, Japan and the United Kingdom.

He is a graduate of École polytechnique and Harvard Business School.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP MANDATS ET FONCTIONS EXERCÉS EN DEHORS DU GROUPE
• Verallia - Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chairman of the Strategic Committee and member of the Sustainable Development Committee • Daher - Member of the Board of Directors and of the Audit Committee
• Factory Mutual Insurance Company (FM Global) - Member of the Board of Directors and of the Audit Committee
• Kaufman & Broad - Member of the Board of Directors and of the nomination and compensation Committee
• Peugeot Invest - Member of the Board of Directors, the Finance and Audit Committee and the Investments and Shareholdings Committee
• GNZ-N Invest; GNZ-A Invest; GNZ-G Invest and GNZ-M Invest: Manager
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia Deutschland AG - Chairman of the Supervisory Board • Sequana - Member of the Board of Directors and of the Audit Committee
• Verallia Packaging - Chairman • Horizon Intermediate Holdings S.C.A. - Person responsible for day-to-day management
• Verallia France - Chairman of the Board of Directors
• Verallia Italia S.p.A - Chairman of the Board of Directors
• Rayen Curá S.A.I.C - Chairman of the Board of Directors
• Vidrieras de Canarias S.A. - Permanent representative of the Verallia Packaging Director

Patrice LUCAS
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

scrollen
Age: 56 years old
Nationality: French
Number of shares held: 2.000
Date of first appointment: 1 February 2022 70
Date term of office expires: GSM 2026
Committee: N/​A
Attendance rate: 100%

Patrice Lucas has been the Chief Executive Officer of Verallia since 11 May 2022, having held the position of Deputy Managing Director from 1 February 2022. He spent 30 years in the automotive industry, including 15 years at the automotive supplier Valeo and 15 years at automotive manufacturer PSA/​Stellantis. Having graduated in mechanical engineering from the University of Technology of Compiègne, which included a year at the University of Illinois, he obtained a Master's degree in Quality Management from the engineering institute ENSAM in Paris and joined Valeo in 1991 as a quality engineer. He subsequently took on various roles there as an engineer, then as a plant Director in Mexico and finally as general manager of a European business unit. In 2006, he joined the PSA group as Senior Vice-President in the engineering organisation. In 2010, he was then appointed Light Commercial Vehicles Program Director, with responsibility for updating the product range and for lifecycle management. In 2014, he became Executive Vice-President and a member of the Global Executive Committee, in charge of Corporate Planning and Strategy: he was responsible for overseeing strategic plans, optimising R&D and allotting capital expenditure in accordance with the Product Plan, and looking after matters pertaining to business development. In 2018, he was appointed Head of Latin America Operations at the PSA group. In January 2021, he was named Deputy Chief Engineering Officer at Stellantis and joined the Group's Executive Committee in this capacity.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - Chief Executive Officer • N/​A
• Verallia Packaging - Chairman Verallia Deutschland AG -Chairman of the Supervisory Board
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia France - Chairman • N/​A
• Verallia Holding UK - Member of the Board

70 Patrice Lucas was appointed Deputy Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors on 6 December 2021, with effect from 1 February 2022.

Marcia FREITAS
PERMANENT REPRESENTATIVE OF BWSA

scrollen
Age: 57 years old
Nationality: Brazilian
Number of shares held: 100
Date of first appointment: 3 October 2019
Date term of office expires: GSM 2023
Committee: Member - Audit
Attendance rate: 100%

Marcia Freitas has been Executive Director and member of the Executive Committee of Brasil Warrant S.A. (BW) since 2013, where she is responsible for overseeing all legal, tax and regulatory matters of the Group's holding company and of BWGI, the Group's asset management subsidiary. Before joining BW, Marcia Freitas worked for more than 25 years as a lawyer in the Brazilian financial industry, 15 of which as head of legal and general counsel for Unibanco and HSBC Brazil. Marcia Freitas obtained her law degree at the Rio de Janeiro State University (UERJ) in 1988 and has an LLM in corporate law from the New York University School of Law (1993). In 2014, she also attended the Corporate Governance and Capital Markets for Executives Program at B.1. International, in partnership with Columbia University and Johns Hopkins University.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - permanent representative of Brasil Warrant Administração de Bens e Empresas S.A. (Director) and member of the Audit Committee • Brasil Warrant Administração de Bens e Empresas S.A. - Executive Committee Member
• Brasil Warrant, LLC - Chairwoman
• BW Gestão de Investimentos Ltda. - Executive Director
• Cambuhy Agrícola LTDA. - Director
• Cambuhy Alpa Holding LTDA. - Executive Director
• Companhia e. Johnston de Participações - Executive Director
• Imopar Participações Imobiliárias LTDA. - Executive Director
• Itaparica S/​A. Empreendimentos Turísticos - Chairwoman of the Board of Directors
• IUPAR - Itaú Unibanco Participações S.A. - Executive Director
• Marilia Investimentos Ltd. - Director
• Patizeiro Participações Ltda. - Executive Director
• Santana Investimentos Ltd. - Director
• Santo Aleixo Empreendimentos Agropecuários Ltda. - Executive Director
• São Gregório Representação E Participações Ltda. - Executive Director
• São Vicente Representação E Participações Ltda. - Executive Director
• Unicorp International Finance Corporation - Director
• Baryon Fund Ltd. - Director
• Lepton Fund Ltd. - Director
• Mantiqueira Overseas Fund Ltd. - Director
• Meson Fund Ltd. - Director
• Art Corporation - Director
• Atom Ltd. - Director
• Hadron Investment LLC - Manager
• Itatiaia Overseas Fund Ltd. - Director
• Meson Investment Ltd. - Director
• Meson LLC - Director
• Tandem Fund Ltd - Director
• Malu International Corp. - Director
• Kirkiville Financial Inc. - Director
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• N/​A • Triz Design Ltda. - Chief Executive Officer
• Amityville Overseas Corp. - Director
• Blue Mountains Limited - Director
• Brattleboro Overseas Limited - Director
• Duetto Holdings Ltd - Director
• Groveport International Corp. - Director
• Hoffsfield Finance Ltd - Director
• Jabuticaba Investment Ltd - Director
• Jamboree Holdings Ltd - Director
• Mooresville Ltd - Director
• Orionis Ltd - Director
• Santo Andre Investimentos Ltd - Director
• São Carlos Investimentos Ltd - Director
• São João Investimentos Ltd - Director
• São Lucas Investimentos Ltd - Director
• São Marcos Investimentos Ltd - Director
• Sprigtree Consultants Ltd - Director
• Vesperi Ltd - Director

João SALLES
PERMANENT REPRESENTATIVE OF BWGI

scrollen
Age: 42 years old
Nationality: Brazilian
Number of shares held: 103
Date of first appointment: 3 October 2019
Date term of office expires: GSM 2023
Committee: Member - Nomination Member - Compensation Member - Strategic
Attendance rate: 100%

João Salles holds a B.A. in Economics from INSPER, a Master's degree in Economics and an M.S. in Finance both from Columbia University in New York, and a Ph.D. in Economics from the University of São Paulo. He has been a member of the Executive Committee at BWSA, a holding company, since 2017, and is the Chairman and CEO of its asset management firm, BWGI, where he has been a member of the Investment, Risk and Management Committees since 2014. João Salles currently holds positions as Board member of Itaú Unibanco, of IUPAR (which controls Itaú Unibanco), and of Alpargatas. Between 2013 and 2018, João Salles was a Partner, Investment Professional (MD) and member of Cambuhy Investimentos' Investment Committee. Prior to that, he worked at the investment bank, J.P. Morgan in New York, focusing on M&A, ECM and DCM.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - permanent representative of BW Gestão de Investimentos Ltda (Director), member of the Nomination Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Strategic Committee • Brasil Warrant Administração de Bens e Empresas S.A. - Managing Director and Member of the Executive Committee
• BW Gestão de Investimentos Ltda. - Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
• Itaú Unibanco Holding S.A. - Director and member of the Committees of the Board of Directors
• IUPAR - Itaú Unibanco Participações S.A. - Director
• Alpargatas - Director and Member of the Finance Committee, the Strategic Committee and the HR Committee
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - permanent representative of BW Gestão de Investimentos Ltda Director, member of the Nomination and Compensation Committee • Cambuhy Investimentos Ltda. - Partner, Managing Director and Member of the Investment Committee
• Verallia - permanent representative of Brasil Warrant Administração de Bens e Empresas S.A., member of the Nomination and Compensation Committee • XP Investimentos - Director

Sébastien MOYNOT
PERMANENT REPRESENTATIVE OF BPIFRANCE INVESTISSEMENT

scrollen
Age: 51 years old
Nationality: French
Number of shares held: 0
Date of first appointment: 3 October 2019
Date term of office expires: GSM 2023
Committee: Member - Sustainable Development
Attendance rate: 100%

Sébastien Moynot is an alumnus of the École normale supérieure in Paris and a graduate of the École nationale de la statistique et de l'administration économique. Since 2013, he has been a member of the Capital Development Steering Committee at Bpifrance Investissement, where he now manages equity investment activity in midcaps and large corporates. Previously, Sébastien Moynot spent around ten years working in various roles at the Ministry of Finance Treasury Department. He was notably in charge of the transport sector at the Agence des Participations de l'État, and was previously Head of Strategy and then Market Operations at the Agence France Trésor.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - permanent representative of Bpifrance Investissement (Director) and member of the Sustainable Development Committee • Kyoto TopCo SAS - Member of the Supervisory Committee
• Arkema - Director
• Bénéteau - Director
• Cosmeur SAS - Chairman of the Board of Directors
• Vivescia Industries - Non-voting member of the Supervisory Board
• Nexteam - Non-voting member of the Strategic Committee
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE FINANCIAL YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE FINANCIAL YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - permanent representative of Bpifrance Participations, Director • Farinia SA - Director
• AD Industries SAS - Non-voting member
• Albioma - Director
• Altrad Investment Authority SAS - Director

Virginie HELIAS
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

scrollen
Age: 58 years old
Nationality: French and Swiss
Number of shares held: 1,000
Date of first appointment: 3 October 2019
Date term of office expires: GSM 2023
Committee: Chairwoman - Sustainable Development Member - Nomination
Attendance rate: 100%

Virginie Hélias, alumna of HEC Paris (Hautes Etudes Commerciales), has been Vice President in charge of sustainable development in the Procter & Gamble Group since 2016. She has been a member of the Procter & Gamble Group Executive Committee since January 2020. She began her career in 1988 in the same group, where she held various positions in France, the United States and Switzerland in marketing, brand management, sales, innovation and digital, before creating, in 2011, a sustainable development position at the intersection between brand management and the environment Department.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - Independent Director, Chairwoman of the Sustainable Development Committee and member of the Nomination Committee • N/​A
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• N/​A • N/​A

Marie-José DONSION
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

scrollen
Age: 52 years old
Nationality: French and Spanish
Number of shares held: 1,000
Date of first appointment: 3 October 2019
Date term of office expires: GSM 2023
Committee: Chairwoman - Audit Member - Compensation
Attendance rate: 100%

Marie-José Donsion graduated from the European School of Management (Paris) business school and currently serves as Chief Financial Officer of Arkema. Prior to that, she was a Director on the Arkema Board of Directors and Chairwoman of its Audit Committee. During her earlier career within the Alstom Group, she was Chief Financial Officer of the Group, after holding various financial positions within several subsidiaries in France and abroad. Before joining Alstom, Marie-José Donsion had begun her career with Pricewaterhouse Coopers in the audit branch.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - Independent Director and Chairwoman of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee • Arkema - Chief Financial Officer
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• N/​A • Arkema - Director and Chairwoman of the Audit and Accounts Committee

Cécile TANDEAU DE MARSAC
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

scrollen
Age: 59 years old
Nationality: French
Number of shares held: 1,000
Date of first appointment: 3 October 2019
Date term of office expires: GSM 2023
Committee: Chairwoman - Nomination Chairwoman - Compensation
Attendance rate: 100%

Cécile Tandeau de Marsac, a graduate of NEOMA Business School, holds a Master's degree in Economics and has been an Independent Director on the Board of Directors of the Sodexo Group since 2016, where she chairs the Nomination Committee and the Compensation Committee. From 2012 to 2019, she was General Manager in charge of Human Resources for the Solvay Group in Belgium. From 2011 to 2012, she led the integration of the Rhodia and Solvay groups. Prior to that, she held various positions in the Rhodia Group in the Human Resources Department from 2007 to 2011, and at Nestlé in marketing, sales, communication and human resources from 1987 to 2006.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - Independent Director and Chairwoman of the Nomination Committee and Compensation Committee • Sodexo - Director, Chairwoman of the Compensation Committee and Chairwoman of the Nomination Committee
• Unibel - Member of the Supervisory Board and of the Nomination and Compensation Committee
• Daher - Director and member of the Governance Committee
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - Chairwoman of the Nomination and Compensation Committee • Solvay - General Manager in charge of human resources
• Groupe BEL - Member of the Nomination and Compensation Committee

Pierre VAREILLE
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

scrollen
Age: 65 years old
Nationality: French
Number of shares held: 20,000
Date of first appointment: 3 October 2019
Date term of office expires: GSM 2023
Committee: Member - Strategic Member - Nomination Member - Compensation
Attendance rate: 100%

Pierre Vareille is a graduate of École centrale de Paris and alumnus of Sorbonne University, SciencesPo Paris and the Management Control Institute. He was Chief Executive Officer of several international corporations, including Wagon Automotive, a British automotive manufacturer traded on the London Stock Exchange, and FCI, one of the world's leading manufacturers of electronic connectors. Until July 2016, Pierre Vareille served as Chief Executive Officer of Constellium, a leading global supplier of high value-added aluminium products, listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Pierre Vareille was Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Bic Group and is currently Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Vallourec and Director of Outokumpu Oyj, in Finland.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - Independent Director, Chairman of the Strategic Committee and member of the Nomination Committee and the Compensation Committee • Vallourec - Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, Independent Reference Director, Chairman of the Nomination and Governance Committee and Chairman of the Compensation Committee
• Outokumpu Oyj - Director and member of the Remuneration Committee
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - member of the Nomination and Compensation Committee • Bic - Chairman of the Board of Directors
• Verallia - Chair of the Strategic Committee • Ferroglobe plc - Director
• Etex SA - Director
• Vectra - Director

Didier DEBROSSE
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

scrollen
Age: 66 years old
Nationality: French
Number of shares held: 2,000
Date of first appointment: 11 May 2022
Date term of office expires: GSM 2026
Committee: Member - Audit Member - Strategic
Attendance rate: 100%

Didier Debrosse has held top managerial positions at several international consumer goods companies: Beiersdorf Nivea, Mondelez International and Heineken. After working in sales, he held positions in purchasing, human resources and finally senior management up to December 2019. At Heineken, he successively headed up French, Western European and Brazilian operations. He played an active role in two major acquisitions for the Heineken group: S&N in 2008 and Brasil Kirin in 2016. This gave him considerable experience in business consolidations and in liaising with competition authorities. Didier Debrosse has also served as a Director of Chr. Hansen in Denmark and Compania Cervecerias Unidas in Chile. He is currently Chairman of the Board of Directors of Baru Panama and FIFCO in Costa Rica.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - Director, member of the Audit Committee and member of the Strategic Committee • Baru Panama - Chairman of the Board of Directors
• FIFCO - Chairman of the Board of Directors
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• N/​A • Heineken Brazil - Chairman

Dieter MÜLLER
EMPLOYEE REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTOR

scrollen
Age: 65 years old
Nationality: German
Number of shares held: N/​A
Date of first appointment: 23 January 2020
Date term of office expires: GSM 2024
Committee: Member - Compensation
Attendance rate: 50%

Dieter Müller has worked for Verallia Deutschland since 1988, where he began his career as a sheet metal operator. He is a member of the Industriegewerkschaft Bergbau-Chemie-Energie (IG-BCE) trade union. In 1993, Dieter Müller was elected as a member of the Essen Works Council, of which he became Secretary in 1996. In 2010, Dieter Müller was elected Secretary of the Verallia Deutschland Central Works Council. Since 2017, he was also a member of the Verallia European Works Council, of which he was elected Deputy Secretary. He resigned from these positions when he was appointed by the Group's European Works Council. Dieter Müller has also been a member of the Supervisory Board of Verallia Deutschland for almost 20 years and its Vice-President for more than ten years.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - Director and member of the Compensation Committee • N/​A
• Verallia Deutschland AG - Vice President of the Supervisory Board
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia Deutschland AG - Secretary of the central Works Council • N/​A
• Verallia Group - Deputy Secretary of the European Counci

Xavier MASSOL
EMPLOYEE REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTOR

scrollen
Age: 49 years old
Nationality: French
Number of shares held: N/​A
Date of first appointment: 10 January 2022
Date term of office expires: GSM 2026
Committee: Member - Sustainable development
Attendance rate: 100%

Xavier Massol was born in 1973 and, since 2000, has worked for Verallia France in the Albi factory where he started his career as a general production operative and has been an IS machine operator since 2004. He is a member of the Confédération Générale du Travail (CGT) union and has performed various duties as an employee representative. In particular, he was secretary of the Works Council from 2006 to 2019, deputy secretary to the French group council, director of the VOA mutual company and member of the VOA Occupational Health and Safety Committee of and the Supervisory Board.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - Employee representative Director • N/​A
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE FINANCIAL YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE FINANCIAL YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• N/​A • N/​A

Beatriz PEINADO VALLEJO
EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE

scrollen
Age: 52 years old
Nationality: Spanish
Number of shares held: N/​A
Date of first appointment: 11 May 2022
Date term of office expires: GSM 2026
Committee: Member - Sustainable Development
Attendance rate: 100%

Ms Beatriz Peinado Vallejo, born in 1970, a graduate of Law School at Complutense University of Madrid, holds a Master's degree in Compliance from the Charles III University of Madrid. From 2007 to 2015, she was Head of the Legal Department at Loxam-Hune Group (rental of equipment for construction and public building) for Iberia. From 2005 to 2007, she was ViceDirector of the Legal Department at Sigla, S.A. (VIPS Group) in Iberia, dedicated to leisure and catering activities. Prior to that, from 1996 to 2005, she was Head of the Legal Department at Tengelmann Espana, S.A. (Tengelmann Group), dedicated to hard-discount supermarkets for Iberia.

scrollen
OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD WITHIN THE VERALLIA GROUP OFFICES AND POSITIONS HELD OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• Verallia - Director, employee shareholder representative and member of the Sustainable Development Committee • N/​A
scrollen
TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS WITHIN THE GROUP TERMS OF OFFICE THAT EXPIRED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OUTSIDE THE GROUP
• N/​A • N/​A

3.1.1.3. Non-voting members

Pursuant to Article 15 of the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors may appoint one or more non-voting members, up to a maximum number of two. Non-voting members may be natural or legal persons, but need not be shareholders. The term of office of non-voting members shall be four years, unless they resign or the Board of Directors decides to terminate the appointment early. The duties of non-voting members, including any compensation, shall be decided by the Board of Directors. Non-voting members shall be eligible for re-election. They shall be invited to meetings of the Board of Directors and shall participate in discussions in an advisory capacity. The procedures relating to the prevention of conflicts of interests and the implementation of the Market Abuse Regulation, implemented by the Company in respect of Directors, are also applicable to non-voting members.

By decision of the Board of Directors dated 3 October 2019, Guilherme Bottura was appointed as non-voting member for a term of four years, expiring at the end of the General Shareholders' Meeting of 25 April 2023. The Board of Directors will be asked to reappoint Mr Guilherme Bottura as a non-voting member, for a term of four years.

Non-voting members do not receive any remuneration for their term of office.

Guilherme BOTTURA
NON-VOTING MEMBER

scrollen
Age: 43 years old
Nationality: Brazilian
Number of shares held: N/​A
Date of first appointment: 3 October 2019
Date term of office expires: GSM 2023

Guilherme Bottura graduated from the Polytechnic School of the University of São Paulo with a bachelor's degree in production engineering. He is the Managing Director of BWGI, the Global Asset Management Division of BWSA, and has been a member of BWGI's Investment Committee, Risk Committee and Management Committee since 2018. Guilherme Bottura is currently a Director, a member of the Finance Committee and the Audit Committee of Eneva SA and a member of the Finance Committee of Alpargatas SA and a member of the Audit Committee of Fundo Patrimonial Amigos da Poli, an endowment fund affiliated with the Polytechnic School of the University of São Paulo. Between 2011 and 2018, Guilherme Bottura was a partner and member of the Investment Committee of Cambuhy Investimentos. Before that, he was a portfolio manager at Lanx Capital between 2009 and 2011, and Vice-President at Goldman Sachs between 2005 and 2009.

3.1.2. Declarations relating to members of the Board of Directors and to the executive officers

To the Company's knowledge, in the last five years: (i) none of the members of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has been convicted of fraud, (ii) none of the members of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has been associated with a bankruptcy, sequestration, liquidation or placement of a company under court-ordered administration, (iii) none of the members of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has been found guilty and/​or been subject to official public sanction by judicial or administrative authorities (including designated professional bodies) and (iv) none of the members of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has been prevented by a court from acting as a member of an administration, management or supervisory body of an issuer or be involved in the management or conduct of business of an issuer.

3.1.3. Conflicts of interest

3.1.3.1. Conflicts of interest at the level of management bodies and executive officers

Under the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors, each Board member is required to inform the Board of any conflict of interest situation, even potential, and must refrain from attending the debate and taking part in the vote on the corresponding deliberation. This obligation also applies to non-voting Board members.

To the Company's knowledge, as at the date of this Universal Registration Document, there are no potential conflicts of interest between the duties of members of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company towards the Company and their private interests and/​or other duties.

3.1.3.2. Information on service agreements linking the members of the Board of Directors to the Company or any of its subsidiaries

To the Company's knowledge, only the service agreement between the Company and one of the members of the Board of Directors described in paragraph 5.6 exists as at the date of this Universal Registration Document.

3.1.4. Operation of the Board of Directors

3.1.4.1. Rules for the composition of the Board of Directors

The Articles of Association provide that the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board" or the "Board of Directors") shall consist of between three and eighteen members, subject to the exceptions permitted by law. As at 31 December 2022, the Board was composed of 13 members and a non-voting member.

In accordance with Article 15 of the Articles of Association, the term of office of a Director shall be four years and is renewable. This duration complies with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code. Directors shall not be older than 75 years of age (it being specified that the number of Directors over the age of 70 may not exceed one third of the Directors in office) and shall be subject to applicable laws and regulations on multiple appointments.

Directors are appointed by the General Shareholders' Meeting on the proposal of the Board of Directors, which itself receives proposals from the Nomination Committee. They may be removed from office at any time by the Ordinary General Shareholders' Meeting.

3.1.4.2. Internal Rules of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors has Internal Rules to set out the operating procedures of the Board of Directors, in addition to the applicable legal and regulatory provisions and the Company's Articles of Association. The provisions of the Internal Rules entered into force on 7 October 2019, the date on which the Company's shares were admitted to trading on the Euronext Paris regulated market, and were successively updated on 30 July 2020, 6 December 2021, 27 July 2022 and 15 February 2023. The Internal Rules of the Board of Directors include in the appendix the Internal Rules of the Audit Committee, the Internal Rules of the Nomination Committee, the Internal Rules of the Compensation Committee, the Internal Rules of the Sustainable Development Committee and the Internal Rules of the Strategic Committee.

The Internal Rules of the Board of Directors are in line with marketplace recommendations aimed at ensuring compliance with the fundamental principles of corporate governance, and in particular those referred to in the AFEP-MEDEF Code. These Internal Rules describe the manner of operation, powers and duties of the Board of Directors and specify the rules of ethics applicable to its members. It includes rules for the holding of meetings of the Board of Directors, as well as provisions relating to the frequency of meetings, the attendance of Directors and their disclosure obligations with regard to the rules governing multiple appointments and conflict of interest.

The Company's Articles of Association and Internal Rules are available on the Company's website (www.verallia.com).

3.1.4.3. Duties of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors shall determine and monitor the implementation of the Company's overall business strategy, in accordance with its corporate interest. It examines and decides on important transactions. Board members are informed of market developments, the Company's competitive environment and key issues, including in terms of social and environmental responsibility.

The Board of Directors shall perform the duties and exercise the powers conferred on it by law, the Company's Articles of Association and the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall determine and assess the implementation of the Company's business strategy, objectives and performances. It shall examine any and all matters pertaining to the efficient operation of the Company and make decisions about any and all issues concerning the Company, within the limits of the Company's corporate purpose and except for those issues which, by law, can only be decided upon by shareholders at a General Meeting.

On the recommendation of the executive management, the Board of Directors also determines the multi-year strategic guidelines in relation to social and environmental responsibility. The climate strategy contains specific objectives set for different time scales. It is kept informed annually by the executive management of the findings obtained. In accordance with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, as updated in December 2022, this climate strategy, together with the main action undertaken to this end, will be presented to the General Shareholders' Meeting at least once every three years or where a material change is made.

The Board of Directors shall also carry out the controls and checks that it deems appropriate and may be provided with the documents it considers useful for the performance of its duties.

The Board of Directors shall set the limitation of the powers of the Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be, in accordance with its Internal Rules, with regard to operations for which the prior authorisation of the Board of Directors is required (for further details, see Section 3.2 "Methods and operation of Executive Management").

The Board of Directors shall ensure the good corporate governance of the Company and the Group as well as the quality of the information given to shareholders and investors.

The Internal Rules define information procedures for Directors. In particular, they state that the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall provide to the members of the Board of Directors, within a sufficient period of time and except in emergencies, with the information or documents in his or her possession to enable them to carry out their duties effectively. Any member of the Board of Directors who has not been able to knowingly deliberate on an issue has a duty to inform the Board of Directors and to demand the information necessary for the performance of his or her duties.

3.1.4.4. Meetings and deliberations of the Board of Directors

The Internal Rules of the Board of Directors provide for the terms and conditions of the Board of Directors' meetings. Thus, the Board is called by its Chairman or one of its members, by any means, even orally. The person who convenes the meeting shall set the agenda for the meeting.

The Board of Directors meets at least four times a year and, at any other time, as often as the interests of the Company require. The frequency and duration of the meetings should be such that they allow for a thorough review and discussion of matters within the competence of the Board of Directors. During the financial year ended 31 December 2022, the Board of Directors met six times (see paragraph 3.1.4.7 below).

The Board of Directors' meetings are chaired by the Chairman. In the event of the absence of the Chairman, the meetings shall be chaired by a member appointed by the Board of Directors.

At least half of the Board members must be present for decisions taken at Board meetings to be valid. Members participating in meetings shall be deemed to be present, for the purposes of quorum and majority calculations, by means of video conferencing or telecommunications, enabling their identification and ensuring their effective participation, under the conditions set out in applicable laws and regulations. Certain decisions of the Board of Directors can be taken by written consultation of Directors, on the conditions of the applicable legislative and regulatory provisions.

Each meeting of the Board of Directors and of the committees put in place by the Board must be long enough to allow productive and thorough discussion of the agenda. Decisions shall be taken by a majority of Directors present or represented. In the event of a tie, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the deciding vote.

The Internal Rules of the Board of Directors also recall the obligations of the members of the Board of Directors, as described in the AFEP-MEDEF Code. The Internal Rules provide, in particular, that the members of the Board of Directors, upon appointment, may benefit from additional training on the specific characteristics of the Company and the companies it controls, their business lines and business sector, and the challenges faced by the Company in relation to social and environmental responsibility, particularly climate matters. Board members may occasionally hear from the main executive managers of the Group, who may be invited to attend meetings of the Board of Directors.

Finally, the Board of Directors is required to be regularly informed of the financial situation of the Company and the Group and the Chief Executive Officer shall notify the Directors on an ongoing basis of any information concerning the Company that he/​she is aware of and deems useful or relevant. The Board of Directors and the committees may also hear from experts in their respective fields.

3.1.4.5. Independence of Directors

The Board of Directors ensures that the proportion of independent members on the Board and on Board committees meets the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code. As the Company is not controlled at the date of this Universal Registration Document, the proportion of Independent Directors must therefore be half of the members of the Company's Board of Directors, in accordance with paragraph 10.3 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

Employee representative Directors, the employee shareholder representative Director and the non-voting member do not count when determining the percentage of independent members.

In accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the Board of Directors examines the situation of each of its members (or candidate) with regard to the independence criteria adopted by the Company at the time of each renewal or appointment of a member of the Board of Directors and at least once a year before the publication of the Company's corporate governance report. During this assessment, the Board of Directors, after consulting the Nomination Committee, shall examine on a case-by-case basis the qualifications of each of its members (or candidates) with respect to the criteria of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the specific circumstances and the position of the person concerned in relation to the Company. The findings will be disclosed to shareholders in the report on corporate governance and, where appropriate, at the General Shareholders' Meeting when members of the Board of Directors are elected.

At its meeting on 15 February 2023, the Board of Directors reviewed and assessed the independence of the members of the Board of Directors and confirmed, with regard to the independence of Marie-José Donsion, Virginie Hélias, Cécile Tandeau de Marsac, Pierre Vareille and Didier Debrosse that the previous independence analyses made were still valid.

For each Director, this assessment was backed by the independence criteria mentioned in points 10.5 to 10.7 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, as indicated in the table below.

Concerning more particularly the analysis of independence with respect to the criterion of direct or indirect business relationship, an additional quantitative and qualitative analysis is conducted on a case-by-case basis, with special attention paid to assessing the existence or absence of a business relationship, its materiality and assessing the independence of the Director concerned. To the Company's knowledge, as at 31 December 2022 and as at the date of the Universal Registration Document, no business relationship (as defined by Article 10.5.3. of the AFEP-MEDEF Code) existed between, on the one hand, a member of the Board of Directors considered as independent and on the other hand, the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

With regards to Bpifrance Investissement, which due to its status as a major shareholder 71 , is not considered as an Independent Director, the Board of Directors nevertheless wished to examine the business relationships existing between the Company and the Bpifrance group and referred to in Section 5.6.1.1 72 , with a view to assessing whether their importance and nature could affect the judgement of this Director. After conducting a study using different criteria, integrating several parameters (and in particular, on the one hand, the Company's overall indebtedness and liquidity and, on the other hand, the size of the loan granted by Bpifrance, which is well below the materiality threshold (determined by the Board of Directors) of 5% of the Group's net indebtedness), the Board of Directors concluded that there was no economic dependence or exclusivity between the two groups, and that the business relationships were not considered material. Sébastien Moynot, permanent representative of Bpifrance Investissement, has also confirmed that, first, he has no direct decision-making power within the Bpifrance Group bodies that may be called upon to occasionally decide on whether loans should be granted to, or partnerships should be forged with, the Company or its subsidiaries, and, second, that he receives no remuneration and has no personal interest related to the aforementioned business relationships.

71 Bpifrance Investissement being affiliated with Bpifrance Participations, shareholder with 13.10% of the Company's voting rights as at 31 December 2022
72 Bpifrance Investissement being required, like each Director, to comply with the rules on the prevention of conflicts of interest.

Application of the independence criteria of Article 10 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code

scrollen
Michel Giannuzzi (NI) Patrice Lucas (NI) Bpifrance Investissement (NI) BWGI (NI) BWSA (NI) Marie-José Donsion (I)
Criterion 1: employee/​ corporate officer in the previous five years x x
Criterion 2: crossdirectorships x x
Criterion 3: material business relationships
Criterion 4: kinship
Criterion 5: statutory auditor
Criterion 6: term of office exceeding 12 years
Criterion 7: status of nonexecutive officer x
Criterion 8: status of major shareholder x x x
scrollen
Virginie Hélias (I) Cécile Tandeau de Marsac (I) Pierre Vareille (I) Didier Debrosse (I)
Criterion 1: employee/​ corporate officer in the previous five years
Criterion 2: crossdirectorships
Criterion 3: material business relationships
Criterion 4: kinship
Criterion 5: statutory auditor
Criterion 6: term of office exceeding 12 years
Criterion 7: status of nonexecutive officer
Criterion 8: status of major shareholder

I: Independent /​ NI: Non Independent /​ X: independence criterion not met

Criterion 1: Employee/​corporate officer in the previous five years

Not be or not have been in the previous five years:

scrollen

an employee or executive officer of the Company;

an employee, executive officer or Director of a company consolidated by the Company;

an employee, executive officer or Director of the parent company of the Company or of a company consolidated by such parent company.

Criterion 2: Cross-directorships

Not be an executive officer of a company in which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, a directorship or in which an employee appointed as Director or an executive officer of the Company (currently or within the last five years) holds a directorship.

Criterion 3: Material business relationships

Not be a significant customer, supplier, business banker, financing banker, consultant:

scrollen

of the Company or Group;

or for which the Company or Group represents a significant share of the business.

Criterion 4: Kinship

Not be a close relative of a corporate officer.

Criterion 5: Statutory Auditor

Not have been the Company's Statutory Auditor in the last five years.

Criterion 6: Term of office exceeding 12 years

Not be a Director of the Company for more than 12 years. The loss of the Independent Director title occurs on the anniversary date of the twelve years.

Criterion 7: Status of non-executive officer

A non-executive officer cannot be considered independent if he or she receives variable compensation in cash or securities or any compensation linked to the performance of the Company or the Group.

Criterion 8: Status of major shareholder

Directors representing the Company's major shareholders may be considered as independent insofar as these shareholders do not participate in the Company's control. However, beyond a threshold of 10% in capital or in voting rights, the Board of Directors, on the basis of a report of the Nomination Committee, shall systematically review the qualification of independent, taking into account the composition of the Company's capital and the existence of a potential conflict of interest.

Directors representing the Company's major shareholders may be considered as independent insofar as these shareholders do not participate in the Company's control. However, beyond a threshold of 10% in capital or in voting rights, the Board of Directors, on the basis of a report of the Nomination Committee, shall systematically review the qualification of independent, taking into account the composition of the Company's capital and the existence of a potential conflict of interest.

3.1.4.6. Shares held by Directors

Under Article 2.10 of the Board of Directors' Internal Rules, each Director shall hold at least 1,000 shares of the Company throughout his or her term of office and, in any event, within six months of his or her appointment. This requirement does not apply to permanent representatives of Directors that are legal persons, nor to employee representative Directors and employee shareholder representative Directors of the Group. This also does not apply, following a decision of the Board of Directors, to employee shareholder representative Directors, for whom the internal procedures prohibit the direct holding of shares by their representatives (which is notably the case for the permanent representative of Bpifrance Investissement, the Director appointed at the proposal of Bpifrance Participations, a shareholder). Loans of shares by the Company to members of the Board of Directors are not permitted in order to fulfil this obligation. Upon assuming office, members of the Board of Directors shall register the securities they hold in the nominative form. The same shall apply for any securities subsequently acquired.

3.1.4.7. Operation of the Board of Directors

(a) Integration and training of members of the Board of Directors

Once a Board Member has been appointed, they may benefit from a site visit, training on the specific characteristics of the Company and the companies it controls, their business lines and business sector, and the challenges faced by the Company in relation to social and environmental responsibility, particularly climate matters. Moreover, when new Directors join, they can meet the Group's main executives.

As such, since Dieter Müller joined the Board in 2020 as an employee representative Director, the Company has mainly organised his registration for participation in various specialised external training programmes in English, business law for French listed companies, corporate governance and finance.

Furthermore, Xavier Massol also received external training in relation to the role of director and English language tuition.

(b) Activities of the Board of Directors during the financial year ended 31 December 2022

During the 2022 financial year, the Board of Directors met six times and held one executive session, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer but with all other Directors, on 27 July 2022.

The Board mainly considered and debated the following issues:

scrollen

the accounting and financial information;

press releases relating to the financial results;

the budget for 2023 and the medium-term business plan;

the Group's CO 2 emissions reduction initiatives and the increased use of cullet;

safety within the Group.

the Group's strategic plan;

risk management;

cybersecurity;

the share buyback programme;

projects for strategic investments and acquisitions;

say-on-pay matters;

the self-assessment of the Board of Directors;

appointments within the Group's Executive Committee;

update of the Performance Share Plan;

the continuation of the employee shareholding program;

the analysis of the comments shared by main shareholders and proxy advisors during the governance roadshow;

the analysis of the votes expressed by shareholders at the General Meeting of 11 May 2022, and more specifically the analysis of the reasons which could have led to negative votes;

compliance (particularly with regard to competition law, prevention of corruption and protection of whistleblowers); and

the applicable regulation with regard to market abuse and insider information (annual reminder).

Furthermore, at its meeting on 15 February 2023, the Board of Directors reviewed and signed off the annual financial statements for the 2022 financial year and the resolutions to submit to the General Meeting on 25 April 2023, or carried out a review of the independence of its members. Moreover, the Board of Directors reviewed the criteria for determining usual agreements carried out at arm's length to ensure that they are always appropriate and in line with market practices, in accordance with the procedure for the annual assessment of agreements on transactions which are deemed usual and carried out at arm's length, adopted on 28 April 2020 in accordance with the provisions of article L. 22-10-12 of the French commercial code.

The secretariat for the work of the Board of Directors is provided by the CSR Director and General Counsel.

(c) Diversity within the Board of Directors

The Company seeks to continually improve its governance practices. Accordingly, beyond gender parity, the presence of the required number of independent directors and the diversity of nationalities has been satisfied since the Company's IPO. In 2021, this policy was also translated into the appointment of a salaried director as a member of the Compensation Committee.

Furthermore, employee representation on the Board of Directors is ensured by the presence of two employee representative Directors, namely Dieter Müller and Xavier Massol, who have been members of the Board since 23 January 2020 and 10 January 2022 respectively, together with Beatriz Peinado Vallejo, who has acted as the employee shareholder representative Director since 11 May 2022.

Diversity on the Board of Directors is also represented in the plurality of nationalities of its members.

Lastly, the Directors of the Company come from different backgrounds and have varied and complementary experience and expertise reflecting the objectives of the Board of Directors and various long-term challenges of the Group's strategy.

The chart below provides an overview of this diversity:

Skills and background

The Board shall ensure the balance of its composition and that of its ad hoc committees, in particular in terms of diversity (international experience, skills etc.). Based on recommendations made by the Nomination Committee, Directors are appointed on the basis of their qualifications, professional skills and their independence of mind.

(d) Information on the balanced representation of women and men within the Board of Directors

As at 31 December 2022, there are four women on the Board of Directors: Marie-José Donsion, Marcia Freitas (as permanent representative of Brasil Warrant Administraçâo de Bens e Empresas S.A.), Virginie Hélias and Cécile Tandeau de Marsac, thus representing 40% of Directors (excluding employee representative Directors and employee shareholder representative Directors pursuant to Article L. 225-27-1 and L. 225-23 of the French Commercial Code).

In addition, the employee shareholder representative Director is also a woman: Ms Beatriz Peinado Vallejo.

The Company thus complies with the provisions of Law No. 2011-103 of 27 January 2011 on the balanced representation of women and men on Boards of Directors and Supervisory Boards and professional equality, and the proportion of female Directors is at least equal to 40%, in accordance with the provisions of Articles L. 225-18-1 and L. 22-10-3 of the French Commercial Code.

(e) Annual assessment of the Board of Directors

The Internal Rules of the Board of Directors provide for the terms and conditions by which the Board of Directors must assess its ability to meet shareholder expectations by periodically analysing its composition, organisation and operation. To this end, once a year, the Board of Directors shall, on the report of the Nomination Committee, devote an item on its agenda to the assessment of its operating procedures, to ensure that important issues are properly prepared and discussed within the Board of Directors, as well as to the extent of each member's effective contribution to the work of the Board of Directors with regard to their competence and involvement in the deliberations.

The self-assessment methods for 2022 were decided by the Board of Directors at its meeting on 19 October 2022, on the recommendation of the Nomination Committee. This assessment took the form of a written questionnaire sent to all Board members. All Directors in office on this date took part in the self-assessment exercise, with one exception, for reasons beyond their control.

The Chairwoman of the Nomination Committee led this self-assessment exercise and submitted the findings to the Board meeting of 6 December 2022. These conclusions are described below.

Overall, the Board members are satisfied with how the Board and its committees are made up, organised and operate.

They welcome the Board composition and the members deem the diversity of skills to be adequate to meet the challenges faced by the Group and the competitive environment in which it operates. The quality of the information provided to the Board, together with the high quality of the discussions, were also noted, as was the Chairman's leadership.

Moreover, the Directors are very satisfied with how the Board's committees are operating and emphasise the role and impact of the newly created Strategic Committee.

As part of the continuous improvement of the operations of the Board of Directors, certain Directors ultimately suggested that slightly more time be dedicated to defining the strategy and to "SWOT" analysis (an analysis of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats), to the competitive environment and the review of risk factors. A proposal will therefore be made to dedicate more time to these matters during the 2023 financial year, noting that they are already considered in detail by the Board of Directors.

3.1.5. Board committees

Board of Directors

Upon its initial public offering in 2019, the Board of Directors had decided to set up three Board committees: an Audit Committee, a Nomination and Compensation Committee and a Sustainable Development Committee, to assist it in some of its tasks and to contribute effectively to the preparation of specific matters submitted to it for approval. The Board decided, at its meeting of 6 December 2021 to split the Nomination and Compensation Committee into two separate committees, the Nomination Committee and the Compensation Committee, reflecting the strong desire of the Board of Directors to comply with the recommendation of the AFEP-MEDEF Code and, more generally, with best governance practices. It was also decided during this meeting to create a Strategic Committee.

Each of these committees has Internal Rules (appended to the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors).

Minutes of the meetings of the specialised committees of the Board of Directors are regularly sent to the Board of Directors. The composition of these specialised committees, detailed below, is in line with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

3.1.5.1. Audit Committee

Audit Committee

(a) Composition of the Audit Committee as at 31 December 2022

scrollen
◊ CHAIRWOMAN Marie-José Donsion 100% attendance Independent Director
José Arozamena, member until 25 January 2022 N/​A Independent Director
● MEMBERS Pierre Vareille, member from 7 February 2022 until 11 May 2022 50% attendance 73 Independent Director
Didier Debrosse, member since 12 May 100% attendance Independent Director
BWSA, represented by Marcia Freitas 100% attendance Director

Under Article 2 of its Internal Rules, the Audit Committee shall consist of at least three members, two of whom shall be appointed from among the independent members of the Board of Directors, on the proposal of the Nomination Committee. The Board of Directors may alter the composition of the Audit Committee, which in any event must be altered in the event of a change in the overall composition of the Board. In accordance with applicable legal provisions, members of the Audit Committee shall have special financial and/​or accounting skills. The term of office of Audit Committee members is the same as their term of office on the Board of Directors. Such term of office may be renewed at the same time as their re-election to the Board.

The Chairperson of the Audit Committee is appointed from among the independent members after a specific examination by the Board of Directors, acting on a proposal from the Nomination Committee. No executive corporate officer may serve on the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is chaired by an Independent Director.

As at 31 December 2022, the Audit Committee had three members (including two independent members): Marie-José Donsion (Chairwoman and Independent Director), Didier Debrosse (Independent Director) and Brasil Warrant Administração de Bens e Empresas S.A. (Director) represented by Marcia Freitas.

The secretariat for the work of the Audit Committee is provided by the Group Director of Audit and Internal Control.

(b) Duties of the Audit Committee

Pursuant to Article 1 of the Audit Committee's Internal Rules, the Audit Committee is tasked with overseeing matters pertaining to the preparation and control of accounting and financial information and the effectiveness of the operational risk monitoring and internal control system, in order to enable the Board of Directors to carry out the relevant monitoring and investigations.

In this respect, the Audit Committee primarily has the following duties:

scrollen

monitoring the process used to prepare financial and extra-financial reporting;

monitoring the effectiveness of internal control, internal audit and risk management systems relating to accounting, financial and extra-financial information;

monitoring the audit of the Company statutory financial statements and consolidated financial statements by the Company's Statutory Auditors;

monitoring the independence of the Statutory Auditors; and

monitoring of compliance procedures in place.

Pursuant to the Internal Rules, the Audit Committee shall regularly report to the Board of Directors on its work and immediately inform it of any difficulties encountered.

73 Being specified that the attendance rate include meetings before the nomination of Pierre Vareille as Member of the Committee and/​or after the end of its term as Member of the Comitt

(c) Meetings and work of the Audit Committee during the financial year ended 31 December 2022

Under the Internal Rules of the Audit Committee, the Audit Committee shall meet at least twice a year to prepare the annual and half-year financial statements and, where relevant, the quarterly results.

During 2022, the Audit Committee met five times, and discussed the following subjects:

scrollen

the audit of accounting and financial information (including the progress on works concerning the publication of the annual financial report in the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) and the assessment of ordinary transactions carried out under normal conditions);

the audit of non-financial data (particularly included in the Non-Financial Performance Statement);

the mapping, assessment and hierarchy of risks;

the review of risk management activities and internal control procedures;

the review of cybersecurity risks;

the internal audit charter, the review of the Internal Audit Plan and monitoring of conclusions and internal audit action plans;

compliance (particularly anti-corruption risk mapping, the anti-corruption policy, the donations/​sponsorship policy, the gifts/​invitations policy, competition law, personal data protection, sanctions/​embargoes and specifically the application of sanctions relating to the Ukrainian-Russian conflict and training programmes);

monitoring the Statutory Audit of the accounts, the independence of the statutory auditors and the rules of approval and procedures applicable to the provision of services that could be entrusted to Statutory Auditors and to their networks.

3.1.5.2. Nomination Committee

Nomination Committee

(a) Composition of the Nomination Committee as at 31 December 2022

scrollen
◊ CHAIRWOMAN Cécile Tandeau de Marsac 100% attendance Independent Director
José Arozamena, member until 25 January 2022 N/​A Independent Director
● MEMBERS BWGI, represented by João Salles 100% attendance Director
Pierre Vareille 100% attendance Independent Director
Virginie Hélias, member since 7 February 2022 75% attendance Independent Director

Under Article 2 of its Internal Rules, the Nomination Committee shall consist of at least four members, with at least half of those members being independent members of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors appoints them from among its members in view of their independence and expertise in the selection or compensation of the executive officers of listed companies. The Nomination Committee may not include any executive officer. The Board of Directors may alter the composition of the Nomination Committee, which in any event must be altered in the event of a change in the overall composition of the Board. The term of office of Nomination Committee members is the same as their term of office on the Board of Directors. Such term of office may be renewed at the same time as their re-election to the Board.

As at 31 December 2022, the Nomination Committee had four members (including three Independent Directors): Cécile Tandeau de Marsac (Chairwoman and Independent Director), Virginie Hélias (Independent Director), BW Gestão de Investimentos Ltda. (Director), represented by João Salles and Pierre Vareille (Independent Director).

The secretariat for the work of the Nomination Committee is provided by the Group Director of Human Resources and Communications.

(b) Duties of the Nomination Committee

Under Article 1 of its Internal Rules, the Nomination Committee is a specialised Board Committee, the main duties of which include assisting the latter in the composition of the executive bodies of the Company and its Group and the succession plan for the Group's Chair and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Committee.

It primarily has the following duties:

scrollen

proposals for the appointment of members of the Board of Directors, Executive management and Board committees;

annual review of the independence of Board members.

(c) Meetings and work of the Nomination Committee during the financial year ended 31 December 2022

In accordance with its Internal Rules, the Nomination Committee meets when required and, in any event, at least twice a year, including before the Board meeting deciding on the Board Members' positions regarding the independence criteria adopted by the Company.

During 2022, the Nomination Committee met four times, and discussed the following subjects:

scrollen

monitoring the succession plans of executives;

changes to the composition of the Board's committees;

the review of applications in connection with the selection of new Directors and the changes to the composition of the Group's Executive Committee;

the review of the independence of Board members.

monitoring the Group's key executives;

the continuation of the employee shareholding programme;

the monitoring of election procedures for Directors representing employees and shareholding employees, respectively; and

the annual self-assessment of the Board of Directors.

The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer participated in the works carried out as part of the nominations duties, in particular for the definition of needs in terms of skills and experience, on one hand, and values and desired personal qualities, on the other hand.

3.1.5.3. Compensation Committee

Compensation Committee

(a) Composition of the Compensation Committee as at 31 December 2022

scrollen
◊ CHAIRWOMAN Cécile Tandeau de Marsac 100% attendance Independent Director
José Arozamena, member until 25 January 2022 N/​A Independent Director
Dieter Müller 33% attendance Employee representative Director
● MEMBERS BWGI, represented by João Salles 100% attendance Director
Pierre Vareille 100% attendance Independent Director
Marie-José Donsion, member since 11 May 2022 67% attendance Independent Director

Pursuant to Article 2 of its Internal Rules, the Compensation Committee comprises at least four members (i) at least half of whom are independent members of the Board of Directors (appointed by the Board of Directors from among its members and in consideration in particular of their expertise in terms of compensation of executive officers of listed companies) and (ii) an employee representative Director. No executive officer may serve on the Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors may alter the composition of the Compensation Committee, which in any event must be altered in the event of a change in the overall composition of the Board of Directors. The term of office of the Compensation Committee members is the same as their term of office on the Board of Directors. Such term of office may be renewed at the same time as their reelection to the Board.

At 31 December 2022, the Compensation Committee had five members (including three Independent Directors) and an employee representative Director: Cécile Tandeau de Marsac (Chairwoman and Independent Director), BW Gestão de Investimentos Ltda. (Director), represented by João Salles, Dieter Müller (employee representative Director), Pierre Vareille (Independent Director) and Marie-José Donsion (Independent Director).

The secretariat for the work of the Compensation Committee was provided by the Group Director of Human Resources and Communications.

(b) Duties of the Compensation Committee

Pursuant to Article 1 of its Internal Rules in force, the Compensation Committee is a specialised committee of the Board of Directors whose main duties include assisting the latter in the determination and regular assessment of all compensations and benefits of the Company's executive officers, including all deferred benefits and/​or voluntary or forced severance pay.

It primarily has the following duties:

scrollen

review and proposal to the Board of Directors concerning all the components and conditions of compensation of the Group's main corporate executives:

review and proposal to the Board of Directors on the method for allocating Directors' compensation; and

consultation for recommendation to the Board of Directors on any exceptional compensation for any special assignments that the Board may entrust, as the case may be, to some of its individual members.

(c) Meetings and work of the Compensation Committee during the financial year ended 31 December 2022

Pursuant to its Internal Rules, the Sustainable Development Committee meets as often as required, and in any event at least once a year.

During 2022, the Sustainable Development Committee met four times, and primarily discussed the following subjects:

scrollen

the compensation policy for the Company's corporate officers.

the variable compensation of members of the Executive Committee;

the continuation of the employee shareholding programme;

bonus share plans.

3.1.5.4. Sustainable Development Committee

Sustainable Development Committee

(a) Composition of the Sustainable Development Committee as at 31 December 2022

scrollen
◊ CHAIRWOMAN Virginie Hélias 100% attendance Independent Director
Michel Giannuzzi 100% attendance Chairman of the Board
Bpifrance Investissement, represented by Sébastien Moynot 100% attendance Director
● MEMBERS Dieter Müller, member until 11 May 2022 50% attendance Employee representative Director
Xavier Massol, member since 7 February 2022 100% attendance Employee representative Director
Beatriz Peinado Vallejo, member since 12 May 2022 100% attendance Employee shareholder representative Director

Under Article 2 of its Internal Rules, the Sustainable Development Committee shall consist of at least five members, including the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the two employee representative Directors sitting on the Board of Directors, and at least one member appointed from among the independent members of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may alter the composition of the committee, which in any event must be altered in the event of a change in the overall composition of the Board of Directors. The term of office of Sustainable Development Committee members is the same as their term of office on the Board of Directors. Such term of office may be renewed at the same time as their re-election to the Board.

As at 31 December 2022, the Sustainable Development Committee had five members (including one Independent Director): Virginie Hélias (Chairwoman and Independent Director), Bpifrance Investissement (Director), represented by Sébastien Moynot, Michel Giannuzzi (Chairman of the Board of Directors), Xavier Massol (employee representative Director) and Beatriz Peinado Vallejo (employee shareholder representative Director).

The secretariat for the work of the Sustainable Development Committee is provided by the CSR Director and General Counsel (also Board Secretary).

(b) Duties of the Sustainable Development Committee

Under Article 1 of its Internal Rules, the Sustainable Development Committee is a specialised committee of the Board of Directors, the main tasks of which are to (i) ensure that social and environmental responsibility issues are taken into account in the Group's strategy and in its implementation, (ii) consider the report referred to in Articles L. 225-102-1 and L. 22-10-36 of the French Commercial Code and relating to sustainable development and (iii) review the Group's commitments on sustainable development, with regard to the issues specific to its activities and objectives.

(c) Meetings and work of the Sustainable Development Committee during the financial year ended 31 December 2022

Pursuant to its Internal Rules, the Sustainable Development Committee meets as often as required, and in any event at least once a year.

During 2022, the Sustainable Development Committee met four times, and primarily discussed the following subjects:

scrollen

the Non-Financial Performance Statement for the 2021 financial year;

the arrangements and lessons to be learned from the reuse forum and reuse projects;

the Company's Ecovadis report;

SBTi's approval of the objective to reduce CO 2 emissions by 46% by 2030;

the action plan for reducing water consumption;

the review of sponsorship activity;

3.1.5.5. Strategic committee

Strategic Development Committee

(a) Composition of the Strategic Committee as at 31 December 2022

scrollen
◊ CHAIRMAN Michel Giannuzzi 100% attendance Chairman of the Board of Directors
BWGI, represented by João Salles 100% attendance Director
● MEMBERS Pierre Vareille 100% attendance Independent Director
Didier Debrosse 100% attendance Independent Director

Under Article 2 of its Internal Rules, the Strategic Committee shall consist of at least three members, including the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and one member appointed from among the independent members of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may alter the composition of the Strategic Committee, which in any event must be altered in the event of a change in the overall composition of the Board of Directors. The term of office of Strategic Committee members is the same as their term of office on the Board of Directors. It may be renewed at the same time as their re-election to the Board.

As at 31 December 2022, the Strategic Committee had three members, including one Independent Director: Michel Giannuzzi (Chairman of the Board of Directors), Pierre Vareille (Independent Director), BW Gestão de Investimentos Ltda. (Director), represented by João Salles and Didier Debrosse (Independent Director).

The secretariat for the work of the Strategic Committee is provided by the Director of Planning and Mergers/​Acquisitions.

(b) Duties of the Strategic Committee

Under Article 1 of its Internal Rules in force, the Strategic Committee is a specialised committee of the Board of Directors whose main duties include assisting the latter in the preparation and implementation of the Group's strategic guidelines.

It primarily has the following duties:

scrollen

reviewing the competitive environment and the main challenges facing the Group and providing the Board of Directors, through its analyses, with further insight into development points and the resulting medium- and long-term outlook for the Group;

reviewing strategic projects (such as, primarily, any acquisition, merger, disposal, financial transaction, joint-venture or partnership), presented by Executive Management and likely to have a material impact on the scope, activities, risk profile, results or balance sheet structure of the Group and/​or the market valuation of the Company;

monitoring the completion and development of ongoing significant transactions and maintaining major financial balances.

(c) Meetings and work of the Strategic Committee during the financial year ended 31 December 2022

In the 2022 financial year, the Strategic Committee met five times and, in particular, discussed and debated the Group's strategic plan and certain strategic investment projects, including the acquisition of Allied Glass.

3.2. Methods and operation of Executive Management

3.2.1. Chairmanship of the Board of Directors

As at 31 December 2022, the positions of Chair of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company were separated.

Indeed, since Michel Giannuzzi wished to see a change in his responsibilities within the Group after around five years heading it up in his role as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors decided on 6 December 2021 to separate the roles of Chair of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer with effect from the end of the General Shareholders' Meeting that took place on 11 May 2022.

Accordingly, from 11 May 2022, Michel Giannuzzi has performed the duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors and Patrice Lucas has acted as Chief Executive Officer.

As part of the separation of the duties of Chair of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman oversees the work of the Board of Directors. In addition to the exercise of his legal powers, the Chairman may be consulted by the Executive Management on any issue concerning the conduct of the Group's business.

He may also attend internal meetings with the Company's teams, at the invitation of the Chief Executive Officer.

Michel Giannuzzi has also pledged to represent the Group to the best of his abilities (particularly with the Company's shareholders), to defend its interests (in particular within the Fédération Européenne de Verre d'Emballage), to promote its values, and to do so under all circumstances.

3.2.2. Powers of the Chief Executive Officer

Patrice Lucas has performed the duties of Chief Executive Officer since 11 May 2022.

The Chief Executive Officer shall be fully empowered to act on behalf of the Company in any and all circumstances. He or she shall exercise those powers within the scope of the corporate purpose and subject to the powers expressly reserved by law for General Shareholder Meetings and for the Board of Directors.

He or she represents the Company in its dealings with third parties. The Company shall be bound by the actions of the Chief Executive Officer even if such actions are beyond the scope of the corporate purpose, unless the Company can prove that a third party knew that the action concerned was beyond the scope of the corporate purpose or had constructive knowledge thereof in view of the circumstances. The publication of the Articles of Association alone may not be deemed to constitute evidence of such knowledge.

Decisions of the Board of Directors limiting the powers of the Chief Executive Officer shall not be binding on third parties.

The Chief Executive Officer may, within the limits set by applicable legislation, delegate powers as he or she deems appropriate, for one or more specified purposes, to any representatives, even outside the Company, individually or meeting as a committee or commission, with or without the possibility of substitution, subject to the limitations provided by law. Such powers may be permanent or temporary, and may or may not include the possibility of substitution. Any authority thus delegated shall remain in full effect notwithstanding the expiration of the term of office of the person granting them.

Under Article 3.2 of its Internal Rules, the Board of Directors shall give its prior approval, acting by a simple majority of its members present or represented, for any act or decision of the Chief Executive Officer concerning:

scrollen

approval and/​or amendment of the Group's medium-term business plan and annual budget (including the Group's hedging policy);

any investment (excluding acquisitions) exceeding the Group annual budget, for an aggregate amount exceeding €10 million;

any transaction involving the acquisition or disposal of assets or securities totalling more than €10 million and the formation, modification or termination of joint ventures or partnerships representing more than €10 million in revenue or investments;

any decision to participate in an operation outside the usual scope of the Group's operations and any decision to discontinue or significantly reduce the Group's principal operations;

the provision of collateral in favour of third parties (in other words a company external to the Group), with the exception (i) of collateral granted to administrations or public entities during normal business transactions and/​or in accordance with a legal obligation and (ii) guarantees to be granted under new energy supply agreements within the limit of a total annual amount of €20 million;

any decision to take part in a project or to enter into any contract for a period exceeding five years (including contracts with guaranteed revenue) for a total amount exceeding €50m, with the exception of energy supply contracts, for an amount of €30m per year and a maximum period of 15 years (that is, a maximum amount exceeding €450m over 15 years) and with guarantees 2.5 the annual amount of the purchasing or supply contract (that is, a maximum guaranteed amount exceeding €75m per year);

any decision to settle or to initiate a dispute relating to a claim for an amount exceeding €5 million or a claim having a material reputational impact on the Group;

any additional debt transaction exceeding €50 million;

any amendments to the Articles of Association of the Company or of Significant Subsidiaries (except amendments of an administrative nature); the term "Significant Subsidiaries" means any subsidiary of the Company whose consolidated revenue represented, in the previous financial year, more than 5% of the Company's consolidated annual revenue;

any merger/​demerger/​liquidation of a Significant Subsidiary, except for intra-group restructuring;

any issuance of shares or transferable securities giving immediate or deferred access to the Company's capital, as well as any issuance of shares or securities giving immediate or deferred access to the capital of a Significant Subsidiary, in each case for the benefit of a third party to the Group;

any purchase or sale of real estate assets for an amount in excess of €10 million;

any distributions of an amount exceeding €5 million, with the exclusion of distributions between wholly held subsidiaries;

any recruitment, suspension or removal of the Chief Executive Officer, any significant change in their remuneration (including with regard to retirement plans, incentive plans or specific severance terms) and the conclusion, amendment or termination of an agreement with the Chief Executive Officer;

the introduction or amendment of stock option plans or free share plans for the Company or any Group company (or any other similar instrument) for the benefit of the Group's executives and/​or employees or certain categories of them;

the conclusion or amendment of any pension plan or any restructuring of the workforce resulting in a total cost to the Group of more than €10 million;

any material change in the accounting policies applied by Group companies when preparing their financial statements, except for changes required by law or under applicable accounting standards;

the appointment, re-appointment or dismissal of the Company's Statutory Auditors;

the acquisition of treasury shares by the Company;

the delisting of the Company and the listing of a Group company;

the implementation of any insolvency, winding-up or liquidation proceedings (or similar proceedings in each applicable jurisdiction) in respect of the Company or its Significant Subsidiaries.

Under Article 3.3 of its Internal Rules, the following are subject to the ratification of the Board of Directors, ruling on simple majority of its members present or represented:

scrollen

any recruitment, suspension or dismissal of the members of the Group Executive Committee (other than the Chief Executive Officer);

any significant change to the remuneration of members of the Group Executive Committee (other than the Chief Executive Officer) (including retirement plans, incentive plans or specific severance terms); and

the conclusion, modification or termination of an agreement with one of the members of the Group's Executive Committee (other than the Chief Executive Officer),

carried out by the Chief Executive Officer, acting on the recommendation of the Nomination Committee. The Board of Directors will be called upon to decide on any such ratification at the meeting immediately following the occurrence of the event concerned.

3.2.3. Executive Committee

Under the responsibility of the Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Committee constitutes the management body of the Group.

Focused on operations, it steers and ensures the operational implementation of the Group's strategy (as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company), the monitoring of performance and the coordination of projects and priorities in the Group's various operating countries and regions. The Executive Committee notably ensures the adequacy of the organisation with respect to changes in the environment and expectations of stakeholders.

The Executive Committee includes 11 members. In addition to the Chief Executive Officer, it is composed of the functional and operational managers of the Group, and namely:

scrollen

at Group level, the Chief Financial Officer, the Director of Human Resources and Communications, the Operations Director and the CSR Director and General Counsel, each of them having clearly defined areas of responsibility; and

the Directors in charge of various geographical regions.

The Executive Committee meets approximately once a month, thus favouring communication, sharing and close exchanges among its members within their respective areas of responsibility.

The Executive Committee was 27% female as at 31 December 2022. The composition of the Executive Committee also reflects the geographical diversity of the Group's production regions and markets, since 55% of its members are of foreign nationality (German, Italian, Mexican, Dutch, Portuguese and English).

The Group is very attentive to both the diversity, in all respects, and gender balance of its teams. The diversity policy described in Section 2.4 applies not just to the Executive Committee, but also to all the teams of the Group.

3.3. Compensation of corporate officers

3.3.1. Compensation policy for executive officers

The following sections constitute the compensation policy for the Company's corporate officers. They describe the components of fixed and variable compensation and explain the decision-making process used to determine, review and implement it. According to the AFEP-MEDEF Code, to which the Company refers, the executive officers of a société anonyme (public limited company) with a Board of Directors are the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Executive Officer, the Deputy Chief Executive Officer(s) and the Chairman of the Board of Directors not acting as Chief Executive Officer.

The compensation policy for executive officers described below was approved by the Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. It sets out the components of fixed and variable remuneration of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and the Company Directors.

In accordance with the provisions of Article L. 22-10-8 of the French Commercial Code, the compensation policy presented below is subject to approval by the General Shareholders' Meeting.

3.3.1.1. Principles and decision-making processes followed to identify, review and implement the Group's compensation policy

The Group's compensation policy, which includes compensation for executive officers, is part of the general development policy for Verallia employees as described in section 2.3.3.2 of this Universal Registration Document.

It is intended, in accordance with the Company's corporate interest, and in accordance with market and industry practices, to ensure competitive compensation levels while retaining a strong link to company performance and maintaining the balance between short-term and medium/​long-term performance in support of the Group's business strategy and sustainability.

In 2023, the Group has thus implemented a compensation policy consisting of (i) a basic salary, to compensate the position held, that is attractive for recruiting and retaining talent, and for the relevant employees, and (ii) a variable annual portion, which compensates collective performance based on the achievement of ambitious objectives while being limited by a maximum level in order to avoid excessive risk-taking. This variable annual portion, a source of motivation for teams, is based on annual criteria that are in line with the Group's objectives, including safety, the environment, financial and operational performance.

In addition to this variable annual compensation, the Group intends to link all its employees to its growth through a stake in its share capital; the employee share ownership program is thus a strategic pillar to support the Group's profitable and sustainable growth, which the Group intends to pursue actively (as at 31 December 2022, employee shareholding in the Company (via the Verallia employee investment fund (FCPE) and direct shareholding) represented 3.8% of the Company's share capital). In particular, during the second quarter of 2023, the Company intends to offer Group employees the possibility of subscribing to another share capital increase reserved for them, in particular via the Verallia employee investment fund (FCPE), under conditions providing a discount and an employer matching contribution approved by the Board of Directors.

For the Chairman and its senior executives, the Group has also set up a performance share plan, which involves them in the creation of value over a long-term period and whereby the final vesting is subject to continued service and ambitious performance conditions, in accordance with the principles of good governance and the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

Within the Group, the compensation policy for executive officers is set by the Board of Directors upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is chaired by an Independent Director and includes (for at least half of its composition) Independent Directors within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Code and an employee representative Director. As part of its thinking, it relies in particular on benchmarking carried out on companies of similar size and in a similar industry, where appropriate with the assistance of one or more external consultants. The members of the Compensation Committee were selected for their technical skills, as well as for their understanding of current standards and emerging trends. The Compensation Committee shall ensure at the beginning of the year the level of achievement of the performance criteria set for the previous year, on which the variable compensation is based. The Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee shall ensure that the compensation of corporate officers is consistent with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

Finally, as part of the 'say on pay' arrangement, the compensation policy for the Company's executive officers, as well as the components of compensation and benefits that were awarded to them during the past financial year, described in this Chapter 3, are submitted annually, in accordance with the provisions of Articles L. 22-10-8 and L. 22-10-34 of the French Commercial Code, for approval by the Company's General Shareholders' Meeting.

3.3.1.2. Compensation policy for the Chairman of the Board of Directors

The compensation policy for the Chairman of the Board of Directors approved by the Board of Directors on February 15 th 2023, on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, is described below.

(a) Fixed compensation

The Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, shall determine the fixed annual compensation of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, in particular with regard to a detailed study of the fixed and variable compensation of executives of comparable listed companies carried out by an external firm.

On this basis, the fixed annual gross compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors for 2023 was set by the Board of Directors at the amount of €350,000.

(b) Benefits in kind

The Chairman of the Board of Directors benefits from a company car and a complementary health plan.

Summary table of the fixed and variable components of the compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors

scrollen
Compensation components - Principle Criteria of definition
Fixed compensation The Chairman of the Board of Directors receives fixed compensation in 12 monthly instalments. For 2023, the gross annual amount is set at €350,000.
Annual variable compensation N/​A N/​A
Long-term compensation (performance shares) N/​A N/​A
Long-term compensation (stock options) N/​A N/​A
Supplementary pension plan N/​A N/​A
Termination and noncompete benefits N/​A N/​A
Benefits in kind The Chairman of the Board of Directors benefits from a company car and a complementary health plan. N/​A

Draft resolution prepared by the Board of Directors pursuant to Articles L. 225-100 and L. 22-10-8 of the French Commercial Code for submission to the Combined General Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023

THIRTEENTH RESOLUTION

(Approval of the compensation policy for the Chairman of the Board of Directors)

The shareholders at the General Meeting, voting under the conditions of quorum and majority required for ordinary general meetings, after reviewing the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code and included in Chapter 3 of the Company's 2022 Universal Registration Document, approve the compensation policy for the Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors not acting as Chief Executive Officer, as presented in the aforementioned report.

3.3.1.3. Compensation policy for the Chief Executive Officer

The compensation policy for the Chief Executive Officer approved by the Board of Directors on 15 February 2023, on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, is described below.

(a) Fixed compensation

The Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, determines the fixed annual compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, in particular with regard to a detailed study of the fixed and variable compensation of executives of comparable listed companies carried out by an external firm.

On this basis, the fixed annual gross compensation of the Chief Executive Officer for 2023 was set by the Board of Directors at the amount of €750,000.

(b) Variable compensation

The Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, determines the variable annual compensation of the Chief Executive Officer on the basis of financial and ESG criteria. For 2023, the Board of Directors' meeting of 15 February 2023 set the annual variable portion at an amount equal to 100% of the fixed annual compensation, i.e. €750,000 if the targets are fully achieved and, in the event that the set targets are exceeded, a maximum amount equal to 135% of the fixed annual compensation, i.e. €1,012,500.

70% of the variable portion of the compensation is calculated based on financial criteria, to which a weighting is applied, and 30% on ESG criteria.

In accordance with the provisions of Article L. 22-10-34 of the French Commercial Code, the payment of this variable compensation shall be subject approval by the ordinary General Shareholders' Meeting convened in 2024 to approve the financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2023.

Financial criteria

These are based on indicators that the Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, has deemed most relevant for assessing the Group's financial performance. For 2023, the financial criteria represent 70% of variable compensation, (40% are linked to the achievement of an adjusted EBITDA threshold and 30% are linked to the achievement of an operational cash flow threshold for the financial year ended 31 December 2023).

If these financial criteria are exceeded, this variable annual compensation (i.e. €525,000 gross) will be increased in a linear way up to a maximum amount corresponding to 105% of the fixed annual compensation, i.e. €787,500 gross.

ESG criteria

These are based on indicators that the Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, has deemed most relevant for assessing the Group's social and environmental performance. For 2023, the ESG criteria are related to safety and sustainable development targets, including (i) for 50%, a safety criterion, linked to the improvement of a workplace accident frequency rate with or without lost days (known as "TF2") to a level equal to or below 2.4 based on a linear calculation method and (ii) for 50%, a sustainable development criterion, linked to the increase in the rate of external cullet use to at least 57% based on a linear calculation method.

As a reminder, the weighting of the ESG criteria was increased from 20% in 2022 to 30% in 2023.

(c) Allocation of performance shares

The Group's compensation policy is aimed at retaining and motivating talented employees, and at involving the Group's executive officers and main managerial staff in the creation of long-term value, in line with the principles of good governance and the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, mainly through a long-term incentive plan in the form of bonus share awards subject to performance criteria linked to the Group's long-term strategy.

Acting pursuant to the authorisation conferred by the 22 nd resolution of the Company's General Shareholders' Meeting of 10 June 2020, the Board of Directors resolved at its meetings of 19 October 2022 and 15 February 2023 to set up a new performance share plan spread over a period of three years running from 2023 to 2025 (the "2023-2025 Plan").

Executive corporate officers and employees of the Company and its affiliates (within the meaning of Article L. 225-197-2 of the French Commercial Code) are eligible for the 2023-2025 Plan, including in particular the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

The final allocation of shares granted each year under the 2023-2025 Plan will be done without discount, on the condition of continued service of the employee or executive concerned. The 2023-2025 Plan is aligned with the evolution of market practices, in particular in terms of performance criteria adopted and based on:

scrollen

for 40%, a theoretical value creation target with respect to the 2023-2025 medium-term business plan (defined as the increase in the following aggregate: 8 times adjusted EBITDA minus the net financial debt before payment of dividends and/​or share buybacks), measured between 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2025;

for 15%, a total shareholder return (TSR) target for the Company's share relative to the evolution of the TSR of companies included in the SBF 120 index on Euronext Paris, measured between 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2025 74 ;

for 15%, a total shareholder return (TSR) target for the Company's share relative to the evolution of the TSR of a minimum of three or four listed companies in the glass industry, measured between 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2025;

for 30%, sustainable development targets, in line with the targets defined in Chapter 2 of this Universal Registration Document and broken down as follows:

a CO 2 emissions reduction target 75 ; and

an objective to increase the percentage of women holding management positions 76.

If the theoretical value creation target is exceeded, the allocation may be increased by 20% for this criterion, raising the allocation for this indicator from 40% to 48% and leading to the allocation of a maximum total of 108% of the target allocation.

The 2023-2025 Plan also includes the commitment by corporate executive officers benefiting from performance shares not to use personal risk hedging until the end of the retention period of these shares.

Acting pursuant to the authorization conferred by the 22 nd resolution of the Extraordinary General Shareholders' Meeting of the Company of 10 June 2020, the Board of Directors resolved as follows at its meeting of 15 February 2023: to grant a maximum number of 297 000 shares to approximately 220 members of staff of the Company and its subsidiaries (with a maximum number of 38 000 shares for the Chief Executive Officer) (the total of shares attributable to the Chief Executive Officer not exceeding 20% of the 297000 attributable shares), subject to achievement of the above-mentioned performance conditions.

Shares granted under the 2023-2025 Plan are subject to a three-year vesting period, without a retention period, except for the Chief Executive Officer, who is subject to an obligation to retain 30% of any vested shares for the duration of his term of office, and the members of the Group's Executive Committee, who are subject to an obligation to retain 20% of any vested shares for as long as they remain members of the Executive Committee.

74 The allocation rate for performance shares to be granted in respect of this criterion is determined as follows: - 0% if the performance of Verallia's TSR is less than the SBF 120 TSR; and- 100% if the performance of Verallia's TSR is equal to or greater than the SBF 120 TSR.

75 Target of CO 2 emissions at Group level in absolute value of 2,627kt in 2025 for scopes 1 and 2 (in line with SBTI and for the ESG KPIs set out in the sustainability-linked bonds).
76 Target of 35% in 2025.

(d) Benefits in kind

The Chief Executive Officer benefits from a company car, an executive unemployment insurance scheme (GSC) and a complementary health plan.

(e) Pension plan

The Company has not implemented a supplementary pension plan, opting instead to allot performance shares. Therefore, the Chief Executive Officer does not benefit from a supplementary pension plan.

(f) Termination and non-compete benefits

Termination benefit

The Chief Executive Officer shall receive a gross termination benefit of up to 150% of the amount of fixed and variable compensation for the 12 months preceding the effective termination of his term of office. This would be payable in the event of his removal from office as Chief Executive Officer, unless he is dismissed for gross negligence or serious misconduct. The performance conditions applicable to such termination benefit are based on the average rate of achievement of the targets set with respect to the financial and ESG criteria of the variable compensation of the Chief Executive Officer (as referred to in section 3.3.1.3(b) above) over the two years preceding the effective termination of his term of office, such average rate having to be equal to or to exceed 70% for the termination benefit to be fully paid. In the event where such average rate is below 70% over the 2 years preceding the effective termination of his term of office, no termination benefit shall be paid to the Chief Executive Officer.

In accordance with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, no termination benefit will be due to the Chief Executive Officer if he leaves the Company at his own initiative to take up a new position, or changes position within the Group, or invokes his retirement rights, or has reached the age of 65.

Non-compete indemnity

The Chief Executive Officer is also subject to a 12-month non-compete obligation and as such would receive a fixed monthly benefit equal to 1/​12th of 70% of the amount of his fixed and variable compensation for the last 12 months preceding the effective termination of his term of office. In the event of the combined application of the termination benefit described above and the non-compete indemnity, the aggregate amount of the two benefits will be capped at an amount corresponding to the sum of the fixed and variable compensation received by the Chief Executive Officer during the two years preceding the effective termination of his term of office.

In accordance with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the Board of Directors has provided that it can waive the implementation of the non-compete agreement upon departure of the Chief Executive Officer and that the payment of the non-compete indemnity will be excluded if the Chief Executive Officer invokes his retirement rights or has reached the age of 65.

Summary table of the fixed and variable components of the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer for 2023

scrollen
Compensation components - Principle Criteria of definition
Fixed compensation The Chief Executive Officer receives fixed compensation in 12 monthly instalments. For 2023, the gross annual amount is set at €750,000.
Annual variable compensation The Chief Executive Officer shall receive variable compensation determined in view of the Group's performance. This compensation shall be paid during the corporate financial year following that in which the performance was recorded. In accordance with the provisions of Article L.22-10-34 of the French Commercial Code, the payment of variable compensation is conditional on the approval by an ordinary General Shareholders' Meeting of the compensation components of the Chief Executive Officer under the conditions set out in Articles L. 22-10-8 and L. 22-10-34 of the French Commercial Code. The annual variable portion of the Chief Executive Officer's compensation is set at €750,000 if the targets are fully achieved and, in the event that the set targets are exceeded, a maximum amount equal to 135% of the fixed annual compensation, i.e. €1,012,500. Seventy percent of the variable portion of the compensation is calculated based on financial criteria (40% related to the achievement of an adjusted EBITDA threshold and 30% related to the achievement of an operational cash flow threshold), and 30% on ESG criteria related to safety and sustainable development targets (including (i) for 50%, a safety criterion, linked to the improvement of a workplace accident frequency rate with or without lost days (known as AF2) to a level equal to or below 2.4 and (ii) for 50%, a sustainable development criterion, related to the increase in the rate of external cullet use to at least 57%).
Long-term compensation (performance shares) The Chief Executive Officer is entitled to free Company shares, subject to the achievement of performance criteria. The number of performance shares allocated and transferred to each beneficiary at the end of the vesting period varies according to the level of achievement of the objectives detailed in section 3.3.1.3 (c) above.
Long-term compensation (stock options) N/​A N/​A
Supplementary pension plan The Company has not implemented a supplementary pension plan, opting instead to allot performance shares. The Chief Executive Officer does not benefit from any supplementary pension plan.
Termination and non-compete benefits The Chief Executive Officer shall be entitled to termination benefit in the event of the termination of his duties. The Chief Executive Officer shall receive a gross termination benefit of up to 150% of the amount of fixed and variable compensation for the 12 months preceding the effective termination of his term of office. This would be payable in the event of his removal from office as Chief Executive Officer, unless he is dismissed for gross negligence or serious misconduct. No termination benefit will be paid (i) if the average rate of achievement of the targets set with respect to the financial and ESG criteria for the variable compensation of the Chief Executive Officer over the two years preceding the effective termination of his term of office is below 70% or (ii) if the Chief Executive Officer leaves the Company on his own initiative, changes position within the Group, has the possibility of invoking his retirement rights or reaches the age of 65. If the average rate of achievement of the targets relating to the financial and ESG criteria for the variable compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is greater than or equal to 70% during the two years preceding the end of his term of office, the termination benefit will be payable in full. The Chief Executive Officer is also subject to a 12-month non-compete obligation (which the Board of Directors may waive) and as such would receive a fixed monthly benefit equal to 1/​12th of 70% of the amount of his fixed and variable compensation for the last 12 months preceding the effective termination of his term of office. In the event of the combined application of the severance benefit described above and the non-compete benefit, the aggregate amount of the two benefits will be capped at an amount corresponding to the sum of the fixed and variable compensation received by the Chief Executive Officer during the two years preceding the effective termination of his term of office.
Benefits in kind The Chief Executive Officer benefits from a company car, an executive unemployment insurance scheme (GSC) and a complementary health plan. N/​A

Draft resolution prepared by the Board of Directors pursuant to Articles L. 225-100 and L. 22-10-8 of the French Commercial Code for submission to the Combined General Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023

FOURTEENTH RESOLUTION

(Approval of the compensation policy for the Chief Executive Officer)

The shareholders at the General Meeting, voting under the conditions of quorum and majority required for ordinary general meetings, after reviewing the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code and included in Chapter 3 of the Company's 2022 Universal Registration Document, approve the compensation policy for the Company's Chief Executive Officer.

3.3.1.4. Components of the compensation of Directors

The Company's General Shareholders' Meeting of 11 May 2022 set the overall compensation for directors at the annual amount of €850,000.

Upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, the Board of Directors freely distributes among its members this budget allocated to the Board by the General Shareholders' Meeting, mainly taking into account, in accordance with the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the actual participation of Directors in Board and committee meetings. It may, in addition, allocate special compensation to some of its members for specific duties or assignments entrusted to them. The Board of Directors examines whether the level of compensation allocated to Directors is appropriate in view of their duties and responsibilities.

The criteria for dividing up the annual fixed amount allocated to Directors were set by the Board as described below.

The Board of Directors decided that only Independent Directors would receive compensation for their term of office.

This basic compensation of Independent Directors for the year 2023 includes a fixed fee of €20,000 p.a. and, if applicable, this will be calculated pro rata for terms of office ending or becoming effective during the year.

In addition, fixed compensation of €15,000 p.a. is allocated to the Chairs of the Audit Committee, the Sustainable Development Committee and the Strategic Committee, fixed compensation of €10,000 p.a. is allocated to the Chair of the Nomination Committee, and fixed compensation of €5,000 p.a. is allocated to the Chair of the Compensation Committee, as remuneration for their duties.

In addition to this basic compensation, a variable amount of €4,500 is paid for each Board and committee meeting attended by the Independent Director concerned.

Draft resolution prepared by the Board of Directors pursuant to Articles L. 225-100 and L. 22-10-8 of the French Commercial Code for submission to the Combined General Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023

FIFTEENTH RESOLUTION

(Approval of the compensation policy for directors)

The shareholders at the General Meeting, voting under the conditions of quorum and majority required for ordinary general meetings, after reviewing the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code and included in Chapter 3 of the Company's 2022 Universal Registration Document, approve the compensation policy for directors, as presented in the aforementioned report.

3.3.2. Compensation of corporate officers during the year ended 31 December 2022

The Annual General Shareholders' Meeting shall decide on a draft resolution on the information referred to in Article L.22-10-9 I of the French Commercial Code, to be included in the corporate governance report, including the components of compensation paid for the term of office during the past financial year or allocated for the term of office for the same financial year, that is, the financial year ended 31 December 2022.

The Annual General Shareholders' Meeting shall decide on the fixed, variable and exceptional components making up the total compensation and benefits of any kind paid during the past financial year or allocated for the same financial year, in a separate resolution for each corporate officer.

As regards the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, for the period from 1 January to 11 May 2022, these components are presented in section 3.3.2.1 below.

As regards the Company's Chairman of the Board of Directors, for the period 12 May to 31 December 2022, these components are presented in paragraph 3.3.2.2

As regards the Company's Deputy Chief Executive Officer, for the period 1 February to 11 May 2022, these components are presented in section 3.3.2.3

As regards the Company's Chief Executive Officer, for the period 12 May 2022 to 31 December 2022, these components are presented in section 3.3.2.4

It will therefore be put to the Combined General Shareholders' Meeting of 25 April 2023 to approve, as part of various resolutions, on the one hand, the information referred to in Article L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code, in particular comprising the components presented in sections 3.3.2.1 to 3.3.2.5 below.

3.3.2.1. Components of the compensation of Michel Giannuzzi, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer for the period from 1January to 11 May 2022

(a) Fixed compensation

The fixed compensation paid to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer for the period from 1 January to 11 May 2022 is €399,194 on a pro-rata basis, amounting to fixed compensation of €1,100,000 gross on an annual basis.

(b) Annual variable compensation

The Board of Directors' meeting of 15 February 2023, on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee which met on 15 February 2023, after having reviewed the results of the Company and the financial results of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer during the financial year ended 31 December 2022, has set the financial portion of the variable compensation due to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer for the period from 1 January to 11 May 2022 at €479,033 on a pro-rata basis (amounting to €1,320,000 gross on an annual basis), i.e. 150% of the target for the financial portion, and the ESG portion of that compensation at €14,690 on a pro-rata basis (amounting to €40,480 gross on an annual basis), i.e. 18.4% of the target for the ESG portion (i.e. a total of €493,723, amounting to €1,360,480 gross on an annual basis or 123.68% of the target).

With regard to the financial portion, representing 80% of the variable compensation, the Board of Directors therefore noted that entitlements to variable compensation rights follow the grid below:

scrollen
Objective Weighting Achievement of the target (as a % of the objective) during the year ended 31 December 2022 Amount of variable compensation (as a % of target amount)
Adjusted EBITDA 55% 119% 150%
Operating cash flows 45% 150% 150%

Regarding the ESG portion, representing 20% of the variable compensation, the following ESG objectives were reviewed by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors therefore noted that entitlements to variable compensation rights follow the grid below:

scrollen
Objective Weighting Achievement of the target (as a % of the objective) during the year ended 31 December 2022 Amount of variable compensation (as a % of target amount)
Work accident frequency rate (TF2) 50% Not achieved 0%
Increase in the rate of cullet use 50% 36.8% 36.8%

The payment of the variable compensation shall be conditional upon the approval by the Company's General Shareholders' Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023 of the components of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer's compensation under the conditions set out in Articles L. 225-100 and L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code.

(c) Exceptional bonus

None.

(d) Compensation for term of office as Director

None.

(e) Allocation of performance shares

As part of the final allocation of shares under the performance share plan put in place by the Company, the following have been awarded to Michel Giannuzzi:

scrollen

46,228 shares, on 23 March 2022, in accordance with the terms of the second tranche of the 2019-2021 Plan,

With regard to the second tranche of this Plan, awarded on 23 March 2022, the allocation rate was 70.63% given the 70.63% completion rate of the performance criteria, with the following results:

a rate of achievement for the Theoretical Equity Value criterion of 100.9%;

a rate of achievement of the Stock Price evolution criterion of 0%.

60,500 shares, on 1 March 2023, in accordance with the terms of the 2021-2022 Plan.

With regard to this Plan, awarded on 1 March 2023, the allocation rate was 110%, given a rate of achievement of the performance criteria with the following results:

scrollen

an allocation rate of 120% of the criterion based on the "Creation of TSV", the target rate of achievement of which is 299%;

an allocation rate of 100% of the criterion based on the "Total Shareholder Return" (TSR), the performance of which is 15.9% (121% of the target);

an allocation rate of 100% of the criterion based on the "Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)", the performance of which is 31.7% (151% of the target);

an allocation rate of 100% of the criterion based on CO 2 emissions, the performance of which is 484kg CO 2 /​TVB (103% of the target);

an allocation rate of 100% of the criterion based on the Gender Equality Index, the performance of which is 68.1% (103% of the target);

The Board of Directors of the Company, upon proposal of the Compensation Committee, has indeed decided to maintain the shares of performance which had been attributed to Michel Giannuzzi in accordance with the terms of the 2021-2022 Plan when he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, even though he is no longer Chief Executive Officer since 12 May 2022.

This decision is based on the following circumstances :

scrollen

In order to ease the transition from Michel Giannuzzi to Patrice Lucas as Chief Executive Officer and to benefit from Michel Giannuzzi's in-depth knowledge of the Group, additional responsibilities have been conferred to Michel Giannuzzi as Chairman of the Board that go beyond the roles usually granted to Chairmen of listed companies. He is particularly involved on strategic issues and developments projects such as M&A transactions (as for example the strategic successful acquisition of Allied Glass). He also participates to internal meetings with the Company's teams, at the invitation of the Chief Executive Officer;

The impact of the performance action plans implemented at the initiative of Michel Giannuzzi as Chief Executive Officer and his strong initiatives on the improvement of the Group's profitability since he took his role as Chief Executive Officer in 2017 still have a significant positive impact on the Group's EBITDA, which is part of the performance criteria used by the Company for its long term incentives plan.

The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is subject to a 30% retention obligation for vested shares, for a period expiring at the end of his term of office.

(f) Termination and non-compete benefits

See section 3.3.1.3(f) above.

(g) Profit sharing and employer matching contribution

For the financial year ended 31 December 2022, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer was not a beneficiary of the profit-sharing agreement for employees of Verallia Packaging.

For the year ended 31 December 2022, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer received a gross matching contribution of €1,748, i.e. a net amount of €1,578.45.

(h) Benefits in kind

During the financial year 2022, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer benefited from a company car, an executive unemployment insurance scheme (GSC) and a complementary health plan.

(i) Summary tables of the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits of any kind paid during the year ended 31 December 2022 or allocated for the same year to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

scrollen
Fixed compensation €399,194
Variable compensation €1,358,597 paid in 2022 in respect of 2021 and €493,723 allocated in respect of 2022
Exceptional bonus None.
Compensation for term of office as Director None.
Performance shares 46,228 vested shares on 23 March 2022 in respect of the second tranche of the 2019-2021 plan and 60,500 vested shares on 1 March 2023 in respect of the 2021-2022 Plan,
Pension plan None.
Termination benefit Termination benefit, of a gross amount equal to the maximum of 150% of the sum of the gross annual fixed compensation over the last 12 months preceding the end of his term of office and the variable compensation paid in respect of the year preceding the end of his term of office. No benefit will be due if the average amount of variable compensation as referred to above during the two years preceding the termination of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer's term of office is less than 30% of the target amount. If the average variable compensation paid is equal to 30% or more of the target amount, the termination benefit will be paid in full.
Non-compete indemnity A one-year non-compete obligation, compensated by a fixed monthly benefit equal to 1/​12th of 70% of the amount of his fixed and variable compensation for the 12 months preceding the effective termination of his term of office. In the event of the combined application of the termination benefit described above and the non-compete indemnity, the aggregate amount of the two benefits will be capped at an amount corresponding to the sum of the fixed and variable compensation received by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer during the two years preceding the effective termination of his term of office.
Profit sharing and employer matching contribution During the financial year ended 31 December 2022, Michel Giannuzzi received a matching contribution of €1,748 gross, i.e. €1,578.45 net.
Benefits in kind Company car Benefit of an executive unemployment insurance scheme (GSC) and a complementary health plan.

Draft resolution prepared by the Board of Directors pursuant to Articles L. 225-100 and L. 22-10-8 of the French Commercial Code for submission to the Combined General Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023

SIXTEENTH RESOLUTION

(Approval of the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits of any kind paid during the financial year ended on 31 December 2022 or awarded for the same financial year to Michel Giannuzzi, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company from 1 January 2022 to 11 May 2022)

The shareholders at the General Meeting, voting under the conditions of quorum and majority required for ordinary general meetings, after reviewing the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code and included in Chapter 3 of the Company's 2022 Universal Registration Document, approve the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits in kind paid in the previous financial year or awarded in respect of the same financial year to Michel Giannuzzi, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company from 1 January 2022 to 11 May 2022, as presented in the aforementioned report.

3.3.2.2. Components of the compensation of Michel Giannuzzi, Chairman of the Board of Directors for the period from 12 May to 31 December 2022

(a) Fixed compensation

The fixed compensation paid to the Chairman of the Board of Directors for the period from 12 May to 31 December 2022 is €222,984 on a pro-rata basis, amounting to fixed compensation of €350,000 gross on an annual basis.

(b) Benefits in kind

The Chairman of the Board of Directors benefits from a company car and a complementary health plan.

scrollen
Fixed compensation €222,984
Variable compensation None.
Exceptional bonus None.
Compensation for term of office as Director None.
Performance shares None.
Pension plan None.
Termination benefit None.
Non-compete indemnity None.
Profit sharing and employer matching contribution None.
Benefits in kind Company car Benefit of a complementary health plan.

Draft resolution prepared by the Board of Directors pursuant to Articles L. 225-100 and L. 22-10-8 of the French Commercial Code for submission to the Combined General Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023

SEVENTEENTH RESOLUTION

(Approval of the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits of any kind paid during the financial year ended on 31 December 2022 or awarded for the same financial year to Michel Giannuzzi, Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors since 12 May 2022)

The shareholders at the General Meeting, voting under the conditions of quorum and majority required for ordinary general meetings, after reviewing the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code and included in Chapter 3 of the Company's 2022 Universal Registration Document, approve the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits in kind paid in the previous financial year or awarded in respect of the same financial year to Michel Giannuzzi, Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors since 12 May 2022, as presented in the aforementioned report.

3.3.2.3. Components of the compensation of Patrice Lucas, Deputy Chief Executive Officer for the period from 1 February to 11 May 2022

(a) Fixed compensation

The fixed compensation paid to the Deputy Chief Executive Officer for the period from 1 February to 11 May 2022 is €209,677 on a pro-rata basis, amounting to fixed compensation of €750,000 gross on an annual basis.

(b) Annual variable compensation

The Board of Directors' meeting of 15 February 2023, on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee which met on 15 February 2023, after having reviewed the results of the Company and the financial results of the Deputy Chief Executive Officer during the financial year ended 31 December 2022, has fixed the financial portion of the variable compensation due to the Deputy Chief Executive Officer for the period from 1 February to 11 May 2022 at €251,612 on a pro-rata basis (amounting to €900,000 gross on an annual basis), i.e. 150% of the target for the financial portion, and the ESG portion of that compensation at €7,716 on a pro-rata basis (amounting to €27,600 gross on an annual basis) i.e. 18.4% of the target for ESG portion (i.e. a total of €259,328 amounting to €927,600 gross on an annual basis, i.e. 123.68% of the target).

With regard to the financial portion, representing 80% of the variable compensation, the Board of Directors therefore noted that entitlements to variable compensation rights follow the grid below:

scrollen
Objective Weighting Achievement of the target (as a % of the objective) during the year ended 31 December 2022 Amount of variable compensation (as a % of target amount)
Adjusted EBITDA 55% 119% 150%
Operating cash flows 45% 150% 150%

Regarding the ESG portion, representing 20% of the variable compensation, the following ESG objectives were reviewed by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors therefore noted that entitlements to variable compensation rights follow the grid below:

scrollen
Objective Weighting Achievement of the target (as a % of the objective) during the year ended 31 December 2022 Amount of variable compensation (as a % of target amount)
Work accident frequency rate (TF2) 50% Not achieved 0%
Increase in the rate of cullet use 50% 36.8% 36.8%

The payment of the variable compensation shall be conditional upon the approval by the Company's General Shareholders' Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023 of the components of the Deputy Chief Executive Officer's compensation under the conditions set out in Articles L. 225-100 and L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code.

(c) Exceptional bonus

None.

(d) Compensation for term of office as Director

None.

(e) Allocation of performance shares

None.

(f) Termination and non-compete benefits

See section 3.3.1.3(f) above.

(g) Profit sharing and employer matching contribution

For the financial year ended 31 December 2022, the Deputy Chief Executive Officer was not a beneficiary of the profitsharing agreement for employees of Verallia Packaging.

During the financial year ended 31 December 2022, the Deputy Chief Executive Officer did not receive an employer matching contribution.

(h) Benefits in kind

During the financial year 2022, the Deputy Chief Executive Officer benefited from a company car, an executive unemployment insurance scheme (GSC) and a complementary health plan.

(i) Summary tables of the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits of any kind paid during the financial year ended 31 December 2022 or allocated for the same financial year to the Deputy Chief Executive Officer

scrollen
Fixed compensation €209,677
Variable compensation No variable compensation paid in 2022 and €259,328 awarded for 2022
Exceptional bonus None.
Compensation for term of office as Director None.
Performance shares None.
Pension plan None.
Termination benefit Termination benefit, of a gross amount equal to the maximum of 150% of the sum of the gross annual fixed compensation over the last 12 months preceding the end of his term of office and the variable compensation paid in respect of the year preceding the end of his term of office. No benefit will be due if the average amount of variable compensation as referred to above during the two years preceding the termination of the Deputy Chief Executive Officer's term of office is less than 30% of the target amount. If the average variable compensation paid is equal to 30% or more of the target amount, the termination benefit will be paid in full.
Non-compete indemnity A one-year non-compete obligation, compensated by a fixed monthly benefit equal to 1/​12th of 70% of the amount of his fixed and variable compensation for the 12 months preceding the effective termination of his term of office. In the event of the combined application of the termination benefit described above and the non-compete indemnity, the aggregate amount of the two benefits will be capped at an amount corresponding to the sum of the fixed and variable compensation received by the Deputy Chief Executive Officer during the two years preceding the effective termination of his term of office.
Profit sharing and employer matching contribution None.
Benefits in kind Company car Benefit of an executive unemployment insurance scheme (GSC) and a complementary health plan.

Draft resolution prepared by the Board of Directors pursuant to Articles L. 225-100 and L. 22-10-8 of the French Commercial Code for submission to the Combined General Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023

EIGHTEENTH RESOLUTION

(Approval of the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits of any kind paid during the financial year ended on 31 December 2022 or awarded for the same financial year to Patrice Lucas, Deputy Chief Executive Officer of the Company from 1 February 2022 to 11 May 2022)

The shareholders at the General Meeting, voting under the conditions of quorum and majority required for ordinary general meetings, after reviewing the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code and included in Chapter 3 of the Company's 2022 Universal Registration Document, approve the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits in kind paid in the previous financial year or awarded in respect of the same financial year to Patrice Lucas, Deputy Chief Executive Officer of the Company from 1 February 2022 to 11 May 2022, as presented in the aforementioned report.

3.3.2.4. Components of the compensation of Patrice Lucas, Chief Executive Officer from 12 May to 31 December 2022

(a) Fixed compensation

The fixed compensation paid to the Chief Executive Officer for the period from 12 May to 31 December 2022 is €477,823 on a pro-rata basis, amounting to fixed compensation of €750,000 gross on an annual basis.

(b) Annual variable compensation

The Board of Directors' meeting of 15 February 2023, on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee which met on 15 February 2023, after having reviewed the results of the Company and the financial results of the Chief Executive Officer during the financial year ended 31 December 2022, has fixed the financial portion of the variable compensation due to the Chief Executive Officer for the period from 12 May to 31 December 2022 at €573,388 on a pro-rata basis (amounting to €900,000 gross on an annual basis) i.e. 150% of the target for the financial portion, and the ESG portion of that compensation at €17,584 on a pro-rata basis (amounting to €27,600 gross on an annual basis), i.e. 18.4% of the target for the ESG portion (i.e. a total of €590,972, amounting to €927,600 gross on an annual basis, i.e. 123.68% of the target).

With regard to the financial portion, representing 80% of the variable compensation, the Board of Directors therefore noted that entitlements to variable compensation rights follow the grid below:

scrollen
Objective Weighting Achievement of the target (as a % of the objective) during the year ended 31 December 2022 Amount of variable compensation (as a % of target amount)
Adjusted EBITDA 55% 119% 150%
Operating cash flows 45% 150% 150%

Regarding the ESG portion, representing 20% of the variable compensation, the following ESG objectives were reviewed by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors therefore noted that entitlements to variable compensation rights follow the grid below:

scrollen
Objective Weighting Achievement of the target (as a % of the objective) during the year ended 31 December 2022 Amount of variable compensation (as a % of target amount)
Work accident frequency rate (TF2) 50% Not achieved 0%
Increase in the rate of cullet use 50% 36.8% 36.8%

The payment of the variable compensation shall be conditional upon the approval by the Company's General Shareholders' Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023 of the components of the Chief Executive Officer's compensation under the conditions set out in Articles L. 225-100 and L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code.

(c) Exceptional bonus

None.

(d) Compensation for term of office as Director

None.

(e) Allocation of performance shares

Acting pursuant to the authorization conferred by the 22 nd resolution of the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company's Shareholders of 10 June 2020, the Board of Directors resolved, at its meeting held on 16 February 2022, to grant the to the Chief Executive Officer 35,000 shares under the 2022-2024 Plan subject to a three-year vesting period ending on 1 March 2025 and subject to (a) the continued service of the Chief Executive Officer with the company and (b) the performance criteria set out below (also described in section 3.3.1.3(c) of the 2021 Universal Registration Document):

scrollen

for 40%, a theoretical value creation target with respect to the 2022-2024 LRP (defined as the increase in the following aggregate: 8 times adjusted EBITDA minus the net financial debt before payment of dividends and/​or share buybacks), measured between 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2024;

for 15%, a total shareholder return (TSR) target for the Company's share relative to the evolution of the TSR of companies included in the SBF 120 index on Euronext Paris, measured between 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2024 77 ; and

for 15%, a total shareholder return (TSR) target for the Company's share relative to the evolution of the TSR of a minimum of 3 listed companies in the glass industry, measured between 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2024; and

for 30%, sustainable development targets, in line with the targets defined in Section 2 of this Universal Registration Document and broken down as follows:

a CO 2 emissions reduction target of 15% 78 ; and

an objective to increase the percentage of women holding management positions up to 15% 79.

The Chief Executive Officer is subject to a 30% retention obligation for vested shares, for a period expiring at the end of his term of office.

77 The allocation rate for performance shares to be granted in respect of this criterion is determined as follows: - 0% if the performance of Verallia's TSR is less than the SBF 120 TSR; and- 100% if the performance of Verallia's TSR is equal to or greater than the SBF 120 TSR.
78 Target of CO 2 emissions at Group level in absolute value of 2,664 kt in 2024 for scopes 1 and 2 (in line with SBTi and the ESG KPIs set out in the sustainability-linked bonds).
79 Target of 33.3% in 2024.

(f) Termination and non-compete benefits

See section 3.3.1.3(f) above.

(g) Profit sharing and employer matching contribution

For the financial year ended 31 December 2022, the Chief Executive Officer was not a beneficiary of the profit-sharing agreement for employees of Verallia Packaging.

During the financial year ended 31 December 2022, the Chief Executive Officer received no employer matching contribution.

(h) Benefits in kind

During the financial year 2022, the Chief Executive Officer benefited from a company car, an executive unemployment insurance scheme (GSC) and a complementary health plan.

(i) Summary tables of the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits of any kind paid during the financial year ended 31 December 2022 or allocated for the same year to the Chief Executive Officer

scrollen
Fixed compensation €477,823
Variable compensation No variable compensation paid in 2022 and €590,972 awarded for 2022
Exceptional bonus None.
Compensation for term of office as Director None.
Performance shares 35,000 performance shares allocated under the 2022-2024 Plan
Pension plan None.
Termination benefit Termination benefit of a gross amount equal to the maximum of 150% of the sum of the gross annual fixed compensation over the last 12 months preceding the end of his term of office and the variable compensation paid in respect of the year preceding the end of his term of office. No benefit will be due if the average amount of variable compensation as referred to above during the two years preceding the termination of the Chief Executive Officer's term of office is less than 30% of the target amount. If the average variable compensation paid is equal to 30% or more of the target amount, the termination benefit will be paid in full.
Non-compete indemnity A one-year non-compete obligation, compensated by a fixed monthly benefit equal to 1/​12th of 70% of the amount of his fixed and variable compensation for the 12 months preceding the effective termination of his term of office. In the event of the combined application of the termination benefit described above and the non-compete indemnity, the aggregate amount of the two benefits will be capped at an amount corresponding to the sum of the fixed and variable compensation received by the Chief Executive Officer during the two years preceding the effective termination of his term of office.
Profit sharing and employer matching contribution None.
Benefits in kind Company car.
Benefit of an executive unemployment insurance scheme (GSC) and a complementary health plan.

Draft resolution prepared by the Board of Directors pursuant to Articles L. 225-100 and L. 22-10-8 of the French Commercial Code for submission to the Combined General Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023

NINETEENTH RESOLUTION

(Approval of the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits of any kind paid during the financial year ended on 31 December 2022 or awarded for the same financial year to Patrice Lucas, Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 12 May 2022)

The shareholders at the General Meeting, voting under the conditions of quorum and majority required for ordinary general meetings, after reviewing the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code and included in Chapter 3 of the Company's 2022 Universal Registration Document, approve the fixed, variable and exceptional items comprising the total compensation and benefits in kind paid in the previous financial year or awarded in respect of the same financial year to Patrice Lucas, Chief Executive Officer of the Company from since 12 May 2022, as presented in the aforementioned report."

The tables below also show the compensation paid by the Company and any Group company during the financial years ended 31 December 2022 and 2021 to Michel Giannuzzi in respect of his successive terms of office as Chairman and Chief Executive and Chairman of the Board of Directors and to Patrice Lucas in respect of his successive terms of office as Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Chief Executive Officer.

Table 1 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
Summary of compensation, options and shares granted to each executive officer
(amounts paid
in €)
Financial year 2022 Financial year 2021
Michel Giannuzzi - Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Compensation for the year (see Table 2 for details) €894,426 €2,475,712
Value of multi-year variable compensation paid during the financial year - -
Value of stock options granted during the financial year (see Table 4 for details) - -
Value of performance shares granted - €3,280,768
Value of other long-term compensation plans - -
Total €894,426 €5,756,480
Michel Giannuzzi - Chairman of the Board of Directors
Compensation for the year (see Table 2 for details) €225,633 -
Value of multi-year variable compensation paid during the financial year - -
Value of stock options granted during the financial year (see Table 4 for details) - -
Value of performance shares granted - -
Value of other long-term compensation plans - -
Total €225,633 -
Patrice Lucas - Deputy Chief Executive Officer
Compensation for the year (see Table 2 for details) €471,716 -
Value of multi-year variable compensation paid during the financial year - -
Value of stock options granted during the financial year (see Table 4 for details) - -
Value of performance shares granted - -
Value of other long-term compensation plans - -
Total €471,716 -
Patrice Lucas - Chief Executive Officer
Compensation for the year (see Table 2 for details) €1,074,973 -
Value of multi-year variable compensation paid during the financial year - -
Value of stock options granted during the financial year (see Table 4 for details) - -
Value of performance shares granted (see Table 6 for details) €492,057 -
Value of other long-term compensation plans - -
Total €1,567,030 -

Table 2 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
Summary of compensation paid to each executive officer
Financial year 2022 Financial year 2021
(amounts paid
in €)
Amounts allocated Amounts paid Amounts allocated Amounts paid
Michel Giannuzzi - Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Fixed compensation €399,194 €399,194 €1,100,000 €1,100,000
Annual variable compensation (1) €493,723 €1,358,597 €1,358,597 €0
Multi-year variable compensation - - - -
Exceptional bonus - - - -
Compensation for term of office as Director - - - -
Benefits in kind (2) €1,509 €1,509 €17,115 €17,115
Total €894,426 €1,759,300 €2,475,712 €1,117,115
Michel Giannuzzi - Chairman of the Board
Fixed compensation €222,984 €222,984 - -
Annual variable compensation (1) - - - -
Multi-year variable compensation - - - -
Exceptional bonus - - - -
Compensation for term of office as Director - - - -
Benefits in kind (2) €2,649 €2,649 - -
Total €225,633 €225,633 - -
Patrice Lucas - Deputy Chief Executive Officer
Fixed compensation €209,677 €209,677 - -
Annual variable compensation (1) €259,328 - - -
Multi-year variable compensation - - - -
Exceptional bonus - - - -
Compensation for term of office as Director - - - -
Benefits in kind (2) €2,711 €2,711 - -
Total €471,716 €212,388 - -
Patrice Lucas - Chief Executive Officer
Fixed compensation €477,823 €477,823 - -
Annual variable compensation (1) €590,972 - - -
Multi-year variable compensation - - - -
Exceptional bonus - - - -
Compensation for term of office as Director - - - -
Benefits in kind (2) €6,178 €6,178 - -
Total €1,074,973 €484,001 - -

(1) Annual variable compensation is subject to performance conditions linked to the achievement of adjusted EBITDA and operational cash flow thresholds, as well as a safety objective (workplace accident rate) and, as of 2020, a sustainable development target. The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer had accepted, as early as 7 April 2020, that his upcoming compensation be amended, by way of cancellation of his annual variable compensation in relation to the financial year ended 31 December 2020. Therefore, the amount of €666,697 was not paid to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.
(2) Benefits in kind consist of a company car and the executive unemployment insurance scheme (GSC).

Table 11 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
Employment contract Supplementary pension plan Indemnities or benefits due or likely to be due as a result of termination or change of duties (1)
Executive officers Yes No Yes No Yes No
Michel Giannuzzi - term of office as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until 11 May 2022
X X X
Michel Giannuzzi - term of office as Chairman of the Board of Directors from 12 May 2022
X X X
Patrice Lucas - term of office as Deputy Chief Executive Officer from 1 February 2022 to 11 May 2022.
X X X
Patrice Lucas - term of office as Chief Executive Officer from 12 May 2022
X X X
scrollen
Non-compete indemnity (1)
Executive officers Yes No
Michel Giannuzzi - term of office as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until 11 May 2022
X
Michel Giannuzzi - term of office as Chairman of the Board of Directors from 12 May 2022
X
Patrice Lucas - term of office as Deputy Chief Executive Officer from 1 February 2022 to 11 May 2022.
X
Patrice Lucas - term of office as Chief Executive Officer from 12 May 2022
X

(1) The conditions for payment of the termination benefit of Patrice Lucas and the compensation due in relation to his non-compete undertaking are described in Section 3.3.1.3

Stock option grants

Table 4 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
Options allocated during the financial year to each executive officer by the issuer and by any Group company
Name of executive officer Plan No. and date Type of options (purchase or subscription) Value of the options according to the method used for the consolidated financial statements Number of options granted during the year Exercise price Exercise period
Michel Giannuzzi None. None. None. None. None. None.
Patrice Lucas None. None. None. None. None. None.

Table 5 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
Stock options exercised during the year by each executive officer
Name of executive officer Plan No. and date Number of options exercised during the year Exercise price
Michel Giannuzzi None. None. None.
Patrice Lucas None. None. None.

Table 8 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
Past stock option plans
Information about stock options
Date of General Shareholders' Meeting Plan No. 1 Plan No. 2 Plan No. 3
Date of Board meeting
Total number of shares that may be subscribed or purchased, including the number that may be subscribed or purchased by:
Starting date of exercise period
Expiry date of exercise period
Exercise price
Exercise procedures (if the plan includes several tranches) None.
Number of shares subscribed for (most recent date)
Cumulative number of cancelled or forfeited options
Options outstanding at year-end

Table 9 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
Stock options granted to the top ten employees who are not corporate officers and options exercised by them Total number of options granted/​ shares subscribed for or purchased Weighted average price Plan No. 1 Plan No. 2
Options granted during the year by the issuer and any companies included in the stock option plan to the ten employees of the issuer or of those companies who received the most options (aggregate) None.
Options held in the issuer and in the above-mentioned companies that were exercised during the year by the ten employees of the issuer or of those companies who exercised the most options (aggregate)

Performance share grants

Table 6 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
Performance shares granted to each corporate officer
Performance shares granted during the financial year to each corporate officer by the general shareholders' meeting of the issuer and of any Group company (list of names) Plan No. and date Number of shares granted during the financial year Value of the shares according to the method used for the consolidated financial statements Vesting date End of lock-up period Performance conditions
Michel Giannuzzi None.
Patrice Lucas 2022-2024 Plan of 16 February 2022 35,000 €492,057 1 March 2025 1 March 2025 with the obligation to hold 30% of vested shares over the term of office Performance conditions described in section 3.3.2.4(e) of this report

Table 7 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
Performance shares released from lock-up for each corporate officer Plan No. and date Number of shares released from lock-up during the year Vesting conditions
Michel Giannuzzi 2019-2021 Plan (second tranche) 24 July 2019 46,228 shares Continued service + targets set out in the 2019-2021 Plan reached
Patrice Lucas None.

Table 10 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
History of performance share grants
Information on performance shares
Performance share plan 2019-2021 Plan (first tranche) (1) 2019-2021 Plan (second tranche) (1)
Date of the allocation decision 24 July 2019 23 March 2020
Total number of performance shares granted, of which the number granted to: 250,852 shares 142,290 shares
Michel Giannuzzi 58,313 shares 46,228 shares
Share vesting date 24 July 2021 23 March 2022
End of lock-up period None (2) None (2)
Number of shares vested as at 31 December 2022 58,313 shares 46,228 shares
Cumulative number of cancelled or expired shares 0 0
Outstanding performance shares awarded at year-end (maximum number of shares) No shares as at 31 December 2022 No shares as at 31 December 2022
scrollen
Information on performance shares
Performance share plan 2021-2022 Plan 2021-2023 Plan
Date of the allocation decision 23 February 2021 23 February 2021
Total number of performance shares granted, of which the number granted to: 255,567 shares 225,433 shares
Michel Giannuzzi 60,500 shares 55,000 shares
Share vesting date 1 March 2023 1 March 2024
End of lock-up period None (2) None (2)
Number of shares vested as at 31 December 2022 0 0
Cumulative number of cancelled or expired shares 0 0
Outstanding performance shares awarded at year-end (maximum number of shares) 255,567 shares as at 31 December 2022 for an initial attributed number of shares of 257,328 shares 225,433 shares as at 31 December 2022 for an initial attributed number of shares of 247,433 shares
scrollen
Information on performance shares
Performance share plan 2022-2024 Plan
Date of the allocation decision 16 February 2022
Total number of performance shares granted, of which the number granted to: 273,050 shares (3)
Patrice Lucas 35,000 shares
Share vesting date 1 March 2025
End of lock-up period None (2)
Number of shares vested as at 31 December 2022 0
Cumulative number of cancelled or expired shares 0
Outstanding performance shares awarded at year-end (maximum number of shares) 255,000 shares as at 31 December 2022 for an initial attributed number of shares of 273,050 shares

(1) First and second tranches of the Performance Share Plan spread over a three-year period from 2019 to 2021, representing a maximum of 0.99% of the share capital of the Company, awarded in two tranches. The third tranche was cancelled because two new performance share plans have been set up, respectively spread over a two-year period from 2021 to 2022, and a three-year period from 2021 to 2023.
(2) Subject to the obligation of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and of the Chief Executive Officer to retain 30% of the vested shares for a period expiring at the end of his term of office and the obligation of the members of the Group's Executive Committee to retain 20% of the vested shares for as long as they remain Members of the Executive Committee.
(3) By way of example, 273,050 shares were granted on two occasions: 252,150 shares on 16 February 2022 and 20,900 shares on 6 December 2022.

3.3.2.5. Directors

The table below shows the compensation for the term of office of Directors and other compensation received by the nonexecutive members of the Board of Directors for the 2021 and 2022 financial years:

Table 3 (AMF nomenclature)

scrollen
Table of the compensation allocated for terms of office as Director and other compensation received by non-executive officers
Non-executive officers Amounts allocated for financial year 2021 Amounts paid for financial year 2021 Amounts allocated for financial year 2022 Amounts paid for financial year 2022
José Diego Arozamena Member until 25 January 2022 Compensation (fixed, variable) €92,000 €92,000 0 0
Other compensation * €15,320 €15,320 0 0
Sylvain Artigau Member until 3 February 2021 Compensation (fixed, variable) 0 0 0 0
Other compensation *80 0 0 0 0
Bpifrance Investissement 0 0
Compensation (fixed, variable) 0 0 0 0
Other compensation * 0 0 0 0
Brasil Warrant Administração de Bens e Empresas S.A. Compensation (fixed, variable) 0 0 0 0
Other compensation * 0 0 €54,24381 €54,243 82
BW Gestão de Investimentos Ltda. Compensation (fixed, variable) 0 0 0 0
Other compensation * 0 0 0 0
Marie-José Donsion Compensation (fixed, variable) €93,500 €93,500 €89,000 €89,000
Other compensation * 0 0 0 0
Virginie Hélias Compensation (fixed, variable) €80,000 €80,000 €93,500 €93,500
Other compensation * €620 €620 €1,933 €1,933
Dieter Müller Compensation (fixed, variable) 0 0 0 0
Other compensation * 83 0 0 0 0
Robert Seminara Member until 5 November 2021 Compensation (fixed, variable) 0 0 0 0
Other compensation * 0 0 0 0
Cécile Tandeau de Marsac Compensation (fixed, variable) €84,500 €84,500 €93,500 €93,500
Other compensation * 0 0 0 0
Pierre Vareille Compensation (fixed, variable) €69,500 €69,500 €112,250 €112,250
Other compensation * €4,980 €4,980 €17,616 €17,616
Didier Debrosse Membre à compter du 11.05.2022 Compensation (fixed, variable) 0 0 €58,333 €58,333
Other compensation * 0 0 0 0

80 Excluding fixed and variable compensation received by Sylvain Artigau in respect of his employment contract with the Group.
81 Including the expense claims of Brasil Warrant Administração de Bens e Empresas S.A., which are refunded to BW Gestão de Investimentos Ltda.
82 Including the expense claims of Brasil Warrant Administração de Bens e Empresas S.A., which are refunded to BW Gestão de Investimentos Ltda.
83 Excluding fixed and variable compensation received by Dieter Müller in respect of his employment contract with the Group.

scrollen
Table of the compensation allocated for terms of office as Director and other compensation received by non-executive officers
Non-executive officers Amounts allocated for financial year 2021 Amounts paid for financial year 2021 Amounts allocated for financial year 2022 Amounts paid for financial year 2022
Xavier Massol Member from 10 January 2022 Compensation (fixed, variable) 0 0 0 0
Other compensation * 84 0 0 0 0
Beatriz Peinado Vallejo Member from 11 May 2022 Compensation (fixed, variable) 0 0 0 0
Other compensation * 85 0 0 0 0
TOTAL €440,420 €440,420 €520,375 €520,375

* Including compensation by way of expenses claims.

3.3.3. Ratio of the executive officers' level of compensation to the average and median compensation of the Group's employees

For the calculation of the ratios presented below in accordance with Article L. 22-10-9 I 6 of the French Commercial Code, the Company referred to the AFEP-MEDEF Guidelines dated 28 January 2021.

In particular:

scrollen

the ratios below were calculated on the basis of the fixed and variable compensation paid during the financial years mentioned and performance shares allocated during the same periods and valued at their book value at the time of awarding and prorated on the financial year based on the plan duration. Performance shares grants are subject to continued service conditions and performance conditions. The valuation at the time of granting does not necessarily reflect the value of the shares at the end of the vesting period, in particular if the performance conditions are not met. The compensation described below is taken into account including social and employer contributions charged on this compensation;

for employees, the compensation taken into account is full-time equivalent compensation;

included in the calculation of the equity ratios are the Company, its direct French subsidiary Verallia Packaging, as well as its indirect French glass-making subsidiary Verallia France, covering 96% of the total payroll in France (the headcount as at 31 December 2022 for the above subsidiaries is provided in Section 2.6 of this Universal Registration Document);

the consolidated adjusted EBITDA is a performance indicator used by the Group in analysing and valuing its operations and trends, measuring their performance, preparing earnings forecasts and making strategic decisions.

Annual evolution of executive officers' and employees' compensation in relation to the performance of the Company

scrollen
Financial year 2022 Financial year 2021 Financial year 2020 Financial year 2019 Financial year 2018
Consolidated adjusted EBITDA (in € thousand) 865,500 678,100 625,700 615,200 543,300
Cost of average compensation of employees on a full-time equivalent basis (in € thousand, including social and employer contributions charged on this compensation) 84 80 82 78 76
Cost of median compensation of employees on a full-time equivalent basis (in € thousand, including social and employer contributions charged on this compensation) 73 70 72 69 68

84 Excluding fixed and variable compensation received by Xavier Massol in respect of his employment contract with the Group.
85 Excluding fixed and variable compensation received by Beatriz Peinado Vallejo in respect of her employment contract with the Group.

Comparison of executive officers' compensation with Group employees' compensation

scrollen
Financial year 2022 Financial year 2021 Financial year 2020 Financial year 2019 Financial year 2018
Cost of compensation of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (in € thousand, including social and employer contributions charged on this compensation) on full year equivalent basis 4,540 4,346 4,737 3,189 2,291
Average compensation cost ratio 54 54 58 41 30
Median compensation cost ratio 63 62 66 46 33
scrollen
Financial year 2022
Cost of compensation of the Chairman (in € thousand, including social and employer contributions charged on this compensation) on a full year equivalent basis 509
Average compensation cost ratio 6
Median compensation cost ratio 7
scrollen
Financial year 2022
Cost of compensation of the Deputy Chief Executive Officer (in € thousand, including social and employer contributions charged on this compensation) on a full year equivalent basis 1,087
Average compensation cost ratio 13
Median compensation cost ratio 15
scrollen
Financial year 2022
Cost of compensation of the Chief Executive Officer (in € thousand, including social and employer contributions charged on this compensation) on a full year equivalent basis 1,224
Average compensation cost ratio 15
Median compensation cost ratio 17

Draft resolution prepared by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article L. 225-100 II. of the French Commercial Code for submission to the Combined General Meeting to be held on 25 April 2023

TWENTIETH RESOLUTION

(Approval of the information required in respect of Article L. 22-10-9 I. of the French Commercial Code relating to the compensation of corporate officers)

The General Meeting, voting under the conditions of quorum and majority required for the Ordinary General Meetings, after reviewing the corporate governance report referred to in Article L. 225-37 of the French Commercial Code and included in Chapter 3 of the Company's 2022 Universal Registration Document, approves the information referred to in Article L. 22-10-9 I of the French Commercial Code, as presented in the aforementioned report.

4 RISK FACTORS

The Verallia Group drives its business in a constantly changing environment and is exposed to risks that could have a material adverse effect on the Group, its business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and which are important to bear in mind when making investment decisions.

The risks presented in Chapter 4 of this Universal Registration Document are not exhaustive, and other risks, unknown or for which the occurrence is not, as of the date of this Universal Registration Document, considered likely to have a material adverse effect on the Group, its business, financial condition, results of operations or outlook, may exist or could arise.

The main risks described in this chapter are those identified as part of the mapping of the Group's major risks, which assesses their criticality, i.e. their severity and probability of occurrence, after taking into account the risk prevention and management measures implemented by the Group.

Within each risk categories, the risk factors that the Company considers to be the most material as of the date of this Universal Registration Document are described first. CSR risks are identified by the symbol "CSR" in the table below.

scrollen
Risk category Description of the risk Degree of criticality
Risks related to the Group's external environment Risks related to changes in demand for glass packaging ▲▲▲ High
Risks related to competition from manufacturers of other types of packaging and the potential substitution of glass packaging for other materials ▲▲▲ High
Risks related to energy shortages and costs ▲▲▲ High
Risks related to changes in the price and shortages of raw materials and cullet (CSR) ▲▲▲ High
Operational risks Risks related to the operation of industrial sites ▲▲▲ High
Risks related to IT systems ▲▲▲ High
Risks related to geopolitical aspects and Group's international activities ▲▲▲ High
Risks related to the balance between supply and demand and adaptation of manufacturing facilities ▲▲▼ Medium
Risks related to the implementation of the Group's operational excellence programme ▲▲▼ Medium
Risks related to occupational health and safety (CSR) ▲▲▼ Medium
Risks related to relationships with certain strategic suppliers and subcontractors ▲▲▼ Medium
Risks related to labour relations and human resources (CSR) ▲▲▼ Medium
Risks related to defective products (CSR) ▲▼▼ Low
Risks related to acquisitions and partnerships ▲▼▼ Low
Risks related to climate and environmental challenges Risks related to environmental regulations (CSR) ▲▲▲ High
Risks related to the energy transition (CO 2 reduction) (CSR) ▲▲▲ High
Risks related to the physical impacts of climate change (CSR) ▲▲▼ Medium
Financial risks Risks related to exchange rates ▲▲▼ Medium
Risks related to the Group's borrowings and liquidity risk ▲▼▼ Low
Risks related to substantial investments and their financing ▲▼▼ Low
Legal risks Compliance risks ▲▲▼ Medium
Risks related to taxation and customs barriers ▲▲▼ Medium
Risks related to litigation and ongoing investigations, particularly in relation to occupational diseases ▲▲▼ Medium

The Group's strategic pillars

scrollen
Strategic pillars
Pursue disciplined growth Increase operational excellence Invest for a sustainable future Anchor a strong and inclusive entrepreneurial culture
scrollen
ESG pillars
Enhance the circularity of glass packaging Decarbonise our activities Ensure a safe and inclusive work environment for all Business ethics

4.1. Description of risk factors

4.1.1. Risks related to the Group's external environment

4.1.1.1. Risks related to changes in demand for glass packaging

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group's business may be impacted by changes in demand for glass packaging due to several factors including changes in consumption patterns, changes in laws relating to glass containers or the long-term decline in wine consumption in mature markets.

Demand may also be impacted by the seasonal nature of some of the products marketed by the Group's customers (beers, rosé wines, spirits, etc.) and by economic conditions, particularly regarding the sensitivity of the consumption of the Group's products to price factor for certain products for special occasions, such as spirits and champagne.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Invest for a sustainable future

Enhance the circularity of glass packaging

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group has measures in place to manage these risks at operational level:

scrollen

a diversified customer portfolio (as of 31 December 2022, the Group's top 10 customers accounted for 17,5% of consolidated revenue and the biggest customer represented approximately 5% of consolidated revenue);

exposure to a wide range of end markets, limiting dependence on any one country, segment of glass packaging market or customer;

product offering tailored to the constraints of the Group's customers and meeting high quality and safety standards;

relatively flexible and adaptable manufacturing facilities, with the view to quickly allocate and adjust production in line with changes in demand;

definition and implementation of a Business Continuity Plan in all plants.

4.1.1.2. Risks related to competition from manufacturers of other types of packaging and the potential substitution of glass packaging by other materials

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group faces significant competition in each of its business segments and countries of operation, including:

scrollen

various manufacturers of other types of packaging (plastic packaging, aluminium, cardboard, etc.), with competition more or less pronounced depending on the markets in question;

other forms of food packaging (draught beers, coffee capsules, individual dispensers, bulk, etc.).

This competition, combined with direct Group's competitors (see Section 4.1.2.4 "Risks related to the balance between supply and demand and the adaptation of manufacturing facilities"), has in the past and could in the future cause excess capacity in certain countries, thereby lower prices across the sector for varying lengths of time.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Invest for a sustainable future

Enhance the circularity of glass packaging

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group systematically ensures that the products it develops are adapted to:

scrollen

the increasing complexity of production methods;

changes in consumer preferences;

changes in safety laws.

Thus, the Group is a member of the European Container Glass Federation (FEVE), the Glass Packaging Institute and the Friends of Glass community. In addition, the Group participates actively in the Friends of Glass campaign "Look Beyond The Label" to promote the use of glass packaging, as well as FEVE's efforts to promote the collection of used glass (target collection rate of 90% in Europe by 2030).

4.1.1.3. Risks related to energy shortages and costs

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group's manufacturing activities consume a considerable amount of thermal and electrical energy, which accounts for a significant portion of its operating expenses (approximately 23% of the cost of sales in 2022). Significant increases or changes in the price of energy resources may have a material adverse effect on the Group's business and its operational results. Energy shortages may also occur, negatively impacting the Group's business and objectives. The Group obtains its supplies of electrical energy from local producers in each country and does not always have an alternative supply solution. As such, it may be subject to interruptions of electricity supply or price increases. For its thermal energy supply, the Group buys fossil fuels on the international markets and is therefore exposed to price fluctuations of such materials.

Energy shortages and the use of alternative sources can make production more expensive, but also cause slowdowns or stoppages in activity.

Similarly, the Group may be exposed to the risk of changes in subsidies and other government measures related to the cost of energy by authorities in certain countries (particularly Germany and Italy) (see Section 1.5.3.1.2 "Regulations for the glassmaking industry"). These subsidies could be questioned, in particular due to the application of European rules on state aid.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Invest for a sustainable future

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Guaranteeing energy supplies to the Group's plants requires rigorous management of contracts and various actions aiming at:

scrollen

implementing a hedging strategy whose purpose is to minimise exposure to price fluctuations. The hedging strategy consists in covering 85% of the estimated future consumption at the end of year N (in order to have 100% coverage for year N+1), 50% for year N+2 and 25% for year N+3 over 3 years. These parameters are then validated at energy committee meetings attended by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Operations Director and the Group Purchasing Director. The Group also has the option of purchasing on a forward basis to smooth out the effects of fluctuations in fuel prices;

ensuring that most of the Group's plants can switch from gas to fuel oil in the event of a shortage without affecting the production continuity plan;

introducing price revision clauses in the Group's multiyear sales contracts with its biggest customers, notably taking into account changes in energy costs and inflation;

applying a dynamic commercial policy within the Group, with a view to negotiating selling price increases with customers (i.e. for contracts without price adjustment clauses, which represent most of the sales contracts entered by the Group).

4.1.1.4. Risks related to changes in the price and shortages of raw materials and cullet

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group's industrial activities partly depend on certain raw materials (glass sand, limestone, soda ash and cullet), which could be affected by price increases stemming among other factors from an imbalance between supply and demand.

The Group must therefore consider a number of risk factors:

scrollen

disruption of supply chains, with certain raw materials not available near production sites;

packaging costs (wooden pallets, plastic film, etc.) and transport costs, which can account for a significant proportion of the final price;

imbalance between supply and demand that can result in tight markets creating a difficulty in supplying a raw material or resulting in high demand for it;

scarcity of certain components such as cullet, creating the need to increase the proportion of soda ash needed to produce glass, resulting in higher energy costs and consumption, and the energy transition risk of failing to achieve CO 2 reduction targets.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Invest for a sustainable future

Decarbonise our activities

Enhance the circularity of glass packaging

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The risk of supply disruption is particularly high for the Group due to the technical nature of its products and requirements in terms of consistency of product performance. The Group has therefore taken steps to anticipate and prevent supply risk:

scrollen

close monitoring of the markets and negotiation with the Group's suppliers of the price structures best suited to changes in raw material or energy costs in the short and medium terms, with the support of the Purchasing Department;

pass-through of increases in raw material costs, directly or indirectly, to the Group's selling prices, thanks notably to the price revision clauses included in some of its multiyear contracts or through commercial negotiations with customers.

For cullet, the Group developed a number of initiatives aimed at optimising its use by increasing the collection of household glass and improving the quality of cullet during its treatment. To that end, the Group has:

scrollen

signed joint venture contracts to secure the volume of cullet or increase its use in glass production;

built cullet treatment units using new treatment solutions in order to be able to recycle more cullet in the Group's own furnaces;

set a strategic target, included in the CO 2 emissions reduction plan, for the rate of use of external cullet developed at local and Group level and adopted in all entities;

diversified external sources of treated cullet to mitigate price increases for the portion of cullet not covered by Verallia's facilities (owned directly or through partnerships).

4.1.2. Operational risks

4.1.2.1. Risks related to the operation of industrial sites

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group's industrial activity is based on the processing of molten materials using heavy machinery and equipment, which entails the risk of industrial accidents (including personal injury), but also potential nuisance for nearby communities and environmental hazards such as accidental releases of polluting or dangerous products.

Those risks may be aggravated for sites exposed to a heightened risk of natural disasters.

In addition, the Group's operations and results depend in particular on the optimisation of its manufacturing facilities in order to maximise production. The Group's manufacturing processes are characterised by high fixed manufacturing costs and continuous production requiring its furnaces to be kept at high temperatures 24 hours a day throughout the year.

Energy shortages or supply difficulties could lead to furnaces being put on standby, and as such to a temporary halt in production.

Similarly, the occurrence of accidents or interruptions in the manufacturing process could, more broadly, have a significant negative impact on the Group's business, results (maintenance of fixed costs, contractual penalties, reconstruction of furnaces, etc.), financial position or outlook.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Ensure a safe and inclusive work environment for all

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group has implemented an active prevention/​ protection/​anticipation approach built on various pillars:

scrollen

definition of an action plan discussed with an organisation specialising in industrial risk prevention engineering, which audits the Group's plants each year;

implementation of business continuity plans at each of the Group's key sites to anticipate vulnerabilities and avoid prolonged interruptions to the supply of energy or materials needed to power machines and equipment, considering natural disaster and other major incident risks;

permanent commitment to develop and operate the safest industrial processes, promoting a "zero accident" culture.

4.1.2.2. Risks related to IT systems

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group relies on its information systems to run its business (including to manage its furnaces, monitor its supplies, orders and product invoicing, communicate with its customers, manage its personnel and provide the necessary information to its various operational managers for decision-making). The Group accordingly faces the following main risks:

scrollen

risk of IT system failure. IT systems are ubiquitous in the Group's business, and the failure of one or more of them could cause a business interruption;

risk of cybercrime. Through contamination (viruses) or intrusion into computer systems, cybercrime can have serious consequences, including business interruption, data theft, disclosure of sensitive data, manipulation of the Group's operational or financial data, ransomware or data loss;

risk of failure of an IT service provider. The Group outsources certain aspects of its information systems and certain activities in order to optimise the management of its resources and improve the efficiency and security of its IT infrastructure. Despite the care taken in the selection of these service providers, there is a risk that they may fail to fulfil their obligations.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Business ethics

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group has implemented a comprehensive IT security policy that is reviewed annually, and which focuses on:

scrollen

implementation of an IT security plan built on five pillars: i) constant updating of systems, workstations and servers, including security at industrial sites, strong authentication for remote access and privileged user accounts, and a backup plan; ii) securing access and application rights; iii) detection of anomalies for maximum responsiveness; iv) user awareness; and v) governance based on best practices;

implementation of action plans to strengthen the security of IT infrastructure and equipment;

introduction of a centralised monitoring system (Security Operation Center) allowing the detection and analysis of anomalies and rapid response;

implementation of annual awareness-raising actions for all employees regarding cyber risks, especially phishing and ransomware;

performance of attack simulations (redteam) to test our entire strategy and processes (resilience, detection, reaction, compliance with basic procedures, awareness, etc.);

subscription to a cyber insurance;

disaster recovery plan based on a regularly tested backup, restoration and versioning policy for user (PC) and application (server) data;

ensuring cybersecurity, and in line with specific GDPR rules, implementation of a GDPR and Security questionnaire for the Group's private and sensitive data inventory undertaken in connection with each new project coordinated by the security team and the legal team.

4.1.2.3. Risks related to geopolitical aspects and the Group's international activities

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group operates 34 industrial sites in 12 countries. Its employees and activities may be directly or indirectly affected by periods of economic, political or financial instability in certain areas (war, revolution, major social conflicts, devaluation, financial crisis, geopolitical tensions, hyperinflation in Argentina, worsening of the COVID-19 global health crisis, difficulties in executing contracts, particularly in Russia or Ukraine, etc.).

Geopolitical risks and tensions do not evolve in a linear way; rather, they are subject to antagonistic movements in line with diplomatic developments. The result is that mounting geopolitical tensions can further heighten economic risks and may fundamentally alter the longer-term global economic order by applying pressure causing shifts in trade in energy and reconfiguration of supply chains.

More specifically, the current geopolitical situation involving Russia and Ukraine could result in a slowdown of the economy, inflation, more stringent regulations and/​or have other negative consequences in those countries, which could limit the Group's ability to continue or develop its activities (see Chapter 6.1, Note 1.2.1 for details of revenue by country), and/​or expose it to constraints, additional costs or fines in the event of non-compliance with the regulations in force.

Ultimately, a change in economic, political, social, health or regulatory conditions could expose the Group to risks to its business, assets, employees, financial position and reputation.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Invest for a sustainable future

Business ethics

Ensure a safe and inclusive work environment for all

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The geographical diversity of the Group's industrial sites is aimed at limiting the potential impact of a crisis on a local market. The Group has also established Group and Regional Risk Committees with the aim of:

scrollen

regularly monitoring the effective implementation of the Group's key management procedures;

obtaining quarterly letters of representation signed by the regional Directors;

ensuring strict local monitoring of changes in the geopolitical and economic environment in the countries where the Group operates;

implementing a compliance policy and mandatory inhouse training in ethics and compliance in the countries where the Group operates;

conducting systematic reviews of applicable sanctions with the help of external advisors and mass checks of all suppliers and customers;

coordinating an insurance programme covering all of the subsidiaries' risks locally and through MASTER policies at Group level covering the differences in conditions and limits compared with local policies.

The Group nevertheless monitors geopolitical developments and the emergence of new regions potentially exposed to risks, as its activities there could be impacted.

4.1.2.4. Risks related to the balance between supply and demand and the adaptation of manufacturing facilities

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group's business in its regional markets depends on both the relationship between glass packaging production capacity and the volume of demand for such packaging. The ratio of production capacity to the volume of demand is a regionally relevant indicator for the Group. The cost for transporting packaging, exacerbated in some countries by the lack of available transport (e.g. Italy and Iberia), makes it difficult to transfer excess capacity between distant markets.

The Group must therefore consider a number of risk factors:

scrollen

an imbalance between supply and demand in a given market;

a sudden drop in demand, resulting notably from unforeseeable events;

an increase in demand that is lower than the Group's forecasts.

In addition, the characteristics of the Group's industrial organisation (non-stop work in five shifts, time of around 18 to 24 months required to commission a new furnace) could restrict the possibilities of adapting supply to an increase in demand.

Similarly, a temporary inability to satisfy a sudden increase in demand for packaging could cause some of the Group's customers to turn to the Group's competing glass makers or to switch to other types of packaging.

Lastly, the Group may have to resize, upwards or downwards, its industrial facilities in certain regions to adapt to these significant changes in supply or demand. Such fluctuations could lead the Group to shut down certain furnaces or plants, temporarily or regularly, which could entail significant costs.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

To ensure the smooth running of its activities, the Group conducts regular reviews, during the development phases of the Group's business plans and budget, of:

scrollen

the implementation of marketing and competition intelligence with continuous monitoring of changes in the production capacities in the Group's direct and indirect markets;

the development of an internal network (sales and management) heedful of demand trends and any event that could result in under or overcapacity in the Group's markets;

the analysis of its production capacity (e.g. non-rebuild of a furnace, extension of the downtime following furnace repairs) and the implementation of an action plan to improve flexibility (e.g. line switched to the production of jars rather than bottles).

4.1.2.5. Risks related to the implementation of the Group's operational excellence programme

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

As part of its industrial strategy, the Group has been implementing an operational excellence programme for several years (see Section 1.3.1 of this Universal Registration Document), strengthened in 2018 with the rollout of the Verallia Industrial Management (VIM 2.0) initiative.

This initiative focuses on five areas, namely Safety, Quality, Customer Service, Team Management, and Industrial Performance, including the reduction of manufacturing costs through the implementation of an industrial Performance Action Plan (PAP).

The Group intends to continue the rollout of this plan in support of its development strategy and the achievement of the medium-term objectives set out in Section 5.4 of this Universal Registration Document. The Group may not be able to implement this plan within the timeframe and in accordance with the terms initially planned or may not derive the benefits initially expected or maintain its competitive position.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Invest for a sustainable future

Decarbonise our activities

Ensure a safe and inclusive work environment for all

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

As part of the implementation of its operational excellence programme, the Group has:

scrollen

set up a robust management system based notably on dashboards and in-depth monthly reviews by region;

strengthened change management at each plant and set up training for stakeholders, with strong support from the Group;

provided two annual sessions to analyse production losses or inefficiencies to identify and select cost reduction projects for each plant. The objectives of the PAP have been integrated into the objectives of all plant managers and industry teams and determine a portion of their variable compensation.

4.1.2.6. Risks related to occupational health and safety

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

Human resources are one of the Group's greatest business assets, and the men and women who work for the Group are key. Their health and safety is a fundamental and permanent objective.

The Group is exposed to:

scrollen

the risk of accidents involving its employees or subcontractors at their workplace (particularly industrial sites, in view of the Group's glass business, which involves working in high-temperature environments) or during commutes;

risks related to the application of labour law regulations for employees and temporary workers, particularly in terms of occupational health and safety.

Although the Group makes significant efforts both to ensure compliance with regulations, which are subject to regular changes and tightening of constraints, and the adequacy of employee training, qualifications, and reliability, it cannot guarantee the absence of possible shortcomings in these areas.

The occurrence of one of these risks could therefore:

scrollen

result in substantial fines, claims against the Group and the employing company, and the loss of accreditation or qualifications;

severely harm the physical integrity or psychological safety of employees, thereby having an impact on the Group's reputation.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Ensure a safe and inclusive work environment for all

Business ethics

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group has implemented various measures to limit the impact and occurrence of risks related to the health and safety of individuals, including:

scrollen

permanent commitment of the Group to develop and operate safe industrial processes, promote a "zero accident" culture and protect the health and safety of its employees, notably including workstation ergonomics, the reduction of potential exposure to dust, legionella, noise and heat, and the management of chemical risks, which are reviewed periodically;

regular checks (in the form of plant audits) organised by the Operations Department to ensure that Health and Safety standards are compliant, and that they are reviewed and reinforced as often as necessary;

training of subcontractors in specific risks and in Verallia's tools, especially during furnace rebuilds;

the implementation of safety indicators that are subject to continuous monitoring and which are largely integrated into the company's objectives and the variable compensation system for managers;

the periodic organisation of safety days with all employees to ensure constant awareness of this risk.

4.1.2.7. Risks related to relationships with certain strategic suppliers and subcontractors

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

As part of its industrial activity, the Group uses many suppliers of raw materials and components. The Group's top 10 suppliers accounted for approximately 34% of its supplies in the year ended 31 December 2022. For certain very specific supplies of raw materials (soda ash, sand), investments (glass equipment, refractory bricks, etc.), or even banking services, the Group relies on a limited number of suppliers that represent strategic counterparties for the Group and its business.

The failure of significant or exclusive suppliers, or, more broadly, any disruption in supply could affect the Group's production capacity or result in additional costs.

The Group may also, for certain services and products provided to its customers, such as logistics or storage services, call on subcontractors acting in the Group's name and on its behalf.

The Group's subcontractors may be small companies that may derive an important portion of their revenue from the Group. Under local laws governing the termination of contracts by a party in a situation of economic dependence, the Group may be exposed to difficulties arising from the termination of the subcontracting contract and having to pay compensation to the unreliable subcontractor.

Lastly, although many measures are taken to this effect, the Group cannot guarantee that its suppliers and subcontractors comply with local labour laws or environmental and ethical standards in the course of their activities, which could affect the Group's reputation and results.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Increase operational excellence

Ensure a safe and inclusive work environment for all

Business ethics

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group has taken various measures to limit the impact and occurrence of risks related to suppliers and subcontractors, including:

scrollen

the search for several suppliers where possible, and their geographical diversification;

the selection of suppliers offering the most innovative products, combined where appropriate with the conclusion of multi-year contracts with key players of the sector;

a highly collaborative approach aimed at sharing volume forecasts with critical suppliers and thereby anticipating supply issues;

particular attention to Asian sourcing, which represents less than 3% of purchases, mainly Capex, with emphasis on the development of local alternative solutions;

where necessary, the establishment of joint ventures, to secure supply, such as in cullet for example;

particular attention to ensure that suppliers and subcontractors comply with applicable labour law, social protection law, and social and environmental standards (mandatory signing of a Group charter);

the implementation of procedures for identifying cases of single-source suppliers and/​or economic dependence, together with the preparation of appropriate action plans, managed by region and at central level;

the implementation of a specific ESG (Environment, Social, Governance) procedure effective in most of the Group's host countries (see Section 2.6.1);

the pooling of supplier creation at regional level and the streamlining of the global supplier base managed by the Group so as to strengthen supplier monitoring and control.

4.1.2.8. Risks related to labour relations and human resources

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

Harmonious social dialogue is a critical marker of the performance of an industrial group. Our employees and the unions (who represent them) are key stakeholders for the Group and its management.

In view of the company's activities and developments, the Group cannot rule out labour disputes such as strikes, industrial action or other social unrest, which could disrupt its business and have a material adverse effect on its image, business and operational results.

Similarly, the Group could be publicly attacked in the press and held responsible for any problem, whether internal (i.e. related to compliance with labour law, or managerial, financial, environmental or legal matters) or external (cyberattack). As a result, the Group could incur direct or indirect costs to deal with the situation of reputational damage.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Ensure a safe and inclusive work environment for all

Business ethics

Anchor a strong and inclusive entrepreneurial culture

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group seeks to develop labour relations built on transparency and trust. Its policy aims to keep employee representatives regularly informed of the strategy of the Group's entities and to contribute to the constant improvement of working conditions for all employees. To that end, the following measures are in place:

scrollen

the negotiation and signing in the countries where the Group operates of annual agreements aimed at providing for and supporting wage increases for employees. Such agreements sometimes cover several years (as is the case in Spain, where the wage agreement covers the period from 2022 to 2024);

the coordination of a European Works Council that met three times in 2022 (one plenary meeting and two meetings of the select committee) and whose members received training in June 2022 to allow them to carry out their duties;

the implementation of innovative social dialogue practices that include company employees in a prenegotiation process - as was the case in France for the preparation of the agreement signing on the forward-looking management of skills;

the implementation of awareness-raising programmes on well-being at work, diversity and inclusion. These programmes are developed in the Group's various regions;

the completion of an employee engagement survey every two years and the resulting action plans to work on areas for improvement.

In addition, sensitive issues and crisis management are managed internally by the HR Department, which is also in charge of the Group's communication. Press relations are governed by a communication charter.

4.1.2.9. Risks related to defective products

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The products manufactured by the Verallia Group are of mineral origin and could potentially fail to comply with manufacturing standards (accidental or intentional contamination of raw materials, failure of production equipment or human error).

In the event of products not meeting its standards, the Group may be forced to suspend its production and incur substantial costs to:

scrollen

undertake the necessary corrective actions;

carry out recall campaigns; and

compensate customers and/​or those in the distribution chain and/​or end consumers for the damage suffered.

Even in the absence of negligence, this risk may expose the Verallia Group to litigation with its stakeholders and to reputational risk.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Enhance the circularity of glass packaging

Decarbonise our activities

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group has implemented an internal product stewardship policy built on various protocols:

scrollen

compliance of all our plants with strict food safety regulations (Regulation (EC) No 178/​2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 January 2002) through ISO 22000, FSSC 22000 or BRC certification covering these requirements;

implementation of continuous improvement approaches in terms of quality control and manufacturing process control;

implementation of a policy for the elimination of products deemed non-compliant from the production chain, using automated testing equipment to monitor the quality of packaging throughout the production process at each of its production sites;

implementation of traceability procedures allowing packaging to be tracked from the receipt of raw materials through to processing, production, and shipping.

4.1.2.10. Risks related to acquisitions and partnerships

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group may consider value-creating acquisitions to generate additional revenue growth.

However, the estimated profits from future or completed acquisitions may not materialise within the time or to the extent expected as a result of the various difficulties outlined below.

The integration of newly acquired companies could result in substantial costs, as well as delays or other financial difficulties (such as emergence of liabilities greater than those assessed during the due diligence phase of the acquisition process) or operational difficulties (such as inaccuracy of the assumptions made in the business plan of the acquired companies, particularly with regard to synergies and performance). Moreover, acquisitions in a new country and/​or in a country that is not the Group's home country could involve increased risks (see Section 4.1.2.6).

In addition, in the course of its business, the Group has entered into and may enter into a number of strategic partnerships or joint ventures with local companies. As part of the corresponding partnership or joint venture agreements, the Group may be required, for the purpose of making certain decisions, to seek the agreement of its partners, whose interests may not be aligned with its own or which may disagree with the terms of the partnership (e.g. IVN, see Section 5.7 "Legal and arbitration proceedings").

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Business ethics

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group's governance structure for its M&A projects features an organised process for prospective acquisitions and partnerships overseen by a Strategic Committee, to which the main contributors are the M&A, Finance and Legal teams. The process is based on:

scrollen

the definition of a strict acquisition and partnership policy covering both strategic relevance and valuation;

the completion of thorough legal and financial due diligence on targets with the support of internal and/​or external specialists;

in the event of integration, the implementation of a specific ad hoc governance to protect the Group's interests and ensure the adoption of the Group's key procedures by the newly integrated entity.

4.1.3. Risks related to climate and environmental challenges

4.1.3.1. Risks related to environmental regulations

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group is required to comply with numerous laws and regulations, which differ depending on the country of operation. In particular, the sector is subject to strict international, national and local regulations and to rapid and constant technical and societal evolution, notably in relation to:

scrollen

pollution prevention;

the treatment of all kinds of industrial waste (especially gases and effluents);

the monitoring of industrial sites and their operating conditions, their possible decontamination (particularly of soil);

the treatment of packaging waste and noise pollution from production;

the storage, handling, transport and treatment of hazardous waste, dust and fumes; and

more generally, public health and food safety (see Chapter 1 "Legislative and regulatory environment").

The high expectations of its stakeholders have led the Group to make a firm commitment to preserving the environment. These specific features are reflected in risks of:

scrollen

non-compliance or inability to comply with soil decontamination regulations, exposing it to potential environmental liabilities;

non-compliance or inability to comply with accepted standards for heavy metals in the manufacture of bottles, which may limit the Group's ability to produce packaging or require it to make significant investments to comply;

non-compliance or inability to control customers' final exports, on the use of packaging for products sold in certain US states, in violation of local regulations, exposing it to financial penalties;

non-compliance with or failure to implement the EU Industrial Emissions Directive 2010/​75/​EU ("IED Directive") on soil and groundwater assessment at some of its sites, which may reveal previously unknown contamination.

Glass production is not yet included in the priority sectors of the green taxonomy. As such, the Group has not identified any eligible revenue for the 2022 financial year.

The proper functioning of the Group's activities accordingly depends on compliance with these legal and regulatory constraints. Failure by the Group to comply with applicable regulations in the future could trigger the withdrawal of operating licenses, cause its liability to be incurred or subject it to fines. Similarly, investments may also be required to limit the environmental impact, and failure to make such investments may expose the Group to civil or criminal penalties.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Invest for a sustainable future

Decarbonise our activities

Ensure a safe and inclusive work environment for all

Business ethics

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group takes constant actions to prevent and limit such risks, notably through the following measures:

scrollen

significant and recurring investments in the renovation of the Group's industrial equipment (e.g. furnaces), the compliance and safety of production equipment and facilities, and productivity improvements;

ISO 14001 and ISO 45001 certification for all Group glass production sites and ISO 22000 certification or equivalent for 34 glass production sites as of 31 December 2022 (see Section 1.5.1 of this Universal Registration Document), thereby ensuring that a system exists for managing the impacts on the Group's business;

implementation of purchase or sale contracts with protective clauses;

purchasing of insurance covering environmental pollution risk;

ISO 50001 certification for energy management systems at glass plants in France and Italy in 2022;

monitoring of the green taxonomy with the support of external consultants, and also communicated and overseen by the FEVE.

4.1.3.2. Risks related to the energy transition (CO 2 emissions reduction)

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group's glass business has a high carbon footprint insofar as calcium carbonate and sodium carbonate, the main materials used in glass manufacture, release CO 2 when they are melted, and glass melting accounts for approximately 75% of the energy consumed at industrial sites, which is provided chiefly by the combustion of fossil fuels (mainly gas at this time). Therefore, climate risk (emissions and greenhouse gases) is closely related to access to energy sources and raw materials, and the Group must therefore consider a number of risk factors relating to the inability to:

scrollen

increase the share of decarbonised raw materials;

increase cullet consumption;

optimise the energy consumption of our industrial facilities;

reduce Scope 1 and 2 emissions from our various sites.

In addition, certain environmental regulations aimed at reducing carbon dioxide emissions and introducing carbon dioxide emission allowances have been and will continue to be adopted (see Section 1.5.3 "Regulatory environment").

As part of phase IV (2021-2030), the Group believes that, despite its efforts to reduce its CO 2 emissions, it will be obliged to continue its policy of purchasing allowances, for significant amounts, which could increase its operating and financial costs.

In line with the CSR strategy, the Group has strengthened its commitment by issuing two Sustainability Linked Bonds indexed on the achievement of the following two objectives: the reduction of CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 and 2) to 2,625 kt per year by 2025, and the achievement of an external cullet usage rate of 59% by 2025. These ambitious and binding objectives are fully in line with the Group's strategy to reduce CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 and 2) by 2030 and to increase external cullet use.

Failure to meet these criteria could result in an increase on the coupon on these bonds.

In addition, the Group's image could be tarnished among:

scrollen

its customers, who are facing similar pressure to reduce their CO 2 emissions, and for who CO 2 intensity is a major selection factor in purchasing decisions;

its investors, for who CO 2 emissions reduction has become a major driver of investment decisions;

its employees.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Invest for a sustainable future

Decarbonise our activities

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

"Re-imagine glass for a sustainable future", the Group's purpose, is informed in large part by environment and climate risk. The Group has therefore set itself the goal of being the sector leader, with very ambitious CO 2 emission reduction targets validated by the SBTi and aligned with the aim of limiting global warming to 1.5°C.

These targets have become a major strategic focus for Verallia, reflected in a number of aims:

scrollen

the target of reducing CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 and 2) by 46% in absolute terms, with 2019 as the baseline, by 2030 (see Section 2 of the Non-financial Information Statement). The Group aims to keep Scope 3 emissions below 40% of its total CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 and 2);

the strategic nature of CO 2 emissions reductions for the Company reflected in projects covering the three major components of CO 2 emissions generation at Verallia, namely raw material emissions through specific projects on cullet consumption, energy consumption in our plants and the supply of low-carbon or renewable energy. Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions are monitored on a monthly basis at plant level, and reviewed by a Group CO 2 Committee;

the implementation of projects to improve the energy efficiency of industrial sites and reduce their carbon dioxide emissions in order to adapt the Group's industrial facilities to current regulations limiting CO 2 emissions and any tightening of such regulations in the future.

For example, an initiative based on circular economy principles has been implemented to recover waste energy by extracting heat from furnaces to heat buildings (at the Wirges and Neuburg sites in Germany).

In addition, as part of its energy and climate management strategy, the Group is working on breakthrough technology projects and is investing heavily in the modernisation of its furnaces (project of electric furnace, the first planned in Cognac (France) in 2023 and hybrid furnace, the first in Zaragoza (Spain) in 2024), as well as in the construction of new equipment that is more energy efficient and therefore contributes to the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions.

Lastly, a hedging policy is in place for Verallia's CO 2 purchases (within the limits of the visibility offered by the allowance mechanism)

4.1.3.3. Risks related to the physical impacts of climate change

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

As a global industrial player, the Group has significant interactions with the natural environment. As such, the Group is naturally exposed to climatic risks at its various sites, particularly in Argentina, Chile, Germany, and Italy, located in seismic or flood-prone areas.

Given the impact of climate change, it is possible that the frequency of certain extreme events will be greater (e.g. storms, earthquakes, floods) or that local weather conditions will be more durably impacted (higher temperatures, more frequent droughts, reduction in local water resources, etc.). The Group's activities could well be disrupted by such weather events, which could have an effect on the Group's activities (destruction of sites or interruption of production), results (increase in insurance premiums or costs related to repairs, etc.), financial position or outlook.

In particular, given the production and supply of customers in Argentina and Chile, where the Group has only one production site, alternative solutions from another Group production site would be harder to implement.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Ensure a safe and inclusive work environment for all

Invest for a sustainable future

Decarbonise our activities

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

To date, the Group has seen few occurrences of extreme events impacting its activities. Nevertheless, the Group has implemented:

scrollen

a worldwide property and casualty insurance programme with insurance companies of recognised reputation and financial strength, covering the major risks to which the Group's industrial facilities could be exposed, and in particular damage and business interruption caused by natural disasters;

a risk mitigation and business continuity plan for each site.

4.1.4. Financial risks

4.1.4.1. Risks related to exchange rates

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group has industrial operations in 12 countries and may therefore be subject to operating currency risk. The preparation of the Group's financial statements (denominated in euros) requires the translation of assets, liabilities, income, and expenses into euros at the applicable exchange rates.

Beyond this translation risk, the Group's results are not significantly affected by changes in exchange rates, as most of the Group's costs and revenues are denominated in the same currency as a general rule. This is due to the regional or local nature of the Group's markets.

However, some subsidiaries that export products in the currency of the importing country may be exposed to exchange rate fluctuations.

The main currencies to which the Group is exposed, and which are subject to foreign exchange translation risk are the Brazilian real, the Argentine peso, and the Ukrainian hryvnia. The sensitivity of these currencies on equity is described in Note 20.2.2 "Foreign exchange risk" to the Group's consolidated financial statements.

In the normal course of business, the Group may also be exposed to foreign exchange risk on certain financial liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of certain subsidiaries.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group has implemented a currency hedging policy to reduce its exposure to adverse currency fluctuations. It is based on:

scrollen

regular monitoring and assessment by the Group of exchange rate trends;

invoicing by operating subsidiaries in their functional currency wherever possible;

locating the Group's production sites as close to its customers if possible;

purchasing of derivative currency hedging instruments by the subsidiaries exposed to foreign exchange risk.

4.1.4.2. Risks related to the Group's borrowings and liquidity risk

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

Financial indebtedness could affect the Group's business by limiting its flexibility to adapt to changes in the industry, increasing its vulnerability to business downturns or economic conditions, or limiting its ability to make investments or pursue external growth.

The Group's debt is sensitive both to interest rates and to market liquidity, i.e. the cost of funding and the availability of funding. In the event of adverse economic conditions or industrial and commercial activity, the Group's ability to comply with the restrictions contained in its various financing documents and meet its obligations may be affected. The Senior Credit Agreement also requires the Group to comply with a financial ratio (see Note 17.6 "Covenants" to the Group's consolidated financial statements).

A breach by the Group of its commitments or these restrictions could constitute an event of default under the Group's various financing documents. In the event of a default that is neither remedied nor waived, the relevant creditors may terminate their commitment and/​or require all outstanding amounts to become immediately due and payable. This could activate cross-default clauses on other contracts of the Group. Such events could have a material adverse effect on the Group, and even lead to its bankruptcy or liquidation.

The Group is also exposed to the risk of interest rate fluctuations insofar as a portion of its debt bears interest at a variable rate equal to EURIBOR plus a margin. In addition to potential fluctuations in EURIBOR, the margins applicable under the Senior Credit Agreement may increase (or decrease) depending on the level of the Group's pro forma consolidated total net debt-to-EBITDA ratio (see Section 5.2.9 "Material Contracts" and Note 20.2.1 "Interest rate risk" to the Group's consolidated financial statements). In addition, the Group has issued two Sustainability Linked Bonds, for which there may also be a risk that the Group will be unable to meet the commitment made in the Sustainability Linked Framework. An event or failure of that nature could damage the Group's reputation with bond investors, and the missed targets would increase the coupon by 12.5 and 10 basis points respectively but would not constitute a case of early redemption of either of the two bonds.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Decarbonise our activities

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group's overall exposure to liquidity and interest rate risk is managed by the Treasury and Financing Department. The Group's policy aims to:

scrollen

size financing requirements based on short-, medium-and long-term cash flow projections for all Group companies (monthly three-month forecasts, monthly annual budget, three-year strategic plan);

ensure the sustainability of its financing and, in line with this objective, diversify sources and stagger maturities while optimising financial costs (see Note 17.2 to the Group's consolidated financial statements);

implement, in accordance with the guidelines set by the Board of Directors of the Company, a policy aimed at securing the financial cost of the Group's overall medium-term debt against the risk of interest rate fluctuations.

4.1.4.3. Risks related to substantial investments and their financing

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

In order to maintain the operational excellence of its industrial facilities, the Group makes significant recurring investments, which have represented more than €200 million per year in recent years , including expenses related to the construction of new equipment and the reconstruction and maintenance of its existing facilities.

The Group may be unable to finance such expenditures if it does not generate enough cash from operations or if its available credit facilities are insufficient. The Group's ability to generate cash flows depends in particular on demand for its products, the cost of energy and raw materials, and its success in reducing its costs (PAP).

If the Group was unable to meet its investment needs for any reason, it could find itself unable to maintain and develop its production capacity, which could have an adverse effect on its business, results, financial position, non-financial position (CO 2 emissions) and outlook.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Increase operational excellence

Decarbonise our activities

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group pursues a disciplined investment policy and therefore seeks to:

scrollen

ensure strict and continuous monitoring of its results (including profitability, cash and cost saving plan) to ensure sufficient cash generation to cover day-to-day operations (Investment Committee);

implement funding lines to ensure industrial policy, including through investments related to the implementation of the CO 2 emissions reduction plan.

4.1.5. Legal risks

4.1.5.1. Compliance risks

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The Group operates in several countries where the risk of corruption may be perceived as significant (Brazil, Argentina, Chile, Russia and Ukraine). In addition, due to its market and geographical scope, the Group is also exposed to risks related to the violation of competition law requirements and risks related to the non-compliant processing of personal data.

Unethical practices or practices that do not comply with applicable laws and regulations on the part of its representatives or employees could expose the Group to criminal and civil penalties and may damage its image.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Business ethics

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

To meet its ethical and legal obligations, the Group implements a compliance program comprising:

scrollen

the introduction of a Code of Ethics, an anti-corruption and influence peddling policy, an antitrust policy, an agents and intermediaries policy, a gift and invitation policy and rules applicable within non-profit organisations;

the implementation of a training programme;

an anonymous whistleblowing system available to employees and third parties;

one compliance officer per legal entity;

the inclusion of compliance risks in internal audit controls and work programmes;

the evaluation of specific Group partners (such as customers, suppliers, and agents) according to the internal criticality assessment carried out in accordance with the Group's established methodology;

country-specific updates regarding legislation on personal data processing, IT analysis, identification of relevant data controllers and training on personal data processing.

4.1.5.2. Risks related to taxation and customs barriers

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

Due to its international operations, the Group is subject to complex and varied tax regulations, notably as regards transfer pricing, which may be subject to divergent interpretations.

The multiplication, complexity, and instability of tax regulations and their interpretation, particularly in a context of international tax competition and the overhaul of international tax rules under the impetus of the OECD, the European Union and national governments, are all risk factors for the Group.

Failure by the Group to comply with applicable regulations could result in financial and/​or criminal penalties, or even temporary or permanent closure of the relevant sites.

In addition, in view of the Group's activities, a growing proportion of its customers, particularly wine and spirits producers in France, Italy and Spain, have export activities that could be impacted by the increase in customs barriers and other trade restrictions applicable by certain countries, which could lead to a reduction in their orders from the Group. A broadening of the tax base to include exports of still wines, including in bulk, as well as wine-based spirits, could have an impact on the Group's business, which remains limited to date, considering internal estimates.

The acquisition in November 2022 of the Group Allied Glass, which derives 95% of its revenue from the United Kingdom, is not expected to have any major consequences in terms of customs barriers.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Business ethics

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The Group has implemented:

scrollen

a transfer pricing policy adapted to the various transactions carried out by its companies;

tax monitoring by staying abreast of legislative and regulatory developments and by participating in specialised conferences;

a procedure aimed at not having a legal entity in any of the nine countries listed in Annex 1 of the European Union's "List of Non-cooperative Jurisdictions for Tax Purposes" (formerly the "blacklist") or the fifteen countries listed in Annex 2 of this European list (formerly the "grey list").

With regard to regulation on customs barriers, the Group ensures that:

scrollen

the diversification of its geographical locations reduces its exposure to increases in customs barriers, which can favour countries not affected and partially offset the negative impact on others;

it conducts regular monitoring of developments in negotiations on these issues, in particular with Russia, the United States and the post-Brexit United Kingdom, and prepares appropriate action plans.

4.1.5.3. Risks related to litigation and ongoing investigations, particularly in relation to occupational diseases

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

The activities of the Group's companies may give rise to legal proceedings in criminal, tax, labour, and environmental matters, as well as arbitration proceedings in civil liability, competition law and intellectual property matters. The Group may also be exposed to administrative proceedings.

More specifically, the Group is exposed to claims in respect of occupational diseases, especially due to the Group's glass business.

As such, the Group may be exposed, particularly in France, to:

scrollen

legal proceedings for recognition of the occupational nature of asbestos-related illnesses;

claims for "anxiety-related damages" suffered because of alleged exposure to harmful or toxic substances likely to engender a high risk of developing a serious pathology.

Other related legal claims may also be brought by employees or former employees of the Group. Such claims are mainly within the field of occupational health (noise, exposure to dangerous products, smoke inhalation, etc.)

The most significant disputes and investigations in which the Group is involved are described in Note 5.7 of this Universal Registration Document.

RISK MANAGEMENT

scrollen

Pursue disciplined growth

Business ethics

MAIN RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

To comply with current regulations, the Group:

scrollen

has an asbestos removal plan for its facilities in each country, which continues to be rolled out. The target of removing all asbestos has been achieved in some countries, as was the case in both Germany and Italy in 2022.;

has implemented a Group Health and Safety policy aimed at improving working conditions.

4.2. Risk management and internal control system

4.2.1. Risk management policy

4.2.1.1. Objectives, organisation, mechanisms

Objectives

Risk management is closely monitored by the Group's management, with the close involvement of internal control and internal audit:

scrollen

risk management consists of identifying, assessing and prioritising risks in order to ensure that the Group's risk management strategy is the most appropriate. Risk management also makes it possible to mitigate significant residual risks and to define and monitor the action plans put in place;

the main objective of internal control is to enable the Group to achieve its objectives by defining and implementing appropriate internal controls to identify risks related to the Group's activities;

internal audit ensures the effectiveness of internal control systems and provides recommendations for improvement where appropriate.

Organisational framework

Organisation in place in 2022:

At Group level

scrollen

The identification and treatment of the Group's major risks are monitored by a dedicated team that reports directly to the Finance Department, under the supervision of the Group Risk Committee. Such an organizational structure enables the Group to identify and prevent the risks it may face. The Risk Department, which is part of the Audit and Internal Control Department, regularly reports to the Audit Committee.

The Risk, Audit and Internal Control Department, which reports hierarchically to the Chief Financial Officer and functionally to the Group's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is responsible for drawing up an audit program that monitors and takes into account the mapping of major risks. The Risk, Audit and Internal Control Department regularly reports to the Audit Committee. It plays a central role in establishing an internal control reference framework at Group and subsidiary level, defining the appropriate controls to be put in place to address the risks identified and coordinating the subsidiaries' internal control systems.

At legal entity level

scrollen

Risk management and internal control are the responsibility of the operational departments of each of the Group's entities, under the functional control of the Group's Risk, Audit and Internal Control Department. Within each of these entities, the person responsible for risk management (generally the Chief Financial Officer, or a person under his or her hierarchical or functional responsibility) is in charge of verifying the proper application of prevention procedures and has the possibility of implementing new procedures.

Organisation of major risks, audit and internal control

Governance

The Audit Committee monitors risks and, in relation with the Sustainable Development Committee, also monitors extra-financial risks. In addition, since January 2019, a Group Major Risks and Compliance Committee has been meeting in order to monitor the action plans for internal control, risk management, compliance and audit. Risk committees also meet regularly at regional level.

Audit Committee

scrollen

Attendees: the members of the Audit Committee, the Group Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Major Risks, Internal Audit and Internal Control Director, the General Counsel, in the presence of the Statutory Auditors

5 meetings per year (1 or 2 of which on major risks, internai control and compliance)

Group Risk and Compliance Committee

scrollen

Attendees: the Group Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, the Human Resources Director, the Operations Director, the Major Risks, Audit and Internal Control Director and the Compliance Director

3 meetings per year (2 of which with each Regional Risk Committee)

Regional Risk Committee

scrollen

Attendees: the Operations Director, the General Counsel, the Human Resources Director and Chief Financial Officer of the region

Regular meetings

Risk management and internal control system

The Group's overall risk management and internal control system is applied at various levels (sites, functional departments, subsidiaries, regions) and is based on several elements, including:

scrollen

management of industrial and cyber risks;

scrollen

management of other operational risks;

mapping of the Group's major risks;

mapping of the Group's corruption risks;

monitoring of the Group's internal control system. Internal control also runs an annual self-assessment campaign of its internal control systems carried out by all the Group's operating entities and monitors the related action plans;

compliance monitoring system;

internal audit, which, as an independent assurance role, evaluates the effectiveness and functioning of the main processes of the audited companies, in coordination with other risk management systems, and reports to the Group Risk Committee and the Audit Committee.

The Statutory Auditors review the internal control system and procedures and carry out an annual assessment of the internal control system. They participate in all Audit Committees.

With regard to internal control and risk management, at the date of this Universal Registration Document, the Group follows the main recommendations proposed by the AMF's reference framework and application guides and the recommendations of the working group's report on the Audit Committee, published in July 2010.

Audit plan, mission, and follow-up

The purpose of internal audit is to provide objective assurance and propose improvements regarding the internal control system, processes, and governance.

Internal audit assignments are scheduled in accordance with the audit plan validated by the Audit Committee. The audit plan includes:

scrollen

the rotation of full audits on the Group's operational entities, based on the annual self-assessment questionnaire on internal control and specific risks related to the Group's entities;

cross-functional audits on a specific topic related to the Group's internal control system, which may be carried out on one or more of the Group's entities or the Group as a whole, depending on specific needs;

follow-up audits of action plans on site or remotely when necessary; and

anti-corruption audits.

The final report, including action plans, is validated by the Internal Audit Director and sent to the Chairman and CEO and the Chief Financial Officers of the Group and the audited entity.

The action plan is shared with Group Internal Control and progress made in the implementation of the action plans is regularly monitored, in particular at the Group Risk and Compliance Committee meetings. To adapt to the particular context of the conflict opposing Russia and Ukraine, an agile remote auditing system can be put in place, where necessary, with the support of local providers as required.

Procedures for the preparation and processing of accounting and financial information

Internal control relating to the disclosure of accounting and financial information is based on the organisation of the Finance Department, on all its procedures and on financial controls (budgetary process, monthly accounting, management reporting and forecasting, financial and operational performance review, etc.).

Under the authority of the Chief Financial Officer, the teams in charge are responsible for:

scrollen

preparing the Group's consolidated financial statements and the parent company financial statements;

preparing the budget and monitoring its execution through monthly management and performance reports;

implementing the Group's accounting and management principles, procedures and guidelines, and updating them when standards change.

In addition, the Internal Control unit assists the various Group entities in implementing the Group's financial processes.

Internal Audit is responsible for implementing the internal financial and accounting control system and takes part in second-level controls on key controls.

4.2.1.2. Operational risk management

Risk management refers to the measures implemented by the Group to identify, analyze and control the risks to which it is exposed. The risk management system is regularly monitored by the management of the Group's operating entities. The Chief Executive Officers of the regions and the functional managers of Verallia report major risks to the Group Risk Committee and other operational risks to the Risk, Audit and Internal Control Department during the audit preparation phase.

As part of its major risk management procedure, the Group maps its major risks, which are described in Section 4.1 above. The process of drawing up and reviewing the mapping of major risks, which was introduced in 2016 and reviewed in 2018, 2020 and 2021 (every 18 months), makes it possible to identify the major risks to which the Group is exposed and to assess, for each of them, their potential impact, taking into account their criticality, i.e. their severity and probability of occurrence, the action plan put in place by the Group's entities or departments, and the persons responsible for monitoring and the associated controls.

In accordance with the procedure and depending on the actual progress of each action plan, year-end adjustments are made on a case-by-case basis to the assessment of major risks.

In 2016, a specific corruption risk map was produced, the first major step in the rollout of a comprehensive anti-corruption programme meeting the requirements of Law 2016-1691 of 9 December 2016 on transparency, anti-corruption and economic modernisation. The Group conducted a periodic assessment of its corruption risks in light of its existing policies and controls and on the basis of an internal questionnaire sent to subsidiaries in 2017.

In 2018, the Group completed a formal mapping of its corruption risks based on the questionnaire created with the help of an external service provider. The questionnaire was sent out to subsidiaries again in 2019.

In 2020, the Group decided to work with an external service provider to update its previously prepared mapping of the potential risks related to corruption and influence peddling. The method involved identifying, analyzing and prioritizing the risks of the Group's exposure to external solicitations for corruption purposes, taking into account in particular the business segments and regions in which the Group operates. The update was intended to:

scrollen

provide a better overview of the corruption risks identified by the Group;

adjust the risk rating method using a new version of the questionnaire sent to subsidiaries (for example, switching from gross risks to net risks in accordance with the recommendations of the French Anti-Corruption Agency (Agence Française Anti-corruption) and compiling all the qualitative and quantitative information enabling this analysis). The survey was also accompanied by various interviews. This mapping did not reveal any new risks, but it did help to clarify the granularity and specificity of certain risks.

This update was refined in 2021 and a further update will be carried out in 2023.

4.2.2. Information system

The Group's IT systems come under the responsibility of the Information Systems Department and are organized by department (infrastructure, applications and cybersecurity) and by region.

Management of the Group's infrastructure and information systems and data hosting are entrusted to external service providers, industry leaders whose service commitments are managed by an internal team of technological experts and outsourced services, with the exception of certain areas relating to industrial management requiring less substantial infrastructure and managed internally by the Group. The Group owns most of its servers, with the exception of those rented on the cloud from an external provider, a leading Cloud services company.

The Group has also established a comprehensive security policy covering its information systems, taking notably into account the lessons learned from the NotPetya cyberattack (see Section 4.1.2 "Risks related to IT systems"). Among other things, this policy includes the establishment of an information systems security policy (also covering industrial IT), rules applicable at Group level and the implementation of high-performance security software and applications. The Group performs regular security audits on its information systems. This policy is reviewed annually to take into account the evolution of threats and the results of the various audits.

The Group's information systems include a large number of software and applications, mostly purchased off-the-shelf, such as the SAP software suite, and used in particular to manage the logistics chain, produce consolidated financial data, and manage customers, reporting, supplies and employee pay. The applications are managed at the central level by the Group Applications Director, who works with a local counterpart.

4.2.3. Insurance policies

The Group's insurance policy is coordinated by the Group's Legal Department, with the support of the operational departments.

In coordination with the Industrial Department, each Group company provides the Legal Department with the information required to identify and qualify risks that are insured or insurable and implements the useful means to ensure business continuity in the event of a disaster. On this basis, the Legal Department, with the assistance of brokers, negotiates annually with the major insurance carriers to set up the most appropriate coverage for these risks.

The Group's main policies, underwritten by internationally renowned insurance companies, include civil liability insurance and property damage and subsequent business interruption insurance. Some entities have taken out their insurance policies directly in their local market and also benefit from the coverage of the Master policies put in place for the Group.

The implementation of insurance policies is assessed on the basis of the level of coverage necessary to deal with the reasonably estimated occurrence of liability, damage or other risks. This coverage is based on the evaluations made by the insurers and the conclusions of the annual audits carried out by the engineering departments of the Group's property and casualty insurance provider. The underwriting criteria take into account the supply of the insurance market, which excludes certain risks, or imposes specific limits, for example, in the event of natural events such as floods, storms, earthquakes and tsunamis. These events could have a significant uninsured financial impact, both for the cost of reconstruction and for lost production, in the case of extreme scenarios.

Due to tougher market conditions and higher deductibles on its property and casualty programme, the Group has opted to transfer the risk on its property and casualty programme to the insurance market through a captive reinsurance company domiciled in Luxembourg.

The joint subsidiaries in which the Group is a minority and holds non-controlling interests are outside the scope of the above programmes. Insurances are contracted separately.

5 ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Readers are invited to read the following information on the Group's results in conjunction with the Group's consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2022, as contained in Section 6.1 of this Universal Registration Document.

The Group's consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2022 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as adopted by the European Union. The Statutory Auditors' audit report on the Group's consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2022 is contained in Section 6.2 of this Universal Registration Document.

5.1. Highlights of the 2022 financial year

The Group is the third largest producer globally and the leading European producer 86 of glass packaging for beverages and food products. In terms of volumes sold, it is the second largest producer in Latin America 87. The Group offers innovative, customised and environmentally friendly solutions to more than 10,000 88 customers worldwide.

The Group uses the following segmentation for reporting purposes based on geographical area, depending on the location of the assets:

scrollen

Southern and Western Europe, comprising production plants located in France, Italy, Spain and Portugal. Southern and Western Europe accounted for 67% of consolidated revenue and 64% of the Group's adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 31 December 2022. The Group's operations in Southern and Western Europe are mainly oriented towards bottles for still and sparkling wines, packaging for spirits, and jars for food;

Northern and Eastern Europe, comprising production plants located in Germany, the UK, Russia, Ukraine and Poland. Northern and Eastern Europe accounted for 21% of consolidated revenue and 17% of the Group's adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 31 December 2022. The Group's operations in Northern and Eastern Europe are mainly oriented towards bottles for beer, particularly in Germany, and jars and bottles for the food market;

Latin America, comprising production plants located in Brazil, Argentina and Chile. Latin America accounted for 12% of consolidated revenue and 19% of the Group's adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 31 December 2022. The Group's operations in Latin America are mainly oriented towards bottles for still wines, as well as bottles for beer in Brazil.

Increase in capacity in Europe in 2025 and 2026

Following the Investor Day (Capital Markets Day) in October 2021, during which Verallia announced the construction by 2024 at existing sites of two new furnaces in Brazil (Jacutinga 2 and Campo Bom 2) and a new furnace in Italy at the Pescia plant, the Group is announcing capacity additions for the following two years.

Verallia will build at its existing sites a new furnace in Spain (Montblanc site) in 2025 and a new furnace in Italy in 2026.

This new production capacity addresses strong demand of local customers in a European market with growing needs for glass packaging products.

As a reminder, the Jacutinga 2 furnace was commissioned successfully at the end of 2022, while construction of the second furnace at Campo Bom (operational at the start of 2024) and the second furnace at Pescia (operational in Q2 2024) is on track.

Acquisition of Allied Glass

In November 2022, Verallia announced and finalised the acquisition of 100% of the capital of Allied Glass at an enterprise value of £315 million.

Headquartered in Leeds, Allied Glass is a leading player in the premium glass packaging market in the United Kingdom, where it generates over 95% of its revenues, with four furnaces located in West Yorkshire and more than 600 employees.

With this acquisition, a key step in its external growth strategy, Verallia intends to capitalise on Allied Glass' expertise in the production of premium glass bottles, particular in the Scotch Whisky and Gin sector, and take advantage of its established position in the UK market.

The integration process is progressing as planned and Allied Glass has adopted the name Verallia UK since 1 January 2023.

86 On the basis of the revenue earned in 2022 by market players in Europe (as defined by these players), as extracted from publicly available information (annual reports and press releases in particular) and on the basis of Company estimates
87 Based on volumes sold in 2021 in Argentina, Brazil and Chile.
88 Customers who placed at least one order during the 2017-2022 period.

Squeezeout of Verallia Deutschland minority shareholders by Verallia Packaging

On 5 December 2022, Verallia Packaging finalized the privatisation of its subsidiary Verallia Deutschland AG listed on the regulated market of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (and on the regulated markets of the München and Stuttgart stock exchanges).

Verallia Deutschland AG was valued at €620.06 per bearer share by two independent valuers.

The resolution required to buy back minority shareholders' stock has been adopted during the Annual General Meeting of Verallia Deutschland AG on 24 August 2022.

Share buyback

As part of its capital allocation strategy and following the finalisation of the acquisition of Allied Glass, Verallia has decided to launch a share buyback program and has entrusted an investment services provider with a share buyback mandate for a maximum amount of €50 million, over a period running from 7 December 2022 to November 2023.

Verallia intends to cancel all the shares bought back.

2022 dividend

During their meeting on 15 February 2023, the Verallia Board of Directors decided to propose the payment of a dividend of €1.40 per share in cash for the 2022 financial year. This amount will be subject to approval of the Annual General Shareholders' meeting which will take place on 25 April 2023.

The Group addresses a wide variety of end markets, ranging from bottles for still and sparkling wines to bottles for spirits, bottles for beer, jars and bottles for food and soft drinks. The breakdown of the Group's revenue 89 for the years ended 31 December 2022 and 2021 was as follows:

Breakdown of revenue by end market

Year ended 31 December 2022

Year ended 31 December 2021

The Group's product mix showed an increase in sales for the year, in all its markets. The product mix continued to be marked by strong exposure to bottles for still and sparkling wines and containers for spirits, which together accounted for 60% of the Group's revenue for the 2022 financial year. These end markets include a significant proportion of premium products which are less price-sensitive than the more standardised products, thus allowing the Group to generate higher margins on these products.

Overall, the Group's activities on the still and sparkling wine market are particularly exposed to exports, carried out by its wine-producing customers. The three most significant countries for the Group in terms of revenue, namely France, Italy and Spain, are the main exporters of still and sparkling wines in the world. Sparkling wines also grew strongly, with volumes in champagne even higher than in 2021 - already a record year - thanks to solid domestic demand. Food jars also recorded solid momentum in 2022.

89 Based on revenue exclusively earned from the sale of jars and bottles, which represented 97% of the Group's consolidated revenue for the financial year ended 31 December 2022.

5.2. Analysis of the Group's results

5.2.1. Analysis of results for the years ended 31 December 2022

The table below presents the Group's consolidated income statement (in € millions) for each of the years ended 31 December 2022 and 2021.

scrollen
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT (in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021
Revenue 3,351.5 2,674.0
Cost of sales (2,527.1) (2,042.4)
Selling, general and administrative expenses (194.4) (173.9)
Acquisition-related items (65.6) (59.7)
Other operating income and expenses (6.1) (4.9)
Operating profit 558.3 393.1
Financial income (80.7) (56.8)
Profit before tax 477.6 336.3
Income tax (122.1) (89.4)
Share of net profit (loss) of associates 0.2 2.4
Net profit 355.6 249.3

The year 2022, though marked by a particularly volatile environment, saw the Group continue its profitable growth by delivering an outstanding performance, resulting in:

scrollen

An increase of +25.3% in revenue to €3,352 million (+26.5% at constant scope and exchange rates 90 ) compared with 2021;

Growth in adjusted EBITDA to €866 million in 2022, from €678 million in 2021 (+27.6%);

Improvement in adjusted EBITDA margin to 25.8% in 2022 compared with 25.4% in 2021 (+47 bps vs. 2021);

Net income 91 of €356 million compared with €249 million in 2021 (+42.7% vs. 2021) and earnings per share of €2.92;

Acquisition of Allied Glass, the UK market leader in premium spirits;

Drop in net debt ratio to 1.6x adjusted 2022 EBITDA compared with 1.9x at 31 December 2021, after the acquisition of Allied Glass for an enterprise value of £315 million.

90 Revenue growth at constant exchange rates and scope excluding Argentina was +22.4% in 2022 compared with 2021
91 Net income for 2022 includes an amortisation expense for customer relationships recognised upon the acquisition of Saint-Gobain's packaging business in 2015, of €44 million and €0.38 per share (net of taxes). If this expense had not been taken into account, net income would be €400 million and €3.30 per share. This expense was €43 million and €0.36 per share in 2021.

5.2.1.1. Revenue

The Group's consolidated revenue showed a strong rise of +25.3% compared with the previous year, from €2,674.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2021 to €3,351.5 million for the year ended 31 December 2022.

The impact of exchange rates was negative at -1.8% in 2022 (-€47 million), largely due to the recent depreciation of the Argentinian peso and the Ukrainian hryvnia. In the fourth quarter, the impact of exchange rates was negative at -€49 million.

At constant exchange rates and scope, revenue grew by +26.5% in the full year (and by +22.4% excluding Argentina), with a fourth quarter in line with the third quarter (organic growth of +32.9% in Q4 2022). The small drop in volumes seen in the third quarter continued into the fourth quarter because of the renovation of five furnaces in the second half of 2022, temporarily reducing available production capacity. However, demand for glass remained very dynamic throughout the year, as reflected in the latest figures published by the European Federation of glass packaging makers (FEVE), which show that domestic sales in Europe increased by 8.2% in weight and by 9.4% in units in the first half of 2022 compared with H1 2021 (annual figures are not yet available).

Spirits recorded strong volume growth over the year in all regions thanks to high consumption in Europe since the re-opening of the on-trade channel and the dynamism of the US market, and despite the impact of health restrictions in China during part of the year. Sparkling wines also grew strongly, with volumes in champagne even higher than in 2021 - already a record year - thanks to solid domestic demand. Food jars also recorded solid momentum in 2022.

Sales price increases were implemented in Europe to compensate for the sharp rise in production costs. The pricing and mix policy in Latin America also remained highly dynamic throughout the year amid high inflation in the region. Lastly, the product mix was positive throughout the year.

By region, revenue for 2022 can be broken down as follows:

scrollen
Year ended 31 December 2022 Change 2021 - 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021
(in € million) In € million In %
Southern and Western Europe 2,236.4 404.2 22.1 % 1,832.2
Northern and Eastern Europe 695.3 157.7 29.3 % 537.6
Latin America 419.8 115.6 38.0 % 304.2
Consolidated revenue 3,351.5 677.5 25.3 % 2,674.0

Southern and Western Europe

Southern and Western Europe saw revenue grow by +22.1% on a reported basis and by +21.9% at constant exchange rates and scope. Volumes were flat in 2022 despite four renovations of furnaces in the second half of the year. Spirits posted strong annual growth. Sparkling wines reaped the benefits of the dynamism of the champagne market, together with a steady increase in Prosecco sales volumes in Italy and export markets.

Northern and Eastern Europe

In Northern and Eastern Europe, revenue on a reported basis grew by +29.3% and by +22.7% at constant exchange rates and scope. Exchange-rate variations had a positive impact of +3.4% thanks to the appreciation of the Russian rouble during the period. The region also benefited from a positive scope effect (+3.2%) following the acquisition in November 2022 of Allied Glass, a major player in premium spirits in the UK, renamed Verallia UK since 1 January 2023. Sales volumes increased slightly in 2022 thanks to the strong performance of still wines and spirits. The beer and food jar markets also performed well in 2022. Verallia's situation in Ukraine is unchanged: one furnace was emptied and cooled to keep it in good condition, while the second mainly produces food jars. As the situation in the country remains uncertain, Verallia's priority is the safety of its teams and the needs of its local customers.

Latin America

In Latin America, revenue showed a strong reported increase of +38.0% and remarkable organic growth of +60.5%. Sales volumes increased thanks to brisk growth in the beer, spirits and sparkling wines segments. Significant price hikes implemented in the region, particularly in Argentina to offset local hyperinflation, also spurred revenue growth. The lighting of the second furnace in Jacutinga, Brazil, took place on schedule in November 2022 and production got off to a very satisfactory start in early December; it is already operating at high capacity thanks to large customer orders already recorded. Construction of the second furnace at the Campo Bom plant in southern Brazil is also progressing on schedule.

5.2.1.2. Sales costs

The cost of sales increased by +€485 million (+24%), from €2,042.4 million for the year ended 31 December 2021 to €2,527.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2022.

The change in the cost of sales was mainly due to the very sharp increase in the cost of energy and raw materials, as well as packaging and transport.

As a percentage of revenue, the cost of sales contracted by 80 basis points during the year ended 31 December 2022, from 76.4% for the year ended 31 December 2021 to 75.6% for the year ended 31 December 2022. The Group managed to keep the increase in the cost of sales under control largely thanks in particular to its policy of hedging energy purchases to limit its exposure to energy price fluctuations and to the measures implemented under its industrial Performance Action Plan (PAP) as part of the Verallia Industrial Management (VIM) 2.0 initiative.

Verallia generated a positive inflation spread 92 at the Group level thanks to a strong product mix effect and despite the very sharp rise in energy, raw materials, packaging and transport costs in all regions.

92 The spread corresponds to the difference between (i) the increase in selling prices and the mix applied by the Group after passing any increase in production costs onto these selling prices and (ii) the increase in production costs. The spread is positive when the increase in sales prices applied by the Group is greater than the increase in its production costs. The increase in production costs is recorded by the Group at constant production volumes, before production gap and taking into consideration the impact of the Performance Action Plan (PAP).

5.2.1.3. Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by +€20.5 million (+11.8%), from €173.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2021 to €194.4 million for the year ended 31 December 2022.

Selling, general and administrative expenses include all expenses relating to general management, marketing, finance and accounting, computing, legal, human resources, technical, and research and development activities.

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses during the year ended 31 December 2022 was partly due to the transmission of inflation to salaries.

5.2.1.4. Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income and expenses increased by +€1.2 million (+24.7%) from a net expense of €4.9 million for the year ending 31 December 2021 to a net expense of €6.1 million for the year ending 31 December 2022.

5.2.1.5. Operating profit

Operating profit increased by +€165.2 million (+42%), from €393.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2021 to €558.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2022.

The increase in operating profit for the year ended 31 December 2022 is primarily due to an improvement in the Group's profitability, marked more specifically by a dynamic product mix, a positive inflation spread and the continued rationalisation of production costs under the Group's industrial performance improvement plan.

5.2.1.6. Financial income and expenses

scrollen
(in € million) Year ended 31 December
2022 2021
Interest expense excluding lease liabilities (34.9) (35.9)
Interest expense related to lease liabilities (1.4) (1.5)
Amortization of debt issuance costs, and other * (17.1) (11.0)
Financial income from cash and cash equivalents and other 20.3 16.0
Cost of net debt (33.1) (32.4)
Expenses related to refinancing - (7.0)
Foreign exchange gains and losses (12.8) (0.9)
Net interest expense related to pension plans and other benefits (1.3) (1.0)
Profit (loss) on net monetary position in Argentina (IAS 29) (33.5) (15.5)
Financial income (80.7) (56.8)

(*) Other: mainly corresponding to the amortization of funding costs and debt issuance premiums, as well as factoring fees and other bank charges.

Financial income decreased by €(23.9) million (42.0%) from a net expense of €56.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2021 to a net expense of €80.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2022.

This decrease in net financial income is mainly due to negative variation of hyperinflation in Argentina (€(18.1) million), of foreign currency exchange effects over the period (€(11.9) million), to the increase of fees related to factoring programs (increase of interest rate and volume), and to scope entry (€(6.3) million). This decrease is partially offset by the amortisation of debt issuance costs (+€7.0 million) in 2021 and by the increase in financial investment incomes, mainly in Argentina (+€6.6 million).

5.2.1.7. Net income

Net income grew from €249.3 million (i.e. 9.3% of revenue) for the year ended 31 December 2021 to €355.6 million (i.e. 10.6% of revenue) for the year ended 31 December 2022. This increase mainly stems from the improvement in adjusted EBITDA, which more than offsets the increase in financial costs and income tax.

Net income for 2022 includes, as it does every year, an amortisation expense for customer relationships, recognised upon the acquisition of Saint-Gobain's packaging business in 2015, of €44 million and €0.38 per share (net of taxes). If this expense had not been taken into account, net income would be €400 million and €3.30 per share. This expense was €43 million and €0.36 per share in 2021.

Income tax rose to €122.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2022 from €89.4 million for the year ended 31 December 2021, an increase of €32.7 million mainly reflecting the improvement in results and the taxable base.

The share of net income attributable to the Company's shareholders amounted to €342.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2022 and €242.6 million for the year ended 31 December 2021. The share attributable to non-controlling interests amounted to €13.6 million for the year ended 31 December 2022 and €6.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2021.

5.2.1.8. Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA increased by +27.6% in 2022 (and +31.7% at constant exchange rates and scope) to €866 million. The unfavourable effect of exchange rates, mainly attributable to the depreciation of the Argentinian peso and Ukrainian hryvnia, reached (€27) million in 2022.

In 2022, Verallia generated a positive inflation spread 93 at the Group level and in all divisions despite the sharp increase in production costs.

The net reduction in cash production costs (PAP) once again strongly contributed to the improvement in adjusted EBITDA of €34 million (i.e. 2.1% of cash production costs).

The adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 25.8% from 25.4% in 2021, despite the mathematical dilutive effect of selling price increases in 2022.

In summary, the change in adjusted EBITDA consists of:

scrollen
(in € million)
2021 adjusted EBITDA 678.1
Activity contribution 41.1
Spread Price-Mix/​ Costs 135.7
Net productivity 33.9
Exchange rate (26.7)
Other 3.4
2022 adjusted EBITDA 865.5

By region, adjusted EBITDA for 2022 breaks down as follows:

Breakdown of adjusted EBITDA by region

scrollen
Change 2021 - 2022
(in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 In € million In %/​bp Year ended 31 December 2021
Southern and Western Europe
Adjusted EBITDA 554.5 101.7 22.5 % 452.8
Adjusted EBITDA margin 24.8 % - 8 Pb 24.7 %
Northern and Eastern Europe
Adjusted EBITDA 146.5 29.4 25.1 % 117.1
Adjusted EBITDA margin 21.1 % - (71) Pb 21.8 %
Latin America
Adjusted EBITDA 164.6 56.4 52.1 % 108.2
Adjusted EBITDA margin 39.2 % - 364 Pb 35.6 %
Consolidated adjusted EBITDA 865.5 187.4 27.6 % 678.1
Consolidated adjusted EBITDA margin 25.8 % - 47 Pb 25.4 %

93 The spread corresponds to the difference between (i) the increase in selling prices and the mix applied by the Group after passing any increase in production costs onto these selling prices and (ii) the increase in production costs. The spread is positive when the increase in sales prices applied by the Group is greater than the increase in its production costs. The increase in production costs is recorded by the Group at constant production volumes, before production gap and taking into consideration the impact of the Performance Action Plan (PAP).

Southern and Western Europe

Southern and Western Europe reported adjusted EBITDA of €555 million (vs. €453 million in 2021) and a margin of 24.8% compared with 24.7%. The product mix, combined with a positive inflation spread over the year, despite the steep rise in costs, as well as PAP, drove adjusted EBITDA growth.

Northern and Eastern Europe

In Northern and Eastern Europe, adjusted EBITDA reached €147 million (vs. €117 million in 2021), lowering its margin to 21.1% compared with 21.8%. The increase in EBITDA was attributable to the generation of a positive inflation spread and an industrial performance more in line with the cost reduction objective. Despite the complex backdrop in Ukraine, leading to a steep drop in volumes, adjusted EBITDA remained positive in the country in 2022 thanks to the efforts and professionalism of our local teams.

Latin America

In Latin America, adjusted EBITDA was €165 million (vs. €108 million in 2021), taking the margin up to 39.2% from 35.6%. Once again, the region demonstrated its capacity to use all the profitability improvement levers at the Group's disposal: operating leverage linked to sales volume growth, combined with a positive inflation spread and an excellent industrial performance.

5.2.2. Key performance indicators

The Group uses revenue (see Section 5.2.1.1 for an analysis of the change in revenue for the years ended 31 December 2022 and 2021), adjusted EBITDA, operating cash flow, cash conversion, free cash flow and capital expenditure (see Section 5.3 "Capital expenditure" of this Universal Registration Document) as key performance indicators. These performance indicators are monitored by the Group regularly to analyse and assess its operations and their momentum, measure their performance, prepare earnings forecasts and take strategic decisions.

Adjusted EBITDA, operating cash flow, cash conversion and free cash flow are alternative performance measures according to AMF position No. 2015-12.

The latter are not standardised accounting measures meeting a single definition generally accepted by IFRS. They should not be considered as substitutes for operating profit, net profit or cash flows from operating activities, which are measures defined by IFRS, or a measure of liquidity.

Other issuers may calculate adjusted EBITDA, operating cash flow, cash conversion and free cash flow differently from the definitions used by the Group.

5.2.2.1. Adjusted EBITDA

scrollen
(in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021 Change
Adjusted EBITDA (in € million) 865.5 678.1 27.6 %
Adjusted EBITDA margin 25.8 % 25.4 % 47Pb

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated based on operating profit adjusted for depreciation, amortisation and impairment, restructuring costs, acquisition and M&A costs, hyperinflationary effects, management share ownership plan costs, disposal-related effects and subsidiary contingencies, site closure expenses, and other items.

5.2.2.2. Cash conversion, operating cash-flow and free cash-flow

The key performance indicators used by the Group to analyse its cash flow are cash conversion, operating cash flow and free cash flow.

scrollen
(in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021 Change
Operating cash flow 537.9 502.3 35.6
Free cash flow 363.8 329.3 34.5
Cash conversion 57.6 % 62.2 % -460Pb

Operating cash flow

Operating cash flow represents cash flow plus the change in operating working capital.

Cash flow corresponds to operating profit adjusted for depreciation, amortisation and impairment, restructuring costs, acquisition and M&A costs, hyperinflationary effects, the costs of management share ownership plans, subsidiary disposal-related effects and contingencies, plant closure costs and other items, i.e. adjusted EBITDA, less capex.

Operating cash flow rose to €538 million, compared with €502 million in 2021, thanks to growth in adjusted EBITDA and despite higher capex.

Free cash flow

Since 2021, the Group has presented free cash flow. This indicator provides a more complete vision of cash. Free cash flow corresponds to operating profit adjusted for other operating impacts, financial interest paid and other financing costs, as well as tax payments. In 2022, free cash flow amounted to €363.8 million compared with €329.3 million in 2021.

Reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted EBITDA, operating cash flow and free cash flow

scrollen
(in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021 Change
Operating profit 558.3 393.1 165.2
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment (1) 295.9 281.1 14.8
Restructuring costs (0.8) (2.7) 1.9
IAS 29, Hyperinflation (Argentina) 4.3 (4.8) 9.1
Management share ownership plan and associated costs (2) 6.2 10.1 (3.9)
Acquisition fees and additional price 5.1 0.0 5.1
Other (3.5) 1.3 (4.8)
Adjusted EBITDA 865.5 678.1 187.4
Capex (3) (367.0) (256.3) (110.7)
Cash flow 498.5 421.8 76.7
Change in operating working capital (4) 39.4 80.5 (41.1)
Operating cash flow 537.9 502.3 35.6
Other operating impact (5) (14.6) (39.8) 25.2
Interest paid & other financial costs (53.6) (41.8) (11.8)
Cash Tax (105.9) (91.4) (14.5)
Free Cash Flow 363.8 329.3 34.5

(1) Includes amortisation of intangible assets and depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 5.2 to the Group's consolidated financial statements), the amortisation of intangible assets acquired through business combinations (Note 6.1 to the Group's consolidated financial statements) and impairment of property, plant and equipment (Note 6.2 to the Group's consolidated financial statements).
(2) Corresponds to share-based compensation plans and associated costs (Note 4.2 to the Group's consolidated financial statements).
(3) Excluding rights of use under IFRS 16.
(4) Taking into account only the impact of cash flows (note 14 to the Group's consolidated financial statements).
(5) Other operating impacts consist mainly of the cash effect of IFRS 16 restatements and the impact of the change in provisions for liabilities and charges (particularly with respect to provisions for CO 2 ).

Cash conversion

Cash conversion is defined as the ratio between cash flow and adjusted EBITDA.

Cash flow corresponds to operating profit adjusted for depreciation, amortisation and impairment, restructuring costs, acquisition and M&A costs, hyperinflationary effects, management share ownership plan costs, disposal-related effects and subsidiary contingencies, site closure expenses, and other items, i.e. adjusted EBITDA less Capex.

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to cash conversion

scrollen
(in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021
Adjusted EBITDA 865.5 678.1
Capex (1) (367.0) (256.3)
Cash flow 498.5 421.8
Cash conversion 57.6 % 62.2 %

(1) Excluding rights of use under IFRS 16.

5.2.3. Changes in and cost of financial debt

The following table shows the distribution of the Group's debt at the dates indicated:

scrollen
(in € million) 31 December 2022 31 December 2021 Interest rates
Sustainability-Linked Bond November 2021 493.7 492.9 1.875 %
Sustainability-Linked Bond May 2021 502.7 502.2 1.625 %
Term Loan A 500.6 497.4 EURIBOR * + 1,25%
Lease /​ Finance lease liabilities (1) 53.5 47.3 -
Other borrowings 51.5 64.2 -
Total long-term debt 1,602.0 1,604.0 -
Negotiable commercial paper (NEU CP) 150.3 150.2 -
Other borrowings (2) 8.9 11.0 -
Total short-term debt 159.1 161.2 -
Financial derivatives (24.5) (2.2) -
Gross debt (3) 1,736.6 1,763.0 -
Cash and cash equivalents 330.8 494.6 -
Net debt 1,405.9 1,268.4 -

* Euribor with a floor rate of 0%
(1) Figure taking into account the impact of IFRS 16 applied by the Group as of 1 January 2019.
(2) Including factoring liabilities, which correspond to assignment of receivables with recourse (see Note 14.4 "Factoring" and Note 17.2 "Change in gross debt" to the Group's consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022).
(3) As at 31 December 2022, the Group's total gross financial debt 94 amounted to€1,736.6 million (compared with €1,763 million at 31 December 2021) (see Note 17.2 "Changes in gross financial debt" to the Group's consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022).

At 31 December 2022, net financial debt amounted to €1,405.9 million (€1,268.4 million as at 31 December 2021) at a cost of €33.1 million (versus €32.4 million as at 31 December 2021) (see Note 7 "Financial result" to the Group's consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022).

The Group's net financial debt/​adjusted EBITDA ratio stood at 1.6x as at 31 December 2022, compared with 1.9x as at 31 December 2021.

On 31 December 2022, the Group's variable-rate financial debt portfolio after taking account of derivative instruments totalled €142.4 million (€18.1 million as at 31 December 2021), or 8% of its gross financial debt (1% for 2021).

The Group estimates that, for the year 2023, its financing needs will mainly include its current operating needs, investment expenses, tax payments, interest payments and, subject to its approval by the General Meeting of the Company's shareholders, the payment of a dividend. On the basis of updated cash projections, the Group believes it will be able to meet its liquidity needs during the 12 months following the date of this Universal Registration Document.

94 Corresponds to the "Financial liabilities and non-current financial derivatives" and "Financial liabilities and current derivatives" line items in the Group's consolidated balance sheet.

5.2.4. Fluctuations in exchange rates

The Group combines a global presence with local industrial facilities (the "Glo-Cal" model). Its customers, situated near the Group's local production plants, export products all over the world, packaged in the bottles and jars manufactured by the Group. Consequently, its results are affected by fluctuations in exchange rates.

The Group's earnings are primarily subject to a translation effect. Although the majority of the Group's consolidated revenue is denominated in euros, a significant share of its assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses is denominated in other currencies, primarily the Brazilian real, the Argentine peso, the Russian rouble, the Ukrainian hryvnia and the Pound sterling. As such, the Group's euro-denominated financial statements require the translation of these assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses into euros, at applicable exchange rates. The Group's exposure to the translation effect is not hedged.

In Argentina, following the sharp increase in the cumulative inflation rate over several years, the economy was considered as being in hyperinflation, such that the Group was obliged to apply the IAS 29 Hyperinflation accounting rule to its Argentine activities as of 1 January 2018. Application of this standard imposes the restatement of non-monetary assets and liabilities, equity and the income statement to reflect changes in purchasing power in the local currency. These restatements may lead to a gain or loss on the net monetary position included in financial income and expenses. For the financial year ended 31 December 2022, the net impact on revenue of hyperinflation in Argentina was €(9.8) million. It was €14.1 million for the financial year ended 31 December 2021. The impact of hyperinflation is excluded from consolidated adjusted EBITDA as presented in Section 5.2.2 "Key performance indicators".

Beyond the translation effect, the Group's earnings are not significantly affected by exchange rate fluctuations, in that the Group's operating revenues and expenses are generally generated in the same currency. This is due to the regional or local nature of the Group's markets.

The Group is nevertheless exposed to exchange rate fluctuations on transactions when one of its subsidiaries undertakes a purchase or sale in a different currency to the operating currency. As such, subsidiaries located in Latin America and Northern and Eastern European countries that need to import raw materials produced in Southern and Western Europe, or that purchase more specifically goods or energy in US dollars, may be exposed to the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on these transactions. The Group implements hedging contracts systematically when it considers that significant financial transactions could cause exchange rate risk.

5.2.5. Contractual obligations and off-balance sheet commitments

The Group has contracted certain off-balance sheet commitments, including operating commitments and financing commitments.

As at 31 December 2022, the operating commitments given totalled €1,079 million, of which €1,067 for non-cancellable purchase commitments.

Non-cancellable purchase commitments include firm orders for property, plant and equipment as well as purchase commitments for raw materials and services, including forward purchases of CO 2 emission allowances. The operating commitments given totalled €532.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2021.

For more information on the Group's contractual obligations and off-balance sheet commitments, see Note 23 to the Group's consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022.

5.2.6. Group consolidated cash flows for the years ended 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021

The table below sets out the Group's cash flow for the periods ended 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021:

scrollen
(in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021 Change
Net cash flow from operating activities 699.2 641.5 57.7
Net cash flow from (used in) investing activities (540.0) (271.5) (268.5)
Net cash flow from (used in) financing activities (316.1) (351.5) 35.4
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (156.9) 18.5 (175.4)
Impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents (6.9) 0.0 (6.9)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period 494.6 476.2 18.4
Closing cash and cash equivalents 330.8 494.6 (163.8)

On 31 December 2022, the Group's cash and cash equivalents amounted to €330.8 million vs. €494.6 million on 31 December 2021.

5.2.6.1. Financing of working capital requirements

Net working capital primarily correspond to the value of inventories plus trade receivables and other operating receivables minus debts to suppliers and other operating liabilities (see Note 14 to the Group's consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022).

The net working capital amounted to €(36.6) million during the year ended 31 December 2022 and €36.8 million during the year ended 31 December 2021.

The change in the net working capital thus amounted to €(73.4) million during the year ended 31 December 2022, compared with +€125.5 million during the year ended 31 December 2021.

The value of inventories increased during 2022 to €536.8 million as at 31 December 2022, compared with €404.3 million as at 31 December 2021, reflecting a small rise in inventories compared with the previous year, combined with a sharper increase in valuations linked to inflation.

Trade receivables and other current assets also increased in 2022 to €642.7 million as at 31 December 2022, compared with €440.1 million as at 31 December 2021. This rise is principally due to changes in the fair value of energy hedges (non-cash impact).

Trade payables also increased during the year ended 31 December 2022 to €1,021 million as at 31 December 2022, compared with €704.5 million as at 31 December 2021. This rise is mainly due to inflation of energy, raw material and packaging costs.

5.2.6.2. Net cash flow from operating activities

The following table sets out the net cash flow from the Group's operating activities for the periods ended 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021:

scrollen
(in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021 Change
Net profit 355.6 249.3 106.3
Share of net profit of associates, net of dividends received (0.2) (2.4) 2.2
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment of assets 295.9 281.1 14.8
Gains and losses on disposals of assets (1.3) 6.4 (7.7)
Interest expense on financial liabilities 29.4 32.0 (2.6)
Unrealised foreign exchange gains and losses 10.8 0.4 10.4
Gain/​loss on net monetary position (IAS 29, Hyperinflation) 18.4 9.7 8.7
Unrealised gains and losses on changes in the fair value of derivatives 2.1 5.0 (2.9)
Change in inventories (92.8) (16.9) (75.9)
Change in trade receivables, trade payables and other receivables and payables 50.9 107.2 (56.3)
Current tax expense 135.5 107.9 27.6
Taxes paid (105.9) (91.4) (14.5)
Changes in deferred taxes and provisions 0.8 (46.8) 47.6
Net cash flow from operating activities 699.2 641.5 57.7

The Group's net cash flow from operating activities totalled €699.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2022 and €641.5 million for the year ended 31 December 2021.

The increase in net cash flows from the Group's business of +€57.7 million between the two periods is primarily a result of the increase in net income (see Section 5.2.1.7 "Net income" of this Universal Registration Document) and the improvement in working capital requirements.

5.2.6.3. Net cash flow from (used in) investing activities

The following table sets out the net cash flow attributed to the Group's investment activities for the years ended 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021:

scrollen
(in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021 Change
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (367.0) (256.3) (110.7)
Increase (decrease) in debt on fixed assets 75.2 (10.7) 85.9
Acquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired (247.9) (0.2) (247.7)
Capital expenditure (540.1) (267.2) (272.9)
Disposals of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 4.5 (3.5) 8.0
Disposals 4.5 (3.5) 8.0
Increase in loans, deposits and short-term borrowings (12.3) (2.6) (9.7)
Reduction in loans, deposits and short-term borrowings 7.9 1.8 6.1
Changes in loans and deposits (4.4) (0.8) (3.6)
Net cash flow used in investing activities (540.0) (271.5) (268.5)

Net cash flows used in the Group's investing activities totalled €(540) million for the year ended 31 December 2022 and €(271.5) million for the year ended 31 December 2021. These flows correspond mainly to acquisitions of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (or capital expenditure (Capex) (see Section 5.3 "Capital expenditure" of this Universal Registration Document)).

Net cash flow attributed to the Group's investing activities varied by €(268.5) million between the two periods, mainly due to the acquisition of Allied Glass in November 2022.

5.2.6.4. Net cash flow from (used in) financing activities

The following table sets out the net cash flow attributed to the Group's financing activities for the years ended 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021:

scrollen
(in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021 Change
Capital increase (decrease) 13.0 15.7 (2.7)
Dividends paid (122.7) (114.2) (8.5)
(Increase) decrease in treasury stock (8.4) (221.1) 212.7
Transactions with shareholders (118.1) (319.6) 201.5
Capital increases of subsidiaries subscribed by third parties 0.0 0.0 0.0
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests by consolidated companies (2.7) (1.5) (1.2)
Transactions with non-controlling interests (2.7) (1.5) (1.2)
Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts and other short-term borrowings (1.7) 2.9 (4.6)
Increase in long-term debt 6.8 1,039.1 (1,032.3)
Decrease in long-term debt (172.3) (1,041.0) 868.7
Financial interest paid (28.1) (31.4) 3.3
Change in gross debt (195.3) (30.4) (164.9)
Net cash flow from financing activities (316.1) (351.5) 35.4

The Group's net cash flow used in financing activities amounted to €(316.1) million for the year ended 31 December 2022 compared to €(351.5) million for the year ended 31 December 2021.

The main cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2022 concerned:

scrollen

transactions with shareholders amounting to €(118.1) million, which include the capital increase reserved for employees (+€13 million), dividends paid (€(122.7) million) and the repurchase of treasury shares (€(8.4) million).

a change in gross debt by €(195.3) million which includes the repayment of a loan held by the acquired company Allied Glass €(137.0) million and interest paid €(28.1) million (see Note 17 "Borrowings" to the Group's consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022).

5.2.7. Date of the most recent financial information

31 December 2022.

5.2.8. Significant change in the financial position

As at the date of this Universal Registration Document, there are no significant changes in the financial position.

5.2.9. Material contracts

Material contracts other than those entered into in the ordinary course of business are :

5.2.9.1. Senior Facilities Agreement (Term Loan A)

Prior to its IPO, the Group entered, on 17 July 2019, into a new Senior Facilities Agreement called "Senior Term and Revolving Facilities Agreement" with an international banking syndicate, for a period of five years from the date of the drawing of the Term Loan A, which took place on 7 October 2019. The Senior Facilities Agreement is governed by French law and provides two lines of credit for a total principal amount of €2.0 billion, broken down as follows:

scrollen

a term loan (Term Loan A) for the initial principal amount of €1,500.0 million, with a maturity of five years from 7 October 2019, repayable in full at maturity. As at 31 December 2022, the outstanding amount of the Term Loan A totalled €500.0 million after two early repayments in May and November 2021, each for €500.0 million;

a revolving credit facility (which can be used up to a maximum principal amount of €50.0 million as a swingline loan (a very short-term line)) for a maximum principal amount of €500.0 million with a maturity of five years from 7 October 2019. At 31 December 2022, the €500.0 million revolving credit facility is fully available.

The Senior Facilities Agreement also provides for additional uncommitted term and revolving loans subject to meeting certain conditions.

The loans borrowed under the Senior Facilities Agreement bear interest at a variable rate indexed to EURIBOR, in each case with a floor rate at 0% and increased by the applicable margin. The applicable margin was initially set at (i) 1.75% per annum for the term loan (Term Loan A) and (ii) 1.35% per annum for the revolving facility, in each case with an up or down adjustment mechanism (ratchet). The following fees will also be due on the revolving credit facility: (i) a commitment fee due for the available credit commitment of each lender under the revolving credit facility a rate of 30% of the applicable margin and (ii) use fees of 20 basis points, or, as the case may be, 40 basis points respectively in the case of drawing above a threshold of 33.1/​3%, or, as the case may be, 66.2/​3% of the commitments available under the revolving credit facility.

At 31 December 2022, the margin applicable to the term loan was 1.25% per annum and the margin applicable to the revolving credit facility (in case of drawdown) was 0.85% per annum.

The table below shows the breakdown of the margins that apply to each of the facilities as a function of the ratio of the Group's total net debt to pro forma consolidated EBITDA as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement. These margins are reviewed on a semi-annual basis.

scrollen
Leverage ratio (total net debt/​pro forma consolidated EBITDA) Revolving Loan Margin Term Loan A margin
Less than or equal to 1.00 0.35% 0.75%
Higher than 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.50 0.60% 1.00%
Higher than 1.50 and less than or equal to 2.00 0.85% 1.25%
Higher than 2.00 and less than or equal to 2.50 1.10% 1.50%
Higher than 2.50 and less than or equal to 3.00 1.35% 1.75%
Higher than 3.00 1.60% 2.00%

Total net debt is defined as being the Group's consolidated financial debt excluding intra-group debt and obligations relating to interest rate and foreign exchange risk hedging instruments, after deduction of cash and cash equivalents. Pro forma consolidated EBITDA corresponds to adjusted EBITDA as defined in this Universal Registration Document.

5.2.9.2. Sustainability-Linked bonds

On 14 May and 10 November 2021, the Company issued two Sustainability-Linked bonds in line with the Sustainability-Linked Bond Principles of the International Capital Markets Association:

scrollen

a Sustainability-Linked bond with a principal amount of €500.0 million, maturing in 7 years and bearing interest at a fixed rate of 1.625% per annum. Standard & Poor's assigned a BB+ rating to this bond issue 95 ; and

a Sustainability-Linked bond with a principal amount of €500.0 million, maturing in 10 years and bearing interest at a fixed rate of 1.875% per annum. Standard & Poor's assigned a BB+ rating to this bond issue 96.

These coupons may be revised upwards starting from the first interest period after 31 December 2025 until the maturity of the bonds, depending on the achievement of two sustainability performance targets, namely:

scrollen

reducing Verallia's annual CO 2 emissions (Scopes 1 and 2) to 2,625kt CO 2 for the year 2025 (15% reduction compared to CO 2 emissions in 2019); and

achieving a 59% use of external cullet 97 in its production by 2025 (an increase of 10 points compared to 2019).

Failure to meet either of these targets may, if applicable, raise the coupon by 12.5 basis points for the first issue in May 2021 and by 10 basis points for the second issue in November 2021.

5.2.9.3. Negotiable European Commercial Paper (NEU CP) programme

The Group has a Negotiable European Commercial Paper (NEU CP) short-term financing programme, implemented in June 2018, with an initial maximum principal amount of €250.0 million, rising to €400.0 million in July 2019.

At 31 December 2022, outstanding issues amounted to €150.3 million.

The outstanding amount issued at 31 December 2021 was €150.2 million.

5.2.9.4. Factoring program

The pan-European factoring program initially concluded with Eurofactor (September 2015) for a maximum amount of €400.0 million has been refinanced during 2022 for an amount bringing the ceiling to €500.0 million with CALF (Crédit Agricole Leasing and Factoring). This program is effective as of December 1, 2022 for a period of 3 years. Based on the Group's ESG framework, this financing includes environmental criteria.

The trade receivables sold are those of certain Group operating subsidiaries located in France, Germany, Italy, Spain and Portugal.

The Group also has local factoring programs in certain countries (notably Italy and Argentina), allowing it to benefit from financing of up to an additional €50.0 million.

95 Prospectus approved by the French Financial Markets Authority on May 11, 2021 under visa 21-150.
96 Prospectus approved by the French Financial Markets Authority on November 8, 2021 under visa 21-477.
97 Recycled glass.

5.3. Capital Expenditure

5.3.1. The Group's main capital expenditure

The Group's total capital expenditure amounted to €367.0 million (i.e. 10.9% of total revenue) for the year ended 31 December 2022, compared with €256.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2021.

This capital expenditure comprised recurring capital expenditure and strategic capital expenditure as indicated in the table below:

scrollen
(in € million) Year ended 31 December 2022 Year ended 31 December 2021
Recurring investments 269.6 218.2
As % of revenue 8.0 % 8.2 %
Strategic investments 97.4 38.1
Total investments 367.0 256.3
As % of revenue 10.9 % 9.6 %

The Group exercises its activities in a highly capital-intensive industry that requires constant investments to maintain and/​or increase production capacity, modernise the Group's assets and technology, and comply with regulations. To this end, the Group implements a disciplined Capex policy primarily aimed at guaranteeing that its furnaces are operational and as efficient as possible (especially in terms of energy consumption) and at ensuring that the scaling of its production facilities is permanently adjusted to changes in supply and demand and available capacity on the market.

Recurring Capex 98 primarily concerns the renovation of furnaces and maintenance operations. Although the Group's research and development efforts have allowed it to increase the lifespan of its furnaces to up to 10 to 12 years or even 14 years in some cases, its furnaces still need to be rebuilt periodically, as the refractory bricks with which they are built wear away on contact with molten glass and energy consumption increases as furnaces become worn down. Strategic Capex corresponds to acquisitions of strategic assets that significantly enhance the Group's capacity or its scope (for example, the acquisition of plants or similar facilities, greenfield or brownfield investments), including the building of additional new furnaces. Since 2021, it has also included Capex related to the implementation of the CO 2 emissions reduction plan (See Section "Research and development").

In 2022, The capital expenditure recorded amounted to €367 million (i.e. 10.9% of total revenue), compared with €256 million in 2021. These investments consisted of €270 million in recurring investments (compared with €218 million in 2021) and €97 million in strategic investments (vs. €38 million in 2021), mainly for the building of the new Jacutinga furnace in Brazil and the first investments linked to the construction of two new furnaces in 2024 - Campo Bom (Brazil) and Pescia (Italy) - as well as investments associated with CO 2 emissions reductions.

5.3.2. Main capital expenditure in progress or planned for the future

The Group intends to pursue a disciplined Capex strategy, with recurring Capex totalling around 10% of the Group's consolidated revenue (excluding capitalisation of the right of use related to application of IFRS 16 "Leases").

In addition, Verallia will continue to implement its ESG roadmap, particularly through Capex related to the implementation of the CO 2 emission reduction plan, with a view to achieving its target of a 46% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030 in absolute terms (base year 2019) and keeping its Scope 3 emissions below 40% of total emissions by 2030. The abovementioned investments also include the commissioning of three new furnaces by 2025 (one in Brazil, one in Italy and one in Spain) for a total investment of around €300 million.

98 Recurring investments represent acquisitions of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets necessary to maintain the value of an asset and/​or adapt to market demands and to environmental, health and safety requirements. They mainly include furnace renovation and maintenance of IS machines.

5.4. Outlook

5.4.1. Trend information

The Group's outlook presented below, which is taken from the Group's overall strategy, is not intended as forecasts or as estimates of the Group's results.

The Group makes no undertaking and gives no guarantee as to the achievement of the perspectives contained in this section.

The Group's medium-term financial objectives for 2022-2024 are set out in the table below:

scrollen
2022-2023-2024 Assumptions
Organic revenue growth (1) +4-6% CAGR Half from volumes and half from price/​mix Moderate raw material and energy cost inflation after 2022
Adjusted EBITDA margin 28%-30% in 2024 Positive price/​cost inflation spread Net PAP > 2% of cash production costs (i.e. > €35 million per annum)
Cumulative free cash-flow (2) Some €900 million over 3 years Recurring and strategic Capex at around 10% of sales Including CO 2 related investments and 3 new furnaces by 2024
Earnings per share (excluding PPA) (3) Approximately €3 in 2024 Average cost of financing (before tax) at approximately 2% Effective tax rate: approximately 27%
Shareholder return policy Dividend per share growth > 10% per annum + accretive share buybacks Net income growth > 10% per year Investment grade trajectory (net debt leverage < 2x)

(1) At constant FX and scope.
(2) Cash flow from operations - Other operating impact - Financial interest paid and other financing costs - Cash Tax.
(3) Earnings excl. amortisation expense for customer relations recognized upon the acquisition of Saint-Gobain's packaging business, of ca €0.38 /​ share (net of taxes).

In addition to its financial objectives, Verallia continues to implement its ESG roadmap and confirms its ambitious environmental objectives announced on 7 October 2021, as outlined below:

scrollen

46% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030 in absolute terms (base year 2019);

Scope 3 emissions maintained below 40% of total emissions in 2030;

Net Zero in 2050 for Scope 1 and 2 emissions.

5.4.2. Forecasts

The forecasts for the year ended 31 December 2023 presented below are based on data, assumptions and estimates that the Group considers reasonable at the date of this Universal Registration Document. These data and assumptions are subject to change or to be modified as a result of uncertainties due to the economic, financial, accounting, competitive, regulatory and tax environments, among others, or as a result of other factors of which the Group is unaware of at the date of this Universal Registration Document. In addition, the materialisation of certain risks described in Chapter 4 "Risk Factors" of this Universal Registration Document could have an impact on the Group's operations, financial position, results or outlook, and thus jeopardize its forecasts. Furthermore, achieving these forecasts presupposes the success of the Group's strategy. Therefore, the Group makes no undertaking and gives no guarantee as to the achievement of the forecasts contained in this section.

The forecasts presented below and their underlying assumptions were prepared in accordance with the provisions of delegated Regulation (EU) No. 2019/​980 and ESMA recommendations on forecasts.

5.4.2.1. Assumptions

The Group has prepared its forecasts for the year ending 31 December 2023 in accordance with the accounting methods applied in the Group's consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022.

These forecasts are primarily based on the following assumptions for the year ending 31 December 2023:

scrollen
Internal assumptions:

the continued implementation of the Group's strategy, as described in Chapter 1 of this Registration Document, and in particular the continued deployment of the Group's operational excellence programme and the Performance Action Plan (PAP), including cost reduction;

the continued implementation of the Group's dynamic pricing policy with the possibility of passing on to its customers the increase in its production costs and the continuation of its policy of hedging the risks linked to the evolution of raw material and energy costs.

Macro-economic and market assumptions:

the absence of any significant change in the regulatory and fiscal environment existing at the date of this universal registration document;

the absence of a deterioration in the economic context, particularly a recession in Europe and Latin America;

the satisfactory integration of Allied Glass and the absence of any major aggravation of the Russian-Ukrainian conflict.

5.4.2.2. Outlook for the financial year ending on 31 December 2023

Despite the risk of a global macroeconomic slowdown, demand for glass in Europe and Latin America should remain solid in 2023. The Group will continue to invest in developing its production capacity and in deploying its decarbonisation technologies for the coming years.

Verallia intends to pursue its profitable growth strategy based on regular organic growth, a positive inflation spread and an annual reduction in cash production costs (PAP) of 2%. Verallia UK will fully contribute to the results of the Northern and Eastern Europe division in 2023, with revenue growth and a continued accretive impact on EBITDA margin.

On the strength of all these success factors, Verallia has set itself the objective of achieving revenue growth of more than 20% and an adjusted EBITDA of approximately €1 billion in 2023.

In addition, Verallia will continue tirelessly to implement its ESG roadmap, following on from the successes achieved in 2022.

5.5. Dividends

For the year ended 31 December 2021, the Company's General Meeting of Shareholders held on 11 May 2022 approved the payment a dividend of €1.05 per share.

During their meeting on 15 February 2023, the Verallia Board of Directors decided to propose the payment of a dividend of €1.40 per share in cash for the 2022 financial year. This amount will be subject to approval of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders which will take place on 25 April 2023.

The Group's dividend policy aims to increase the dividend per share by a minimum of 10% per annum over the period 2022 -2024, subject to approval by the Company's General Meeting of Shareholders.

5.6. Regulated agreements and commitments, and transactions with related parties

5.6.1. Related-party transactions and related-party agreements

5.6.1.1. Agreements and commitments authorised and entered into during the past financial year

No agreements and commitments within the meaning of articles L. 225-38 and following of the French Commercial Code were signed during the year ended 31 December 2022.

5.6.1.2 Agreements and commitments approved in previous years, the performance of which continued during the past financial year

As part of its efforts to stagger the average maturity of the Group's financial debt, to continue to diversify the Group's sources of financing and to seek competitive financing costs, on 16 December 2021 the Company signed an agreement for an instalment loan for a total principal amount of €30 million with Bpifrance (an affiliate of Bpifrance Participations, a shareholder of the Company, and of Bpifrance Investissement, a member of the Company's Board of Directors). This loan, fully drawn down as at 31 December 2021, bears interest at a fixed rate of 0.40% per annum and has a maturity of three years. The purpose of the loan is to finance and/​or refinance the working capital requirements and/​or capital expenditure of the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of Article L. 233-3 of the French Commercial Code. The repayment of the amounts due under the loan is subject to a joint and several guarantee by Verallia Packaging, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. A partial reimbursement amounting to €7,5 million has been made in 2022. On December 31 st 2022, the amount outstanding amounts to €22,5 million.

The conclusion of this related-party agreement was authorised by the Board of Directors at its meeting of 6 December 2021 and will be subject to ratification by the Company's General Meeting of Shareholders to be held on 11 May 2022.

5.6.2. Main related-party transactions

The Group's related parties include the Company's shareholders, its non-consolidated subsidiaries, associates (equity-accounted companies), and entities over which the Group's various managers exercise at least significant influence.

Figures specifying the relationships with these related parties are provided in Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022 presented in Section 6.1 of this Universal Registration Document.

An agreement entered into with related parties and/​or the performance of which continued during the past financial year. It concerns an agreement signed in 2021 between Verallia Packaging, a subsidiary of the Company, and Bpifrance, an affiliate of Bpifrance Participations, a shareholder of the Company, and Bpifrance Investissement, a member of the Company's Board of Directors, for a total amount of €100,000, aimed at providing Bpifrance with financial and logistical support in the context of Bpifrance's organisation of the "BIG Tour", which will take place from 16 July 2021 to 20 August 2021, and the "Bpifrance Inno-Generation" event on 7 October 2021. The contract was renewed for €200,000; and covers the "Big Tour" from 5 March 2022 to 26 November 2022 and the "Big Inno" held on 6 October 2022.

5.6.3. Statutory Auditors' special report on related-party agreements

General Shareholders' Meeting for the approval of the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022

This is a free translation into English of the statutory auditors' special report on related party agreements of the Company issued in the French language and is provided solely for the convenience of English speaking readers. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

To the General Shareholders' Meeting,

In our capacity as Statutory Auditors of Verallia (hereinafter the "Company"), we hereby report to you on related party agreements.

It is our responsibility to report to shareholders, based on the information provided to us, on the main terms and conditions of agreements that have been disclosed to us or that we may have identified as part of our engagement, as well as the reasons given as to why they are beneficial for the Company, without commenting on their relevance or substance or identifying any undisclosed agreements. Under the provisions of Article R. 225-31 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), it is the responsibility of the shareholders to determine whether the agreements are appropriate and should be approved.

Where applicable, it is also our responsibility to provide shareholders with the information required by Article R. 225-31 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) in relation to the implementation during the year of agreements already approved by the General Shareholders' Meeting.

We performed the procedures that we deemed necessary in accordance with the professional standards issued by the French national auditing body (Compagnie nationale des commissaires aux comptes) for this type of engagement. These procedures consisted in verifying the consistency of the information provided to us with the underlying documents.

AGREEMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING

We were informed of no agreements entered into during the last financial year and that should be submitted to the approval of the General Shareholder's Meeting in accordance with Article L. 225-38 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce).

AGREEMENTS ALREADY APPROVED BY THE GENERAL SHAREHOLDER'S MEETING

Agreement approved during the course of the year

We have also been informed of the execution, during the course of the year, of the following agreement, already approved by the general meeting of May 11, 2022 on the special report of the statutory auditors of February 16, 2022.

Amortising loan from BPI France

As part of its efforts to stagger the average maturity of the Group's financial debt, to continue to diversify the Group's sources of financing and to seek competitive financing costs, on 16 December 2021 the Company signed an agreement for an instalment loan for a total principal amount of €30 million with Bpifrance (an affiliate of Bpifrance Participations, a shareholder of the Company, and of Bpifrance Investissement, a member of the Company's Board of Directors).

This loan, fully drawn down as at 31 December 2021, bears interest at a fixed rate of 0.40% per annum and has a maturity of three years. The purpose of the loan is to finance and/​or refinance the working capital requirements and/​or capital expenditure of the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of Article L. 233-3 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce).

The repayment of the amounts due under the loan is subject to a joint and several guarantee by Verallia Packaging, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. A partial reimbursement amounting to €7,5 million has been made in 2022. On December 31 st 2022, the amount outstanding amounts to €22,5 million.

The conclusion of this related-party agreement was authorised by the Board of Directors at its meeting of 6 December 2021 and has been approved by the Company's General Meeting of Shareholders on 11 May 2022.

 

Neuilly-sur-Seine and Paris, 15 February 2023

The Statutory Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

Nicolas Brunetaud

 

BM&A

Eric Seyvos

5.7. Legal and arbitration proceedings

During its ordinary course of business, the Group may find itself involved in legal, arbitration, administrative or regulatory proceedings which may include litigation with its clients, suppliers, competitors, employees as well as with tax or other authorities. As at the date of this Universal Registration Document, the Group is not aware of any governmental, legal or arbitration proceedings (including any of which the Group is aware, are pending or are at risk of being launched), other than those mentioned below, that are likely to have a material impact on the Company's or Group's financial position or profitability or have had a material impact on them over the past twelve months.

The Group recognises a provision if there is sufficient likelihood that such disputes will incur costs payable by the Company or by one of its subsidiaries, and if the amount of these costs can be reasonably estimated. At 31 December 2022, the Group's total provisions for litigation amounted to €77,5 million (see Note 18.1 to the Group's consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022 included in Section 6 of this Universal Registration Document).

Arbitration proceedings against Verallia Brasil, the Group's Brazilian subsidiary, relating to the Indústria Vidreira do Nordeste LTDA (IVN) joint venture

In 2013, Verallia Brasil, a Company subsidiary, set up a joint venture governed by Brazilian law (Industria Vidreira de Nordeste - "IVN") with a local partner, Ipiaram Empreendimentos e Participações Ltda (Ipiaram). Verallia Brasil held a majority stake in this joint venture, the purpose of which was to build and operate a glass manufacturing facility in the Brazilian state of Sergipe. The plant came onstream in 2015.

Verallia Brasil's shareholding was equity-accounted and then sold in October 2018.

In January 2017, Ipiaram launched arbitration proceedings with the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) against Verallia Brasil regarding the interpretation of certain provisions in the partnership agreements signed by the two parties; Ipiaram felt entitled to exercise the undertakings to purchase granted by Verallia Brasil under these partnership agreements. At the closing date, these arbitration proceedings were still under way.

At 31 December 2019, Ipiaram's claim was estimated at 104 million reals in total damages (i.e. approximately €18 million at 31 December 2022).

The Group deems it unnecessary to recognise any provisions in respect of this arbitration case given the decisions handed down by the court of arbitration and legal authorities.

Litigation between Verallia Italia and Nelson Servizi

In December 2014, Verallia Italia, as a supplier, and Nelson Servizi, as a distributor, renewed their previously agreed distribution contract and established mutual undertakings to sell and buy bottles for the Cuban market for the years 2015, 2016 and 2017. In 2015, the Group decided to cease all commercial activity for the Cuban market starting from the second half of 2016. In response, Nelson Servizi suspended all payments to Verallia Italia.

Verallia Italia then informed Nelson Servizi that said distribution contract would be cancelled if Nelson Servizi did not settle its debts towards it. Nelson Servizi thus requested that Verallia Italia be ordered to pay damages amounting to €11 million.

In 2021, Verallia Italia was ordered to make a payment of €1.8 million, and the corresponding provision was consequently reversed.

Verallia Italia has lodged an appeal against the court decision.

At 31 December 2022, the provision amounted to €0.2 million.

Asbestos-related litigation

As at the date of this Universal Registration Document, the Group is involved in proceedings and litigation regarding alleged exposure to asbestos-containing materials at certain of its French facilities.

Gross negligence (inexcusable fault)

In France, since the late 1990s, several former and current employees of the Group or their assignees have filed lawsuits for recognition of the employer's inexcusable fault against the Group's French subsidiary, Verallia France; their aim has been to obtain damages for occupational illnesses resulting from their alleged exposure to asbestos-containing materials. In recent years, the French courts have responded favourably to some of their demands. At 31 December 2022, the amount provisioned in respect of these claims stood at €2.4 million.

Claims for compensation for anxiety

At 31 December 2022, a provision of €1.5 million was recorded in respect of legal action filed by former employees of the Group claiming compensation for anxiety caused by their alleged exposure to asbestos-containing materials at some of the Group's French facilities.

Since the end of 2019, a decree by the Chamber for Social and Labour Matters of the French Court of Cassation has extended the scope of compensation for anxiety to an employee's exposure to a harmful or toxic substance generating a high risk of developing a serious illness and anxiety as a result of said exposure. Employees can now seek compensation on the grounds of common law for the employer's breach of health and safety obligations. Further lawsuits could therefore be filed based on exposure to substances other than asbestos.

Decontamination of Canoas site in Brazil

Verallia Brasil owns a property located in the city of Canoas, Brazil.

The industrial activity on the site was stopped during 2011-2012, when the activity of domestic products line was discontinued.

There are still buildings and fixtures on the site that require demolition and decontamination of the land.

At 31 December 2022, the amount provisioned to cover the costs of demolition and decontaminating the land and related expenses amounted to €6,9 million.